10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________________________

FORM 10-K

____________________________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File Number: 000-51398

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

____________________________________

Federally chartered corporation	94-6000630
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. employer identification number)
600 California Street San Francisco, CA	94108
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

(415) 616-1000

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

____________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Class B Stock, par value $100

(Title of class)

____________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing for the past 90 days.    x  Yes    o  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    x  Yes    o  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	o	Accelerated filer	o
Non-accelerated filer	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    o  Yes    x  No

Registrant's stock is not publicly traded and is only issued to members of the registrant. Such stock is issued and redeemed at par value, $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. At June 30, 2011, the aggregate par value of the stock held by shareholders of the registrant was approximately $11,190 million. At February 29, 2012, the total shares of stock outstanding, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, totaled 103,911,401.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K

Table of Contents

PART I.
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	22
Item 2.	Properties	22
Item 3	Legal Proceedings	22
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures	24
PART II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	25
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	26
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28
	Overview	29
	Results of Operations	31
	Financial Condition	46
	Liquidity and Capital Resources	54
	Risk Management	57
	Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates	101
	Recent Developments	110
	Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations	113
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	114
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	115
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	203
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	203
Item 9B.	Other Information	204
PART III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	205
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	213
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	238
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	240
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	243
PART IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	244
SIGNATURES		247

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

At the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank), our purpose is to enhance the availability of credit for residential mortgages and economic development by providing a readily available, competitively priced source of funds for housing and community lenders. We are a wholesale bank—we link our customers to the global capital markets and seek to manage our own liquidity so that funds are available when our customers need them. By providing needed liquidity and financial risk management tools, our credit programs enhance competition in the mortgage market and benefit homebuyers and communities.

We are one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks) that serve the United States as part of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Each FHLBank is a separate entity with its own board of directors, management, and employees. The FHLBanks operate under federal charters and are government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs). The FHLBanks are not government agencies and do not receive financial support from taxpayers. The U.S. government does not guarantee, directly or indirectly, the debt securities or other obligations of the Bank or the FHLBank System. The FHLBanks are regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency), an independent federal agency.

We have a cooperative ownership structure. To access our products and services, a financial institution must be approved for membership and purchase capital stock in the Bank. The member's stock requirement is generally based on its use of Bank products, subject to a minimum asset-based membership requirement that is intended to reflect the value to the member of having ready access to the Bank as a reliable source of competitively priced funds. Bank stock is issued, transferred, redeemed, and repurchased at its par value of $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. It is not publicly traded.

Our members may include federally insured and regulated financial depositories and regulated insurance companies that are engaged in residential housing finance, and community development financial institutions (CDFIs) that have been certified by the CDFI Fund of the U.S. Treasury Department. Financial depositories include commercial banks, credit unions, industrial loan companies, and savings institutions. CDFIs include community development loan funds, community development venture capital funds, and privately insured, state-chartered credit unions. All members have a principal place of business located in Arizona, California, or Nevada, the three states that make up the Eleventh District of the FHLBank System, and some members, including our largest members, also operate in other parts of the country. Our members range in size from less than $10 million to over $80 billion in assets.

Our primary business is providing competitively priced, collateralized loans, known as advances, to our members and certain qualifying nonmembers (housing associates, which may be state or local housing agencies and tribal housing authorities). Advances may be fixed or adjustable rate, with terms ranging from one day to 30 years. We accept a wide range of collateral types, some of which cannot be readily pledged elsewhere or readily securitized. Members use their access to advances to support their mortgage loan portfolios, lower their funding costs, facilitate asset-liability management, reduce on-balance sheet liquidity, offer a wider range of mortgage products to their customers, and improve profitability.

At December 31, 2011, we had 375 members and one housing associate eligible to borrow from us. In addition, we had 53 nonmember institutions that owned capital stock but were not eligible to borrow new advances, including 10 nonmember institutions with advances outstanding. Nonmember institutions may be former members or may have acquired the advances and capital stock of a former member. Capital stock held by nonmember shareholders is classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock. Nonmember shareholders with advances outstanding are required to meet all of the Bank's credit, collateral, and capital stock requirements, including requirements regarding creditworthiness and collateral borrowing capacity.

As of December 31, 2011, we had advances and capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, outstanding to the following types of institutions:

1

		Advances			Capital Stock
(Dollars in millions)	Total Number of Institutions	Number of Institutions	Par Amount of Advances Outstanding		Number of Institutions	Capital Stock Outstanding
Commercial banks	241	123	$	37,669	241	$	3,688
Savings institutions	18	11	5,402		18	540
Credit unions	103	41	2,957		103	488
Industrial loan companies	7	7	780		7	42
Insurance companies	4	—	—		4	36
Community development financial institutions	2	2	21		2	1
Total member institutions	375	184	46,829		375	4,795
Housing associates eligible to borrow	1	—	—		—	—
Other nonmember institutions	53	10	20,607		53	5,578
Total	429	194	$	67,436	428	$	10,373

To fund their operations, the FHLBanks issue debt in the form of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes (jointly referred to as consolidated obligations) through the FHLBanks' Office of Finance, the fiscal agent for the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations on behalf of the 12 FHLBanks. Because the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations are rated Aaa/P-1 with a negative outlook by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) and AA+/A-1+ with a negative outlook by Standard & Poor's Rating Services (Standard & Poor's) and because of the FHLBanks' GSE status, the FHLBanks are generally able to raise funds at rates that are typically at a small to moderate spread above U.S. Treasury security yields. Our cooperative ownership structure allows us to pass along the benefit of these low funding rates to our members.

Members also benefit from our affordable housing and economic development programs, which provide grants and below-market-rate loans that support members' involvement in creating affordable housing and revitalizing communities.

Our Business Model

Our cooperative ownership structure has led us to develop a business model that is different from that of a typical financial services firm. Our business model is based on the premise that we maintain a balance between our obligation to achieve our public policy mission—to promote housing, homeownership, and community development through our activities with members—and our objective to provide an adequate return on the private capital provided by our members. We achieve this balance by delivering low-cost credit to help our members meet the credit needs of their communities while striving to pay members a market-rate dividend.

As a cooperatively owned wholesale bank, we require our members to purchase capital stock to support their activities with the Bank. We leverage this capital by using our GSE status to borrow funds in the capital markets at rates that are generally at a small to moderate spread above U.S. Treasury security yields. We lend these funds to our members at rates that are competitive with the cost of most wholesale borrowing alternatives available to our largest members.

We also invest in residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS) up to the current Bank policy limit of three times capital. These MBS include private-label residential MBS (PLRMBS) that were AAA-rated at the time of purchase or agency-issued MBS that are guaranteed through the direct obligation of or are supported by the U.S. government. We also have a portfolio of residential mortgage loans purchased from members. While the mortgage assets we hold are intended to increase our earnings, they also modestly increase our interest rate risk. In addition, as a result of the distressed housing and mortgage markets, the PLRMBS we hold have significantly increased our credit risk exposure. These mortgage assets have historically provided us with the financial flexibility to continue providing cost-effective credit and liquidity to our members and have also enhanced our earnings. As a result of the other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges on certain PLRMBS during 2009, 2010, and 2011, these mortgage

2

assets have had a negative impact on our ability to pay dividends and repurchase excess capital stock.

Additional information about our investments and the OTTI charges associated with our PLRMBS is provided in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Investments” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data– Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

The Bank's business model, approved by our Board of Directors, is intended to balance the trade-off between the price we charge for credit and the dividend yield on Bank stock. We seek to keep advances prices low, and we assess the effectiveness of our low-cost credit policy by comparing our members' total borrowings from the Bank to their use of other wholesale credit sources. We also strive to pay a market-rate return on our members' investment in the Bank's capital, and we assess the effectiveness of our market-rate return objective by comparing our potential dividend rate to a benchmark calculated as the combined average of: (i) the daily average of the overnight Federal funds effective rate and (ii) the four-year moving average of the U.S. Treasury note yield (calculated as the average of the three-year and five-year U.S. Treasury note yields). The benchmark is consistent with our interest rate risk and capital management goals. In particular, investing a portion of our capital in short-term investments is intended to support our ability to repurchase excess capital stock, while investing in intermediate-term fixed rate investments is intended to contribute to higher and more stable earnings. Throughout 2011, in response to the possibility of future OTTI charges on our PLRMBS portfolio, we focused on preserving capital by limiting repurchases of excess capital stock and by building retained earnings while paying nominal dividends. We continued to use the dividend rate benchmark to measure our financial results based on the earnings that would have been available for dividends, but that were primarily used to build retained earnings instead.

Our financial strategies are designed to enable us to safely expand and contract our assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in our member base and our members' credit needs. Our capital grows when members are required to purchase additional capital stock as they increase their advances borrowings. Our capital shrinks when we repurchase excess capital stock from members as their advances or balances of mortgage loans sold to the Bank decline below certain levels. As a result of these strategies, we have generally been able to achieve our mission by meeting member credit needs and, until 2009, paying market-rate dividends, despite significant fluctuations in total assets, liabilities, and capital over the years. Because of a decision to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges on our PLRMBS portfolio, in 2011 and 2010 we paid nominal dividends rather than market-rate dividends and did not fully repurchase excess capital stock created primarily by declining advance balances. We opted to maintain our strong regulatory capital position, while paying nominal dividends (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock) totaling $34 million and $45 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, repurchasing $1.8 billion and $1.4 billion in excess capital stock in 2011 and 2010, respectively, and redeeming $57 million and $3 million in mandatorily redeemable capital stock during 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total excess capital stock was $6.2 billion and $6.7 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Products and Services

Advances. We offer our members a wide array of fixed and adjustable rate loans, called advances, with maturities ranging from one day to 30 years. Our advance products are designed to help members compete effectively in their markets and meet the credit needs of their communities. For members that choose to retain the mortgage loans they originate as assets (portfolio lenders), advances serve as a funding source for a variety of conforming and nonconforming mortgage loans, including multifamily mortgage loans. As a result, advances support an array of housing market segments, including those focused on low- and moderate-income households. For members that sell or securitize mortgage loans and other assets, advances can provide interim funding.

Our credit products also help members with asset-liability management. Members can use a wide range of advance types, with different maturities and payment characteristics, to match the characteristics of their assets and reduce their interest rate risk. We offer advances that are callable at the member's option and advances with embedded option features (such as caps, floors, corridors, and collars), which can reduce the interest rate risk associated with holding fixed rate mortgage loans and adjustable rate mortgage loans with interest rate caps in the member's

3

portfolio.

We offer both standard and customized advance structures. Customized advances may include:

• advances with non-standard indices;

• advances with embedded option features (such as interest rate caps, floors, corridors, and collars, and call and put options);

• amortizing advances; and

• advances with partial prepayment symmetry. (Partial prepayment symmetry is a product feature under which the Bank may charge a prepayment fee or pay a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, if the advance is prepaid.)

For each customized advance, we typically execute an equal and offsetting derivative with an authorized counterparty to enable us to offset the customized features embedded in the advance. As of December 31, 2011, customized advances represented 12% of total advances outstanding.

We manage the credit risk associated with lending to members by monitoring the creditworthiness of the members and the quality and value of the assets they pledge as collateral. We also have procedures to assess the mortgage loan underwriting and documentation standards of members that pledge mortgage loan collateral. In addition, we have collateral policies and restricted lending procedures in place to help manage our exposure to members that experience difficulty in meeting their regulatory capital requirements or other standards of creditworthiness. These credit and collateral policies balance our dual goals of meeting members' needs as a reliable source of liquidity and mitigating credit risk by allowing us to adjust credit and collateral terms in response to deterioration or improvement in member creditworthiness and collateral quality.

All advances must be fully collateralized. To secure advances, members may pledge one- to four-family first lien residential mortgage loans, multifamily mortgage loans, MBS, U.S. government and agency securities, deposits in the Bank, and certain other real estate-related collateral, such as commercial real estate loans and second lien residential mortgage loans. We may also accept secured small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans that are fully secured by collateral (such as real estate, equipment and vehicles, accounts receivable, and inventory) or securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans as eligible collateral from members that are community financial institutions. The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Housing Act) added secured loans for community development activities as collateral that we may accept from community financial institutions. The Housing Act defined community financial institutions as depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) with average total assets over the preceding three-year period of $1 billion or less. The Finance Agency adjusts the average total asset cap for inflation annually.

Pursuant to our lending agreements with our members, we limit the amount we will lend to a percentage of the market value or unpaid principal balance of pledged collateral, known as the borrowing capacity. The borrowing capacity percentage varies according to several factors, including the collateral type, the value assigned to the collateral, the results of our collateral field review of the member's collateral, the pledging method used for loan collateral (specific identification or blanket lien), the data reporting frequency (monthly or quarterly), the member's financial strength and condition, and the concentration of collateral type. Under the terms of our lending agreements, the aggregate borrowing capacity of a member's pledged eligible collateral must meet or exceed the total amount of the member's outstanding advances, other extensions of credit, and certain other member obligations and liabilities. We monitor each member's aggregate borrowing capacity and collateral requirements on a daily basis, by comparing the member's borrowing capacity to its obligations to us.

We collect collateral data from most members on a monthly or quarterly basis, or more frequently if needed, and assign borrowing capacities to the collateral pledged by the member. Borrowing capacity is determined based on the value assigned to the collateral and a liquidation risk margin that reflects the costs and risks of liquidation. Securities pledged as collateral typically have higher borrowing capacities than loan collateral because securities tend to have readily available market values, cost less to liquidate, and are delivered to the Bank when they are pledged. In general, the borrowing capacities of securities range from 50% to 99% of market value, depending on

4

the type of collateral. For loan collateral, the liquidation risk margin varies based on the collateral type, the pledging method, and the member's credit profile, increasing as a member's creditworthiness deteriorates and decreasing as a member's creditworthiness improves. In addition, the liquidation risk margin may be adjusted to address member-specific collateral risks. The maximum borrowing capacities for loan collateral generally range from 56% to 90% of the market value or, in the case of small business, agribusiness, and farm loans, from 15% to 50% of the unpaid principal balance.

We assign a value to loan collateral using one of two methods. For mortgage loans that are reported to the Bank with detailed information on the individual loans, the Bank uses third-party pricing vendors to price all the loans on a quarterly basis. For mortgage loans pledged under a blanket lien with summary reporting, the Bank establishes a “standard market value” for each collateral type based on quarterly pricing results.

We conduct a collateral field review for each member once every six months or every one, two, or three years, depending on the risk profile of the member and the types of collateral pledged by the member. During the review, we examine a statistical sample of the member's pledged loans to validate loan ownership, to confirm the existence of the critical legal documents, to identify documentation and servicing deficiencies, and to verify eligibility. Based on any loan defects identified in the pool of sample loans, we determine the applicable non-credit secondary market discounts. We also send the sample loans to third-party pricing vendors for valuation of the financial and credit-related attributes of that member's loans. We adjust the member's borrowing capacity for each collateral type in its pledged portfolio based on the pricing of the field review sample loans and the non-credit secondary market discounts identified in the field review.

Throughout2011, we regularly reviewed and adjusted our lending parameters in light of changing market conditions, both negative and positive, and periodically adjusted the maximum borrowing capacity of certain collateral types. When necessary, we required additional collateral to fully secure advances.

We perfect our security interest in securities collateral by taking delivery of all securities at the time they are pledged. We perfect our security interest in loan collateral by filing a UCC-1 financing statement for each member. We may require certain members to deliver pledged loan collateral to the Bank for one or more reasons, including the following: the member is a de novo institution (chartered within the last three years), we are concerned about the member's creditworthiness, or we are concerned about the maintenance of our collateral or the priority of our security interest. In addition, the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (FHLBank Act), provides that any security interest granted to the Bank by any member or member affiliate has priority over the claims and rights of any other party, including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar party that has the rights of a lien creditor, unless these claims and rights would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and are held by actual purchasers or by parties that have perfected security interests.

When a nonmember financial institution acquires some or all of the assets and liabilities of a member, including outstanding advances and Bank capital stock, we may allow the advances to remain outstanding, at our discretion. The nonmember borrower is required to meet all of the Bank's credit, collateral, and capital stock requirements, including requirements regarding creditworthiness and collateral borrowing capacity.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $68.2 billion of advances outstanding, including $20.6 billion to nonmember borrowers. For members and nonmembers with credit outstanding, the total borrowing capacity of pledged collateral as of that date was $174.3 billion, including $30.8 billion pledged to secure advances outstanding to nonmember borrowers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had average advances of $84.0 billion and average collateral pledged with an estimated borrowing capacity of $185.9 billion.

We have policies and procedures in place to manage the credit risk of advances. Based on the collateral pledged as security for advances, our credit analyses of members' financial condition, and our credit extension and collateral policies, we expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the advances. Therefore, no allowance for losses on advances was deemed necessary by the Bank. We have never experienced any credit losses on advances.

5

When a borrower prepays an advance prior to its original maturity, we may charge the borrower a prepayment fee, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, at the time the advance is prepaid. For an advance with partial prepayment symmetry, we may charge the borrower a prepayment fee or pay the member a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances at the time the advance is prepaid. Our prepayment fee policy is designed to recover at least the net economic costs, if any, associated with the reinvestment of the advance prepayment proceeds or the cost to terminate the funding associated with the prepaid advance, which enables us to be financially indifferent to the prepayment of the advance. In 2011, 2010, and 2009, the prepayment fees/(credits) realized in connection with prepaid advances, including advances with partial prepayment symmetry, were $17 million, $53 million, and $34 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, we had a concentration of advances totaling $48.1 billion outstanding to our top five borrowers and their affiliates, representing 71% of total advances outstanding. Advances held by these institutions generated approximately $483 million, or 49%, of advances interest income excluding the impact of interest rate exchange agreements in 2011.Because of this concentration in advances, we conduct more frequent credit and collateral reviews for these institutions. We also analyze the implications to our financial management and profitability if we were to lose the advances business of one or more of these institutions or if the advances outstanding to one or more of these institutions were not replaced when repaid. For further information on advances concentration, see “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Concentration Risk – Advances.”

Because of the funding alternatives available to our largest borrowers, we employ a market pricing practice for member credit to determine advances prices that reflect the cost of alternative market choices available to our largest members each day. We offer the same advances prices to all members each day, which means that all members benefit from this pricing strategy. In addition, if further price concessions are negotiated with any member to reflect market conditions on a given day, those price concessions are also made available to all members for the same product with the same terms on the same day.

Standby Letters of Credit. We provide members with standby letters of credit to support certain obligations of the members to third parties. Members may use standby letters of credit issued by the Bank to facilitate residential housing finance and community lending, to achieve liquidity and asset-liability management goals, to secure certain state and local agency deposits, and to provide credit support to certain tax-exempt bonds. Our underwriting and collateral requirements for standby letters of credit are generally the same as our underwriting and collateral requirements for advances, but may differ in cases where member creditworthiness is impaired. As of December 31, 2011, we had $5.3 billion in standby letters of credit outstanding.

Investments. We invest in high-quality financial instruments to facilitate our role as a cost-effective provider of credit and liquidity to members and to enhance the Bank's earnings. We have adopted credit policies and exposure limits for investments that promote diversification and liquidity. These policies restrict the amounts and terms of our investments according to our own capital position as well as the capital and creditworthiness of the individual counterparties, with different unsecured credit limits for members and nonmembers.

We invest in short-term unsecured Federal funds sold, negotiable certificates of deposit (interest-bearing deposits), and commercial paper. We may also invest in short-term secured transactions, such as U.S. Treasury or agency securities resale agreements. When we execute non-MBS investments with members, we may give consideration to their secured credit availability and our advances price levels. Our investments also include bonds issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks and corporate debentures issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. In addition, we may invest in housing finance agency bonds issued by housing finance agencies located in Arizona, California, and Nevada, the three states that make up the Eleventh District of the FHLBank System. These bonds are mortgage revenue bonds (federally taxable) and are collateralized by pools of first lien residential mortgage loans and credit-enhanced by bond insurance. The bonds we hold are issued by the California Housing Finance Agency and insured by either Ambac Assurance Corporation, MBIA Insurance Corporation, or Assured Guaranty Municipal Corporation

6

(formerly Financial Security Assurance Incorporated).

In addition, our investments include PLRMBS, all of which were AAA-rated at the time of purchase, and agency residential MBS, which are backed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae. Some of these PLRMBS were issued by and/or purchased from members, former members, or their respective affiliates. We execute all MBS investments without preference to the status of the counterparty or the issuer of the investment as a nonmember, member, or affiliate of a member.

Additional information about our investments and OTTI charges associated with our PLRMBS is provided in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Investments” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

Affordable Housing Program. Through our Affordable Housing Program (AHP), we provide subsidies to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for households earning up to 80% of the median income for the area in which they live. Each year, we set aside 10% of the current year's income for the AHP, to be awarded in the following year. Since 1990, we have awarded $711 million in AHP subsidies to support the purchase, development, or rehabilitation of approximately 103,000 affordable homes.

We allocate at least 65% of our annual AHP subsidy to our competitive AHP, under which applications for specific owner-occupied and rental housing projects are submitted by members and are evaluated and scored by the Bank in a competitive process that occurs twice a year. All subsidies for the competitive AHP are funded to affordable housing sponsors or developers through our members in the form of direct subsidies or subsidized advances.

We allocate the remainder of our annual AHP subsidy, up to 35%, to our two homeownership set-aside programs, the Individual Development and Empowerment Account Program and the Workforce Initiative Subsidy for Homeownership Program. Under these programs, members reserve funds from the Bank to be used as matching grants for eligible homebuyers.

Discounted Credit Programs. We offer members two discounted credit programs available in the form of advances and standby letters of credit. Members may use the Community Investment Program to fund mortgages for low- and moderate-income households, to finance first-time homebuyer programs, to create and maintain affordable housing, and to support other eligible lending activities related to housing for low- and moderate-income families. Members may use the Advances for Community Enterprise (ACE) Program to fund projects and activities that create or retain jobs or provide services or other benefits for low- and moderate-income people and communities. Members may also use ACE funds to support eligible community lending and economic development, including small business, community facilities, and public works projects.

In addition, we offer members a discounted credit program available only in the form of advances. Members may use the Homeownership Preservation Advance Program to modify or refinance mortgage loans to low- and moderate-income homeowners who may be at risk of losing their primary residence because of delinquency or default on their mortgage loan.

Funding Sources

We obtain most of our funds from the sale of the FHLBanks' debt instruments (consolidated obligations), which consist of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes. The consolidated obligations are issued through the Office of Finance using authorized securities dealers and are backed only by the financial resources of all 12 FHLBanks. As provided by the FHLBank Act or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. The regulations provide a general framework for addressing the possibility that an FHLBank may be unable to repay the consolidated

7

obligations for which it is the primary obligor. For more information, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data– Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies.” We have never been asked or required to repay the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, and as of December 31, 2011, and through the date of this report, we do not believe that it is probable that we will be asked to do so.

The Bank's status as a GSE is critical to maintaining its access to the capital markets. Although consolidated obligations are backed only by the financial resources of all 12 FHLBanks and are not guaranteed by the U.S. government, the capital markets have traditionally treated the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations as comparable to federal agency debt, providing the FHLBanks with access to funding at relatively favorable rates. As of December 31, 2011, Standard & Poor's rated the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations AA+/A-1+ with a negative outlook, and Moody's rated them Aaa/P-1 with a negative outlook. As of December 31, 2011, Standard & Poor's assigned each of the FHLBanks a long-term credit rating of AA+ with a negative outlook, andMoody's assigned each of the FHLBanks a long-term credit rating of Aaa with a negative outlook. On November 28, 2011, Fitch Ratings (Fitch) affirmed the AAA long-term credit rating of the Federal Home Loan Banks of Atlanta, Boston, San Francisco, and Seattle and revised its rating outlook for each of the four FHLBanks to negative. Fitch does not issue credit ratings for the other eight FHLBanks. This action followed Fitch's affirmation of the U.S. government's AAA rating and revision of its rating outlook to negative. Changes in the long-term credit ratings of individual FHLBanks do not necessarily affect the credit rating of the consolidated obligations issued on behalf of the FHLBanks. Rating agencies may change a rating from time to time because of various factors, including operating results or actions taken, business developments, or changes in their opinion regarding, among other factors, the general outlook for a particular industry or the economy.

Regulations govern the issuance of debt on behalf of the FHLBanks and related activities. All new debt is jointly issued by the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance, which serves as their fiscal agent in accordance with the FHLBank Act and applicable regulations. Pursuant to these regulations, the Office of Finance, often in conjunction with the FHLBanks, has adopted policies and procedures for consolidated obligations that may be issued by the FHLBanks. The policies and procedures relate to the frequency and timing of issuance, issue size, minimum denomination, selling concessions, underwriter qualifications and selection, currency of issuance, interest rate change or conversion features, call or put features, principal amortization features, and selection of clearing organizations and outside counsel. The Office of Finance has responsibility for facilitating and approving the issuance of the consolidated obligations in accordance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Office of Finance has the authority to redirect, limit, or prohibit the FHLBanks' requests to issue consolidated obligations that are otherwise allowed by its policies and procedures if it determines that its action is consistent with: (i) the regulatory requirement that consolidated obligations be issued efficiently and at the lowest all-in cost over time, consistent with prudent risk management practices, prudent debt parameters, short- and long-term market conditions, and the FHLBanks' status as GSEs; (ii) maintaining reliable access to the short-term and long-term capital markets; and (iii) positioning the issuance of debt to take advantage of current and future capital market opportunities. The Office of Finance's authority to redirect, limit, or prohibit the Bank's requests for issuance of consolidated obligations has never adversely affected the Bank's ability to finance its operations. The Office of Finance also services all outstanding FHLBank debt, serves as a source of information for the FHLBanks on capital market developments, and prepares the FHLBanks' combined quarterly and annual financial statements. In addition, it administers the Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP) and the Financing Corporation, two corporations established by Congress in the 1980s to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions.

Consolidated Obligation Bonds. Consolidated obligation bonds are issued under various programs. Typically, the maturities of these securities range from 1 to 15 years, but the maturities are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limit. The bonds may be fixed or adjustable rate, callable or non-callable, and may contain other features allowed by Office of Finance guidelines. They may be issued and distributed daily through negotiated or competitively bid transactions with approved underwriters or selling group members.

We receive 100% of the net proceeds of a bond issued via direct negotiation with underwriters of debt when we are the only FHLBank involved in the negotiation. In these cases, we are the sole primary obligor on the consolidated

8

obligation bond. When we and one or more other FHLBanks jointly negotiate the issuance of a bond directly with underwriters, we receive the portion of the proceeds of the bond agreed upon with the other FHLBanks; in those cases, we are the primary obligor for a pro rata portion of the bond, including all customized features and terms, based on the proceeds received.

We may also request specific amounts of specific consolidated bonds to be offered by the Office of Finance for sale via competitive auction conducted with the underwriters in a bond selling group. One or more other FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same bonds to be offered for sale for their benefit via the same auction. We may receive zero to 100% of the proceeds of the bonds issued via competitive auction depending on: (i) the amounts and costs for the consolidated obligation bonds bid by underwriters; (ii) the maximum costs we or other FHLBanks participating in the same issue, if any, are willing to pay for the bonds; and (iii) guidelines for the allocation of bond proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.

Consolidated Obligation Discount Notes. The FHLBanks also issue consolidated obligation discount notes with maturities ranging from one day to one year, which may be offered daily through a consolidated obligation discount note selling group and through other authorized underwriters. Discount notes are issued at a discount and mature at par.

On a daily basis, we may request specific amounts of discount notes with specific maturity dates to be offered by the Office of Finance at a specific cost for sale to underwriters in the discount note selling group. One or more other FHLBanks may also request amounts of discount notes with the same maturities to be offered for sale for their benefit the same day. The Office of Finance commits to issue discount notes on behalf of the participating FHLBanks when underwriters in the selling group submit orders for the specific discount notes offered for sale. We may receive zero to 100% of the proceeds of the discount notes issued via this sales process depending on: (i) the maximum costs we or other FHLBanks participating in the same discount note issuance, if any, are willing to pay for the discount notes; (ii) the order amounts for the discount notes submitted by underwriters; and (iii) guidelines for the allocation of discount note proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.

Twice weekly, we may also request specific amounts of discount notes with fixed terms to maturity ranging from 4 to 26 weeks to be offered by the Office of Finance for sale via competitive auction conducted with underwriters in the discount note selling group. One or more other FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same discount notes to be offered for sale for their benefit via the same auction. The discount notes offered for sale via competitive auction are not subject to a limit on the maximum costs the FHLBanks are willing to pay. We may receive zero to 100% of the proceeds of the discount notes issued via competitive auction depending on: (i) the amounts and costs for the discount notes bid by underwriters and (ii) guidelines for the allocation of discount note proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance. Most of the term discount notes are issued through these twice-weekly auctions.

Debt Investor Base. The FHLBanks' consolidated obligations have traditionally had a diversified funding base of domestic and foreign investors. Purchasers of the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations include fund managers, commercial banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foreign central banks, state and local governments, and retail investors. These purchasers are also diversified geographically, with a significant portion of our investors historically located in the United States, Europe, and Asia.

Segment Information

We use an analysis of the Bank's financial performance based on the balances and adjusted net interest income of two operating segments, the advances-related business and the mortgage-related business, as well as other financial information to review and assess financial performance and to determine the allocation of resources to these two business segments. For purposes of segment reporting, adjusted net interest income includes interest income and expenses associated with economic hedges that are recorded in “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” in other income and excludes interest expense that is recorded in “Mandatorily redeemable capital

9

stock.” Other key financial information, such as any credit-related OTTI charge on our PLRMBS, other expenses, and assessments, is not included in the segment reporting analysis, but is incorporated into the Bank's overall assessment of financial performance.

The advances-related business consists of advances and other credit products, related financing and hedging instruments, liquidity and other non-MBS investments associated with our role as a liquidity provider, and capital stock. Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on all assets associated with the business activity in this segment and the cost of funding those activities, including the cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements.

The mortgage-related business consists of MBS investments, mortgage loans acquired through the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (MPF®) Program, the consolidated obligations specifically identified as funding those assets, and the related hedging instruments. (“Mortgage Partnership Finance” and “MPF” are registered trademarks of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.) Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on the MBS and mortgage loans and the cost of the consolidated obligations funding those assets, including the cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements, less the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans.

Additional information about business segments is provided in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition – Segment Information” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data– Note 17 – Segment Information.”

Use of Interest Rate Exchange Agreements

We use interest rate exchange agreements, also known as derivatives, as part of our interest rate risk management and funding strategies to reduce identified risks inherent in the normal course of business. The types of derivatives we may use include interest rate swaps (including callable, putable, and basis swaps); swaptions; and interest rate cap, floor, corridor, and collar agreements.

The regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks and the Bank's Risk Management Policy establish guidelines for our use of derivatives. These regulations and guidelines prohibit trading in derivatives for profit and any other speculative purposes and limit the amount of credit risk allowable from derivatives.

We primarily use derivatives to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. The goal of our interest rate risk management strategy is not to eliminate interest rate risk, but to manage it within appropriate limits that are consistent with the financial strategies approved by the Board of Directors. One key way we manage interest rate risk is to acquire and maintain a portfolio of assets and liabilities, which, together with their associated derivatives, are conservatively matched with respect to the expected maturities or repricings of the assets and the liabilities. We may also use derivatives to adjust the effective maturity, repricing frequency, or option characteristics of financial instruments (such as advances and consolidated obligations) to achieve risk management objectives.

We measure the Bank's market risk on a portfolio basis, taking into account the entire balance sheet and all derivatives transactions. The market risk of the derivatives and the hedged items is included in the measurement of our various market risk measures, including duration gap (the difference between the expected weighted average maturities of our assets and liabilities, net of the related derivatives), which was two months at December 31, 2011. This low interest rate risk profile reflects our conservative asset-liability mix, which is supported by integrated use of derivatives in our daily financial management.

Additional information about our interest rate exchange agreements is provided in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Market Risk – Total Bank Market Risk – Interest Rate Exchange Agreements” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities.”

10

Capital

From its enactment in 1932, the FHLBank Act provided for a subscription-based capital structure for the FHLBanks. The amount of capital stock that each FHLBank issued was determined by a statutory formula establishing how much FHLBank stock each member was required to purchase. With the enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, Congress replaced the statutory subscription-based member stock purchase formula with requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital for the FHLBanks and required the FHLBanks to develop new capital plans to replace the previous statutory structure.

We implemented our capital plan on April 1, 2004. The capital plan bases the stock purchase requirement on the level of activity a member has with the Bank, subject to a minimum membership requirement that is intended to reflect the value to the member of having access to the Bank as a funding source. With the approval of the Board of Directors, we may adjust these requirements from time to time within limits established in the capital plan. Any changes to our capital plan must be approved by our Board of Directors and the Finance Agency.

Bank stock cannot be publicly traded, and under the capital plan, may be issued, transferred, redeemed, and repurchased only at its par value of $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. Under the capital plan, a member's capital stock will be redeemed by the Bank upon five years' notice from the member, subject to certain conditions. In addition, we have the discretion to repurchase excess stock from members. Ranges have been built into the capital plan to allow us to adjust the stock purchase requirements to meet our regulatory capital requirements, if necessary.

Competition

Demand for Bank advances is affected by many factors, including the availability and cost of other sources of funding for members, including retail and brokered deposits. We compete with our members' other suppliers of wholesale funding, both secured and unsecured. These suppliers may include securities dealers, commercial banks, other FHLBanks for members with affiliated institutions that are members of other FHLBanks, and the Federal Reserve Banks' various credit programs.

Under the FHLBank Act and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, affiliated institutions in different FHLBank districts may be members of different FHLBanks. The five institutions with the greatest amounts of advances outstanding from the Bank as of December 31, 2011, have had and continue to have affiliated institutions that are members of other FHLBanks, and these institutions may have access, through their affiliates, to funding from those other FHLBanks. For further information about these institutions, see “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Concentration Risk – Advances.”

Our ability to compete successfully for the advances business of our members depends primarily on our advances prices, ability to fund advances through the issuance of consolidated obligations at competitive rates, credit and collateral terms, prepayment terms, product features such as embedded option features, ability to meet members' specific requests on a timely basis, dividends, retained earnings policy, excess and surplus capital stock repurchase policies, and capital stock requirements.

Members may have access to alternative funding sources through sales of securities under agreements to resell. Some members, particularly larger members, may have access to many more funding alternatives, including independent access to the national and global credit markets, including the covered bond market. The availability of alternative funding sources for members can significantly influence the demand for our advances and can vary as a result of many factors, including market conditions, members' creditworthiness, members' strategic objectives, and the availability of collateral.

The FHLBanks also compete with the U.S. Treasury, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other GSEs, as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities, for funds raised through the issuance of unsecured debt in the

11

national and global debt markets. Increases in the supply of competing debt products may, in the absence of increases in demand, result in higher debt costs or lower amounts of debt issued at the same cost.

Regulatory Oversight, Audits, and Examinations

The FHLBanks are supervised and regulated by the Finance Agency, an independent agency in the executive branch of the U.S. government. The Finance Agency is also responsible for supervising and regulating Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Finance Agency is supported entirely by assessments from the 12 FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac. With respect to the FHLBanks, the Finance Agency is charged with ensuring that the FHLBanks carry out their housing finance mission, remain adequately capitalized and able to raise funds in the capital markets, and operate in a safe and sound manner. The Finance Agency also establishes regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks.

The Finance Agency has broad supervisory authority over the FHLBanks, including, but not limited to, the power to suspend or remove any entity-affiliated party (including any director, officer or employee) of an FHLBank who violates certain laws or commits certain other acts; to issue and serve a notice of charges upon an FHLBank or any entity-affiliated party; to obtain a cease and desist order, or a temporary cease and desist order, to stop or prevent any unsafe or unsound practice or violation of law, order, rule, regulation, or condition imposed in writing; to issue civil money penalties against an FHLBank or an entity-affiliated party; to require an FHLBank to take certain actions, or refrain from certain actions, under the prompt corrective action provisions that authorize or require the Finance Agency to take certain supervisory actions, including the appointment of a conservator or receiver for an FHLBank under certain conditions; and to require any one or more of the FHLBanks to repay the primary obligations of another FHLBank on outstanding consolidated obligations.

Pursuant to the Housing Act, the Finance Agency published a final rule on August 4, 2009, to implement the Finance Agency's prompt corrective action authority over the FHLBanks. The Capital Classification and Prompt Corrective Action rule establishes the criteria for each of the following capital classifications for the FHLBanks specified in the Housing Act: adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Under the rule, unless the Finance Agency has reclassified an FHLBank based on factors other than its capital levels, an FHLBank is adequately capitalized if it has sufficient total and permanent capital to meet or exceed both its risk-based and minimum capital requirements; is undercapitalized if it fails to meet one or more of its risk-based or minimum capital requirements, but is not significantly undercapitalized; is significantly undercapitalized if its total or permanent capital is less than 75 percent of what is required to meet any of its requirements, but it is not critically undercapitalized; and is critically undercapitalized if its total capital is equal to or less than two percent of its total assets.

By letter dated December 22, 2011, the Acting Director of the Finance Agency notified the Bank that, based on September 30, 2011, financial information, the Bank met the definition of adequately capitalized under the Finance Agency's Capital Classification and Prompt Corrective Action rule.

The Housing Act and Finance Agency regulations govern capital distributions by an FHLBank, which include cash dividends, stock dividends, stock repurchases or any transaction in which the FHLBank purchases or retires any instrument included in its capital. Under the Housing Act and Finance Agency regulations, an FHLBank may not make a capital distribution if after doing so it would not be adequately capitalized or would be reclassified to a lower capital classification, or if such distribution violates any statutory or regulatory restriction, and in the case of a significantly undercapitalized FHLBank, an FHLBank may not make any capital distribution without approval from the Director of the Finance Agency.

To assess the safety and soundness of the Bank, the Finance Agency conducts an annual on-site examination of the Bank and other periodic reviews of its financial operations. In addition, we are required to submit information on our financial condition and results of operations each month to the Finance Agency.

In accordance with regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, we registered our capital stock with the

12

Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under Section 12(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (1934 Act), and the registration became effective on August 29, 2005. As a result of this registration, we are required to comply with the disclosure and reporting requirements of the 1934 Act and to file annual, quarterly, and current reports with the SEC, as well as meet other SEC requirements.

Our Board of Directors has an audit committee, and we have an internal audit department. An independent registered public accounting firm audits our annual financial statements. The independent registered public accounting firm conducts these audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

Like other federally chartered corporations, the 12 FHLBanks are subject to general congressional oversight. Each FHLBank must submit annual management reports to Congress, the President, the Office of Management and Budget, and the Comptroller General. These reports include a statement of financial condition, a statement of operations, a statement of cash flows, a statement of internal accounting and administrative control systems, and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm on the financial statements.

The Comptroller General has authority under the FHLBank Act to audit or examine the Finance Agency and the FHLBanks and to decide the extent to which they fairly and effectively fulfill the purposes of the FHLBank Act. Furthermore, the Government Corporations Control Act provides that the Comptroller General may review any audit of the financial statements conducted by an independent registered public accounting firm. If the Comptroller General conducts such a review, then he or she must report the results and provide his or her recommendations to Congress, the Office of Management and Budget, and the FHLBank in question. The Comptroller General may also conduct his or her own audit of any financial statements of an FHLBank.

The U.S. Treasury, or a permitted designee, is authorized under the combined provisions of the Government Corporations Control Act and the FHLBank Act to prescribe: the form, denomination, maturity, interest rate, and conditions to which FHLBank debt will be subject; the way and time FHLBank debt is issued; and the price for which FHLBank debt will be sold. The U.S. Treasury may purchase FHLBank debt up to an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion pursuant to the standards and terms of the FHLBank Act.

All of the FHLBanks' financial institution members are subject to federal or state laws and regulations, and changes to these laws or regulations or to related policies might adversely or favorably affect the business of the 12 FHLBanks.

Available Information

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains all electronically filed or furnishedreports, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and our current reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments. On our website at www.fhlbsf.com, we provide a link to the page on the SEC website that lists all of these reports. These reports may also be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. (Further information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained at 1-800-SEC-0330.) In addition, we provide direct links from our website to our annual report on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q on the SEC website as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing the reports to the SEC. (Note: The website addresses of the SEC and the Bank have been included as inactive textual references only. Information on those websites is not part of this report.)

Employees

We had 274 employees at December 31, 2011. Our employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be satisfactory.

13

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following discussion summarizes certain of the risks and uncertainties that the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) faces. The list is not exhaustive and there may be other risks and uncertainties that are not described below that may also affect our business. Any of these risks or uncertainties, if realized, could negatively affect our financial condition or results of operations or limit our ability to fund advances, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Economic weakness, including continued weakness in the housing and mortgage markets, has adversely affected and could continue to affect the business of many of our members and our business and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations are sensitive to conditions in the housing and mortgage markets, as well as general business and economic conditions. Adverse conditions and trends, including ongoing weakness in the U.S. economy, declining real estate values, illiquid mortgage markets, and fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, have adversely affected the business of many of our members and our business and results of operations. In addition, economic uncertainty related to the sovereign debt crisis in Europe may adversely affect the global financial markets and has affected the level of business the Bank transacts with European counterparties. If these conditions in the housing and mortgage markets and general business and economic conditions remain adverse or deteriorate further, our business and results of operations could be further adversely affected. For example, prolonged economic weakness could result in further deterioration in many of our members' credit characteristics, which could cause them to become delinquent or to default on their advances. In addition, further weakening of real estate prices and adverse performance trends in the residential and commercial mortgage lending sector could further reduce the value of collateral securing member credit obligations to the Bank and could result in higher than anticipated actual and projected deterioration in the credit performance of the collateral supporting the Bank's private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS) investments. These conditions could increase the risk that a member may not be able to meet additional collateral requirements, increasing the risk of default by the member, or increase the risk of additional other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges on the Bank's PLRMBS investments.

Adverse economic conditions may contribute to further deterioration in the credit quality of our mortgage portfolio and could continue to have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

During 2010 and continuing in 2011, the U.S. housing market experienced significant adverse trends, including significant price depreciation in some markets and high mortgage loan delinquency and default rates. These conditions contributed to high delinquency rates on the mortgage loans underlying our PLRMBS portfolio. Credit-related OTTI charges on certain of our PLRMBS adversely affected our earnings in 2011. If deterioration in housing markets and housing prices is greater than our current expectations, there may be further OTTI charges and further adverse effects on our financial condition, results of operations, ability to pay dividends, and ability to redeem or repurchase capital stock. Furthermore, economic deterioration, either in the U.S. as a whole or in specific regions of the country, could result in rising mortgage loan delinquencies and increased risk of credit losses, and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Loan servicing and modification programs or legal actions could adversely affect the value of our mortgage-backed securities (MBS).

Federal and state government authorities, as well as private entities, such as financial institutions and the servicers of residential mortgage loans, have proposed, commenced, or promoted implementation of programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures. Loan modification programs, as well as future legislative, regulatory or other actions, including amendments to the bankruptcy laws, that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans may adversely affect the value of and the returns on our MBS. In addition, legal actions relating to mortgage loan servicing and modifications, such as the recently

14

announced settlement among the U.S. government, 49 state attorneys general, and the nation's five largest mortgage servicers, may adversely affect the value of our MBS.

Market uncertainty and volatility may continue to adversely affect our business, profitability, or results of operations.

The housing and mortgage markets continue to experience very difficult conditions and volatility. The adverse conditions in these markets have resulted in a decrease in the availability of corporate credit and liquidity within the mortgage industry, causing disruptions in normal operations of major mortgage originators, including some of our largest borrowers, and have resulted in the insolvency, receivership, closure, or acquisition of a number of major financial institutions. These conditions have also resulted in less liquidity, greater volatility, a widening of credit spreads, and a lack of price transparency, and have contributed to further consolidation within the financial services industry. We operate in these markets and continue to be subject to potential adverse effects on our financial condition, results of operations, ability to pay dividends, and ability to redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Ongoing weaknesses in the market may continue to undermine the need for wholesale funding and have a negative impact on demand for advances.

During 2011, housing and mortgage markets continued to show weakness in terms of sales and financing activity. Slow job growth, high unemployment, and relatively low consumer confidence resulted in weak housing demand. Liquidity at some mortgage originators improved, as deposit inflows strengthened balance sheet liquidity. However, low yields on mortgages, ongoing aversion to risk, emphasis on the origination of government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) conforming products, and a focus on improving credit quality rather than expanding production resulted in a reduction in residential portfolio lending activity, which reduced the need for wholesale mortgage funding. Continuation of these trends could result in a further decline in advance levels and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Changes in or limits on our ability to access the capital markets could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to fund advances, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Our primary source of funds is the sale of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBank) System consolidated obligations in the capital markets. Our ability to obtain funds through the sale of consolidated obligations depends in part on prevailing conditions in the capital markets, such as investor demand and liquidity in the financial markets. The sale of FHLBank System consolidated obligations can also be influenced by factors other than conditions in the capital markets, including legislative and regulatory developments and government programs and policies that affect the relative attractiveness of FHLBank System consolidated obligation bonds or discount notes. Based on these factors, we may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms. If we cannot access funding on acceptable terms when needed, our ability to support and continue our operations could be adversely affected, which could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to fund advances, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Prolonged interruptions or limitations in the payment of dividends and repurchase of excess capital stock may adversely affect the effective operation of the Bank's business model.

Our business model is based on the premise that we maintain a balance between our obligation to achieve our public policy mission—to promote housing, homeownership, and community development through our activities with members—and our objective to provide an adequate return on the private capital provided by our members. We achieve this balance by delivering low-cost credit to help our members meet the credit needs of their communities while striving to pay members a market-rate dividend. Our business model and financial strategies are designed to enable us to safely expand and contract our assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in our member base and our members' credit needs. Our capital grows when members are required to purchase additional capital stock as they increase their advances borrowings. Our capital shrinks when we repurchase excess capital

15

stock from members as their advances or balances of mortgage loans sold to the Bank decline below certain levels. As a result of these strategies, we have historically been able to achieve our mission by meeting member credit needs and paying market-rate dividends during stable market conditions, despite significant fluctuations in total assets, liabilities, and capital. During 2011, however, we paid nominal dividends rather than market-rate dividends and repurchased a limited amount of excess capital stock in order to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges. The risk of additional OTTI charges in future quarters and the need to continue to build retained earnings may limit our ability to pay dividends or to pay market-rate dividends and may limit our ability to repurchase excess capital stock. Any prolonged interruptions in the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock may diminish the effectiveness of our business model and could adversely affect the value of membership from the perspective of a member.

Changes in the credit ratings on FHLBank System consolidated obligations may adversely affect the cost of consolidated obligations.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBank) System consolidated obligations are rated Aaa/P-1 with a negative outlook by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) and AA+/A-1+ with a negative outlook by Standard & Poor's Rating Services (Standard & Poor's). Rating agencies may from time to time change a rating or issue negative reports. Because all of the FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations, negative developments at any FHLBank may affect these credit ratings or result in the issuance of a negative report regardless of our own financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because of the FHLBanks' GSE status, the credit ratings of the FHLBank System and the FHLBanks are generally constrained by the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States, and any downgrade in that sovereign credit rating may result in a corresponding downgrade to the credit ratings of FHLBank System consolidated obligations. Any adverse rating change or negative report may adversely affect our cost of funds and the FHLBanks' ability to issue consolidated obligations on acceptable terms, which could also adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations or restrict our ability to make advances on acceptable terms, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Changes in federal fiscal and monetary policy could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Our business and results of operations are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve Board's policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Changes in interest rates could significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations or ability to fund advances on acceptable terms, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We realize income primarily from the spread between interest earned on our outstanding advances and investments and interest paid on our consolidated obligations and other liabilities. Although we use various methods and procedures to monitor and manage our exposure to changes in interest rates, we may experience instances when our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either case, interest rate movements contrary to our position could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to fund advances on acceptable terms, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock. Moreover, the impact of changes in interest rates on mortgage-related assets can be exacerbated by prepayment and extension risks, which are, respectively, the risk that the assets will be refinanced by the obligor in low interest rate environments and the risk that the assets will remain outstanding longer than expected at below-market yields when interest rates increase.

Our exposure to credit risk could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We assume secured and unsecured credit risk exposure associated with the risk that a borrower or counterparty

16

could default, and we could suffer a loss if we were not able to fully recover amounts owed to us on a timely basis. In addition, we have exposure to credit risk because the market value of an obligation may decline as a result of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the obligor or the credit quality of a security instrument. We have a high concentration of credit risk exposure to financial institutions, which may currently present a higher degree of risk because of the ongoing downturn in the housing market, which has contributed to increased foreclosures and mortgage payment delinquencies. Credit losses could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We depend on institutional counterparties to provide credit obligations that are critical to our business. Defaults by one or more of these institutional counterparties on their obligations to the Bank could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We face the risk that one or more of our institutional counterparties may fail to fulfill contractual obligations to us. The primary exposures to institutional counterparty risk are with derivatives counterparties, mortgage servicers that service the loans we hold as collateral on advances, and third-party providers of supplemental or primary mortgage insurance for mortgage loans purchased under the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (MPF®) Program. A default by a counterparty could result in losses to the Bank if our credit exposure to the counterparty was under-collateralized or our credit obligations to the counterparty were over-collateralized, and could also adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations efficiently and at cost-effective rates, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We rely on derivatives transactions to reduce our interest rate risk and funding costs, and changes in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our derivatives counterparties or changes in the legislation or the regulations affecting how derivatives are transacted may adversely affect our ability to enter into derivatives transactions on acceptable terms.

Our financial strategies are highly dependent on our ability to enter into derivatives transactions on acceptable terms to reduce our interest rate risk and funding costs. We currently have a long-term credit rating of Aaa with a negative outlook from Moody's and AA+ with a negative outlook from Standard & Poor's. All of our derivatives counterparties currently have investment grade long-term credit ratings from Moody's and Standard & Poor's. Rating agencies may from time to time change a rating or issue negative reports, or other factors may raise questions regarding the creditworthiness of a counterparty, which may adversely affect our ability to enter into derivatives transactions with acceptable counterparties on satisfactory terms in the quantities necessary to manage our interest rate risk and funding costs effectively. Changes in legislation or regulations affecting how derivatives are transacted may also adversely affect our ability to enter into derivatives transactions with acceptable counterparties on satisfactory terms. Any of these changes could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to make advances on acceptable terms, pay dividends, or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Insufficient collateral protection could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We require that all outstanding advances be fully collateralized. In addition, for mortgage loans that we purchased under the MPF Program, we require that the participating institutions fully collateralize the outstanding credit enhancement obligations not covered through the purchase of supplemental mortgage insurance. We evaluate the types of collateral pledged by borrowers and participating institutions and assign borrowing capacities to the collateral based on the risks associated with that type of collateral. If we have insufficient collateral before or after an event of payment default by the borrower, or we are unable to liquidate the collateral for the value we assigned to it in the event of a payment default by a borrower, we could experience a credit loss on advances, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We may not be able to meet our obligations as they come due or meet the credit and liquidity needs of our members in a timely and cost-effective manner.

17

We seek to be in a position to meet our members' credit and liquidity needs and pay our obligations without maintaining excessive holdings of low-yielding liquid investments or being forced to incur unnecessarily high borrowing costs. In addition, we maintain a contingency liquidity plan designed to enable us to meet our obligations and the liquidity needs of members in the event of operational disruptions or short-term disruptions in the capital markets. Our efforts to manage our liquidity position, including our contingency liquidity plan, may not enable us to meet our obligations and the credit and liquidity needs of our members, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We face competition for advances and access to funding, which could adversely affect our business.

Our primary business is making advances to our members. We compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding, both secured and unsecured, including investment banks, commercial banks, the Federal Reserve Banks, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks. Our members may have access to alternative funding sources, including independent access to the national and global credit markets, including the covered bond market. These alternative funding sources may offer more favorable terms than we do on our advances, including more flexible credit or collateral standards. In addition, many of our competitors are not subject to the same regulations as the FHLBanks, which may enable those competitors to offer products and terms that we are not able to offer.

The FHLBanks also compete with the U.S. Treasury, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities, for funds raised through the issuance of unsecured debt in the national and global debt markets. Increases in the supply of competing debt products may, in the absence of increases in demand, result in higher debt costs or lower amounts of debt issued at the same cost. Increased competition could adversely affect our ability to access funding, reduce the amount of funding available to us, or increase the cost of funding available to us. Any of these results could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Our efforts to make advances pricing attractive to our members may affect earnings.

A decision to lower advances prices to maintain or gain volume or increase the benefits to borrowing members could result in lower earnings, which could adversely affect the amount of, or our ability to pay, dividends on our capital stock.

We have a high concentration of advances and capital with five institutions and their affiliates, and a loss or change of business activities with any of these institutions could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We have a high concentration of advances and capital with five institutions and their affiliates. Two of the institutions (or their affiliates) are nonmembers that are not eligible to borrow new advances from the Bank or renew existing advances. All of the institutions may prepay or repay advances as they come due. Four of the institutions reduced their borrowings from the Bank during 2011, contributing to a large decline in the Bank's total assets. If no other advances are made to replace the prepaid and repaid advances of these large institutions, it would result in a further reduction of our total assets. The reduction in advances could result in a reduction of capital as the Bank repurchases the excess capital stock, at the Bank's discretion, or redeems the excess capital stock after the expiration of the relevant five-year redemption period. The reduction in assets and capital could reduce the Bank's net income.

The timing and magnitude of the impact of a reduction in the amount of advances to these institutions would depend on a number of factors, including:

• the amount and period of time over which the advances are prepaid or repaid,

• the amount and timing of any corresponding decreases in activity-based capital stock,

• the profitability of the advances,

• the size and profitability of our investments,

18

• the extent to which consolidated obligations mature as the advances are prepaid or repaid, and

• our ability to extinguish consolidated obligations or transfer them to other FHLBanks and the associated costs of extinguishing or transferring the consolidated obligations.

The prepayment or repayment of a large amount of advances could also affect our ability to pay dividends, the amount of any dividend we pay, or our ability to redeem or repurchase capital stock.

A material and prolonged decline in advances could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

During 2011, we continued to experience significant declines in advances. The continued decline in member advance demand reflected members' diminished lending activity, tighter underwriting standards, and efforts to preserve and build capital. Also, members that become nonmembers are not eligible to borrow new advances from the Bank or renew existing advances. Most members also had ample deposits and certain members had access to a number of other funding options. In addition, the financial condition of some members deteriorated in 2011. Although the Bank's business model is designed to safely expand and contract our assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in our member base and our members' credit needs, if we experience a material decline in advances and the decline is prolonged, such a decline could affect our results of operations, financial condition, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Deteriorating and volatile market conditions increase the risk that our financial models will produce unreliable results.

We use market-based information as inputs to our financial models, which we use to inform our operational decisions and to derive estimates for use in our financial reporting processes. The weakness and volatility in the housing and mortgage markets create additional risk regarding the reliability of our models, particularly since we are regularly adjusting our models in response to changes in economic conditions and expectations. This may increase the risk that our models could produce unreliable results or estimates that vary widely or prove to be inaccurate.

We may be limited in our ability to pay dividends or to pay market-rate dividends.

In order to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges, the dividends we paid in 2010 and 2011 were nominal. The risk of additional OTTI charges in future quarters and the need to continue building retained earnings may lead us to continue to pay nominal dividends. We may pay dividends on our capital stock only from previously retained earnings or current net earnings, and our ability to pay dividends is subject to certain statutory and regulatory restrictions and is highly dependent on our ability to continue to generate net earnings. We may not be able to maintain our past or current level of net earnings, which could limit our ability to pay dividends or change the level of dividends that we may be willing or able to pay.

We may become liable for all or a portion of the consolidated obligations for which other FHLBanks are the primary obligors.

As provided by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (FHLBank Act), or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations, which are backed only by the financial resources of all 12 FHLBanks. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) to require any FHLBank to repay all or any portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor, whether or not the other FHLBank has defaulted in the payment of those obligations and even though the FHLBank making the repayment received none of the proceeds from the issuance of the obligations. The likelihood of triggering the Bank's joint and several liability obligation depends on many factors, including the financial condition and financial performance of the other FHLBanks. If we are required by the Finance Agency to repay the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor, our financial

19

condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock could be adversely affected.

If the Bank or any other FHLBank has not paid the principal or interest due on all consolidated obligations, we may not be able to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase any shares of our capital stock.

If the principal or interest due on any consolidated obligations has not been paid in full or is not expected to be paid in full, we may not be able to pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem or repurchase any shares of our capital stock. If another FHLBank defaults on its obligation to pay principal or interest on any consolidated obligations, the regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks provide that the Finance Agency may allocate outstanding principal and interest payments among one or more of the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis or any other basis the Finance Agency may determine. Our ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock could be affected not only by our own financial condition, but also by the financial condition of one or more of the other FHLBanks.

We are affected by federal laws and regulations, which could change or be applied in a manner detrimental to our operations.

The FHLBanks are GSEs, organized under the authority of and governed by the FHLBank Act, and, as such, are also governed by the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 and other federal laws and regulations. Effective July 30, 2008, the Finance Agency, an independent agency in the executive branch of the federal government, became the new federal regulator of the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac. From time to time, Congress has amended the FHLBank Act and adopted other legislation in ways that have significantly affected the FHLBanks and the manner in which the FHLBanks carry out their housing finance mission and business operations. New or modified legislation enacted by Congress or regulations or policies of the Finance Agency could have a negative effect on our ability to conduct business or on our cost of doing business. In addition, new or modified legislation or regulations governing our members may affect our ability to conduct business or our cost of doing business with our members.

Changes in statutory or regulatory requirements or policies or in their application could result in changes in, among other things, the FHLBanks' cost of funds, retained earnings and capital requirements, accounting policies, debt issuance, dividend payment limits, form of dividend payments, capital redemption and repurchase limits, permissible business activities, and the size, scope, and nature of the FHLBanks' lending, investment, and mortgage purchase program activities. Changes that restrict dividend payments, the growth of our current business, or the creation of new products or services could also negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, ability to pay dividends, or ability to redeem or repurchase capital stock. In addition, given the Bank's relationship with other FHLBanks, we could be affected by events other than another FHLBank's default on a consolidated obligation. Events that affect other FHLBanks, such as member failures, capital deficiencies, and OTTI charges, could lead the Finance Agency to require or request that an FHLBank provide capital or other assistance to another FHLBank, purchase assets from another FHLBank, or impose other forms of resolution affecting one or more of the other FHLBanks. If the Bank were called upon by the Finance Agency to take any of these steps, it could affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We could change our policies, programs, and agreements affecting our members.

We may change our policies, programs, and agreements affecting our members from time to time, including, without limitation, policies, programs, and agreements affecting the availability of and conditions for access to our advances and other credit products, the Affordable Housing Program (AHP), and other programs, products, and services. These changes could cause our members to obtain financing from alternative sources, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock. In addition, changes to our policies, programs, and agreements affecting our members could adversely affect the value of membership from the perspective of a member.

20

The failure of the FHLBanks to set aside, in the aggregate, at least $100 million annually for the AHP could result in an increase in our AHP contribution, which could adversely affect our results of operations or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

The FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an AHP. Annually, the FHLBanks are required to set aside, in the aggregate, the greater of $100 million or ten percent of their current year income for their AHPs. If the FHLBanks do not make the minimum $100 million annual AHP contribution in a given year, we could be required to contribute more than ten percent of our regulatory income to the AHP. An increase in our AHP contribution could adversely affect our results of operations or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Our members are governed by federal and state laws and regulations, which could change in a manner detrimental to their ability or motivation to invest in the Bank or to use our products and services.

Most of our members are highly regulated financial institutions, and the regulatory environment affecting members could change in a manner that would negatively affect their ability or motivation to acquire or own our capital stock or use our products and services. Statutory or regulatory changes that make it less attractive to hold our stock or use our products and services could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Changes in the status, regulation, and perception of the housing GSEs or in policies and programs relating to the housing GSEs may adversely affect our business activities, future advances balances, the cost of debt issuance, or future dividend payments.

Changes in the status of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac during the next phases of their conservatorships and the continued support of the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements with the U.S. Treasury may result in higher funding costs for the FHLBanks, which could negatively affect our business and financial condition. In addition, negative news articles, industry reports, and other announcements pertaining to GSEs, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and any of the FHLBanks, could create pressure on debt pricing, as investors may perceive their debt instruments as bearing increased risk.

As a result of these factors, the FHLBank System may have to pay higher spreads relative to Treasury yields on consolidated obligations to make them attractive to investors. If we maintain our existing pricing on advances, an increase in the cost of issuing consolidated obligations could reduce our net interest spread (the difference between the interest rate received on advances and the interest rate paid on consolidated obligations) and cause our advances to be less profitable. If we increase the pricing of our advances to avoid a decrease in the net interest spread, the advances may no longer be attractive to our members, and our outstanding advances balances may decrease. In either case, an increase in the cost of issuing consolidated obligations could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We rely heavily on information systems and other technology.

We rely heavily on our information systems and other technology to conduct and manage our business. If we experience a failure or interruption in any of these systems or other technology, we may be unable to conduct and manage our business effectively, including, without limitation, our advances and hedging activities. In addition, significant initiatives undertaken by the Bank to replace information systems or other technology infrastructure may subject the Bank to a similar risk of failure or interruption in implementing these new systems or technology infrastructures. Although we have implemented a business continuity plan, we may not be able to prevent, timely and adequately address, or mitigate the negative effects of any failure or interruption. Any failure or interruption could adversely affect our advances business, member relations, risk management, or profitability, which could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

21

Restrictions on the redemption, repurchase, or transfer of the Bank's capital stock could result in an illiquid investment for the holder.

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, Finance Agency regulations, and our capital plan, our capital stock must be redeemed upon the expiration of the relevant five-year redemption period following a redemption request, subject to certain conditions. Only capital stock in excess of a shareholder's minimum investment requirement, capital stock held by a member that has submitted a notice to withdraw from membership, or capital stock held by a shareholder whose membership has been terminated may be redeemed at the end of the redemption period. Further, we may elect to repurchase excess capital stock of a shareholder at any time at our sole discretion.

There is no guarantee, however, that we will be able to redeem capital stock held by a shareholder even at the end of the redemption period or to repurchase excess capital stock at the request of shareholders. If the redemption or repurchase of the capital stock would cause us to fail to meet our minimum capital requirements, then the redemption or repurchase is prohibited by Finance Agency regulations and our capital plan. Likewise, under such regulations and the terms of our capital plan, we could not honor a shareholder's capital stock redemption notice if the redemption would cause the shareholder to fail to maintain its minimum investment requirement. Moreover, since our capital stock may only be owned by our members (or, under certain circumstances, former members and certain successor institutions), and our capital plan requires our approval before a member may transfer any of its stock to another member, we cannot provide assurance that a member or nonmember shareholder would be allowed to transfer any excess stock to another member at any point in time.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) maintains its principal offices in leased premises totaling 122,252 square feet of space at 600 California Street in San Francisco, California, and 580 California Street in San Francisco, California. The Bank also leases other offices totaling 12,040 square feet of space at 1155 15^th Street NW in Washington, D.C., as well as off-site business continuity facilities located in San Francisco, California, and Rancho Cordova, California. The Bank believes these facilities are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well maintained.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) may be subject to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business.

In 2010, the Bank filed two complaints in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Francisco (San Francisco Superior Court), relating to the purchase of private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS). The Bank seeks rescission and damages and asserts claims for and violations of the California Corporate Securities Act, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission of contract.

The first group of defendants in the Bank's PLRMBS litigation include: Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (Deutsche) involving certificates sold by Deutsche to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $404 million, and Deutsche Alt-A Securities Inc. as the issuer of certain of the certificates sold by Deutsche to the Bank; J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. (formerly known as Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., and referred to as Bear Stearns) involving certificates sold by Bear Stearns to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $609 million, and Structured Asset Mortgage Investments II, Inc., as the issuer of certain of the certificates sold by Bear Stearns to the Bank (together, the Bear Stearns Defendants); Countrywide Securities Corporation (Countrywide) involving certificates sold by Countrywide to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $125 million; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (formerly known as Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, and referred to as Credit Suisse) involving certificates sold by Credit Suisse to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $1.1 billion; RBS Securities, Inc. (formerly known as

22

Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., and referred to as Greenwich Capital) involving certificates sold by Greenwich Capital to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $550 million, and RBS Acceptance, Inc. (formerly known as Greenwich Capital Acceptance, Inc.) as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Greenwich Capital sold to the Bank; Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (Morgan Stanley) involving certificates sold by Morgan Stanley to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $276 million; UBS Securities, LLC (UBS) involving certificates sold by UBS to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $1.7 billion, and Mortgage Asset Securitization Transactions, Inc., as the issuer of certain of the certificates that UBS sold to the Bank; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. (Merrill Lynch) involving certificates sold by Merrill Lynch to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $654 million; and WaMu Capital Corp. involving certificates sold by WaMu Capital Corp. to the Bank in the amount paid of approximately $637 million, and Washington Mutual Mortgage Securities Corp. as the issuer of certain of the certificates that WaMu Capital Corp. sold to the Bank.

The second group of defendants in the Bank's PLRMBS litigation include: Credit Suisse involving certificates sold by Credit Suisse to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $1.2 billion, and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Credit Suisse sold to the Bank; Deutsche involving certificates sold by Deutsche to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $4.3 billion, and Deutsche Alt-A Securities, Inc., as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Deutsche sold to the Bank; Bear Stearns involving certificates that Bear Stearns sold to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $2.0 billion, and Structured Asset Mortgage Investments II, Inc., as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Bear Stearns sold to the Bank; Greenwich Capital involving certificates sold by Greenwich Capital to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $632 million, and RBS Acceptance, Inc. (formerly known as Greenwich Capital Acceptance, Inc.) as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Greenwich Capital sold to the Bank; Morgan Stanley involving certificates sold by Morgan Stanley to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $704 million; UBS involving certificates sold by UBS to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $1.7 billion, and Mortgage Asset Securitization Transactions, Inc., as the issuer of certain of the certificates that UBS sold to the Bank; Banc of America Securities LLC (Banc of America) involving certificates sold by Banc of America to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $2.1 billion, Banc of America Funding Corporation as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Banc of America sold to the Bank, and Banc of America Mortgage Securities, Inc., as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Banc of America sold to the Bank (collectively, the Banc of America Defendants); Countrywide involving certificates sold by Countrywide to the Bank in an amount paid of approximately $1.0 billion; and CWALT, Inc. (CWALT) as the issuer of certain of the certificates that Credit Suisse sold to the Bank, certain of the certificates that Deutsche sold to the Bank, certain of the certificates that Bear Stearns sold to the Bank, certain of the certificates that Greenwich Capital sold to the Bank, certain of the certificates that Morgan Stanley sold to the Bank, certain of the certificates that UBS sold to the Bank, certain of the certificates that Banc of America sold to the Bank, and certain of the certificates that Countrywide sold to the Bank.

The Bank's PLRMBS litigation is now in the discovery phase.

On October 18, 2011, the Bank filed an amended complaint against Bank of America Corporation (the original complaint was filed on November 5, 2010) to clarify that the Bank is seeking a determination that Bank of America Corporation or its subsidiaries are successors to the liabilities of both of the Countrywide entities that are defendants in the Bank's two principal complaints. The amended complaint also alleges a claim for control person liability against Countrywide Financial Corporation under the California Corporate Securities Act.On January 9, 2012, defendant Countrywide Financial Corporation filed a demurrer (also referred to as a motion to dismiss in other jurisdictions) to the first amended complaint with the San Francisco Superior Court. The Court has scheduled a hearing on the demurrer for March 27, 2012.

JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, a member of the Bank, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, a nonmember borrower of the Bank, are not defendants in these actions, but are affiliated with the Bear Stearns Defendants.

Bank of America California, N.A., a member of the Bank, is not a defendant in these actions, but is affiliated with Countrywide, Merrill Lynch, the Banc of America Defendants, CWALT, and Countrywide Financial Corporation.

23

After consultation with legal counsel, the Bank is not aware of any other legal proceedings that are expected to have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations or that are otherwise material to the Bank.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

24

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) has a cooperative ownership structure. The members and certain nonmembers own all the stock of the Bank, the majority of the directors of the Bank are officers or directors of members, the directors are elected by members (or selected by the Board of Directors to fill mid-term vacancies), and the Bank executes new advances exclusively with members. There is no established marketplace for the Bank's stock. The Bank's stock is not publicly traded. The Bank issues only one class of stock, Class B stock, which, under the Bank's capital plan, may be redeemed at par value, $100 per share, upon five years' notice from the member to the Bank, subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements and to the satisfaction of any ongoing stock investment requirements applying to the member. The Bank may repurchase shares held by members in excess of their required stock holdings at its discretion at any time. The information regarding the Bank's capital requirements is set forth in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 15 – Capital.” At February 29, 2012, the Bank had 48.2 million shares of Class B stock held by 376 members and 55.7 million shares of Class B stock held by 53 nonmembers.

The Bank's dividend rates declared (annualized) and amounts paid during the respective periods indicated are listed in the table below.

	2011						2010
	Amount of Cash Dividends						Amount of Cash Dividends
(Dollars in millions)	Capital Stock – Class B – Putable		Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock		Annualized Rate(1)		Capital Stock – Class B – Putable		Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock		Annualized Rate(1)
First quarter	$	6	$	3	0.29	%	$	6	$	3	0.27	%
Second quarter	7		3		0.31		5		3		0.26
Third quarter	6		2		0.26		9		5		0.44
Fourth quarter	3		4		0.30		9		5		0.39

(1) Reflects the annualized rate paid on all of the Bank's average capital stock outstanding regardless of its classification for reporting purposes as either capital stock or mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability), based on the $100 per share par value.

Additional information regarding the Bank's dividends is set forth in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Comparison of 2011 to 2010 – Dividends and Retained Earnings” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 15 – Capital.”

25

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto and “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere herein.

(Dollars in millions)	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Selected Balance Sheet Items at Yearend
Total Assets(1)	$	113,552		$	152,423		$	192,862		$	321,244		$	322,446
Advances	68,164			95,599			133,559			235,664			251,034
Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio, Net	1,829			2,381			3,037			3,712			4,132
Investments(2)	39,368			52,582			47,006			60,671			64,913
Consolidated Obligations:(3)
Bonds	83,350			121,120			162,053			213,114			225,328
Discount Notes	19,152			19,527			18,246			91,819			78,368
Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock(4)	5,578			3,749			4,843			3,747			229
Capital Stock — Class B — Putable(4)	4,795			8,282			8,575			9,616			13,403
Restricted Retained Earnings	1,803			1,609			1,239			176			227
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)	(1,893		)	(2,943		)	(3,584		)	(7		)	(3		)
Total Capital	4,705			6,948			6,230			9,785			13,627
Selected Operating Results for the Year
Net Interest Income	$	1,033		$	1,296		$	1,782		$	1,431		$	931
Provision for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans	4			2			1			—			—
Other Income/(Loss)	(645		)	(604		)	(948		)	(690		)	55
Other Expense	126			145			132			112			98
Assessments	42			146			186			168			236
Net Income/(Loss)	$	216		$	399		$	515		$	461		$	652
Selected Other Data for the Year
Net Interest Margin(5)	0.74		%	0.79		%	0.73		%	0.44		%	0.36		%
Operating Expenses as a Percent of Average Assets	0.08			0.07			0.04			0.03			0.03
Return on Average Assets	0.15			0.24			0.21			0.14			0.25
Return on Average Equity	3.43			6.13			5.83			3.54			5.80
Annualized Dividend Rate	0.29			0.34			0.21			3.93			5.20
Dividend Payout Ratio(6)	10.16			7.31			4.17			114.32			87.14
Average Equity to Average Assets Ratio	4.49			3.98			3.57			3.93			4.25
Selected Other Data at Yearend
Regulatory Capital Ratio(7)	10.72			8.95			7.60			4.21			4.30
Duration Gap (in months)	2			1			4			3			2

(1) Effective January 1, 2008, the Bank changed its accounting policy to offset fair value amounts for cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty. The Bank recognized the effects as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application for all prior periods presented.

(2) Investments consist of Federal funds sold, trading securities, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and loans to other Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks).

(3) As provided by the FHLBank Act or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all of the FHLBanks have joint and several liability for FHLBank consolidated obligations, which are backed only by the financial resources of all 12 FHLBanks. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Federal Housing Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. The Bank has never been asked or required to repay the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, and as of December 31, 2011, and through the filing date of this report, does not believe that it is probable that it will be asked to do so. The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks at the dates indicated was as follows:

26

Yearend	Par Amount (In millions)
2011	$	691,868
2010	796,374
2009	930,617
2008	1,251,542
2007	1,189,706

(4) During 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011 a number of members, including four large members. were placed into receivership, merged with nonmember institutions, or became former members. IndyMac Bank, F.S.B., and Washington Mutual Bank were placed into receivership in 2008; Wachovia Mortgage, FSB, merged into Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a nonmember institution, in 2009; and Citibank, N.A., became ineligible for membership when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with a merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district in 2011. The Bank reclassified the capital stock of these institutions from Class B capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(5) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(6) This ratio is calculated as dividends per share divided by net income per share.

(7) This ratio is calculated as regulatory capital divided by total assets. Regulatory capital includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock (which is classified as a liability) and excludes accumulated other comprehensive income.

27

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, including statements describing the objectives, projections, estimates, or predictions of the future of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) or the Federal Home Loan Bank System, are “forward-looking statements.” These statements may use forward-looking terms, such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “probable,” “project,” “should,” “will,” or their negatives or other variations on these terms, and include statements related to, among others, gains and losses on derivatives, plans to pay dividends and repurchase excess capital stock, future other-than-temporary impairment charges, future classification of securities, 2011 compensation payments, satisfaction of the Federal Home Loan Banks' Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP) obligation, and reform legislation. The Bank cautions that by their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk or uncertainty that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements or could affect the extent to which a particular objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized. These risks and uncertainties include, among others, the following:

• changes in economic and market conditions, including conditions in the mortgage, housing, and capital markets;

• the volatility of market prices, rates, and indices;

• the timing and volume of market activity;

• political events, including legislative, regulatory, judicial, or other developments that affect the Bank, its members, counterparties, or investors in the consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks), such as the impact of any government-sponsored enterprises (GSE) legislative reforms, changes in the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932 as amended (FHLBank Act), changes in applicable sections of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, or changes in regulations applicable to the FHLBanks;

• changes in the Bank's capital structure;

• the ability of the Bank to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

• membership changes, including changes resulting from mergers or changes in the principal place of business of Bank members;

• the soundness of other financial institutions, including Bank members, nonmember borrowers, other counterparties, and the other FHLBanks;

• changes in Bank members' demand for Bank advances;

• changes in the value or liquidity of collateral underlying advances to Bank members or nonmember borrowers or collateral pledged by the Bank's derivatives counterparties;

• changes in the fair value and economic value of, impairments of, and risks associated with the Bank's investments in mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities (MBS) or other assets and the related credit enhancement protections;

• changes in the Bank's ability or intent to hold MBS and mortgage loans to maturity;

• competitive forces, including the availability of other sources of funding for Bank members;

• the willingness of the Bank's members to do business with the Bank whether or not the Bank is paying dividends or repurchasing excess capital stock;

• changes in investor demand for consolidated obligations and/or the terms of interest rate exchange or similar agreements;

• the ability of the Bank to introduce new products and services to meet market demand and to manage the risks associated with new products and services successfully;

• the ability of each of the other FHLBanks to repay the principal and interest on consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor and with respect to which the Bank has joint and several liability; and

• technological changes and enhancements, and the Bank's ability to develop and support technology and information systems sufficient to manage the risks of the Bank's business effectively.

Readers of this report should not rely solely on the forward-looking statements and should consider all risks and uncertainties addressed throughout this report, as well as those discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

28

Overview

U.S. economic growth in 2011 was slower than would normally be expected during the recovery phase following a severe recession. While the unemployment rate declined during the year, it remained high. Housing activity also remained subdued despite low mortgage interest rates and strong housing affordability. Existing home sales increased slightly, but the large number of distressed property sales contributed to a decline in home prices. Residential mortgage lending was slow for most of the year, although the extremely low mortgage interest rate environment generated some refinancing activity later in the year. Members experienced moderate growth in commercial and industrial lending during the year, as well as in credit card lending toward the end of the year. In general, the fundamental business conditions for many Bank members continued to be characterized by strong deposit inflows, ample liquidity, and weak demand for loans throughout the year, resulting in weak demand for Bank advances.

Net income for 2011 was $216 million, compared with $399 million in 2010, a decrease of $183 million, or 46%. The decrease in net income primarily reflected a decline in net interest income combined with higher credit-related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges on private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS) and higher net losses associated with derivatives, hedged items, and financial instruments carried at fair value. These negative effects on net income were partially offset by lower assessments in 2011 compared to 2010.

Net interest income for 2011 was $1.0 billion, down from $1.3 billion for 2010. The decrease in net interest income was due, in part, to lower advances balances and lower earnings on invested capital (resulting from the lower interest rate environment). These factors were partially offset by increased spreads on the Bank's MBS and mortgage loan portfolio.

Total other income/(loss) for 2011 was a loss of $645 million, compared to a loss of $604 million for 2010. The loss for 2011 reflected credit-related OTTI charges of $413 million on certain PLRMBS, compared to credit-related OTTI charges of $331 million for 2010. The net loss associated with derivatives, hedged items, and financial instruments carried at fair value was $205 million for 2011, compared to a net loss of $121 million for 2010. These factors were partially offset by a reduction in net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges (which was generally offset by net interest income on the economically hedged assets and liabilities), which totaled $33 million in 2011 compared to $161 million in 2010.

The $205 million net loss associated with derivatives, hedged items, and financial instruments carried at fair value for 2011 reflected lower valuations primarily associated with the effects of changes in interest rates and spreads. Net valuation gains and losses on these financial instruments are primarily a matter of timing and will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual terms to maturity, or by the exercised call or put dates. However, the Bank may have instances in which hedging relationships are terminated prior to maturity or prior to the call or put dates. Terminating the hedging relationship may result in a realized gain or loss. In addition, the Bank may have instances in which it may sell trading securities prior to maturity, which may also result in a realized gain or loss. In anticipation of the subsequent reversal of any net gains on these financial instruments, the Bank retains in restricted retained earnings any cumulative net gains in earnings (net of applicable assessments) resulting from valuation gains or losses on these instruments. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's restricted retained earnings included a cumulative net gain of $79 million associated with derivatives, hedged items, and financial instruments carried at fair value.

The credit-related OTTI charges of $413 million for 2011 reflected the impact of additional projected losses on loan collateral underlying certain of the Bank's PLRMBS. Each quarter, the Bank updates its OTTI analysis to reflect current housing market conditions, changes in anticipated housing market conditions, observed and anticipated borrower behavior, and updated information on the loans supporting the Bank's PLRMBS. This process includes updating key aspects of the Bank's loss projection models. Factors that adversely affected projected borrower default rates and projected loan loss severity during 2011 included the impact of large inventories of unsold homes on current and forecasted housing prices, continued weakness in the economy and in employment, and increased foreclosure costs and delays, resulting in higher loan losses. The additional credit losses were primarily on

29

PLRMBS backed by Alt-A loan collateral.

During 2011, the PLRMBS that experienced credit-related OTTI were reclassified from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale at their fair values. The Bank does not currently intend to sell any of the securities in its available-for-sale portfolio or in its held-to-maturity portfolio. Accumulated other comprehensive loss declined $1.0 billion during 2011, to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011, from $2.9 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily because of two factors. The net change in the fair value of other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS classified as available-for-sale increased by $810 million, and the Bank accreted $266 million from accumulated other comprehensive loss for PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity that had experienced OTTI in prior years. For PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity, the amount of the non-credit-related impairment is accreted prospectively, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows, over the remaining life of the security as an increase in the carrying value of the security, with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in the expected cash flows.

Additional information about investments and OTTI charges associated with the Bank's PLRMBS is provided in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Investments” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.” Additional information about the Bank's PLRMBS is also provided in “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”

On February 22, 2012, the Bank's Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on the capital stock outstanding during the fourth quarter of 2011 at an annualized rate of 0.48%. The Bank recorded the dividend on February 22, 2012, the day it was declared by the Board of Directors. The Bank expects to pay the dividend (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock), which will total $13 million, on or about March 15, 2012. The Bank will pay the dividend in cash rather than stock form to comply with the rules of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency), which do not permit the Bank to pay dividends in the form of capital stock if the Bank's excess capital stock exceeds 1% of its total assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's excess capital stock totaled $6.2 billion, or 5.47% of total assets.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank was in compliance with all of its regulatory capital requirements. The Bank's total regulatory capital ratio was 10.72%, exceeding the 4.00% requirement. The Bank had $12.2 billion in regulatory capital, well in excess of its risk-based capital requirement of $4.9 billion.

In light of the Bank's strong regulatory capital position, the Bank plans to repurchase up to $500 million in excess capital stock on March 16, 2012. This repurchase, combined with the scheduled redemption of $5 million in mandatorily redeemable capital stock during the first quarter of 2012, will reduce the Bank's excess capital stock by up to $505 million. The amount of excess capital stock to be repurchased from any shareholder will be based on the shareholder's pro rata ownership of total capital stock outstanding as of the repurchase date, up to the amount of the shareholder's excess capital stock.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio, the ratio of the estimated market value of the Bank's capital to the par value of the Bank's capital stock, its overall financial performance and retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of dividends and excess capital stock repurchases in future quarters.

During 2011, total assets decreased$38.8 billion, or 26%, to $113.6 billion at December 31, 2011, from $152.4 billion at December 31, 2010. Total advances declined$27.4 billion, or 29%, to $68.2 billion at December 31, 2011, from $95.6 billion at December 31, 2010. The continued decrease in advances was primarily attributable to reduced use of Bank advances by the Bank's largest borrowers. In total, 139 members reduced their use of Bank advances during the year, while 58 members increased their advances borrowings. Held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities combined decreased to $31.2 billion at December 31, 2011, from $33.8 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily because of principal payments, prepayments, and maturities in the MBS portfolio. During 2011, Federal funds sold decreased$10.9 billion, to $5.4 billion at December 31, 2011, from $16.3 billion at December 31, 2010.

30

All advances made by the Bank are required to be fully collateralized in accordance with the Bank's credit and collateral requirements. The Bank monitors the creditworthiness of its members on an ongoing basis. In addition, the Bank has a comprehensive process for assigning values to collateral and determining how much it will lend against the collateral pledged. During 2011, the Bank continued to review and adjust its lending parameters based on market conditions and to require additional collateral, when necessary, to ensure that advances remained fully collateralized. Based on the Bank's risk assessments of housing and mortgage market conditions and of individual members and their collateral, the Bank also continued to adjust collateral terms for individual members during 2011.

Several issues continue to contribute to ongoing uncertainty in the housing and mortgage markets, including the potential for widespread deficiencies in the processing of home mortgage loan foreclosures and increasing investor demands on issuers and originators for the repurchase of mortgage loans underlying MBS that do not conform to the applicable representations and warranties. The Bank continues to monitor developments in these areas, including the recently announced settlement among the U.S. government, 49 state attorneys general, and the nation's five largest mortgage servicers, to assess the potential impact on the Bank's PLRMBS, Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) loans, and securities and loan collateral, and on the creditworthiness of any Bank member or member affiliate affected by these issues.

During 2011, eight member institutions were placed into receivership or liquidation. Seven of these institutions had advances outstanding at the time they were placed into receivership or liquidation and one institution did not. The advances outstanding to the seven institutions were either repaid prior to December 31, 2011, or assumed by member institutions, and no losses were incurred by the Bank. Bank capital stock held by two of the eight institutions totaling $4 million was classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). The capital stock of the other six institutions was transferred to other members.

From January 1, 2012, to February 29, 2012, no member institutions were placed into receivership or liquidation.

On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their obligation to fund the REFCORP. Earlier in 2011, all 12 of the FHLBanks had entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement (Agreement), as amended, requiring each FHLBank to allocate that portion of each FHLBank's earnings historically paid to satisfy its REFCORP obligation to a separate retained earnings account at that FHLBank once the REFCORP obligation was satisfied. In accordance with the Agreement, starting in the third quarter of 2011, each FHLBank is required to allocate 20% of its net income to a separate restricted retained earnings account at that FHLBank until the balance of the account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

For more information about the Agreement and related capital plan amendments, see “Results of Operations – Comparison of 2011 to 2010 – Dividends and Retained Earnings.”

As a result of its downgrade of the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook in August 2011, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (Standard & Poor's) also lowered the long-term issuer credit ratings and related issuer ratings of the Bank, of the nine other FHLBanks that had AAA ratings, and of the senior unsecured debt issued by the FHLBank System from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook. Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) and Fitch did not lower the credit ratings of any individual FHLBanks or of FHLBank System debt in 2011, but changed their rating outlooks to negative. The Bank has not observed and does not expect any measurable impact on its operations, financial position, or liquidity resulting from these downgrades.

For more information about the downgrades, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition.”

31

Results of Operations

Comparison of 2011 to 2010

Net Interest Income. The primary source of Bank earnings is net interest income, which is the interest earned on advances, mortgage loans, and investments, less interest paid on consolidated obligations, deposits, and other borrowings. The Average Balance Sheets table below presents the average balances of earning asset categories and the sources that fund those earning assets (liabilities and capital) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, together with the related interest income and expense. It also presents the average rates on total earning assets and the average costs of total funding sources.

Average Balance Sheets
	2011							2010
(Dollars in millions)	Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Rate		Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Federal funds sold	$	14,473		$	22	0.15	%	$	15,785		$	29	0.19	%
Trading securities:
MBS	21			—		2.72		27			1		3.68
Other investments	3,340			25		0.74		1,037			5		0.51
Available-for-sale securities:(1)
MBS	6,483			233		3.59		—			—		—
Other investments	1,925			5		0.28		1,932			6		0.31
Held-to-maturity securities:(1)
MBS	18,970			664		3.50		27,190			1,021		3.75
Other investments	7,957			15		0.19		9,763			25		0.26
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	2,102			113		5.37		2,761			138		4.98
Advances(2)	84,026			709		0.84		104,769			1,123		1.07
Deposits with other FHLBanks	—			—		0.04		1			—		0.05
Loans to other FHLBanks	7			—		0.07		9			—		0.15
Total interest-earning assets	139,304			1,786		1.28		163,274			2,348		1.44
Other assets(3)(4)(5)	985			—		—		(30		)	—		—
Total Assets	$	140,289		$	1,786	1.27	%	$	163,244		$	2,348	1.44	%
Liabilities and Capital
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds(2)	$	107,782		$	707	0.66	%	$	131,510		$	995	0.76	%
Discount notes	19,272			34		0.18		17,704			40		0.23
Deposits(4)	957			—		0.01		1,573			1		0.05
Borrowings from other FHLBanks	11			—		0.07		1			—		0.19
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	4,556			12		0.26		4,444			16		0.34
Other borrowings	—			—		—		—			—		0.10
Total interest-bearing liabilities	132,578			753		0.57		155,232			1,052		0.68
Other liabilities(3)(4)	1,414			—		—		1,512			—		—
Total Liabilities	133,992			753		0.56		156,744			1,052		0.67
Total Capital	6,297			—		—		6,500			—		—
Total Liabilities and Capital	$	140,289		$	753	0.53	%	$	163,244		$	1,052	0.64	%
Net Interest Income				$	1,033						$	1,296
Net Interest Spread(6)						0.71	%						0.76	%
Net Interest Margin(7)						0.74	%						0.79	%
Interest-earning Assets/Interest-bearing Liabilities	105.07		%					105.18		%

32

(1) The average balances of available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities are reflected at amortized cost. As a result, the average rates do not reflect changes in fair value or non-credit-related OTTI charges.

(2) Interest income/expense and average rates include the effect of associated interest rate exchange agreements, as follows:

	2011									2010
(In millions)	(Amortization)/ Accretion of Hedging Activities			Net Interest Settlements			Total Net Interest Income/(Expense)			(Amortization)/ Accretion of Hedging Activities			Net Interest Settlements			Total Net Interest Income/(Expense)
Advances	$	(30	)	$	(260	)	$	(290	)	$	(47	)	$	(547	)	$	(594	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	80			1,092			1,172			94			1,733			1,827

(3) Average balances do not reflect the effect of reclassifications of cash collateral.

(4) Includes forward settling transactions and valuation adjustments for certain cash items.

(5) Includes non-credit-related OTTI charges on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities.

(6) Net interest spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(7) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

Net interest income in 2011 was $1.0 billion, a 20%decrease from $1.3 billion in 2010. The following table details the changes in interest income and interest expense for 2011 compared to 2010. Changes in both volume and interest rates influence changes in net interest income, net interest spread, and net interest margin.

Change in Net Interest Income: Rate/Volume Analysis 2011 Compared to 2010
	Increase/ (Decrease)			Attributable to Changes in(1)
(In millions)				Average Volume			Average Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Federal funds sold	$	(7	)	$	(2	)	$	(5	)
Trading securities:
MBS	(1		)	—			(1		)
Other investments	20			17			3
Available-for-sale securities:
MBS	233			233			—
Other investments	(1		)	—			(1		)
Held-to-maturity securities:
MBS	(357		)	(292		)	(65		)
Other investments	(10		)	(4		)	(6		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	(25		)	(35		)	10
Advances(2)	(414		)	(200		)	(214		)
Total interest-earning assets	(562		)	(283		)	(279		)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds(2)	(288		)	(165		)	(123		)
Discount notes	(6		)	3			(9		)
Deposits	(1		)	—			(1		)
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(4		)	—			(4		)
Total interest-bearing liabilities	(299		)	(162		)	(137		)
Net interest income	$	(263	)	$	(121	)	$	(142	)

(1) Combined rate/volume variances, a third element of the calculation, are allocated to the rate and volume variances based on their relative sizes.

(2) Interest income/expense and average rates include the interest effect of associated interest rate exchange agreements.

Net interest income included advance prepayment fees of $17 million in 2011 compared to $53 million in 2010. It also reflected the impact of cumulative retrospective adjustments for the amortization of net purchase discounts

33

from the acquisition dates of the MBS and mortgage loans, which increased interest income by $23 million in 2011 and decreased interest income by $4 million in 2010.

The net interest margin for 2011 was 74 basis points, 5 basis points lower than the net interest margin for 2010, which was 79 basis points. The net interest spread for 2011 was 71 basis points, 5 basis points lower than the net interest spread for 2010, which was 76 basis points. These decreases were primarily due to lower earnings on invested capital (resulting from the lower interest rate environment), lower advances and lower advance prepayment fees. In addition, net interest income on economically hedged assets and liabilities was lower in 2011 relative to the year-earlier period. This income is generally offset by net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, recognized in “Other Income/(Loss),” which was also lower in 2011. These factors were partially offset by increased spreads on the Bank's MBS and mortgage loan portfolio resulting from the impact of cumulative retrospective adjustments for the amortization of net purchase discounts and favorable refinancing terms on Bank debt.

Member demand for wholesale funding from the Bank can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, including economic and market conditions, competition from other wholesale funding sources, member deposit inflows and outflows, the activity level of the primary and secondary mortgage markets, and strategic decisions made by individual member institutions. As a result, Bank asset levels and operating results may vary significantly from period to period.

Other Income/(Loss). The following table presents the components of “Other Income/(Loss)” for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Other Income/(Loss)
(In millions)	2011			2010
Other Income/(Loss):
Services to members	$	1		$	1
Net gain/(loss) on trading securities(1)	(7		)	(1		)
Total OTTI loss	(437		)	(540		)
Net amount of OTTI loss reclassified to/(from) accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	24			209
Net OTTI loss, credit-related	(413		)	(331		)
Net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	25			(113		)
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	(256		)	(168		)
Other	5			8
Total Other Income/(Loss)	$	(645	)	$	(604	)

(1) The net gain/(loss) on trading securities that were economically hedged totaled $(4) million and $(1) million in 2011 in 2010, respectively.

Net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Loss, Credit Portion – Each quarter, the Bank updates its OTTI analysis to reflect current housing market conditions, changes in anticipated housing market conditions, observed and anticipated borrower behavior, and updated information on the loans supporting the Bank's PLRMBS. This process includes updating key aspects of the Bank's loss projection models. Factors that adversely affected projected borrower default rates and projected loan loss severity during 2011 included the impact of large inventories of unsold homes on current and forecasted housing prices, continued weakness in the economy and in employment, and increased foreclosure costs and delays, resulting in higher loan losses. The additional credit losses were primarily on PLRMBS backed by Alt-A loan collateral. The following table presents the net other-than-temporary impairment loss for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

34

Net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Loss
	2011							2010
(In millions)	Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total  OTTI		Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total OTTI
Securities newly impaired during the period	$	16	$	205		$	221	$	14	$	420		$	434
Securities previously impaired prior to current period(1)	397		(181		)	216		317		(211		)	106
Total	$	413	$	24		$	437	$	331	$	209		$	540

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2011, “securities previously impaired prior to current period” represents all securities that were also other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, “securities previously impaired prior to current period” represents all securities that were also other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2010.

Additional information about the OTTI charges is provided in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Investments” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

Net Gain/(Loss) on Advances and Consolidated Obligation Bonds Held Under Fair Value Option – The following table presents the net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under the fair value option for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Net Gain/(Loss) on Advances and Consolidated Obligation Bonds Held Under Fair Value Option
(In millions)	2011			2010
Advances	$	184		$	(164	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(159		)	51
Total	$	25		$	(113	)

In general, transactions elected for the fair value option are in economic hedge relationships. Gains or losses on these transactions are generally offset by losses or gains on derivatives that economically hedge these instruments.

For 2011, the unrealized net fair value gains on advances were primarily driven by the decreased interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's advances during 2011. The unrealized net fair value losses on consolidated obligation bonds were primarily driven by the decreased interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's consolidated obligation bonds.

For 2010, the unrealized net fair value losses on advances were primarily driven by the increased interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's advances and increased swaption volatilities used in pricing fair value option putable advances during 2010. The unrealized net fair value gains on consolidated obligation bonds were primarily driven by increased interest rates on newly issued consolidated obligation bonds relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's consolidated obligation bonds and from higher swaption volatilities used in pricing fair value option callable bonds during 2010.

Net Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives and Hedging Activities – Under the accounting for derivatives instruments and hedging activities, the Bank is required to carry all of its derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. If derivatives meet the hedging criteria, including effectiveness measures, the carrying value of the underlying hedged instruments may also be adjusted to reflect changes in the fair value attributable to the risk being hedged so that some or all of the unrealized gain or loss recognized on the derivative is offset by a corresponding unrealized loss or gain on the underlying hedged instrument. The unrealized gain or loss on the “ineffective” portion of all hedges, which represents the amount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in the fair value of the hedged item or the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction, is recognized in current period earnings. In addition, certain derivatives are associated with assets or liabilities but do not qualify as

35

fair value hedges under the accounting for derivatives instruments and hedging activities. These economic hedges are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss recorded in earnings without any offsetting unrealized loss or gain from the associated asset or liability.

Under the fair value option, the Bank elected to carry certain assets and liabilities (advances and consolidated obligation bonds) at fair value. The Bank records the unrealized gains and losses on these assets and liabilities in “Net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option.” In general, transactions elected for the fair value option are in economic hedge relationships.

The following table shows the components of the gains and losses on derivatives and hedged items that were recorded in “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” in 2011 and 2010.

Sources of Gains/(Losses) Recorded in Net Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives and Hedging Activities 2011 Compared to 2010
(In millions)	2011												2010
	Gain/(Loss)						Net Interest Income/ (Expense) on			Total			Gain/(Loss)					Net Interest Income/ (Expense) on			Total
Hedged Item	Fair Value Hedges, Net			Economic Hedges			Economic Hedges						Fair Value Hedges, Net		Economic Hedges			Economic Hedges
Advances:
Held under the fair value option	$	—		$	(139	)	$	(212	)	$	(351	)	$	—	$	137		$	(402	)	$	(265	)
Not held under the fair value option	2			2			(29		)	(25		)	—		—			(41		)	(41		)
Consolidated obligation bonds:
Held under the fair value option	—			79			92			171			—		(36		)	138			102
Not held under the fair value option	(33		)	(106		)	179			40			1		(63		)	194			132
Consolidated obligation discount notes:
Not held under the fair value option	—			(35		)	(51		)	(86		)	—		(47		)	(48		)	(95		)
Non-MBS investments:
Not held under the fair value option	—			7			(12		)	(5		)	—		1			(2		)	(1		)
Total	$	(31	)	$	(192	)	$	(33	)	$	(256	)	$	1	$	(8	)	$	(161	)	$	(168	)

During 2011, net losses on derivatives and hedging activities totaled $256 million compared to net losses of $168 million in 2010. These amounts included net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges of $33 million in 2011, compared to net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges of $161 million in 2010. The increase in net interest expense was primarily due to the impact of lower interest rates throughout 2011 on the adjustable leg of the interest rate swaps.

Excluding the $33 million impact from net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, net losses for 2011 totaled $223 million as detailed above. The $223 million in net losses were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and decreased swaption volatilities during 2011.

Excluding the $161 million impact from net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, net losses for 2010 totaled $7 million as detailed above. The $7 million in net losses were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and an increase in swaption volatilities during 2010.

In general, nearly all of the Bank's derivatives and hedged instruments, as well as certain assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value, are held to the maturity, call, or put date. For these financial instruments, net valuation gains or losses are primarily a matter of timing and will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual terms to maturity, or by the exercised call or put dates. However, the Bank may have instances in which hedging relationships are terminated prior to maturity or prior to the call or put dates. Terminating the hedging relationship may result in a realized gain or loss. In addition, the Bank may have instances in which it may sell trading securities prior to maturity, which may also

36

result in a realized gain or loss.

The ongoing impact of these valuation adjustments on the Bank cannot be predicted, and the Bank's restricted retained earnings in the future may not be sufficient to fully offset the impact of these valuation adjustments. The effects of these valuation adjustments may lead to significant volatility in future earnings, including earnings available for dividends. Additional information about restricted retained earnings is provided in "Dividends and Retained Earnings" later in this section.

Additional information about derivatives and hedging activities is provided in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data– Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities."

Other Expense. Other expenses were $126 million in 2011 compared to $145 million in 2010, reflecting lower consulting costs and lower concessions paid on consolidated obligations designated under the fair value option, which are expensed when incurred.

Affordable Housing Program and Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments. Although the FHLBanks are exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes, the FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an Affordable Housing Program (AHP). Each FHLBank's AHP provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market interest rate advances to members, which use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households.

The FHLBanks were also required to make payments to the REFCORP, which was established in 1989 under 12 U.S.C. Section 1441b as a means of funding the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC), a federal instrumentality established to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. REFCORP was designated as the calculation agent for REFCORP and AHP assessments, which were calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence.

To fund the AHP, the FHLBanks must set aside, in the aggregate, the greater of $100 million or 10% of the current year's net earnings (income before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP, until the REFCORP obligation was fully satisfied). To the extent that the aggregate 10% calculation is less than $100 million, the FHLBank Act requires that each FHLBank contribute such prorated sums as may be required to assure that the aggregate contribution of the FHLBanks equals $100 million. The pro ration would be made on the basis of the income of the FHLBanks for the previous year. In the aggregate, the FHLBanks set aside $188 million, $228 million, and $258 million for their AHPs in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and there was no AHP shortfall in any of those years.

To fund REFCORP, each FHLBank was required to pay 20% of net income after the assessment for the AHP, but before the assessment for REFCORP. On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation with their payment made on July 15, 2011.

During 2011, the FHLBanks entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement, as amended, that requires each FHLBank to allocate 20 percent of its net income to a separate restricted retained earnings account at that FHLBank until the balance of that account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Because the REFCORP obligation was fully satisfied by the FHLBanks' payment for the second quarter of 2011, the FHLBanks began allocating 20 percent of net income to their new restricted retained earnings accounts in the third quarter of 2011. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends. For additional information on this separate restricted retained earnings account, see “Dividends and Retained Earnings.”

The Bank's total AHP assessments equaled $25 million in 2011, compared to $46 million in 2010. The Bank's total REFCORP assessments equaled $17 million in 2011, compared to $100 million in 2010. The decline in the AHP and REFCORP assessments reflected lower earnings in 2011. The decline in the REFCORP assessments also reflected the payoff of the REFCORP obligation during 2011.

37

Return on Average Equity. Return on average equity (ROE) was 3.43% in 2011, compared to 6.13% in 2010. This decline primarily reflected the 46% decrease in net income, to $216 million in 2011 from $399 million in 2010.

Dividends and Retained Earnings. By regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, dividends may be paid only out of current net earnings or previously retained earnings. As required by the regulations, the Bank has a formal Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy that is reviewed at least annually by the Bank's Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may amend the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy from time to time. The Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy establishes amounts to be retained in restricted retained earnings, which are not made available for dividends in the current dividend period. The Bank may be restricted from paying dividends if it is not in compliance with any of its minimum capital requirements or if payment would cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its minimum capital requirements. In addition, the Bank may not pay dividends if any principal or interest due on any consolidated obligation has not been paid in full or is not expected to be paid in full, or, under certain circumstances, if the Bank fails to satisfy certain liquidity requirements under applicable regulations.

On May 27, 2011, the Bank's Board of Directors modified the Bank's Risk Management Policy to provide guidelines for the payment of dividends based on the ratio of the Bank's estimated market value of total capital to par value of capital stock. If this ratio at the end of any quarter is less than 100% but greater than or equal to 70%, any dividend would be limited to an annualized rate no greater than the daily average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for the applicable quarter (subject to certain conditions), and if this ratio is less than 70%, the Bank would be restricted from paying a dividend. The ratio of the Bank's estimated market value of total capital to par value of capital stock was 97.7% as of December 31, 2011. For more information, see “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition – Risk Management – Market Risk.”

The regulatory liquidity requirements state that each FHLBank must: (i) maintain eligible high quality assets (advances with a maturity not exceeding five years, U.S. Treasury securities investments, and deposits in banks or trust companies) in an amount equal to or greater than the deposits received from members, and (ii) hold contingent liquidity in an amount sufficient to meet its liquidity needs for at least five business days without access to the consolidated obligations markets. At December 31, 2011, advances maturing within five years totaled $64.2 billion, significantly in excess of the $0.2 billion of member deposits on that date. At December 31, 2010, advances maturing within five years totaled $88.2 billion, also significantly in excess of the $0.1 billion of member deposits on that date. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, the Bank's estimated total sources of funds obtainable from liquidity investments, repurchase agreement borrowings collateralized by the Bank's marketable securities, and advance repayments would have allowed the Bank to meet its liquidity needs for more than 90 days without access to the consolidated obligations markets, subject to certain conditions.

Retained Earnings Related to Valuation Adjustments – In accordance with the Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy, the Bank retains in restricted retained earnings any cumulative net gains in earnings (net of applicable assessments) resulting from valuation adjustments.

In general, the Bank's derivatives and hedged instruments, as well as certain assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value, are held to the maturity, call, or put date. For these financial instruments, net valuation gains or losses are primarily a matter of timing and will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual terms to maturity, or by the exercised call or put dates. However, the Bank may have instances in which hedging relationships are terminated prior to maturity or prior to the call or put dates. Terminating the hedging relationship may result in a realized gain or loss. In addition, the Bank may have instances in which it may sell trading securities prior to maturity, which may also result in a realized gain or loss.

As the cumulative net valuation gains are reversed by periodic net losses and settlements of contractual interest cash flows, the amount of the cumulative net gains decreases. The amount of retained earnings under this provision of the policy is therefore decreased, and that portion of the previously restricted retained earnings becomes unrestricted and may be made available for dividends. In this case, the potential dividend payout in a given period

38

will be substantially the same as it would have been without the effects of valuation adjustments, provided that at the end of the period the cumulative net effect since inception remains a net gain. The purpose of the valuation adjustments category of restricted retained earnings is to provide sufficient retained earnings to offset future net losses that result from the reversal of cumulative net gains, so that potential dividend payouts in future periods are not necessarily affected by the reversals of these gains. Although restricting retained earnings in accordance with this provision of the policy may help preserve the Bank's ability to pay dividends, the reversal of cumulative net gains in any given period may result in a net loss if the reversal exceeds net earnings before the impact of valuation adjustments for that period. Also, if the net effect of valuation adjustments since inception results in a cumulative net loss, the Bank's other retained earnings at that time (if any) may not be sufficient to offset the net loss. As a result, the future effects of valuation adjustments may cause the Bank to reduce or temporarily suspend dividend payments.

Other Retained Earnings – Targeted Buildup – In addition to any cumulative net gains resulting from valuation adjustments, the Bank holds an additional amount in restricted retained earnings intended to protect members' paid-in capital from the effects of an extremely adverse credit event, an extremely adverse operations risk event, an extremely high level of quarterly valuation losses related to the Bank's derivatives and associated hedged items and financial instruments carried at fair value, the risk of an extremely adverse change in the market value of the Bank's capital, and the risk of a significant amount of additional credit-related OTTI on PLRMBS, especially in periods of extremely low net income resulting from an adverse interest rate environment.

On May 29, 2009, the Board of Directors amended the Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy to change the way the Bank determines the amount of earnings to be restricted for the targeted buildup. Instead of retaining a fixed percentage of earnings toward the retained earnings target each quarter, the Bank will designate any earnings not restricted for other reasons or not paid out in dividends as restricted retained earnings for the purpose of meeting the target. In September 2009, the Board of Directors increased the targeted amount of restricted retained earnings to $1.8 billion from $1.2 billion. Most of the increase in the target was due to an increase in the projected losses on the Bank's PLRMBS under assumptions about housing market conditions that were considerably more stressful than the Bank's base case expectations. On January 29, 2010, the Board of Directors adopted technical revisions to the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy that did not have any impact on the Bank's methodology for calculating restricted retained earnings or the dividend. On December 1, 2010, the Board of Directors updated and refined certain components of the methodology for calculating the targeted buildup; these revisions did not change the targeted amount of $1.8 billion.

Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement - Effective February 28, 2011, the 12 FHLBanks, including the Bank, entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement (Agreement) intended to enhance the capital position of each FHLBank by allocating that portion of each FHLBank's earnings historically paid to satisfy its REFCORP obligation to a separate retained earnings account at that FHLBank.

The Agreement provides that, upon full satisfaction of the REFCORP obligation, each FHLBank will contribute 20% of its net income each quarter to a restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. These restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

The FHLBanks subsequently amended their capital plans or capital plan submissions, as applicable, to implement the provisions of the Agreement, and the Finance Agency approved the capital plan amendments on August 5, 2011. The amended capital plans, including the Bank's amended capital plan, became effective on September 5, 2011. On August 5, 2011, the FHLBanks also amended the Agreement to reflect differences between the original Agreement and the capital plan amendments, including changes to the definition of an automatic termination event, provisions for determining whether an automatic termination event has occurred, and modifications to the provisions regarding the release of restricted retained earnings if the Agreement is terminated. In particular, an FHLBank's obligation to make allocations to its restricted retained earnings account terminates on the automatic termination event declaration date, and restrictions on paying dividends out of the restricted retained earnings account, or otherwise reallocating funds from the restricted retained earnings account, are terminated one year later. For more information

39

on the amendments to the Agreement, see the Bank's Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2011.

On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation. In accordance with the Agreement, starting in the third quarter of 2011, each FHLBank is required to allocate 20% of its net income each quarter to a separate restricted retained earnings account at that FHLBank until the balance of the account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

The following table summarizes the activity related to restricted retained earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011									2010
	Retained Earnings Related to:									Retained Earnings Related to:
(In millions)	Valuation Adjustments			Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement		Targeted Buildup		Total		Valuation Adjustments			Targeted Buildup		Total
Balance at beginning of the period	$	148		$	—	$	1,461	$	1,609	$	181		$	1,058	$	1,239
Transfers to/(from) restricted retained earnings	(69		)	29		234		194		(33		)	403		370
Balance at end of the period	$	79		$	29	$	1,695	$	1,803	$	148		$	1,461	$	1,609

Dividend Payments – Finance Agency rules state that FHLBanks may declare and pay dividends only from previously retained earnings or current net earnings, and may not declare or pay dividends based on projected or anticipated earnings. There is no requirement that the Board of Directors declare and pay any dividend. A decision by the Board of Directors to declare or not declare a dividend is a discretionary matter and is subject to the requirements and restrictions of the FHLBank Act and applicable requirements under the regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks.

The Bank paid dividends (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock) totaling $34 million at an annualized rate of 0.29% in 2011 and $45 million at an annualized rate of 0.34% in 2010.

On February 22, 2012, the Bank's Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on the capital stock outstanding during the fourth quarter of 2011 at an annualized rate of 0.48%. The Bank recorded the dividend on February 22, 2012, the day it was declared by the Board of Directors. The Bank expects to pay the dividend (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock), which will total $13 million, on or about March 15, 2012. The Bank will pay the dividend in cash rather than stock form to comply with Finance Agency rules, which do not permit the Bank to pay dividends in the form of capital stock if the Bank's excess stock exceeds 1% of its total assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's excess capital stock totaled $6.2 billion, or 5.47% of total assets.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of its PLRMBS portfolio, its overall financial performance and retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of dividends in future quarters.

Comparison of 2010 to 2009

During 2010, total assets decreased $40.5 billion, or 21%, to $152.4 billion at yearend 2010 from $192.9 billion at yearend 2009. Advances outstanding declined by $38.0 billion, or 28%, to $95.6 billion at December 31, 2010, from $133.6 billion at December 31, 2009. In addition, cash and due from banks decreased to $0.8 billion from $8.3 billion, and held-to-maturity securities decreased to $31.8 billion from $36.9 billion, while Federal funds sold increased to $16.3 billion from $8.2 billion.

Net income for 2010 decreased by $116 million, or 23%, to $399 million from $515 million in 2009. The decrease primarily reflected a decline in net interest income. In addition, with respect to net gains and losses associated with derivatives, hedged items, and financial instruments carried at fair value, the Bank experienced net losses in 2010 compared to net gains in 2009. These negative effects on net income were partially offset by lower credit-related OTTI charges on PLRMBS in the Bank's held-to-maturity securities portfolio in 2010 relative to 2009.

40

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for 2010 was $1.3 billion, compared to $1.8 billion in 2009. The decrease in net interest income was due, in part, to lower advances and MBS balances, lower earnings on invested capital (resulting from the lower interest rate environment), and a lower net interest spread on advances because favorably priced debt issued in the fourth quarter of 2008 matured by the end of 2009. In addition, net interest income on economically hedged assets and liabilities was lower in 2010 relative to the year-earlier period. (This income is generally offset by net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, reflected in other income.) These factors were partially offset by increased spreads on the mortgage portfolio and the non-MBS investment portfolio.

The following Average Balance Sheets table presents average balances of earning asset categories and the sources that fund those earning assets (liabilities and capital) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, together with the related interest income and expense. It also presents the average rates on total earning assets and the average costs of total funding sources.

41

Average Balance Sheets
	2010							2009
(Dollars in millions)	Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Rate		Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense		Average Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Resale agreements	$	—		$	—	—	%	$	6		$	—	0.17	%
Federal funds sold	15,785			29		0.19		14,230			23		0.16
Trading securities:
MBS	27			1		3.68		33			1		3.03
Other investments	1,037			5		0.51		—			—		—
Available-for-sale securities:(1)
Other investments	1,932			6		0.31		149			—		0.25
Held-to-maturity securities:(1)
MBS	27,190			1,021		3.75		35,585			1,449		4.07
Other investments	9,763			25		0.26		10,012			31		0.31
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	2,761			138		4.98		3,378			157		4.65
Advances(2)(3)	104,769			1,123		1.07		181,659			2,800		1.54
Deposits with other FHLBanks	1			—		0.05		—			—		—
Loans to other FHLBanks	9			—		0.15		239			—		0.11
Total interest-earning assets	163,274			2,348		1.44		245,291			4,461		1.82
Other assets(3)(4)(5)(6)	(30		)	—		—		2,375			—		—
Total Assets	$	163,244		$	2,348	1.44	%	$	247,666		$	4,461	1.80	%
Liabilities and Capital
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds(2)(3)	$	131,510		$	995	0.76	%	$	177,172		$	2,199	1.24	%
Discount notes	17,704			40		0.23		53,813			472		0.88
Deposits(4)	1,573			1		0.05		2,066			1		0.05
Borrowings from other FHLBanks	1			—		0.19		6			—		0.16
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	4,444			16		0.34		3,541			7		0.21
Other borrowings	—			—		0.10		7			—		0.10
Total interest-bearing liabilities	155,232			1,052		0.68		236,605			2,679		1.13
Other liabilities(3)(4)(5)	1,512			—		—		2,230			—		—
Total Liabilities	156,744			1,052		0.67		238,835			2,679		1.13
Total Capital	6,500			—		—		8,831			—		—
Total Liabilities and Capital	$	163,244		$	1,052	0.64	%	$	247,666		$	2,679	1.08	%
Net Interest Income				$	1,296						$	1,782
Net Interest Spread(3)(7)						0.76	%						0.69	%
Net Interest Margin(3)(8)						0.79	%						0.73	%
Interest-earning Assets/Interest-bearing Liabilities(3)	105.18		%					103.67		%

(1) The average balances of available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities are reflected at amortized cost. As a result, the average rates do not reflect changes in fair value or non-credit-related OTTI charges.

(2) Interest income/expense and average rates include the effect of associated interest rate exchange agreements, as follows:

	2010									2009
(In millions)	(Amortization)/ Accretion of Hedging Activities			Net Interest Settlements			Total Net Interest Income/(Expense)			(Amortization)/ Accretion of Hedging Activities			Net Interest Settlements			Total Net Interest Income/(Expense)
Advances	$	(47	)	$	(547	)	$	(594	)	$	(68	)	$	(966	)	$	(1,034	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	94			1,733			1,827			140			2,099			2,239

(3) For the purpose of calculating average balances, on a retroactive basis, the Bank included in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities fair value adjustments resulting from hedging relationships and fair value option adjustments that had been included in other assets and other liabilities prior

42

to the first quarter of 2010. The Bank made these changes to achieve consistency among all the FHLBanks in reporting interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These changes did not materially affect average rates, net interest spread, or net interest margin, and had no effect on reported assets, liabilities, net interest income or net income.

(4) Average balances do not reflect the effect of reclassifications of cash collateral.

(5) Includes forward settling transactions and valuation adjustments for certain cash items.

(6) Includes non-credit-related OTTI charges on held-to-maturity securities.

(7) Net interest spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(8) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

The following Change in Net Interest Income table details the changes in interest income and interest expense for 2010 compared to 2009. Changes in both volume and interest rates influence changes in net interest income and the net interest margin.

Change in Net Interest Income: Rate/Volume Analysis 2010 Compared to 2009
	Increase/ (Decrease)			Attributable to Changes in(1)
(In millions)				Average Volume			Average Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Federal funds sold	$	6		$	2		$	4
Trading securities:
Other investments	5			5			—
Available-for-sale securities:
Other investments	6			6			—
Held-to-maturity securities:
MBS	(428		)	(322		)	(106		)
Other investments	(6		)	(1		)	(5		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	(19		)	(30		)	11
Advances(2)	(1,677		)	(975		)	(702		)
Total interest-earning assets	(2,113		)	(1,315		)	(798		)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds(2)	(1,204		)	(479		)	(725		)
Discount notes	(432		)	(206		)	(226		)
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	9			3			6
Total interest-bearing liabilities	(1,627		)	(682		)	(945		)
Net interest income	$	(486	)	$	(633	)	$	147

(1) Combined rate/volume variances, a third element of the calculation, are allocated to the rate and volume variances based on their relative sizes.

(2) Interest income/expense and average rates include the interest effect of associated interest rate exchange agreements.

Net interest income included advance prepayment fees of $53 million in 2010 compared to $34 million in 2009. It also reflected the impact of cumulative retrospective adjustments for the amortization of net purchase discounts from the acquisition dates of the MBS and mortgage loans, which decreased interest income by $4 million in 2010 and $17 million in 2009.

The net interest margin for 2010 was 79 basis points, 6 basis points higher than the net interest margin for 2009, which was 73 basis points. The net interest spread for 2010 was 76 basis points, 7 basis points higher than the net interest spread for 2009, which was 69 basis points. These improvements were primarily due to a higher net interest spread on the mortgage portfolio and an increase in advance prepayment fees.

Net interest income on economically hedged assets and liabilities was lower in 2010 relative to 2009. This income is generally offset by net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, recognized in “Other Income/(Loss),” which was also lower in 2010, primarily because of the impact of lower interest rates throughout

43

2010 on the adjustable rate leg of the interest rate swaps.

Member demand for wholesale funding from the Bank can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, including economic and market conditions, competition from other wholesale funding sources, member deposit inflows and outflows, the activity level of the primary and secondary mortgage markets, and strategic decisions made by individual member institutions. As a result, Bank asset levels and operating results may vary significantly from period to period.

Other Income/(Loss). The following table presents the components of “Other Income/(Loss)” for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Other Income/(Loss)
(In millions)	2010			2009
Other Income/(Loss):
Services to members	$	1		$	1
Net gain/(loss) on trading securities(1)	(1		)	1
Total OTTI loss	(540		)	(4,121		)
Net amount of OTTI loss reclassified to/(from) accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	209			3,513
Net OTTI loss, credit-related	(331		)	(608		)
Net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	(113		)	(471		)
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	(168		)	122
Other	8			7
Total Other Income/(Loss)	$	(604	)	$	(948	)

(1) The net gain/(loss) on trading securities that were economically hedged totaled $(1) million in 2010 and was immaterial in 2009.

Net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Loss, Credit-Related – The Bank recognized $331 million in credit-related OTTI charges on PLRMBS during 2010, compared to $608 million in credit-related OTTI charges on PLRMBS during 2009. The credit-related OTTI charges of $331 million for 2010 reflected the impact of additional projected losses on loan collateral underlying certain of the Bank's PLRMBS. The following table presents the net other-than-temporary impairment loss for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

Net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Loss
	2010							2009
(In millions)	Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total  OTTI		Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total OTTI
Securities newly impaired during the period	$	14	$	420		$	434	$	400	$	3,572		$	3,972
Securities previously impaired prior to current period(1)	317		(211		)	106		208		(59		)	149
Total	$	331	$	209		$	540	$	608	$	3,513		$	4,121

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2010, “securities previously impaired prior to current period” represents all securities that were also other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, “securities previously impaired prior to current period” represents all securities that were also other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2009.

Additional information about the OTTI charges is provided in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

Net Gain/(Loss) on Advances and Consolidated Obligation Bonds Held Under Fair Value Option – The following

44

table presents the net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under the fair value option for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.  

Net Gain/(Loss) on Advances and Consolidated Obligation Bonds Held Under Fair Value Option
(In millions)	2010			2009
Advances	$	(164	)	$	(572	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	51			101
Total	$	(113	)	$	(471	)

For 2010, the unrealized net fair value losses on advances were primarily driven by the increased interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's advances and increased swaption volatilities used in pricing fair value option putable advances during 2010. The unrealized net fair value gains on consolidated obligation bonds were primarily driven by increased interest rates on newly issued consolidated obligation bonds relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's consolidated obligation bonds and from higher swaption volatilities used in pricing fair value option callable bonds during 2010.

For 2009, the unrealized net fair value losses on advances were primarily driven by the increased long-term interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's advances, partially offset by gains resulting from decreased swaption volatilities used in pricing fair value option putable advances during 2009. The unrealized net fair value gains on consolidated obligation bonds were primarily driven by the increased long-term interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's consolidated obligation bonds, partially offset by losses from lower swaption volatilities used in pricing fair value option callable bonds during 2009.

Net Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives and Hedging Activities – The following table shows the components of the gains and losses on derivatives and hedged items that were recorded in “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” in 2010 and 2009.

Sources of Gains/(Losses) Recorded in Net Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives and Hedging Activities  2010 Compared to 2009
(In millions)	2010											2009
	Gain/(Loss)					Net Interest Income/ (Expense) on						Gain/(Loss)						Net Interest Income/ (Expense) on
Hedged Item	Fair Value Hedges, Net		Economic Hedges			Economic Hedges			Total			Fair Value Hedges, Net			Economic Hedges			Economic Hedges			Total
Advances:
Held under the fair value option	$	—	$	137		$	(402	)	$	(265	)	$	—		$	598		$	(724	)	$	(126	)
Not held under the fair value option	—		—			(41		)	(41		)	(36		)	127			(141		)	(50		)
Consolidated obligation bonds:
Held under the fair value option	—		(36		)	138			102			—			68			(54		)	14
Not held under the fair value option	1		(63		)	194			132			60			(249		)	336			147
Consolidated obligation discount notes:
Not held under the fair value option	—		(47		)	(48		)	(95		)	—			6			131			137
Non-MBS investments:
Not held under the fair value option	—		1			(2		)	(1		)	—			—			—			—
Total	$	1	$	(8	)	$	(161	)	$	(168	)	$	24		$	550		$	(452	)	$	122

During 2010, net gains on derivatives and hedging activities totaled $168 million compared to net gains of $122 million in 2009. These amounts included net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges of $161 million in 2010, compared to net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges of $452

45

million in 2009. The decrease in net interest expense was primarily due to the impact of lower interest rates throughout 2010 on the adjustable rate leg of the interest rate swaps.

Excluding the $161 million impact from net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, net losses for 2010 totaled $7 million as detailed above. The $7 million in net losses were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and increased swaption volatilities during 2010 .

Excluding the $452 million impact from net interest expense on derivative instruments used in economic hedges, net gains for 2009 totaled $574 million as detailed above. The $574 million in net gains was primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and a decrease in swaption volatilities during 2009.

The gains or losses on derivatives and associated hedged items and financial instruments carried at fair value (valuation adjustments) during 2010 were primarily driven by changes in overall interest rate spreads and the reversal of prior period gains and losses.

Other Expense. Other expenses were $145 million in 2010 compared to $132 million in 2009, reflecting increased compensation and benefits-related costs and higher concessions paid on consolidated obligations designated under the fair value option. The rise in costs was primarily in response to increased business risk management needs and complexity.

Return on Average Equity. ROE was 6.13% in 2010, an increase of 30 basis points from 5.83% in 2009. This increase reflected the decline in average equity, which decreased 26%, to $6.5 billion in 2010 from $8.8 billion in 2009, partially offset by the decline in net income, which decreased 23%, to $399 million in 2010 from $515 million in 2009.

Dividends. The Bank's dividend rate for 2010 was 0.34%, compared to 0.21% for 2009. The 2010 dividend rate was higher than the rate for 2009 because the Bank did not pay a dividend in the first, second and fourth quarters of 2009, primarily because of OTTI charges on certain PLRMBS.

Financial Condition

Total assets were $113.6 billion at December 31, 2011, a 26%decrease from $152.4 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of a decline in advances, which decreased by $27.4 billion, or 29%, to $68.2 billion at December 31, 2011, from $95.6 billion at December 31, 2010. Average total assets were $140.3 billion for 2011, a 14% decrease compared to $163.2 billion for 2010. Average advances were $84.0 billion for 2011, a 20% decrease from $104.8 billion for 2010.

The continued decrease in member advance demand reflected general economic conditions and conditions in the mortgage and credit markets. Member liquidity remained high and lending activity remained low.

Advances outstanding at December 31, 2011, included unrealized gains of $728 million, of which $302 million represented unrealized gains on advances hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities and $426 million represented unrealized gains on economically hedged advances that are carried at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. Advances outstanding at December 31, 2010, included unrealized gains of $690 million, of which $363 million represented unrealized gains on advances hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities and $327 million represented unrealized gains on economically hedged advances that are carried at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. The overall increase in the unrealized gains of the hedged advances and advances carried at fair value from December 31, 2010, to December 31, 2011, was primarily attributable to a decrease in the interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's advances.

Total liabilities were $108.8 billion at December 31, 2011, a 25%decrease from $145.5 billion at December 31, 2010, reflecting decreases in consolidated obligations outstanding from $140.6 billion at December 31, 2010, to $102.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in consolidated obligations outstanding paralleled the decrease

46

in assets during 2011. Average total liabilities were $134.0 billion for 2011, a 15% decrease compared to $156.7 billion for 2010. The decrease in average liabilities reflected decreases in average consolidated obligations, paralleling the decline in average assets.Average consolidated obligations were $127.1 billion in 2011 and $149.2 billion in 2010.

Consolidated obligations outstanding at December 31, 2011, included unrealized losses of $1.2 billion on consolidated obligation bonds hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities and unrealized losses of $43 million on economically hedged consolidated obligation bonds that are carried at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. Consolidated obligations outstanding at December 31, 2010, included unrealized losses of $1.6 billion on consolidated obligation bonds hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities and unrealized gains of $110 million on economically hedged consolidated obligation bonds that are carried at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. The overall decrease in the unrealized losses on the hedged consolidated obligation bonds and the consolidated obligation bonds carried at fair value from December 31, 2010, to December 31, 2011, was primarily attributable to a decrease in the interest rate environment relative to the actual coupon rates on the Bank's consolidated obligation bonds.

As provided by the FHLBank Act or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. The Bank has never been asked or required to repay the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, and as of December 31, 2011, and through the filing date of this report, does not believe that it is probable that it will be asked to do so. The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks was $691.9 billion at December 31, 2011, and $796.4 billion at December 31, 2010.

On April 20, 2011, Standard & Poor's revised its outlook on the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations and on the long-term credit ratings of ten FHLBanks, including the Bank, to reflect its revision of the outlook on the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States to negative from stable. In the application of Standard & Poor's government-related entities criteria, the ratings of the FHLBank System and the FHLBanks are constrained by the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States. On July 15, 2011, Standard & Poor's placed the long-term credit ratings of the ten FHLBanks on CreditWatch with negative implications after placing the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States on CreditWatch negative on July 14, 2011. On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook and affirmed the A-1+ short-term rating. As a result, on August 8, 2011, Standard & Poor's lowered the long-term issuer credit ratings and related issuer ratings with a negative outlook on select government-related entities. Specifically, Standard & Poor's lowered its long-term issuer credit ratings and related issuer ratings on 10 of the 12 FHLBanks and on the senior unsecured debt issued by the FHLBank System from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook (the FHLBank of Chicago and the FHLBank of Seattle were already rated AA+) and removed the FHLBanks and relevant debt issues from CreditWatch. The Bank has not observed and does not expect any measurable impact on its operations, financial position, or liquidity resulting from this downgrade.

On July 13, 2011, Moody's placed the Aaa bond rating of the U.S. government, and consequently the ratings of the government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), including the FHLBanks, on review for possible downgrade because of the risk that the statutory debt limit would not be raised in time to prevent a default on U.S. Treasury debt obligations. On August 2, 2011, Moody's confirmed the Aaa bond rating of the U.S. government following the raising of the statutory debt limit and changed the rating outlook to negative. Also on August 2, 2011, Moody's confirmed the long-term Aaa rating on the senior unsecured debt issues of the FHLBank System, the 12 FHLBanks, and other ratings Moody's considers directly linked to the U.S. government. In addition, in conjunction with the revision of the U.S. government outlook to negative, the rating outlook for the FHLBank System and the 12 FHLBanks was also revised to negative.

On November 28, 2011, Fitch Ratings (Fitch) affirmed the AAA long-term rating for the Federal Home Loan Banks of Atlanta, Boston, San Francisco, and Seattle and revised their rating outlook to negative. Fitch does not issue

47

ratings for the other eight FHLBanks. This action followed Fitch's affirmation of the U.S. government's AAA rating and revision of its rating outlook to negative.

Changes in the long-term credit ratings of individual FHLBanks do not necessarily affect the credit rating of the consolidated obligations issued on behalf of the FHLBanks. Rating agencies may change a rating from time to time because of various factors, including operating results or actions taken, business developments, or changes in their opinion regarding, among other factors, the general outlook for a particular industry or the economy.

The Bank evaluated the publicly disclosed FHLBank regulatory actions and long-term credit ratings of other FHLBanks as of December 31, 2011, and as of each period end presented, and believes, as of the date of this report,

that it is unlikely that the Bank will be required to repay any principal or interest associated with consolidated obligations for which the Bank is not the primary obligor.

Financial condition is further discussed under “Segment Information.”

Segment Information

The Bank uses an analysis of financial performance based on the balances and adjusted net interest income of two operating segments, the advances-related business and the mortgage-related business, as well as other financial information, to review and assess financial performance and to determine the allocation of resources to these two business segments. For purposes of segment reporting, adjusted net interest income includes interest income and expense associated with economic hedges that are recorded in “Net (loss)/gain on derivatives and hedging activities” in other income and excludes interest expense that is recorded in “Mandatorily redeemable capital stock.” Other key financial information, such as any credit-related OTTI charge on the Bank's PLRMBS, other expenses, and assessments, are not included in the segment reporting analysis, but are incorporated into the Bank's overall assessment of financial performance. For a reconciliation of the Bank's operating segment adjusted net interest income to the Bank's total net interest income, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 – Segment Information.”

Advances-Related Business. The advances-related business consists of advances and other credit products, related financing and hedging instruments, liquidity and other non-MBS investments associated with the Bank's role as a liquidity provider, and capital stock.

Assets associated with this segment decreased to $88.3 billion (78% of total assets) at December 31, 2011, from $128.4 billion (84% of total assets) at December 31, 2010, representing a decrease of $40.1 billion, or 31%. The continued decrease in member advance demand reflected general economic conditions and conditions in the mortgage and credit markets. Member liquidity remained high and lending activity remained low.

Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on advances and non-MBS investments and the cost of the consolidated obligations funding these assets, including the cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements.

Adjusted net interest income for this segment was $335 million in 2011, a decrease of $159 million, or 32%, compared to $494 million in 2010. The decline was primarily due to lower earnings on invested capital (resulting from the lower interest rate environment), lower advances balances, and lower advance prepayment fees.

Adjusted net interest income for this segment was $494 million in 2010, a decrease of $206 million, or 29%, compared to $700 million in 2009. The decline was primarily attributable to a lower net interest spread on advances, as favorably priced short-term debt issued in the fourth quarter of 2008 matured by yearend 2009, and a lower volume of advances. In addition, adjusted net interest income declined in 2010 because of a lower yield on invested capital resulting from the lower interest rate environment, partially offset by increased profit spreads on the Bank's non-MBS portfolio and higher advance prepayment fees. 

Adjusted net interest income for this segment represented 38%, 47% and 56% of total adjusted net interest income for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

48

Advances – The par amount of advances outstanding decreased by $27.5 billion, or 29%, to $67.4 billion at December 31, 2011, from $94.9 billion at December 31, 2010. Average advances were $84.0 billion in 2011, a 20%decrease from $104.8 billion in 2010.

The decrease in advances outstanding was primarily attributable to the $25.9 billiondecline in advances outstanding to the Bank's top five borrowers and their affiliates. Advances to the top five borrowers and their affiliates decreased to $48.1 billion at December 31, 2011, from $74.0 billion at December 31, 2010. (See “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Management — Concentration Risk — Advances” for further information.) The remaining $1.6 billiondecrease in total advances outstanding was attributable to a net decrease in advances to other borrowers of varying asset sizes and charter types. In total, 139 borrowers decreased their advances during 2011, while 58 borrowers increased their advances .

The decrease in advances outstanding reflects an $11.8 billiondecrease in fixed rate advances and a $16.1 billiondecrease in adjustable rate advances, partially offset by a $0.4 billionincrease in daily variable rate advances. The components of the advances portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are presented in the following table.

Advances Portfolio by Product Type
	2011				2010
(Dollars In millions)	Par Amount		Percent of Total Par Amount		Par Amount		Percent of Total Par Amount
Adjustable – London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR)	$	34,006	50	%	$	48,944	52	%
Adjustable – LIBOR, with caps and/or floors and PPS(1)	160		—		1,160		1
Adjustable – other indices	1		—		153		—
Subtotal adjustable rate advances	34,167		50		50,257		53
Fixed	24,004		37		35,373		38
Fixed – with PPS(1)	5,842		9		5,303		6
Fixed – putable at Bank's option	1,111		2		2,039		2
Fixed – putable at Bank's option with PPS(1)	350		—		398		—
Fixed – amortizing	348		—		395		—
Fixed – callable at member's option with PPS(1)	323		—		274		—
Fixed – callable at member's option	5		—		9		—
Fixed – with caps and PPS(1)	200		—		200		—
Subtotal fixed rate advances	32,183		48		43,991		46
Daily variable rate	1,086		2		661		1
Total par amount	$	67,436	100	%	$	94,909	100	%

(1) Partial prepayment symmetry (PPS) is a product feature under which the Bank may charge the borrower a prepayment fee or pay the borrower a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, when the advance is prepaid. Any prepayment credit on an advance with PPS would be limited to the lesser of 10% of the par value of the advance or the gain recognized on the termination of the associated interest rate swap, which may also include a similar contractual gain limitation.

Non-MBS Investments –The Bank's non-MBS investment portfolio consists of financial instruments that are used primarily to facilitate the Bank's role as a cost-effective provider of credit and liquidity to members and to support the operations of the Bank. These investments are also used as a source of liquidity to meet the Bank's financial obligations on a timely basis, which may supplement or reduce earnings. The Bank's total non-MBS investment portfolio was $16.1 billion as of December 31, 2011, a decrease of $15.0 billion, or 48%, from $31.1 billion as of December 31, 2010. The decline in the non-MBS investment portfolio was primarily due to the limited availability of high quality counterparties in the Federal funds market.

Cash and Due from Banks –Cash and due from banks increased to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2011, from $755 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in cash and due from banks at December 31, 2011, was due to the

49

limited availability of high quality counterparties in the Federal funds market, which resulted in an increase in cash held at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.

Borrowings –Consistent with the decrease in advances, total liabilities (primarily consolidated obligations) funding the advances-related business decreased$37.9 billion, or 31%, from $121.5 billion at December 31, 2010, to $83.6 billion at December 31, 2011. For further information and discussion of the Bank's joint and several liability for FHLBank consolidated obligations, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 20 –Commitments and Contingencies.”

To meet the specific needs of certain investors, fixed and adjustable rate consolidated obligation bonds may contain embedded call options or other features that result in complex coupon payment terms. When these consolidated obligation bonds are issued on behalf of the Bank, typically the Bank simultaneously enters into interest rate exchange agreements with features that offset the complex features of the bonds and, in effect, convert the bonds to adjustable rate instruments tied to an index, primarily LIBOR. For example, the Bank uses fixed rate callable bonds that are typically offset with interest rate exchange agreements with call features that offset the call options embedded in the callable bonds. This combined financing structure enables the Bank to meet its funding needs at costs not generally attainable solely through the issuance of comparable term non-callable debt.

At December 31, 2011, the notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements associated with the advances-related business totaled $114.8 billion, of which $24.4 billion were hedging advances, $87.2 billion were hedging consolidated obligations, $2.4 billion were economically hedging trading securities, and $0.8 billion were interest rate exchange agreements that the Bank entered into as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. At December 31, 2010, the notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements associated with the advances-related business totaled $173.7 billion, of which $32.7 billion were hedging advances, $137.7 billion were hedging consolidated obligations, $2.3 billion were economically hedging trading securities, and $1.0 billion were interest rate exchange agreements that the Bank entered into as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. The hedges associated with advances and consolidated obligations were primarily used to convert the fixed rate cash flows and non-LIBOR-indexed cash flows of the advances and consolidated obligations to adjustable rate LIBOR-indexed cash flows or to manage the interest rate sensitivity and net repricing gaps of assets, liabilities, and interest rate exchange agreements.

FHLBank System consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes, along with similar debt securities issued by other GSEs such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, are generally referred to as agency debt. The agency debt market is a large sector of the debt capital markets. The costs of debt issued by the FHLBanks and the other GSEs generally rise and fall with increases and decreases in general market interest rates. For more information, see “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Since December 16, 2008, the Federal Open Market Committee has not changed the target Federal funds rate. During 2011, yields on intermediate-term U.S. Treasury securities declined because of increased investor demand for U.S. Treasury securities, continued accommodative Federal Reserve policy to address slow economic growth in the U.S., and increased European sovereign risks. The following table provides selected market interest rates as of the dates shown.

50

Selected Market Interest Rates
Market Instrument	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Federal Reserve target rate for overnight Federal funds	0-0.25	%	0-0.25	%
3-month Treasury bill	0.01		0.13
3-month LIBOR	0.58		0.30
2-year Treasury note	0.24		0.60
5-year Treasury note	0.83		2.01

The following table presents a comparison of the average cost of FHLBank System consolidated obligation bonds relative to 3-month LIBOR and discount notes relative to comparable term LIBOR in 2011 and 2010. Lower issuance and continued investor demand for FHLBank debt resulted in lower borrowing costs for FHLBank System consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes relative to LIBOR.

	Spread to LIBOR of Average Cost of Consolidated Obligations for the Twelve Months Ended
(In basis points)	December 31, 2011	December 31, 2010
Consolidated obligation bonds	–21.4	–15.7
Consolidated obligation discount notes (one month and greater)	–23.5	–16.7

Mortgage-Related Business. The mortgage-related business consists of MBS investments, mortgage loans acquired through the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (MPF®) Program, and the related financing and hedging instruments. (“Mortgage Partnership Finance” and “MPF” are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago.) Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on the MBS and mortgage loans and the cost of the consolidated obligations funding those assets, including the cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements.

At December 31, 2011, assets associated with this segment were $25.3 billion (22% of total assets), an increase

of $1.3 billion, or 5%, from $24.0 billion at December 31, 2010 (16% of total assets). The MBS portfolio increased$1.8 billion to $23.3 billion at December 31, 2011, from $21.5 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily because of purchases of agency residential MBS, and mortgage loan balances decreased$0.6 billion to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2011, from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2010. Average MBS investments decreased$1.7 billion in 2011 to $25.5 billion compared to $27.2 billion in 2010. Average mortgage loans were $2.1 billion in 2011, a decrease of $0.7 billion from $2.8 billion in 2010.

Adjusted net interest income for this segment was $555 million in 2011, a decrease of $9 million, or 2%, from $564 million in 2010. The decrease for 2011 was primarily due to lower average MBS and mortgage loan balances, partially offset by higher average profit spreads on the mortgage portfolio.

Adjusted net interest income for this segment was $564 million in 2010, an increase of $21 million, or 4%, from $543 million in 2009. The increase for 2010 was primarily due to a rise in the average profit spread on the mortgage portfolio, reflecting the favorable impact of lower interest rates, which enabled the Bank to refinance matured or called debt at lower rates, partially offset by the effect of lower average MBS and mortgage loan balances.

Adjusted net interest income for this segment represented 62%, 53%, and 44% of total adjusted net interest income for 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively.

MPF Program – Under the MPF Program, the Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans directly from eligible members. Participating members originated or purchased the mortgage loans, credit-enhanced them and sold them to the Bank, and generally retained the servicing of the loans. The Bank manages the interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk of each loan in its portfolio. The Bank and the member that sold the loan share in the credit risk of the loan. The Bank has not purchased any new loans since

51

October 2006. For more information regarding credit risk, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – MPF Program.”

Mortgage loans that were purchased by the Bank under the MPF Program are qualifying conventional conforming fixed rate, first lien mortgage loans with fully amortizing loan terms of up to 30 years. A conventional loan is one that is not insured by the federal government or any of its agencies. Conforming loan size, which is established annually as required by Finance Agency regulations, may not exceed the loan limits set by the Finance Agency each year. All MPF loans are secured by owner-occupied, one- to four-unit residential properties or single-unit second homes.

The MPF Servicing Guide establishes the MPF Program requirements for loan servicing and servicer eligibility. At the time the Bank purchased loans under the MPF Program, the member selling those loans made representations that all mortgage loans it delivered to the Bank had the characteristics of an investment quality mortgage. An investment quality mortgage is a loan that is made to a borrower from whom repayment of the debt can be expected, is adequately secured by real property, and was originated and is being serviced in accordance with the MPF Origination Guide and MPF Servicing Guide or an approved waiver.

The FHLBank of Chicago, which developed the MPF Program, established the minimum eligibility standards for members to participate in the program, the structure of the MPF products, and the standard eligibility criteria for the loans; established pricing and managed the delivery mechanism for the loans; publishes and maintains the MPF Origination Guide and the MPF Servicing Guide; and provides operational support for the program. In addition, the FHLBank of Chicago acts as master servicer and as master custodian for the MPF loans held by the Bank and is compensated for these services through fees paid by the Bank. The FHLBank of Chicago is obligated to provide operational support to the Bank for all loans purchased until those loans are fully repaid.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank held conventional conforming fixed rate mortgage loans purchased under one of two MPF products, MPF Plus or Original MPF, which are described in greater detail in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – MPF Program.”Mortgage loan balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

Mortgage Loan Balances by MPF Product Type
(In millions)	2011			2010
MPF Plus	$	1,692		$	2,203
Original MPF	149			197
Subtotal	1,841			2,400
Unamortized premiums	15			33
Unamortized discounts	(21		)	(49		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	1,835			2,384
Less: Allowance for credit losses	(6		)	(3		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net	$	1,829		$	2,381

The Bank may allow one or more of the other FHLBanks to purchase participations, on a loan by loan basis, in all or a portion of the loans purchased by the Bank. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, only the FHLBank of Chicago owned participation interests in some of the Bank's MPF loans.

The following table presents the balances of loans wholly owned by the Bank and loans with allocated participation interests that were outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

52

Balances Outstanding on Mortgage Loans
(Dollars in millions)	2011		2010
Outstanding amounts wholly owned by the Bank	$	1,191	$	1,541
Outstanding amounts with participation interests by FHLBank:
San Francisco	650		859
Chicago	392		514
Total	$	2,233	$	2,914
Number of loans outstanding:
Number of outstanding loans wholly owned by the Bank	8,469		10,298
Number of outstanding loans participated	9,316		11,230
Total number of loans outstanding	17,785		21,528

The FHLBank of Chicago's loan participation interest included a total of $2.0 billion of loan purchase transactions since inception in which the Bank allowed the FHLBank of Chicago to participate in lieu of receiving a program contribution fee from the Bank at the time the Bank joined the MPF Program. Under this arrangement, the Bank allowed the FHLBank of Chicago a 50% participation interest in the first $600 million of loans purchased by the Bank from its eligible members. When the cumulative amount of the FHLBank of Chicago's participation share reached approximately $300 million, the amount of participation interest allocated to the FHLBank of Chicago on new purchases was reduced to a 25% participation interest.

Under the Bank's agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago, the credit risk is shared pro rata between the two FHLBanks according to: (i) their respective ownership of the loans in each Master Commitment for MPF Plus and (ii) their respective participation shares of the First Loss Account for the Master Commitment for Original MPF.

The Bank is responsible for credit oversight of the member, which consists of monitoring the financial condition of the member on a quarterly basis and holding collateral to secure the member's outstanding credit enhancement obligations. Monitoring of the member's financial condition includes an evaluation of its capital, assets, management, earnings, and liquidity.

The Bank performs periodic reviews of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify probable credit losses in the portfolio and to determine the likelihood of collection of the loans in the portfolio. For more information on how the Bank determines its estimated allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – MPF Program” and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Allowance for Credit Losses – Mortgage Loans Acquired Under the MPF Program.”

The Bank manages the interest rate risk and prepayment risk of the mortgage loans by funding these assets with callable and non-callable debt and by limiting the size of the fixed rate mortgage loan portfolio.

MBS Investments – The Bank's MBS portfolio was $23.3 billion, or 207% of Bank capital (as determined in accordance with regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks), at December 31, 2011, compared to $21.5 billion, or 157% of Bank capital, at December 31, 2010. During 2011, the Bank's MBS portfolio increased because of purchases of agency residential MBS. For a discussion of the composition of the Bank's MBS portfolio and the Bank's OTTI analysis of that portfolio, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Investments” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

Intermediate-term and long-term fixed rate MBS investments are subject to prepayment risk, and intermediate-term and long-term adjustable rate MBS investments are subject to interest rate cap risk. The Bank has managed these risks by predominately purchasing intermediate-term fixed rate MBS (rather than long-term fixed rate MBS), funding the fixed rate MBS with a mix of non-callable and callable debt, and using interest rate exchange

53

agreements with interest rate risk characteristics similar to callable debt.

Borrowings – Total consolidated obligations funding the mortgage-related business increased$1.3 billion, or 5%, to $25.3 billion at December 31, 2011, from $24.0 billion at December 31, 2010, paralleling the increase in mortgage portfolio assets. For further information and discussion of the Bank's joint and several liability for FHLBank consolidated obligations, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies.”

At December 31, 2011, the notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements associated with the mortgage-related business totaled $14.8 billion, almost all of which hedged or was associated with consolidated obligations funding the mortgage portfolio.

At December 31, 2010, the notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements associated with the mortgage-related business totaled $16.8 billion, almost all of which hedged or was associated with consolidated obligations funding the mortgage portfolio.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Bank’s financial strategies are designed to enable the Bank to expand and contract its assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in membership composition and member credit needs. The Bank’s liquidity and capital resources are designed to support these financial strategies. The Bank’s primary source of liquidity is its access to the capital markets through consolidated obligation issuance, which is described in “Item 1. Business – Funding Sources.” The Bank’s status as a GSE is critical to maintaining its access to the capital markets. Although consolidated obligations are backed only by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks and are not guaranteed by the U.S. government, the capital markets have traditionally treated the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations as comparable to federal agency debt, providing the FHLBanks with access to funding at relatively favorable rates.

The Federal Reserve concluded its program to purchase GSE debt on March 31, 2010. In total, the Federal Reserve purchased $172 billion of GSE debt over 16 months, including $38 billion in FHLBank consolidated obligation bonds. Since the beginning of 2010, the combination of declining FHLBank funding needs and continued investor demand for FHLBank debt has enabled the FHLBanks to issue debt at reasonable costs. During 2011, the FHLBanks issued $46 billion in global bonds, $176 billion in callable bonds, and $755 billion in auctioned discount notes.

Liquidity

The Bank strives to maintain the liquidity necessary to meet member credit demands, repay maturing consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor, meet other obligations and commitments, and respond to significant changes in membership composition. The Bank monitors its financial position in an effort to ensure that it has ready access to sufficient liquid funds to meet normal transaction requirements, take advantage of appropriate investment opportunities, and cover unforeseen liquidity demands.

The Bank’s ability to expand in response to increased member credit needs is based, in part, on the capital stock requirements for advances. A member is required to increase its capital stock investment in the Bank as its balance of outstanding advances increases. The activity-based capital stock requirement is currently 4.7% for advances, while the Bank’s minimum regulatory capital ratio requirement is currently 4.0%. Regulatory capital includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock (which is classified as a liability) and excludes accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The higher capital stock requirement for advances supports growth in the balance sheet, which includes not only increases in advances, but also increased investment in MBS and other investments.

The Bank is also able to contract its balance sheet in response to shareholders’ reduced credit needs. As changing shareholder credit needs result in reduced advances, shareholders will have capital stock in excess of the amount required by the Bank's capital plan. The Bank’s capital stock policies allow the Bank to repurchase a shareholder’s

54

excess capital stock, at the Bank’s discretion, if the shareholder reduces its advances . The Bank may also allow its consolidated obligations to mature without replacement, or repurchase and retire outstanding consolidated obligations, allowing its balance sheet to contract.

From December 31, 2007, to December 31, 2011, the Bank experienced a significant contraction of its balance sheet. Advances decreased from $251.0 billion at December 31, 2007, to $68.2 billion at December 31, 2011. The contraction of advances was supported by corresponding decreases in consolidated obligations. Consolidated obligations decreased from $303.7 billion at December 31, 2007, to $102.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The contraction was also supported by a decrease in capital stock. Capital stock outstanding, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability), decreased from $13.6 billion at December 31, 2007, to $10.4 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in capital stock was not proportional to the decreases in advances and consolidated obligations because the Bank did not repurchase any excess stock during 2009 and did not fully repurchase excess stock in 2010 and 2011 because of a decision to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges on the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio. The Bank opted to maintain its strong regulatory capital position, while repurchasing $1.4 billion and $1.8 billion in excess capital stock in 2010 and 2011, respectively, and redeeming $3 million and $57 million in mandatorily redeemable capital stock in 2010 and 2011, respectively. Total excess capital stock was $6.2 billion, as of December 31, 2011, and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2007.

The Bank is not able to predict future trends in member credit needs since they are driven by complex interactions among a number of factors, including members’ mortgage loan originations, other asset portfolio growth, deposit growth, and the attractiveness of advances compared to other wholesale borrowing alternatives. The Bank regularly monitors current trends and anticipates future debt issuance needs with the objective of being prepared to fund its members’ credit needs and its investment opportunities.

Short-term liquidity management practices are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Liquidity Risk.” The Bank manages its liquidity needs to enable it to meet all of its contractual obligations on a timely basis, to pay operating expenditures as they come due, and to support its members’ daily liquidity needs. The Bank maintains contingency liquidity plans to meet its obligations and the liquidity needs of members in the event of short-term operational disruptions at the Bank or the Office of Finance or short-term disruptions of the capital markets. For further information and discussion of the Bank’s guarantees and other commitments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations.” For further information and discussion of the Bank’s joint and several liability for FHLBank consolidated obligations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies.”

Capital

The Bank may repurchase some or all of a shareholder's excess capital stock and any excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock, at the Bank's discretion and subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank must give the shareholder 15 days' written notice; however, the shareholder may waive this notice period. The Bank may also repurchase some or all of a shareholder's excess capital stock at the shareholder's request, at the Bank's discretion and subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. Excess capital stock is defined as any stock holdings in excess of a shareholder's minimum capital stock requirement, as established by the Bank's capital plan.

On a quarterly basis, the Bank determines whether it will repurchase excess capital stock. Because of a decision to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges on the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio, the Bank did not fully repurchase excess stock created primarily by declining advance balances in 2011. The Bank opted to maintain its strong regulatory capital position, while repurchasing $1.8 billion and $1.4 billion in excess capital stock during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During 2011 and 2010, the relevant five-year redemption period expired for $57 million and $3 million,

55

respectively, in mandatorily redeemable capital stock, and the Bank redeemed the stock at its $100 par value on the relevant expiration dates.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of its PLRMBS portfolio, its overall financial performance and retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of capital stock repurchases in future quarters.

Excess capital stock totaled $6.2 billion as of December 31, 2011, and $6.7 billion as of December 31, 2010.

Provisions of the Bank's capital plan are more fully discussed in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 15 – Capital.”

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations specify that each FHLBank must meet certain minimum regulatory capital standards. The Bank must maintain: (i) total regulatory capital in an amount equal to at least 4% of its total assets, (ii) leverage capital in an amount equal to at least 5% of its total assets, and (iii) permanent capital in an amount at least equal to its regulatory risk-based capital requirement. Regulatory capital and permanent capital are both defined as total capital stock outstanding, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, and retained earnings. Regulatory capital and permanent capital do not include accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). Leverage capital is defined as the sum of permanent capital weighted by a 1.5 multiplier plus non-permanent capital. Non-permanent capital consists of Class A capital stock, which is redeemable upon six months' notice. The Bank's capital plan does not provide for the issuance of Class A capital stock. The risk-based capital requirements must be met with permanent capital, which must be at least equal to the sum of the Bank's credit risk, market risk, and operations risk capital requirements, all of which are calculated in accordance with the rules of the Finance Agency.

The following table shows the Bank's compliance with the Finance Agency's capital requirements at December 31, 2011 and 2010. During 2011, the Bank's risk-based capital requirement increased from $4.2 billion at December 31, 2010, to $4.9 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to the lower credit quality of the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio.

Regulatory Capital Requirements
	2011						2010
(Dollars in millions)	Required			Actual			Required			Actual
Risk-based capital	$	4,915		$	12,176		$	4,209		$	13,640
Total regulatory capital	$	4,542		$	12,176		$	6,097		$	13,640
Total regulatory capital ratio	4.00		%	10.72		%	4.00		%	8.95		%
Leverage capital	$	5,678		$	18,264		$	7,621		$	20,460
Leverage ratio	5.00		%	16.08		%	5.00		%	13.42		%

The Bank's total regulatory capital ratio increased to 10.72% at December 31, 2011, from 8.95% at December 31, 2010, primarily because of the decline in advances outstanding.

In light of the Bank's strong regulatory capital position, the Bank plans to repurchase up to $500 million in excess capital stock on March 16, 2012. This repurchase, combined with the scheduled redemption of $5 million in mandatorily redeemable capital stock during the first quarter of 2012, will reduce the Bank's excess capital stock by up to $505 million. The amount of excess capital stock to be repurchased from any shareholder will be based on the shareholder's pro rata ownership share of total capital stock outstanding as of the repurchase date, up to the amount of the shareholder's excess capital stock.

56

The Bank's capital requirements are more fully discussed in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 15 – Capital.”

Risk Management

The Bank has an integrated corporate governance and internal control framework designed to support effective management of the Bank's business activities and the risks inherent in these activities. As part of this framework, the Bank's Board of Directors has adopted a Risk Management Policy and a Member Products Policy, which are reviewed regularly and reapproved at least annually. The Risk Management Policy establishes risk guidelines, limits (if applicable), and standards for credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operations risk, concentration risk, and business risk in accordance with Finance Agency regulations, the risk profile established by the Board of Directors, and other applicable guidelines in connection with the Bank's capital plan and overall risk management. The Member Products Policy, which applies to products offered to members and housing associates (nonmember mortgagees approved under Title II of the National Housing Act, to which the Bank is permitted to make advances under the FHLBank Act), addresses the credit risk of secured credit by establishing credit underwriting criteria, appropriate collateralization levels, and collateral valuation methodologies.

Business Risk

Business risk is defined as the possibility of an adverse impact on the Bank's profitability or financial or business strategies resulting from business factors that may occur in both the short and long term. Such factors may include, but are not limited to, an increase in the cost of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes relative to benchmark interest rates such as yields on U.S. Treasury securities, MBS repurchase agreements, and LIBOR; continued financial services industry consolidation; concentration among members; the introduction of competing products and services; increased inter-FHLBank and non-FHLBank competition; initiatives to change the FHLBank System's status as a GSE; changes in regulatory authority to make advances to members or to invest in mortgage assets; changes in the deposit and mortgage markets for the Bank's members; regulatory changes affecting the Bank's members; and other factors that may have a significant direct or indirect impact on the ability of the Bank to achieve its mission and strategic objectives.

The identification of business risks is an integral part of the Bank's annual planning process, and the Bank's strategic plan identifies initiatives and plans to address these risks.

Operations Risk

Operations risk is defined as the risk of an unexpected loss to the Bank resulting from human error, fraud, the unenforceability of legal contracts, or deficiencies in internal controls or information systems. The Bank's operations risk is controlled through a system of internal controls designed to minimize the risk of operational losses. Also, the Bank has established and annually tests its business continuity plan under various business disruption scenarios involving offsite recovery and the testing of the Bank's operations and information systems. In addition, an ongoing internal audit function audits significant risk areas to evaluate the Bank's internal controls.

Concentration Risk

Concentration risk for the Bank is defined as the exposure to loss arising from a disproportionately large number of financial transactions with a limited number of individual customers or counterparties.

Advances. The following tables present the concentration in advances and the interest income from the advances before the impact of interest rate exchange agreements associated with advances to the Bank's top five borrowers and their affiliates at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

57

Concentration of Advances and Interest Income from Advances Top Five Borrowers and Their Affiliates
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2011
Name of Borrower	Advances Outstanding(1)		Percentage of Total Advances Outstanding		Interest Income from Advances(2)		Percentage of Total Interest Income from Advances
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	$	16,100	24	%	$	121	12	%
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(3)	1,562		2		18		2
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	17,662		26		139		14
Citibank, N.A.(3)	15,808		23		56		6
Bank of America California, N.A.	5,850		9		66		7
Bank of the West	4,611		7		111		11
OneWest Bank, FSB	4,190		6		111		11
Subtotal top five borrowers and their affiliates	48,121		71		483		49
Others	19,315		29		498		51
Total	$	67,436	100	%	$	981	100	%

December 31, 2010
Name of Borrower	Advances Outstanding(1)		Percentage of Total Advances Outstanding		Interest Income from Advances(2)		Percentage of Total Interest Income from Advances
Citibank, N.A.(3)	$	28,488	30	%	$	94	6	%
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	20,950		22		53		3
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(3)	4,075		4		301		18
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	25,025		26		354		21
Bank of America California, N.A.	9,954		11		123		7
OneWest Bank, FSB	5,900		6		207		13
Bank of the West	4,641		5		181		11
Subtotal top five borrowers and their affiliates	74,008		78		959		58
Others	20,901		22		705		42
Total	$	94,909	100	%	$	1,664	100	%

(1) Borrower advance amounts and total advance amounts are at par value, and total advance amounts will not agree to carrying value amounts shown in the Statements of Condition. The differences between the par and carrying value amounts primarily relate to unrealized gains or losses associated with hedged advances resulting from valuation adjustments related to hedging activities and the fair value option.

(2) Interest income amounts exclude the interest effect of interest rate exchange agreements with derivatives counterparties; as a result, the total interest income amounts will not agree to the Statements of Income. The amount of interest income from advances can vary depending on the amount outstanding, terms to maturity, interest rates, and repricing characteristics.

(3) Nonmember institutions (Citibank, N.A., as of June 28, 2011).

Because of this concentration in advances, the Bank performs more frequent credit and collateral reviews for these institutions, including more frequent analysis of detailed data on pledged loan collateral to assess the credit quality and risk-based valuation of the loans. The Bank also analyzes the implications for its financial management and profitability if it were to lose the advances business of one or more of these institutions or if the advances outstanding to one or more of these institutions were not replaced when repaid.

58

If these institutions were to prepay the advances (subject to the Bank's limitations on the amount of advances prepayments from a single borrower in a day or a month) or repay the advances as they came due and no other advances were made to replace them, the Bank's assets would decrease significantly and income could be adversely affected. The loss of a significant amount of advances could have a material adverse impact on the Bank's dividend rate until appropriate adjustments were made to the Bank's capital level, outstanding debt, and operating expenses. The timing and magnitude of the impact would depend on a number of factors, including: (i) the amount of advances prepaid or repaid and the period over which the advances were prepaid or repaid, (ii) the amount and timing of any decreases in capital, (iii) the profitability of the advances, (iv) the size and profitability of the Bank's investments, (v) the extent to which debt matured as the advances were prepaid or repaid, and (vi) the ability of the Bank to extinguish debt or transfer it to other FHLBanks and the costs to extinguish or transfer the debt. As discussed in “Item 1. Business – Our Business Model,” the Bank's financial strategies are designed to enable it to expand and contract its assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in membership composition and member credit needs while paying a market-rate dividend. Under the Bank's capital plan, Class B stock is redeemable upon five years' notice, subject to certain conditions. However, at its discretion, under certain conditions the Bank may repurchase excess Class B stock at any time before the five years have expired.

MPF Program. The Bank had the following concentration in MPF loans with institutions whose outstanding total of mortgage loans sold to the Bank represented 10% or more of the Bank's total outstanding mortgage loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Concentration of Mortgage Loans
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2011
Name of Institution	Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Percentage of  Total Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding	Percentage of Total Number of Mortgage  Loans Outstanding
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(1)	$	1,454	79	%	12,729	72	%
OneWest Bank, FSB	238		13		3,625	20
Subtotal	1,692		92		16,354	92
Others	149		8		1,431	8
Total	$	1,841	100	%	17,785	100	%
December 31, 2010
Name of Institution	Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Percentage of  Total Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding	Percentage of Total Number of Mortgage  Loans Outstanding
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(1)	$	1,887	79	%	15,560	72	%
OneWest Bank, FSB	317		13		4,229	20
Subtotal	2,204		92		19,789	92
Others	196		8		1,739	8
Total	$	2,400	100	%	21,528	100	%

(1) Nonmember institution.

Members that sold mortgage loans to the Bank through the MPF Program made representations and warranties that the loans complied with the MPF underwriting guidelines. In the event a mortgage loan does not comply with the MPF underwriting guidelines, the Bank's agreement with the institution provides that the institution is required to repurchase the loan as a result of the breach of the institution's representations and warranties. The Bank may, at its discretion, choose to retain the loan if the Bank determines that the noncompliance can be cured or mitigated through additional contract assurances from the institution or any successor. In addition, all participating institutions have retained the servicing on the mortgage loans purchased by the Bank, and the servicing obligation of any

59

former participating institution is held by the successor or another Bank-approved financial institution. The FHLBank of Chicago (the MPF Provider and master servicer) has contracted with Wells Fargo Bank of Minnesota, N.A., to monitor the servicing performed by all participating institutions and successors, including JPMorgan Chase, National Association, and OneWest Bank, FSB. The Bank obtains a Type II Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16 service auditor's report to confirm the effectiveness of the MPF Provider's controls over the services it provides to the Bank, including its monitoring of the participating institution's servicing. The FHLBank of Chicago outsourced a portion of its infrastructure controls to a third party, and as a result, the Bank receives an additional report addressing the effectiveness of controls performed by the third party. The Bank has the right to transfer the servicing at any time, without paying the participating institution or any successor a servicing termination fee, in the event a participating institution or any successor does not meet the MPF servicing requirements. The Bank may also transfer servicing without cause subject to a servicing transfer fee payable to the participating institution or any successor.

Investments. The following table presents the portfolio concentration in the Bank’s investment portfolios at December 31, 2011 and 2010, with U.S. government corporation and GSE issuers and other issuers (at the time of purchase), whose aggregate carrying values represented 10% or more of the Bank’s capital (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock). The amounts include securities issued by the issuer’s holding company, along with its affiliated companies.

60

Investments: Portfolio Concentration
	2011				2010
(In millions)	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Non-MBS:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Nordea Bank Finland	$	—	$	—	$	1,491	$	1,491
Other interest-bearing deposits(1)	3,539		3,539		5,343		5,343
Total interest-bearing deposits	3,539		3,539		6,834		6,834
Commercial paper:
General Electric Capital Corporation	1,500		1,500		1,500		1,500
Other commercial paper(1)	300		300		1,000		1,000
Total commercial paper	1,800		1,800		2,500		2,500
Housing finance agency bonds	646		510		743		624
GSEs:
Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB) bonds	1,867		1,867		2,366		2,366
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) securities:
General Electric Capital Corporation	1,961		1,961		1,803		1,803
Other TLGP securities(1)	888		888		553		553
Total TLGP securities	2,849		2,849		2,356		2,356
Total non-MBS	10,701		10,565		14,799		14,680
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations:
Ginnie Mae(1)	234		243		53		53
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	3,374		3,507		2,326		2,403
Fannie Mae	8,315		8,619		5,927		6,135
Total GSEs	11,689		12,126		8,253		8,538
PLRMBS:
Bank of America Corporation	1,245		1,208		1,432		1,484
Countrywide Financial Corporation	1,800		1,781		2,092		2,176
IndyMac Bank, F.S.B.	1,348		1,339		1,402		1,630
Lehman Brothers Inc.	1,853		1,769		2,073		2,074
Other(1)	5,132		4,804		6,166		6,025
Total PLRMBS	11,378		10,901		13,165		13,389
Total MBS	23,301		23,270		21,471		21,980
Total securities	34,002		33,835		36,270		36,660
Federal funds sold:
Toronto Dominion Bank	1,245		1,245		1,974		1,974
Australia & New Zealand Bank Group	1,000		1,000		1,250		1,250
BNP Paribas	—		—		1,221		1,221
Other Federal funds sold(1)	3,121		3,121		11,867		11,867
Total Federal funds sold	5,366		5,366		16,312		16,312
Total investments	$	39,368	$	39,201	$	52,582	$	52,972

(1) Includes issuers of securities that have a carrying value that is less than 10% of total Bank capital (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock).

61

Many of the Bank’s members and their affiliates are extensively involved in residential mortgage finance. Accordingly, members or their affiliates may be involved in the sale of MBS to the Bank or in the origination or securitization of the mortgage loans backing the MBS purchased by the Bank.

The Bank held approximately $3.3 billion carrying value of MBS at December 31, 2011, that had been issued by entities sponsored by five members or their affiliates at the time of purchase. In addition, the Bank held $1.7 billion carrying value of MBS at December 31, 2011, that had been purchased from three registered securities dealers that were affiliates of members at the time of purchase.

The Bank held approximately $3.7 billion carrying value of MBS at December 31, 2010, that had been issued by entities sponsored by five members or their affiliates at the time of purchase. In addition, the Bank held $2.0 billion carrying value of MBS at December 31, 2010, that had been purchased from three registered securities dealers that were affiliates of members at the time of purchase.

Capital Stock. The following table presents the concentration in capital stock held by institutions whose capital stock ownership represented 10% or more of the Bank's outstanding capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Concentration of Capital Stock Including Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock
(Dollars in millions)	2011				2010
Name of Institution	Capital Stock Outstanding		Percentage of Total Capital Stock Outstanding		Capital Stock Outstanding		Percentage of Total Capital Stock Outstanding
Citigroup Inc.:
Citibank, N.A.(1)(2)	$	2,884	28	%	$	3,445	29	%
Banamex, USA	2		—		—		—
Subtotal Citigroup Inc.	2,886		28		3,445		29
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	1,340		13		1,099		9
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(2)	893		9		1,566		13
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	2,233		22		2,665		22
Wells Fargo & Company:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.(2)	1,183		11		1,435		12
Wells Fargo Financial National Bank	4		—		5		—
Subtotal Wells Fargo & Company	1,187		11		1,440		12
Total capital stock ownership over 10%	6,306		61		7,550		63
Others	4,067		39		4,481		37
Total	$	10,373	100	%	$	12,031	100	%

(1) The Bank reclassified $3,165 of capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability) on June 28, 2011, as a result of the membership termination of Citibank, N.A., which became ineligible for membership in the Bank when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with its merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district.

(2) The capital stock held by these institutions is classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

Derivatives Counterparties. The following table presents the concentration in derivatives with derivatives counterparties whose outstanding notional balances represented 10% or more of the Bank's total notional amount of derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

62

Concentration of Derivatives Counterparties
(Dollars in millions)		2011				2010
Derivatives Counterparty	Credit   Rating(1)	Notional Amount		Percentage of Total Notional Amount		Notional Amount		Percentage of Total Notional Amount
BNP Paribas	A	$	25,836	20	%	$	26,321	14	%
Deutsche Bank AG	A	24,055		19		28,818		15
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association	A	15,961		12		24,055		13
UBS AG	A	15,398		12		24,200		13
Citigroup Inc.:
Citibank, N.A.	A	11,779		9		19,172		10
Citigroup Financial Products	A	27		—		55		—
Subtotal Citigroup Inc.		11,806		9		19,227		10
Subtotal		93,056		72		122,621		65
Others	At least A	36,520		28		67,789		35
Total		$	129,576	100	%	$	190,410	100	%

(1) The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings at December 31, 2011.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Bank will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due or meet the credit needs of its members in a timely and cost-efficient manner. The Bank is required to maintain liquidity for operating needs and for contingency purposes in accordance with Finance Agency regulations and guidelines and with the Bank's own Risk Management Policy. The Bank strives to maintain the liquidity necessary to meet member credit demands, repay maturing consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor, meet other obligations and commitments, and respond to significant changes in membership composition. The Bank monitors its financial position in an effort to ensure that it has ready access to sufficient liquid funds to meet normal transaction requirements, take advantage of appropriate investment opportunities, and cover unforeseen liquidity demands.

The Bank generally manages operational, contingent, and structural liquidity risks using a portfolio of cash and short-term investments—which include commercial paper, interest-bearing deposits, and Federal funds sold to highly rated counterparties—and access to the debt capital markets. In addition, the Bank maintains alternate sources of funds, detailed in its contingent liquidity plan, which also includes an explanation of how sources of funds are allocated under stressed market conditions. The Bank maintains short-term, high-quality money market investments and government and agency securities in amounts that may average up to three times the Bank's capital as a primary source of funds to satisfy these requirements and objectives.

The Bank maintains a contingent liquidity plan to meet its obligations and the liquidity needs of members in the event of short-term operational disruptions at the Bank or the Office of Finance or short-term disruptions of the capital markets. In 2009, the Finance Agency established liquidity guidelinesthatrequire each FHLBank to maintain sufficient on-balance sheet liquidity in an amount at least equal to its anticipated cash outflows for two different scenarios, both of which assume no capital markets access and no reliance on repurchase agreements or the sale of existing held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investments. The two scenarios differ only in the treatment of maturing advances. One scenario assumes that the Bank does not renew any maturing advances; for this scenario, the Bank must have sufficient liquidity to meet its obligations for 15 calendar days. The second scenario requires the Bank to renew maturing advances for certain members based on specific criteria established by the Finance Agency. For this scenario, the Bank must have sufficient liquidity to meet its obligations for 5 calendar days.

In addition to the Finance Agency's guidelines on contingent liquidity, the Bank's asset-liability management committee has established an operational guideline for the Bank to maintain at least 90 days of liquidity to enable

63

the Bank to meet its obligations in the event of a longer-term consolidated obligations market disruption. This operational guideline assumes that the Bank can obtain funds by using MBS as collateral in the repurchase agreement markets. Under this guideline, the Bank maintained at least 90 days of liquidity at all times during 2011 and 2010. On a daily basis, the Bank models its cash commitments and expected cash flows for the next 90 days to determine its projected liquidity position. If a market or operational disruption occurred that prevented the issuance of new consolidated obligation bonds or discount notes through the capital markets, the Bank could meet its obligations by: (i) allowing short-term liquid investments to mature, (ii) using eligible securities as collateral for repurchase agreement borrowings, and (iii) if necessary, allowing advances to mature without renewal. In addition, the Bank may be able to borrow on a short-term unsecured basis from financial institutions (Federal funds purchased) or other FHLBanks (inter-FHLBank borrowings).

The Bank actively monitors and manages structural liquidity risks, which the Bank defines as maturity mismatches greater than 90 days for all sources and uses of funds. Structural liquidity maturity mismatches are identified using maturity gap analysis and valuation sensitivity metrics that quantify the risk associated with the Bank's structural liquidity position.

The following table shows the Bank's principal financial obligations due, estimated sources of funds available to meet those obligations, and the net difference between funds available and funds needed for the 5-business-day and 90-day periods following December 31, 2011 and 2010. Also shown are additional contingent sources of funds from on-balance sheet collateral available for repurchase agreement borrowings.

Principal Financial Obligations Due and Funds Available for Selected Periods
	As of December 31, 2011				As of December 31, 2010
(In millions)	5 Business Days		90 Days		5 Business Days		90 Days
Obligations due:
Commitments for new advances	$	100	$	100	$	304	$	304
Commitments to purchase investments	—		54		—		—
Demand deposits	628		628		925		925
Maturing member term deposits	1		1		3		16
Discount note and bond maturities and expected exercises of bond call options	820		24,691		2,309		21,949
Subtotal obligations	1,549		25,474		3,541		23,194
Sources of available funds:
Maturing investments	1,250		11,879		11,198		25,946
Cash at Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco	3,493		3,493		754		754
Proceeds from scheduled settlements of discount notes and bonds	200		200		30		205
Maturing MBS	—		1		—		—
Maturing advances and scheduled prepayments	1,463		13,126		2,061		13,857
Subtotal sources	6,406		28,699		14,043		40,762
Net funds available	4,857		3,225		10,502		17,568
Additional contingent sources of funds:(1)
Estimated borrowing capacity of securities available for repurchase agreement borrowings:
MBS	—		20,278		—		17,964
Marketable money market investments	—		—		5,881		—
TLGP securities	2,763		2,189		2,311		2,017
FFCB bonds	1,811		1,245		2,366		2,366
Subtotal contingent sources	4,574		23,712		10,558		22,347
Total contingent funds available	$	9,431	$	26,937	$	21,060	$	39,915

(1) The estimated amount of repurchase agreement borrowings obtainable from authorized securities dealers is subject to market conditions and the ability of

64

securities dealers to obtain financing for the securities and transactions entered into with the Bank. The estimated maximum amount of repurchase agreement borrowings obtainable is based on the current par amount and estimated market value of MBS and other investments (not included in above figures) that are not pledged at the beginning of the period and is subject to estimated collateral discounts taken by securities dealers.

In addition, Section 11(i) of the FHLBank Act authorizes the U.S. Treasury to purchase certain obligations issued by the FHLBanks aggregating not more than $4.0 billion under certain conditions. There were no such purchases by the U.S. Treasury during the two-year period endedDecember 31, 2011.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is defined as the risk that the market value, or estimated fair value if market value is not available, of an obligation will decline as a result of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the obligor. The Bank further refines the definition of credit risk as the risk that a secured or unsecured borrower will default and the Bank will suffer a loss because of the inability to fully recover, on a timely basis, amounts owed to the Bank.

Advances. The Bank manages the credit risk of advances and other member credit products by monitoring the creditworthiness of the borrowers and the quality and value of the assets they pledge as collateral. The Bank also has procedures to assess the mortgage loan underwriting and documentation standards of the borrowers that pledge mortgage loan collateral. In addition, the Bank has collateral policies and restricted lending procedures in place to help manage its exposure to borrowers that experience difficulty in meeting their capital requirements or other standards of creditworthiness. These credit and collateral policies balance the Bank's dual goals of meeting members' needs as a reliable source of liquidity and mitigating credit risk by adjusting credit and collateral terms in response to deterioration in creditworthiness. The Bank has never experienced a credit loss on an advance.

The Bank determines the maximum amount and maximum term of the advances it will make to a member based on the member's creditworthiness and eligible collateral pledged in accordance with the Bank's credit and collateral policies and regulatory requirements. The Bank may review and change the maximum amount and maximum term of the advances at any time. The maximum amount a member may borrow is limited by the amount and type of collateral pledged because all advances must be fully collateralized.

To identify the credit strength of each borrower, other than community development financial institutions (CDFIs), the Bank assigns each member and nonmember borrower an internal credit quality rating from one to ten, with one as the highest credit quality rating. These ratings are based on results from the Bank's credit model, which considers financial, regulatory, and other qualitative information, including regulatory examination reports. The internal ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis using current available information, and are revised, if necessary, to reflect the borrower's current financial position. Advance and collateral terms may be adjusted based on the results of this credit analysis.

The Bank determines the maximum amount and maximum term of the advances it will make to a CDFI based on a separate risk assessment system that considers information from the CDFI's audited annual financial statements, supplemented by additional information deemed relevant by the Bank. Approved terms are designed to meet the needs of the individual member while mitigating the unique credit and collateral risks of CDFIs, which do not file quarterly regulatory financial reports and are not subject to the same inspection and regulation requirements as other types of members.

The Bank underwrites and actively monitors the financial condition and performance of all borrowers to determine and periodically assess creditworthiness. The Bank uses, to the extent available, financial information provided by the borrower, quarterly financial reports filed by borrowers with their primary regulators, regulatory examination reports and known regulatory enforcement actions, and public information. In determining creditworthiness, the Bank considers available examination findings, performance trends and forward-looking information, the borrower's business model, changes in risk profile, capital adequacy, asset quality, profitability, interest rate risk, supervisory history, the results of periodic collateral field reviews conducted by the Bank, the risk profile of the collateral, and the amount of eligible collateral on the borrower's balance sheet.

65

In accordance with the FHLBank Act, borrowers may pledge the following eligible assets to secure advances: one- to four-family first lien residential mortgage loans; multifamily mortgage loans; MBS; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies, including without limitation MBS backed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash or deposits in the Bank; and certain other real estate-related collateral, such as commercial real estate loans and second lien residential mortgage loans or home equity loans. The Bank may also accept secured small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans that are fully secured by collateral (such as real estate, equipment and vehicles, accounts receivable, and inventory) or securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans as eligible collateral from members that are community financial institutions. The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Housing Act) added secured loans for community development activities as collateral that the Bank may accept from community financial institutions. The Housing Act defined community financial institutions as depository institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) with average total assets over the preceding three-year period of $1 billion or less. The Finance Agency adjusts the average total asset cap for inflation annually.

Under the Bank's written lending agreements with its borrowers, its credit and collateral policies, and applicable statutory and regulatory provisions, the Bank has the right to take a variety of actions to address credit and collateral concerns, including calling for the borrower to pledge additional or substitute collateral (including ineligible collateral) at any time that advances are outstanding to the borrower, and requiring the delivery of all pledged collateral. In addition, if a borrower fails to repay any advance or is otherwise in default on its obligations to the Bank, the Bank may foreclose on and liquidate the borrower's collateral and apply the proceeds toward repayment of the borrower's advances. The Bank's collateral policies are designed to address changes in the value of collateral and the risks and costs relating to foreclosure and liquidation of collateral, and the Bank periodically adjusts the amount it is willing to lend against various types of collateral to reflect these factors. Market conditions, the volume and condition of the borrower's collateral at the time of liquidation, and other factors could affect the amount of proceeds the Bank is able to realize from liquidating a borrower's collateral. In addition, the Bank could sell collateral over an extended period of time, rather than liquidating it immediately, and the Bank would have the right to receive principal and interest payments made on the collateral it continued to hold and apply those proceeds toward repayment of the borrower's advances.

The Bank perfects its security interest in securities collateral by taking delivery of all securities at the time they are pledged. The Bank perfects its security interest in loan collateral by filing a UCC-1 financing statement for each borrower that pledges loans. The Bank may also require delivery of loan collateral under certain conditions (for example, from a newly formed institution or when a borrower's creditworthiness deteriorates below a certain level). In addition, the FHLBank Act provides that any security interest granted to the Bank by any member or member affiliate has priority over the claims and rights of any other party, including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar entity that has the rights of a lien creditor, unless these claims and rights would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and are held by actual purchasers for value or by parties that have actual perfected security interests.

Pursuant to the Bank's lending agreements with its borrowers, the Bank limits extensions of credit to a percentage of the market value or unpaid principal balance of pledged collateral, known as the borrowing capacity. The borrowing capacity percentage varies according to several factors, including the collateral type, the value assigned to the collateral, the results of the Bank's collateral field review of the borrower's collateral, the pledging method used for loan collateral (specific identification or blanket lien), the amount of loan data provided (detailed or summary reporting), the data reporting frequency (monthly or quarterly), the borrower's financial strength and condition, and the concentration of collateral type. Under the terms of the Bank's lending agreements, the aggregate borrowing capacity of a borrower's pledged eligible collateral must meet or exceed the total amount of the borrower's outstanding advances, other extensions of credit, and certain other borrower obligations and liabilities. The Bank monitors each borrower's aggregate borrowing capacity and collateral requirements on a daily basis by comparing the borrower's borrowing capacity to its obligations to the Bank.

When a nonmember financial institution acquires some or all of the assets and liabilities of a member, including outstanding advances and Bank capital stock, the Bank may allow the advances to remain outstanding, at its

66

discretion. The nonmember borrower is required to meet all the Bank's credit, collateral, and capital stock requirements, including requirements regarding creditworthiness and collateral borrowing capacity.

The following tables present a summary of the status of the credit outstanding and overall collateral borrowing capacity of the Bank's member and nonmember borrowers as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. During 2011, the Bank's internal credit ratings improved slightly for some members and nonmember borrowers. To identify the credit strength of each borrower, the Bank assigns each member and nonmember borrower an internal credit quality rating from one to ten, with one as the highest credit quality rating. These ratings are based on results from the Bank's credit model, which considers financial, regulatory, and other qualitative information, including regulatory examination reports. The internal ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis using current available information, and are revised, if necessary, to reflect the borrower's current financial position. Advances and collateral terms may be adjusted based on the results of this credit analysis.

Member and Nonmember Credit Outstanding and Collateral Borrowing Capacity by Credit Quality Rating
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2011
	All Members and Nonmembers	Members and Nonmembers with Credit Outstanding
					Collateral Borrowing Capacity(2)
Member or Nonmember Credit Quality Rating	Number	Number	Credit Outstanding(1)		Total		Used
1-3	120	78	$	41,276	$	117,959	35	%
4-6	204	112	30,302		53,120		57
7-10	60	31	1,158		3,147		37
Total with CQR	384	221	72,736		174,226		42
CDFIs	2	2	21		28		75
Total	386	223	$	72,757	$	174,254	42	%
December 31, 2010
	All Members and Nonmembers	Members and Nonmembers with Credit Outstanding
					Collateral Borrowing Capacity(2)
Member or Nonmember Credit Quality Rating	Number	Number	Credit Outstanding(1)		Total		Used
1-3	87	58	$	40,552	$	85,967	47	%
4-6	216	141	58,163		107,634		54
7-10	90	53	2,235		5,839		38
Total	393	252	$	100,950	$	199,440	51	%

(1) Includes advances, letters of credit, the market value of swaps, estimated prepayment fees for certain borrowers, and the credit enhancement obligation on MPF loans.

(2) Collateral borrowing capacity does not represent any commitment to lend on the part of the Bank.

67

Member and Nonmember Credit Outstanding and Collateral Borrowing Capacity by Unused Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2011
Unused Borrowing Capacity	Number of Members and Nonmembers with Credit Outstanding	Credit Outstanding(1)		Collateral Borrowing Capacity(2)
0% – 10%	9	$	238	$	247
11% – 25%	10	19,404		22,512
26% – 50%	32	19,791		32,519
More than 50%	172	33,324		118,976
Total	223	$	72,757	$	174,254
December 31, 2010
Unused Borrowing Capacity	Number of Members and Nonmembers with Credit Outstanding	Credit Outstanding(1)		Collateral Borrowing Capacity(2)
0% – 10%	12	$	344	$	358
11% – 25%	28	15,624		18,190
26% – 50%	53	69,639		114,676
More than 50%	159	15,343		66,216
Total	252	$	100,950	$	199,440

(1) Includes advances, letters of credit, the market value of swaps, estimated prepayment fees for certain borrowers, and the credit enhancement obligation on MPF loans.

(2) Collateral borrowing capacity does not represent any commitment to lend on the part of the Bank.

Total collateral borrowing capacity declined in 2011 because members and nonmembers reduced the amount of collateral they pledged to the Bank as they reduced their borrowings. Based on the collateral pledged as security for advances, the Bank's credit analyses of borrowers' financial condition, and the Bank's credit extension and collateral policies, the Bank expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the advances. Therefore, no allowance for credit losses on advances is deemed necessary by the Bank. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on advances.

Securities pledged as collateral are assigned borrowing capacities that reflect the securities' pricing volatility and market liquidity risks. Securities are delivered to the Bank's custodian when they are pledged. The Bank prices securities collateral on a daily basis or twice a month, depending on the availability and reliability of external pricing sources. Securities that are normally priced twice a month may be priced more frequently in volatile market conditions. The Bank benchmarks the borrowing capacities for securities collateral to the market on a periodic basis and may review and change the borrowing capacity for any security type at any time. As of December 31, 2011, the borrowing capacities assigned to U.S. Treasury securities and most agency securities ranged from 90% to 99% of their market value. The borrowing capacities assigned to private-label MBS, which must be rated AAA or AA when initially pledged, generally ranged from 50% to 75% of their market value, depending on the underlying collateral (residential mortgages, home equity loans, or commercial real estate), the rating, and the subordination structure of the respective securities.

The following table presents the securities collateral pledged by all members and by nonmembers with credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

68

Composition of Securities Collateral Pledged by Members and by Nonmembers with Credit Outstanding
(In millions)	2011				2010
Securities Type with Current Credit Ratings	Current Par		Borrowing Capacity		Current Par		Borrowing Capacity
U.S. Treasury (bills, notes, bonds)	$	251	$	248	$	503	$	497
Agency (notes, subordinate debt, structured notes, indexed amortization notes, and Small Business Administration pools)	5,132		5,047		3,799		3,769
Agency pools and collateralized mortgage obligations	12,697		12,469		14,395		14,111
PLRMBS – publicly registered AAA-rated senior tranches	49		33		274		203
PLRMBS – publicly registered AA-rated senior tranches	10		6		24		12
PLRMBS – publicly registered A-rated senior tranches	9		2		87		16
PLRMBS – publicly registered BBB-rated senior tranches	54		12		47		7
Private-label commercial MBS – publicly registered AAA-rated subordinate tranches	8		6		22		18
Term deposits with the Bank	1		1		16		16
Total	$	18,211	$	17,824	$	19,167	$	18,649

With respect to loan collateral, most borrowers may choose to pledge loan collateral using a specific identification method or a blanket lien method. Borrowers pledging under the specific identification method must provide a detailed listing of all the loans pledged to the Bank on a monthly or quarterly basis. Under the blanket lien method, a borrower generally pledges the following loan types, whether or not the individual loans are eligible to receive borrowing capacity: all loans secured by real estate; all loans made for commercial, corporate, or business purposes; and all participations in these loans. Borrowers pledging under the blanket lien method may provide a detailed listing of loans or may use a summary reporting method.

The Bank may require certain borrowers to deliver pledged loan collateral to the Bank for one or more reasons, including the following: the borrower is a de novo institution (chartered within the last three years), the Bank is concerned about the borrower's creditworthiness, or the Bank is concerned about the maintenance of its collateral or the priority of its security interest. Borrowers required to deliver loan collateral must pledge those loans under the blanket lien method with detailed reporting. The Bank's largest borrowers are required to report detailed data on a monthly basis and may pledge loan collateral using either the specific identification method or the blanket lien method with detailed reporting.

As of December 31, 2011, 58% of the loan collateral pledged to the Bank was pledged by 34 institutions under specific identification, 33% was pledged by 185 institutions under blanket lien with detailed reporting, and 9% was pledged by 99 institutions under blanket lien with summary reporting.

The Bank monitors each borrower's borrowing capacity and collateral requirements on a daily basis. The borrowing capacities for loan collateral reflect the assignedvalue of the collateral and a margin for the costs and risks of liquidation. The Bank reviews the margins for loan collateral regularly and may adjust them at any time as market conditions change.

The Bank assigns a value to loan collateral using one of two methods. For mortgage loans that are reported to the Bank with detailed information on the individual loans, the Bank uses third-party pricing vendors to price all the loans on a quarterly basis. The third-party vendors use proprietary analytical tools to calculate the value of each residential mortgage loan. The vendors model the future performance of each individual loan and generate the monthly cash flows given the current loan characteristics and applying specific market assumptions. The value of each loan is determined based on the present value of those cash flows after being discounted by the current market yields commonly used by buyers of these types of loans. The current market yields are derived by the third-party pricing vendors from prevailing conditions in the secondary market. For mortgage loans pledged under a blanket lien with summary reporting, the Bank establishes a standard market value for each collateral type based on

69

quarterly pricing results.

For each borrower that pledges loan collateral, the Bank conducts loan collateral field reviews once every six months or every one, two, or three years, depending on the risk profile of the borrower and the types of collateral pledged by the borrower. During the borrower's collateral field review, the Bank examines a statistical sample of the borrower's pledged loans to validate loan ownership, to confirm the existence of the critical legal documents, to identify documentation and servicing deficiencies, and to verify eligibility. Based on any loan defects identified in the pool of sample loans, the Bank determines the applicable non-credit secondary market discounts. The Bank also sends the sample loans to a third-party pricing vendor for valuation of the financial and credit-related attributes of the loans. The Bank adjusts the borrower's borrowing capacity for each collateral type in its pledged portfolio based on the pricing of the field review sample loans and the non-credit secondary market discounts identified in the field review.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's maximum borrowing capacities as a percentage of the assigned market value of mortgage loan collateral pledged under blanket lien with detailed reporting were as follows: 90% for first lien residential mortgage loans, 88% for multifamily mortgage loans, 84% for commercial mortgage loans, and 81% for second lien residential mortgage loans. The maximum borrowing capacity of small business, small agribusiness, and small farm loans was 50% of the unpaid principal balance. The highest borrowing capacities are available to borrowers that pledge under blanket lien with detailed reporting because the detailed loan information allows the Bank to assess the value of the collateral more precisely and because additional collateral is pledged under the blanket lien that may not receive borrowing capacity but may be liquidated to repay advances in the event of default. The Bank may review and change the maximum borrowing capacity for any type of loan collateral at any time.

The table below presents the mortgage loan collateral pledged by all members and by nonmembers with credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Composition of Loan Collateral Pledged by Members and by Nonmembers with Credit Outstanding
(In millions)	2011				2010
Loan Type	Unpaid Principal Balance		Borrowing Capacity		Unpaid Principal Balance		Borrowing Capacity
First lien residential mortgage loans	$	119,089	$	78,938	$	158,001	$	105,506
Second lien residential mortgage loans	40,154		9,668		77,098		15,068
Multifamily mortgage loans	36,865		28,953		33,810		20,733
Commercial mortgage loans	47,582		29,417		51,502		27,258
Loan participations(1)	13,138		8,637		16,717		11,600
Small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans	3,046		710		3,031		478
Other	764		107		1,015		148
Total	$	260,638	$	156,430	$	341,174	$	180,791

(1) The unpaid principal balance for loan participations is 100% of the outstanding loan amount. The borrowing capacity for loan participations is based on the participated amount pledged to the Bank.

The Bank holds a security interest in subprime residential mortgage loans pledged as collateral. Subprime loans are defined as loans with a borrower FICO score of 660 or less at origination, or if the original FICO score is not available, as loans with a current borrower FICO score of 660 or less. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of these loans totaled $19 billion and $30 billion, respectively. The Bank reviews and assigns borrowing capacities to subprime mortgage loans as it does for all other types of loan collateral, taking into account the known credit attributes in the pricing of the loans. In addition, borrowers with concentrations in nontraditional and subprime mortgage loans are subject to more frequent analysis to assess the credit quality and value of the loans. All advances, including those made to borrowers pledging subprime mortgage loans, are required to be fully collateralized. The Bank limits the amount of borrowing capacity that may be supported by subprime collateral.

70

MPF Program. The Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans directly from its participating members from May 2002 through October 2006. Both the Bank and the FHLBank of Chicago approved the Bank members that became participants in the MPF Program. To be eligible for approval, members had to meet the loan origination, servicing, reporting, credit, and collateral standards established by the Bank and the FHLBank of Chicago for the program and comply with all program requirements.

The Bank and any participating institution share in the credit risk of the loans sold by that institution as specified in a master agreement. These assets have more credit risk than advances. Loans purchased under the MPF Program generally had a credit risk exposure at the time of purchase equivalent to AA-rated assets taking into consideration the credit risk sharing structure mandated by the Finance Agency's acquired member assets (AMA) regulation. The Bank holds additional risk-based capital when it determines that purchased loans do not have a credit risk exposure equivalent to AA-rated assets. The MPF Program structures potential credit losses on conventional MPF loans into layers with respect to each pool of loans purchased by the Bank under a single “Master Commitment” for the member selling the loans:

1. The first layer of protection against loss is the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan.

2. The next layer of protection comes from the primary mortgage insurance that is required for loans with an initial loan-to-value ratio greater than 80%, if still in place.

3. Losses that exceed the liquidation value of the real property and any primary mortgage insurance, up to an agreed-upon amount called the “First Loss Account” for each Master Commitment, are incurred by the Bank.

4. Losses in excess of the First Loss Account for each Master Commitment, up to an agreed-upon amount called the “credit enhancement amount,” are covered by the participating institution's credit enhancement obligation.

5. Losses in excess of the First Loss Account and the participating institution's remaining credit enhancement for the Master Commitment, if any, are incurred by the Bank.

The First Loss Account provided by the Bank is a memorandum account, a record-keeping mechanism the Bank uses to track the amount of potential expected losses for which it is liable on each Master Commitment (before the participating institution's credit enhancement is used to cover losses).

The credit enhancement amount for each Master Commitment, together with any primary mortgage insurance coverage, was sized to limit the Bank's credit losses in excess of the First Loss Account to those that would be expected on an equivalent investment with a long-term credit rating of AA, as determined by the MPF Program methodology. As required by the AMA regulation, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) confirmed that the MPF Program methodology would provide an analysis of each Master Commitment that was “comparable to a methodology that the NRSRO would use in determining credit enhancement levels when conducting a rating review of the asset or pool of assets in a securitization transaction.” By requiring credit enhancement in the amount determined by the MPF Program methodology, the Bank expected to have the same probability of incurring credit losses in excess of the First Loss Account and the participating institution's credit enhancement obligation on mortgage loans purchased under any Master Commitment as an investor would have had of incurring credit losses on an equivalent investment with a long-term credit rating of AA.

Before delivering loans for purchase under the MPF Program, each member submitted data on the individual loans to the FHLBank of Chicago, which calculated the loan level credit enhancement needed. The rating agency model used considered many characteristics, such as loan-to-value ratio, property type, loan purpose, borrower credit scores, level of loan documentation, and loan term, to determine the loan level credit enhancement. The resulting credit enhancement amount for each loan purchased was accumulated under a Master Commitment to establish a pool level credit enhancement amount for the Master Commitment.

The Bank's mortgage loan portfolio currently consists of mortgage loans purchased under two MPF products: Original MPF and MPF Plus, which differ from each other in the way the amount of the First Loss Account is determined, the options available for covering the participating institution's credit enhancement obligation, and the fee structure for the credit enhancement fees.

71

Under Original MPF, the First Loss Account accumulates over the life of the Master Commitment. Each month, the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the loans at monthend is multiplied by an agreed-upon percentage (typically 4 basis points per annum), and that amount is added to the First Loss Account. As credit and special hazard losses are realized that are not covered by the liquidation value of the real property or primary mortgage insurance, they are first charged to the Bank, with a corresponding reduction of the First Loss Account for that Master Commitment up to the amount accumulated in the First Loss Account at that time. Over time, the First Loss Account may cover the expected credit losses on a Master Commitment, although losses that are greater than expected or that occur early in the life of the Master Commitment could exceed the amount accumulated in the First Loss Account. In that case, the excess losses would be charged next to the member's credit enhancement to the extent available. The Bank had de minimis losses in 2011, 2010, and 2009 on the sale of real estate owned (REO) property acquired as a result of foreclosure on MPF Original loans. The Bank recovered the losses through available credit enhancement fees in 2010 and 2009. In 2011, the Bank incurred a de minimis loss in excess of all credit enhancement on the sale of one property. As a result of declines in the credit performance of certain master commitments combined with more stringent credit enhancement requirements in the NRSRO methodology, five of the ten Original MPF master commitments, totaling $136 million and representing 91% of total current principal, could no longer achieve the specified rating equivalent because of insufficient levels of credit enhancement. For each master commitment, the Bank considers the credit performance, credit enhancement levels, and the NRSRO rating equivalent in the determination of its risk-based capital requirements, and the credit performance and credit enhancement levels in the evaluation of appropriate loan loss allowances.

The aggregate First Loss Account for all participating institutions for Original MPF for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was as follows:

First Loss Account for Original MPF
(In millions)	2011			2010		2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	1.1		$	1.1	$	1.0
Amount accumulated during the year	—			—		0.1
Losses incurred in excess of liquidation value of the real property securing the loan and primary mortgage insurance	(0.3		)	$	—	$	—
Balance, end of the year	$	0.8		$	1.1	$	1.1

The participating institution's credit enhancement obligation under Original MPF must be collateralized by the participating institution in the same way that advances from the Bank are collateralized, as described under “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Advances.”For taking on the credit enhancement obligation, the Bank pays the participating institution a monthly credit enhancement fee, typically 10 basis points per annum, calculated on the unpaid principal balance of the loans in the Master Commitment. The Bank charges this amount to interest income, effectively reducing the overall yield earned on the loans purchased by the Bank. The Bank reduced net interest income for credit enhancement fees totaling $0.2 million in 2011, $0.2 million in 2010, and $0.3 million in 2009 for Original MPF loans.

Under MPF Plus, the First Loss Account is equal to a specified percentage of the scheduled principal balance of loans in the pool as of the sale date of each loan. The percentage of the First Loss Account was negotiated for each Master Commitment. The participating institution provides credit enhancement for loans sold to the Bank under MPF Plus by maintaining a supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI) policy that equals its credit enhancement obligation. The amount of required credit enhancement is recalculated annually. Because the MPF Plus product provides that the requirement may only be reduced (and not increased), the SMI coverage could be reduced as a result of the annual recalculation of the required credit enhancement. Currently, three of the six Master Commitments in this program still rely on SMI for a portion of their credit enhancement obligation. Typically, the amount of the First Loss Account is equal to the deductible on the SMI policy. However, the SMI policy does not

72

cover special hazard losses or credit losses on loans with a loan-to-value ratio below a certain percentage (usually 50%). As a result, credit losses on loans not covered by the SMI policy and special hazard losses may reduce the amount of the First Loss Account without reducing the deductible on the SMI policy. If the deductible on the SMI policy has not been met and the pool incurs credit losses that exceed the amount of the First Loss Account, those losses will be allocated to the Bank until the SMI policy deductible has been met. Once the deductible has been met, the SMI policy will cover credit losses on loans covered by the policy up to the maximum loss coverage provided by the policy. If the SMI provider's claims-paying ability rating falls below a specified level, the participating institution has six months to either replace the SMI policy or assume the credit enhancement obligation and fully collateralize the obligation; otherwise the Bank may choose not to pay the participating institution its performance-based credit enhancement fee. Finally, the Bank will absorb credit losses that exceed the maximum loss coverage of the SMI policy (or the substitute credit enhancement provided by the participating institution), all credit losses on loans not covered by the policy, and all special hazard losses, if any.

At December 31, 2011, the deductibles under the SMI policies totaled approximately 20% of the participating institutions' credit enhancement obligation on MPF Plus loans. At December 31, 2010, the deductibles under the SMI policies totaled approximately 17% of the participating members' credit enhancement obligation on MPF Plus loans. None of the SMI was provided by participating institutions or their affiliates at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

As a result of more stringent credit enhancement requirements in the NRSRO methodology or declines in the NRSRO claims-paying ability ratings of the SMI companies, as of December 31, 2011, four of the Bank's MPF Plus master commitments (totaling $1.5 billion and representing 89% of outstanding MPF Plus balances) were no longer the credit equivalent of an AA rating or better. Three of these master commitments (totaling $1.4 billion) continued to rely on SMI coverage for a portion of their credit enhancement obligation, which was provided by two SMI companies and totaled $27.0 million. The claims-paying ability ratings of these two SMI companies were below the AA rating required for the program; one was rated BB- and the other one was rated B+. The participating institutions associated with the relevant master commitments have chosen to forego their performance-based credit enhancement fees rather than assume the credit enhancement obligation. The largest of the commitments (totaling$1.3 billion) did not achieve AA- credit equivalency solely because the SMI company was rated BB-.

The First Loss Account for MPF Plus for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was as follows:

First Loss Account for MPF Plus
(In millions)	2011			2010		2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	12.5		$	12.5	$	12.6
Amount accumulated during the year	—			—		—
Losses incurred in excess of liquidation value of the real property securing the loan and primary mortgage insurance	(1.0		)	—		(0.1		)
Balance, end of the year	$	11.5		$	12.5	$	12.5

Under MPF Plus, the Bank pays the participating institution a credit enhancement fee that is divided into a fixed credit enhancement fee and a performance-based credit enhancement fee. The fixed credit enhancement fee is paid each month beginning with the month after each loan delivery. The performance-based credit enhancement fee accrues monthly beginning with the month after each loan delivery and is paid to the member beginning 12 months later. Performance-based credit enhancement fees payable to the member are reduced by an amount equal to loan losses that are absorbed by the First Loss Account, up to the full amount of the First Loss Account established for each Master Commitment. If losses absorbed by the First Loss Account, net of previously withheld performance-based credit enhancement fees, exceed the credit enhancement fee payable in any period, the excess will be carried forward and applied against future performance-based credit enhancement fees. The Bank incurred a $0.9 million loss beyond credit enhancement on the sale of REO properties acquired as a result of MPF Plus loans in 2011; de minimis losses in 2010 and 2009 were recovered through the performance-based credit enhancement fees. The

73

Bank reduced net interest income for credit enhancement fees totaling $1.2 million in 2011, $1.0 million in 2010, and $2.5 million in 2009 for MPF Plus loans. The Bank's liability for performance-based credit enhancement fees for MPF Plus was $0.2 million at December 31, 2011, $0.3 million at December 31, 2010, and $1.1 million at December 31, 2009.

The Bank provides for a loss allowance, net of the credit enhancement, for any impaired loans and for the estimates of other probable losses, and the Bank has policies and procedures in place to monitor the credit risk. The Bank bases the allowance for credit losses for the Bank's mortgage loan portfolio on its estimate of probable credit losses in the portfolio as of the Statements of Condition date.

The Bank performs periodic reviews of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify the probable credit losses in the portfolio and to determine the likelihood of collection of the loans in the portfolio. The overall allowance is determined by an analysis that includes consideration of observable data such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, collectability of credit enhancements from members or from mortgage insurers, and prevailing economic conditions, taking into account the credit enhancement provided by the member under the terms of each Master Commitment. The allowance for credit losses on the mortgage loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	3.3		$	2.0		$	1.0
Chargeoffs – transferred to REO	(1.6		)	(1.1		)	(0.3		)
Provision for credit losses	4.2			2.4			1.3
Balance, end of the year	$	5.9		$	3.3		$	2.0
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year	(0.07		)%	(0.05		)%	(0.01		)%

The increase in the estimated allowance for credit losses during 2011 is primarily due to the continued decline in estimated property values along with increases in expected liquidation expenses. In addition, serious delinquencies, as well as expectations regarding future defaults, also increased.

For three MPF Plus master commitments, the external ratings of the SMI providers have declined. Because the relevant participating institutions have elected not to assume the credit enhancement obligations as their own, the Bank has discontinued paying the associated performance-based credit enhancement fees, in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreements. Formerly, upon a realized loss, the Bank would have withheld credit enhancement fees up to the amount of the SMI deductible to offset the loss. Because these fees are no longer owed to the participating institutions, they cannot be withheld to offset a loss. Instead, the Bank has now begun to directly recognize the potential loan losses in the related loss allowance account.

For more information on how the Bank determines its estimated allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Allowance for Credit Losses – Mortgage Loans Acquired Under the MPF Program.”

A mortgage loan is considered to be impaired when it is reported 90 days or more past due (nonaccrual) or when it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement.

Mortgage loan delinquencies (based on recorded investment) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

74

Mortgage Loan Delinquencies
(Dollars in millions)	2011			2010
30 – 59 days delinquent	$	24		$	27
60 – 89 days delinquent	9			8
90 days or more delinquent	34			29
Total past due	67			64
Total current loans	1,777			2,330
Total mortgage loans	$	1,844		$	2,394
In process of foreclosure, included above	$	21		$	18
Nonaccrual loans	$	34		$	29
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest	$	—		$	—
Delinquencies as a percentage of total mortgage loans outstanding	3.60		%	2.66		%
Serious delinquencies(1) as a percentage of total mortgage loans outstanding	1.83		%	1.23		%

(1) Represents loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure.

For 2011 and 2010, the interest on nonaccrual loans that was contractually due and recognized in income was as follows:

Interest on Nonaccrual Loans
(In millions)	2011		2010
Interest contractually due on nonaccrual loans during the year	$	2	$	1
Interest recognized in income for nonaccrual loans during the year	—		—
Shortfall	$	2	$	1

For 2009, the total amount of interest income that was contractually due on the nonaccrual loans, all of which was received, was insignificant.

Delinquencies amounted to 3.60% of the total loans in the Bank's portfolio as of December 31, 2011, which was below the national delinquency rate for prime fixed rate mortgages of 4.47% in the fourth quarter of 2011 published in the Mortgage Bankers Association's National Delinquency Survey. Delinquencies amounted to 2.66% of the total loans in the Bank's portfolio as of December 31, 2010, which was below the national delinquency rate for prime fixed rate mortgages of 4.96% in the fourth quarter of 2010 published in the Mortgage Bankers Association's National Delinquency Survey. The weighted average age of the Bank's MPF mortgage loan portfolio was 101 months as of December 31, 2011, and 89 months as of December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s other assets included $2 million of REO resulting from the foreclosure of 25 mortgage loans held by the Bank. At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s other assets included $3 million of REO resulting from the foreclosure of 30 mortgage loans held by the Bank.

Investments. The Bank has adopted credit policies and exposure limits for investments that promote risk diversification and liquidity. These policies restrict the amounts and terms of the Bank's investments with any given counterparty according to the Bank's own capital position as well as the capital and creditworthiness of the counterparty.

The Bank monitors its investments for substantive changes in relevant market conditions and any declines in fair value. For securities in an unrealized loss position because of factors other than movements in interest rates, such as

75

widening of mortgage asset spreads, the Bank considers whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security by comparing the best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security. If the Bank's best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, the difference is considered the credit loss.

When the fair value of an individual investment security falls below its amortized cost, the Bank evaluates whether the decline is other than temporary. The Bank recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment when it determines that it will be unable to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security and the fair value of the investment security is less than its amortized cost. The Bank considers its intent to hold the security and whether it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining cost basis, and other factors. The Bank generally views changes in the fair value of the securities caused by movements in interest rates to be temporary.

The following tables present the Bank's investment credit exposure at the dates indicated, based on the lowest of the counterparties' long-term credit ratings as provided by Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings.

Investment Credit Exposure
(In millions)
December 31, 2011
	Carrying Value
	Credit Rating(1)
Investment Type	AAA		AA		A		BBB		BB		B		CCC		CC		C		Total
Non-MBS
Interest-bearing deposits	$	—	$	—	$	3,539	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,539
Commercial paper(2)	—		1,500		300		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,800
Housing finance agency bonds	—		187		—		459		—		—		—		—		—		646
GSEs:
FFCB bonds	—		1,867		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,867
TLGP securities(3)	—		2,849		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,849
Total non-MBS	—		6,403		3,839		459		—		—		—		—		—		10,701
MBS
Other U.S. obligations:
Ginnie Mae	—		234		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		234
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	—		3,374		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		3,374
Fannie Mae	—		8,315		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		8,315
Total GSEs	—		11,689		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		11,689
PLRMBS:
Prime	72		306		387		700		529		330		413		178		118		3,033
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		—		—		—		936		53		26		1,015
Alt-A, other	36		137		196		667		434		771		3,412		719		958		7,330
Total PLRMBS	108		443		583		1,367		963		1,101		4,761		950		1,102		11,378
Total MBS	108		12,366		583		1,367		963		1,101		4,761		950		1,102		23,301
Total securities	108		18,769		4,422		1,826		963		1,101		4,761		950		1,102		34,002
Federal funds sold	—		5,366		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		5,366
Total investments	$	108	$	24,135	$	4,422	$	1,826	$	963	$	1,101	$	4,761	$	950	$	1,102	$	39,368

76

Investment Credit Exposure
(In millions)
December 31, 2010
	Carrying Value
	Credit Rating(1)
Investment Type	AAA		AA		A		BBB		BB		B		CCC		CC		C		Total
Non-MBS
Interest-bearing deposits	$	—	$	3,334	$	3,500	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6,834
Commercial paper(2)	—		1,500		1,000		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,500
Housing finance agency bonds	—		222		521		—		—		—		—		—		—		743
GSEs:
FFCB bonds	2,366		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		$	2,366
TLGP securities(3)	2,356		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,356
Total non-MBS	4,722		5,056		5,021		—		—		—		—		—		—		14,799
MBS
Other U.S. obligations:
Ginnie Mae	53		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		53
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	2,326		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,326
Fannie Mae	5,927		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		5,927
Total GSEs	8,253		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		8,253
PLRMBS:
Prime	1,521		709		515		211		92		194		374		266		73		3,955
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		—		155		96		775		72		—		1,098
Alt-A, other	230		735		583		408		301		1,140		3,553		282		880		8,112
Total PLRMBS	1,751		1,444		1,098		619		548		1,430		4,702		620		953		13,165
Total MBS	10,057		1,444		1,098		619		548		1,430		4,702		620		953		21,471
Total securities	14,779		6,500		6,119		619		548		1,430		4,702		620		953		36,270
Federal funds sold	—		10,374		5,938		—		—		—		—		—		—		16,312
Total investments	$	14,779	$	16,874	$	12,057	$	619	$	548	$	1,430	$	4,702	$	620	$	953	$	52,582

(1) Credit ratings of BB and lower are below investment grade.

(2) The Bank's investment in commercial paper also had a short-term credit rating of A-1/P-1.

(3) TLGP securities represent corporate debentures of the issuing party that are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

For all the securities in its available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios and for Federal funds sold, the Bank does not intend to sell any security and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell any security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

The Bank invests in short-term unsecured Federal funds sold, negotiable certificates of deposit (interest-bearing deposits), and commercial paper with member and nonmember counterparties. The Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on its short-term unsecured Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits, and commercial paper were temporary because the gross unrealized losses were caused by movements in interest rates and not by the deterioration of the issuers' creditworthiness; the short-term unsecured Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits, and commercial paper were all with issuers that had credit ratings of at least A at December 31, 2011; and all of the securities matured prior to the date of this report. The Bank has recovered the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

Bank policies set forth the capital and creditworthiness requirements for member and nonmember counterparties for unsecured credit. All Federal funds counterparties (members and nonmembers) must be federally insured financial institutions or domestic branches of foreign commercial banks. In addition, for any unsecured credit line, a member counterparty must have at least $100 million in Tier 1 capital (as defined by the applicable regulatory agency) or

77

tangible capital and a nonmember must have at least $250 million in Tier 1 capital (as defined by the applicable regulatory agency) or tangible capital. The general unsecured credit policy limits are as follows:

Unsecured Credit Policy Limits
		Unsecured Credit Limit Amount (Lower of Percentage of Bank Capital or Percentage of Counterparty Capital)
	Long-Term Credit Rating(1)	Maximum Percentage Limit for Outstanding Term(2)		Maximum Percentage Limit for Total Outstanding		Maximum Investment Term (Months)
Member counterparty	AAA	15	%	30	%	9
	AA	14		28		6
	A	9		18		3
	BBB	—		6		Overnight
Nonmember counterparty	AAA	15		20		9
	AA	14		18		6
	A	9		12		3

(1) Long-term credit ratings are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings. Other comparable agency scores may also be used by the Bank.

(2) Term limit applies to unsecured extensions of credit excluding Federal funds transactions with a maturity of one day or less and Federal funds subject to a continuing contract.

The Bank's unsecured investment credit limits and terms for member counterparties may be less stringent than for nonmember counterparties because the Bank has access to more information about members to assist in evaluating the member counterparty credit risk.

The Bank's investments may also include housing finance agency bonds issued by housing finance agencies located in Arizona, California, and Nevada, the three states that make up the Bank's district, which is the Eleventh District of the FHLBank System. These bonds are mortgage revenue bonds (federally taxable) and are collateralized by pools of first lien residential mortgage loans and credit-enhanced by bond insurance. The bonds held by the Bank are issued by the California Housing Finance Agency (CalHFA) and insured by either Ambac Assurance Corporation (Ambac), MBIA Insurance Corporation (MBIA), or Assured Guaranty Municipal Corporation (formerly Financial Security Assurance Incorporated). At December 31, 2011, all of the bonds were rated at least BBB by Moody's or Standard & Poor's.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments in housing finance agency bonds had gross unrealized losses totaling $136 million. These gross unrealized losses were due to an illiquid market, credit concerns regarding the underlying mortgage collateral, and credit concerns regarding the monoline insurance providers, causing these investments to be valued at a discount to their acquisition cost. The Bank independently modeled cash flows for the underlying collateral, using assumptions for default rates and loss severity that the Bank deemed reasonable, and concluded that the available credit support within the CalHFA structure more than offset the projected underlying collateral losses. The Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on its housing finance agency bonds are temporary because the underlying collateral and credit enhancements were sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. If conditions in the housing and mortgage markets and general business and economic conditions remain stressed or deteriorate further, the fair value of the CalHFA bonds may decline further and the Bank may experience OTTI in future periods.

The Bank also invests in corporate debentures issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP), which are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because it determined that the strength of the guarantees and the direct support from the U.S. government are sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank determined that as of December 31, 2011, all the gross unrealized losses on its

78

TLGP securities are temporary.

The Bank's investments also include PLRMBS, all of which were AAA-rated at the time of purchase, and agency residential MBS, which are backed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae. Some of these PLRMBS were issued by and/or purchased from members, former members, or their affiliates. The Bank does not have investment credit limits and terms for these investments that differ for members and nonmembers. Bank policy limits total MBS investments to three times the Bank's regulatory capital. At December 31, 2011, the Bank's MBS portfolio was 207% of Bank capital (as determined in accordance with regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks).

The Bank executes all MBS investments without preference to the status of the counterparty or the issuer of the investment as a nonmember, member, or affiliate of a member. When the Bank executes non-MBS investments with members, the Bank may give consideration to their secured credit availability and the Bank's advances price levels.

All of the MBS purchased by the Bank are backed by pools of first lien residential mortgage loans, which may include residential mortgage loans labeled by the issuer as Alt-A. Bank policy prohibits the purchase of MBS backed by pools of mortgage loans labeled by the issuer as subprime or having certain Bank-defined subprime characteristics.

The Bank has not purchased any PLRMBS since the first quarter of 2008, and current Bank policy prohibits the purchase of PLRMBS.

At December 31, 2011, PLRMBS representing 40% of the amortized cost of the Bank's MBS portfolio were labeled Alt-A by the issuer. Alt-A PLRMBS are generally collateralized by mortgage loans that are considered less risky than subprime loans but more risky than prime loans. These loans are generally made to borrowers who have sufficient credit ratings to qualify for a conforming mortgage loan but the loans may not meet all standard guidelines for documentation requirements, property type, or loan-to-value ratios.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investment in MBS had gross unrealized losses totaling $2.4 billion, most of which were related to PLRMBS. These gross unrealized losses were primarily due to illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, causing these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost.

For its agency residential MBS, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because it determined that the strength of the issuers' guarantees through direct obligations or support from the U.S. government is sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on its agency residential MBS are temporary.

In 2009, the 12 FHLBanks formed the OTTI Governance Committee (OTTI Committee), which consists of one representative from each FHLBank. The OTTI Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the key modeling assumptions, inputs, and methodologies to be used by the FHLBanks to generate the cash flow projections used in analyzing credit losses and determining OTTI for all PLRMBS and for certain home equity loan investments, including home equity asset-backed securities. For certain PLRMBS for which underlying collateral data is not available, alternative procedures as provided for by the OTTI Committee are expected to be used to assess these securities for OTTI. Certain private-label MBS backed by multifamily and commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, and manufactured housing loans are outside the scope of the FHLBanks' OTTI Committee and are analyzed for OTTI by each individual FHLBank owning securities backed by such collateral. The Bank does not have any home equity loan investments or any private-label MBS backed by multifamily or commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, or manufactured housing loans.

The Bank's evaluation of its PLRMBS for OTTI includes estimating projected cash flows that the Bank is likely to collect based on an assessment of all available information about each security on an individual basis, the structure

79

of the security, and certain assumptions approved by the FHLBanks' OTTI Committee and by the Bank. These assumptions may include the remaining payment terms for the security, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity on the collateral supporting the security based on underlying loan-level borrower and loan characteristics, expected housing price changes, and interest rate assumptions. In performing a detailed cash flow analysis, the Bank develops its best estimate of the cash flows expected to be collected. If this estimate results in a present value of expected cash flows (discounted at the security's effective yield) that is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, the security is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

To assess whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of its PLRMBS, the Bank performed a cash flow analysis for all of its PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011, using two third-party models. The first model projects prepayments, default rates, and loss severities based on borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank's securities, in conjunction with assumptions related primarily to future changes in home prices and interest rates. Certain assumptions in the first model were updated in 2011, resulting in a change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults that better reflects longer foreclosure and property liquidation timelines. As a result, Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses are projected to occur over a longer time period compared to prior projections. The change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses also had an impact on the amount and timing of security-level projected losses that is unique to the waterfall structure of each security. In general, these timing changes caused credit-related charges to be somewhat lower than they would have been without a change in the timing of collateral losses. Another significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core-based statistical areas (CBSAs), which are based on an assessment of the individual housing markets. CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget. As currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people.

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, default rates, and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in each securitization structure in accordance with the structure's prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a securitization is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero.

The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best-estimate scenario and includes a base case current-to-trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path.

The Bank's housing price forecast as of December 31, 2011, assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0% (for those housing markets that are believed to have reached their trough) to 8% over the 3- to 9-month periods beginning October 1, 2011. Thereafter, home prices were projected to recover using one of five different recovery paths that vary by housing market. In addition to evaluating its PLRMBS under a base case (or best- estimate) scenario, the Bank performed a cash flow analysis for each of these securities under a more adverse housing price scenario. This more adverse scenario was based on a housing price forecast that was 5 percentage points lower at the trough than the base case scenario, followed by a flatter recovery path. Under this scenario, current-to-trough home price declines were projected to range from 5% to 13% over the 3- to 9-month periods beginning October 1, 2011. The following table shows the base case scenario and what the projected home price recovery by year would have been under the more adverse housing price scenario at December 31, 2011:

80

Recovery in Terms of Annualized Rates of Housing Price Change Under Base Case and Adverse Case Scenarios
	Housing Price Scenario
	Base Case	Adverse Case
Year 1	0.0% to 2.8%	0.0% to 1.9%
Year 2	0.0% to 3.0%	0.0% to 2.0%
Year 3	1.5% to 4.0%	1.0% to 2.7%
Year 4	2.0% to 5.0%	1.3% to 3.4%
Years 5 and 6	2.0% to 6.0%	1.3% to 4.0%
Thereafter	2.3% to 5.6%	1.5% to 3.8%

The following table shows the base case scenario and what the OTTI charges would have been under the more adverse housing price scenario at December 31, 2011:

OTTI Analysis Under Base Case and Adverse Case Scenarios
	Housing Price Scenario
	Base Case					Adverse Case
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Securities	Unpaid Principal Balance		Credit-Related OTTI(1)		Number of Securities	Unpaid Principal Balance		Credit-Related OTTI(1)
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	5	$	521	$	13	15	$	1,112	$	43
Alt-A, option ARM	5	129		5		17	1,487		49
Alt-A, other	51	3,474		22		114	6,832		177
Total	61	$	4,124	$	40	146	$	9,431	$	269

(1) Amounts are for the three months ended December 31, 2011.

For more information on the Bank's OTTI analysis and reviews, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data– Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

81

The following table presents the ratings of the Bank's PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011, by year of securitization and by collateral type at origination.

Unpaid Principal Balance of PLRMBS by Year of Securitization and Credit Rating
(In millions)
December 31, 2011
	Unpaid Principal Balance
	Credit Rating(1)
Collateral Type at Origination and Year of Securitization	AAA		AA		A		BBB		BB		B		CCC		CC		C		Total
Prime
2008	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	88	$	195	$	—	$	—	$	283
2007	—		—		—		88		—		20		226		275		107		716
2006	55		—		—		—		22		158		—		6		56		297
2005	—		—		59		—		—		19		89		—		—		167
2004 and earlier	17		305		325		611		525		63		17		—		—		1,863
Total Prime	72		305		384		699		547		348		527		281		163		3,326
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	—		—		—		—		—		—		1,339		—		—		1,339
2006	—		—		—		—		—		—		231		—		—		231
2005	—		—		—		—		—		—		46		165		99		310
Total Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		—		—		—		1,616		165		99		1,880
Alt-A, other
2008	—		—		—		—		—		200		—		—		—		200
2007	—		—		—		—		156		—		1,463		26		791		2,436
2006	—		77		—		—		—		26		496		125		449		1,173
2005	7		—		12		47		54		564		2,530		863		238		4,315
2004 and earlier	29		62		186		636		231		122		65		—		—		1,331
Total Alt-A, other	36		139		198		683		441		912		4,554		1,014		1,478		9,455
Total par amount	$	108	$	444	$	582	$	1,382	$	988	$	1,260	$	6,697	$	1,460	$	1,740	$	14,661

(1) The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings. Credit ratings of BB and lower are below investment grade.

82

The following table presents the ratings of the Bank's other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS at December 31, 2011, by year of securitization and by collateral type at origination.

Unpaid Principal Balance of Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired PLRMBS by Year of Securitization and Credit Rating
(In millions)
December 31, 2011
	Unpaid Principal Balance
	Credit Rating(1)
Collateral Type at Origination and Year of Securitization	AA		A		BBB		BB		B		CCC		CC		C		Total
Prime
2008	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	59	$	195	$	—	$	—	$	254
2007	—		—		—		—		—		226		275		107		608
2006	—		—		—		21		34		—		6		56		117
2005	—		—		—		—		19		33		—		—		52
2004 and earlier	—		—		—		104		—		17		—		—		121
Total Prime	—		—		—		125		112		471		281		163		1,152
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	—		—		—		—		—		1,340		—		—		1,340
2006	—		—		—		—		—		231		—		—		231
2005	—		—		—		—		—		—		164		99		263
Total Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		—		—		1,571		164		99		1,834
Alt-A, other
2008	—		—		—		—		200		—		—		—		200
2007	—		—		—		—		—		1,463		26		791		2,280
2006	77		—		—		—		26		496		125		449		1,173
2005	—		—		—		—		537		2,530		864		238		4,169
2004 and earlier	—		32		142		53		72		65		—		—		364
Total Alt-A, other	77		32		142		53		835		4,554		1,015		1,478		8,186
Total par amount	$	77	$	32	$	142	$	178	$	947	$	6,596	$	1,460	$	1,740	$	11,172

(1) The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings. Credit ratings of BB and lower are below investment grade.

83

For the Bank's PLRMBS, the following table shows the amortized cost, estimated fair value, credit- and non-credit-related OTTI, performance of the underlying collateral based on the classification at the time of origination, and credit enhancement statistics by type of collateral and year of securitization. Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches and over-collateralization, if any, in a security structure that will absorb losses before the Bank will experience a loss on the security, expressed as a percentage of the underlying collateral balance. The credit enhancement figures include the additional credit enhancement required by the Bank (above the amounts required for an AAA rating by the credit rating agencies) for selected securities starting in late 2004, and for all securities starting in late 2005. The calculated weighted averages represent the dollar-weighted averages of all the PLRMBS in each category shown. The classification (prime or Alt-A) is based on the model used to run the estimated cash flows for the CUSIP, which may not necessarily be the same as the classification at the time of origination.

PLRMBS Credit Characteristics
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2011
														Underlying Collateral Performance and Credit Enhancement Statistics
Collateral Type at Origination and Year of Securitization	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Credit-Related OTTI		Non-Credit-Related OTTI			Total OTTI		Weighted- Average 60+ Days Collateral Delinquency Rate		Original Weighted Average Credit Support		Current Weighted Average Credit Support
Prime
2008	$	251	$	24	$	227	$	15	$	(7	)	$	8	28.54	%	30.00	%	26.30	%
2007	613		122		491		24		(18		)	6		21.51		22.52		13.51
2006	282		4		279		5		2			7		12.52		10.89		9.13
2005	167		22		145		—		4			4		12.91		11.35		15.06
2004 and earlier	1,865		222		1,643		2		11			13		8.55		4.35		10.10
Total Prime	3,178		394		2,785		46		(8		)	38		13.61		11.38		12.38
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	1,137		375		761		40		(35		)	5		43.61		44.14		37.51
2006	171		43		129		14		(12		)	2		48.52		44.82		33.33
2005	151		45		108		51		(34		)	17		38.00		22.82		21.01
Total Alt-A, option ARM	1,459		463		998		105		(81		)	24		43.29		40.72		34.28
Alt-A, other
2008	197		37		161		3		42			45		12.92		31.80		29.42
2007	2,161		375		1,798		64		(24		)	40		31.45		26.83		21.25
2006	923		113		810		53		(20		)	33		30.03		18.46		9.78
2005	4,004		801		3,203		137		98			235		19.69		13.66		12.80
2004 and earlier	1,337		191		1,146		5		17			22		12.83		7.92		16.16
Total Alt-A, other	8,622		1,517		7,118		262		113			375		22.90		17.23		15.43
Total	$	13,259	$	2,374	$	10,901	$	413	$	24		$	437	23.40	%	18.91	%	17.15	%

84

The following table presents a summary of the significant inputs used to determine potential OTTI credit losses in the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio at December 31, 2011.

Significant Inputs to OTTI Credit Analysis for All PLRMBS
December 31, 2011
	Significant Inputs						Current
	Prepayment Rates		Default Rates		Loss Severities		Credit Enhancement
Year of Securitization	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %
Prime
2008	7.7	6.1-8.2	51.8	26.2-60.2	47.9	43.8-52.3	28.5	27.7-29.7
2007	6.2	6.0-6.8	5.0	5.0	30.0	20.5-32.2	10.0	7.5-21.1
2006	8.2	6.9-8.8	17.7	10.1-32.2	44.5	38.5-53.1	11.9	3.6-20.0
2005	9.3	5.5-10.4	10.8	1.2-28.6	32.5	19.8-37.0	11.3	8.0-12.8
2004 and earlier	10.0	1.0-18.3	10.0	0.0-34.2	32.8	18.3-72.3	9.7	4.4-60.8
Total Prime	9.2	1.0-18.3	18.2	0.0-60.2	36.8	18.3-72.3	13.4	3.6-60.8
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	2.8	1.4-3.8	80.2	71.5-91.7	55.2	47.2-65.2	37.8	31.7-47.0
2006	1.9	1.6-2.3	84.6	77.7-90.3	56.1	45.6-64.7	33.7	28.2-38.3
2005	3.7	2.4-5.2	63.2	33.9-78.4	44.9	38.1-51.6	21.5	9.9-34.1
Total Alt-A, option ARM	2.9	1.4-5.2	77.9	33.9-91.7	53.6	38.1-65.2	34.6	9.9-47.0
Alt-A, other
2007	6.4	3.4-8.7	54.9	31.6-77.9	49.4	32.1-58.6	17.4	4.5-50.5
2006	6.0	2.8-7.3	51.2	31.7-74.3	51.5	46.0-63.4	17.4	2.6-34.6
2005	7.2	4.2-11.6	34.9	16.5-62.1	47.0	29.0-61.7	13.2	2.9-84.4
2004 and earlier	8.8	3.4-17.3	20.5	0.0-43.8	35.8	18.9-69.0	16.1	8.2-74.2
Total Alt-A, other	7.1	2.8-17.3	40.3	0.0-77.9	46.7	18.9-69.0	15.3	2.6-84.4
Total	6.9	1.0-18.3	41.1	0.0-91.7	45.8	18.3-72.3	17.4	2.6-84.4

Credit enhancement is defined as the subordinated tranches and over-collateralization, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before the Bank will experience a loss on the security, expressed as a percentage of the underlying collateral balance. The calculated averages represent the dollar-weighted averages of all the PLRMBS investments in each category shown. The classification (prime or Alt-A) is based on the model used to run the estimated cash flows for the CUSIP, which may not necessarily be the same as the classification at the time of origination.

The following table presents the unpaid principal balance of PLRMBS by collateral type at the time of origination at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Unpaid Principal Balance of PLRMBS by Collateral Type at Origination
	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
(In millions)	Fixed Rate		Adjustable Rate		Total		Fixed Rate		Adjustable Rate		Total
PLRMBS:
Prime	$	999	$	2,327	$	3,326	$	1,689	$	2,701	$	4,390
Alt-A, option ARM	—		1,880		1,880		—		2,074		2,074
Alt-A, other	4,899		4,556		9,455		5,643		4,966		10,609
Total	$	5,898	$	8,763	$	14,661	$	7,332	$	9,741	$	17,073

85

The following table presents credit ratings as of February 29, 2012, on PLRMBS in a loss position at December 31, 2011.

PLRMBS in a Loss Position at December 31, 2011, and Credit Ratings as of February 29, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
	December 31, 2011												February 29, 2012
Collateral Type at Origination	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Weighted- Average 60+ Days Collateral Delinquency Rate		% Rated AAA		% Rated AAA		% Rated AA to BBB		% Rated Below Investment Grade		% on Watchlist
Prime	$	3,228	$	3,082	$	2,936	$	394	13.78	%	0.17	%	0.09	%	42.10	%	57.81	%	23.18	%
Alt-A, option ARM	1,813		1,442		997		463		43.02		—		—		—		100.00		—
Alt-A, other	9,405		8,583		7,291		1,518		22.89		0.32		0.31		10.45		89.24		5.63
Total	$	14,446	$	13,107	$	11,224	$	2,375	23.38	%	0.25	%	0.22	%	16.20	%	83.57	%	8.84	%

The following table presents the fair value of the Bank's PLRMBS as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance by collateral type at origination and year of securitization.

Fair Value of PLRMBS as a Percentage of Unpaid Principal Balance by Year of Securitization
Collateral Type at Origination and Year of Securitization	December 31, 2011		September 30, 2011		June 30, 2011		March 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Prime
2008	80.21	%	83.30	%	85.62	%	85.55	%	86.57	%
2007	68.69		71.65		73.30		72.06		71.04
2006	94.17		94.40		96.05		95.43		93.76
2005	86.25		87.07		89.53		86.55		86.30
2004 and earlier	88.18		89.90		92.55		93.29		93.16
Weighted average of all Prime	83.74		85.81		88.26		88.31		88.15
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	56.84		58.86		61.19		61.93		58.88
2006	55.72		55.38		58.85		61.09		60.39
2005	34.88		36.80		39.83		41.36		41.84
Weighted average of all Alt-A, option ARM	53.09		54.83		57.43		58.71		56.49
Alt-A, other
2008	80.26		81.21		83.69		80.69		79.91
2007	73.82		75.62		76.84		76.88		76.39
2006	69.01		72.49		73.92		75.77		75.45
2005	74.23		76.36		79.36		80.16		77.36
2004 and earlier	86.18		87.28		89.51		90.92		90.01
Weighted average of all Alt-A, other	75.28		77.32		79.55		80.28		78.69
Weighted average of all PLRMBS	74.36	%	76.43	%	78.82	%	79.58	%	78.42	%

86

The following tables summarize rating agency downgrade actions on investments that occurred from January 1, 2012, to February 29, 2012. The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings.

Investments Downgraded from January 1, 2012, to February 29, 2012 Dollar Amounts as of December 31, 2011
	To BB				To CCC				Total
(In millions)	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
PLRMBS
Downgrade from BBB	$	7,463	$	6,951	$	8,929	$	7,529	$	16,392	$	14,480

The PLRMBS that were downgraded from January 1, 2012, to February 29, 2012, were included in the Bank's OTTI analysis performed as of December 31, 2011, and no additional OTTI charges were required as a result of these downgrades.

The Bank believes that, as of December 31, 2011, the gross unrealized losses on the remaining PLRMBS that did not have OTTI charges are primarily due to illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities, it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis, and the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. As a result, the Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on these securities are temporary. The Bank will continue to monitor and analyze the performance of these securities to assess the likelihood of the recovery of the entire amortized cost basis of these securities as of each balance sheet date.

The following table summarizes rating agency actions for investments on negative watch as of February 29, 2012. The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings.

Investments on Negative Watch as of February 29, 2012 Dollar Amounts as of December 31, 2011
	AAA				AA				A				BBB				BB				Total
(In millions)	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
PLRMBS	$	21	$	19	$	183	$	160	$	224	$	203	$	580	$	518	$	265	$	224	$	1,273	$	1,124

The PLRMBS that were placed on negative watch as of February 29, 2012, were included in the Bank's OTTI analysis performed as of December 31, 2011, but these bonds were determined not to be other-than-temporarily impaired and no OTTI charges were required.

If conditions in the housing and mortgage markets and general business and economic conditions remain stressed or deteriorate further, the fair value of MBS may decline further and the Bank may experience OTTI of additional PLRMBS in future periods, as well as further impairment of PLRMBS that were identified as other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2011. Additional future credit-related OTTI charges could adversely affect the Bank's earnings and retained earnings and its ability to pay dividends and repurchase capital stock. The Bank cannot predict whether it will be required to record additional OTTI charges on its PLRMBS in the future. For additional information on the risks and uncertainties associated with the Bank's PLRMBS, refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

87

Federal and state government authorities, as well as private entities, such as financial institutions and the servicers of residential mortgage loans, have begun or promoted implementation of programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures. These loan modification programs, as well as future legislative, regulatory, or other actions, including amendments to the bankruptcy laws, that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans, may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, these mortgage loans or MBS related to these mortgage loans.

Derivatives Counterparties. The Bank has also adopted credit policies and exposure limits for derivatives credit exposure. All credit exposure from derivatives transactions entered into by the Bank with member counterparties that are not derivatives dealers (including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, corridors, and collars), for which the Bank serves as an intermediary, must be fully secured by eligible collateral, and all such derivatives transactions are subject to both the Bank's Advances and Security Agreement and a master netting agreement.

The Bank selects only highly rated derivatives dealers and major banks (derivatives dealer counterparties) that meet the Bank's eligibility criteria to act as counterparties for its derivatives activities. In addition, the Bank has entered into master netting agreements and bilateral security agreements with all active derivatives dealer and major bank counterparties that provide for delivery of collateral at specified levels tied to counterparty credit ratings to limit the Bank's net unsecured credit exposure to these counterparties.

Under these policies and agreements, the amount of unsecured credit exposure to an individual derivatives dealer counterparty is limited to an absolute dollar credit exposure limit according to the counterparty's credit rating, as determined by rating agency long-term credit ratings of the counterparty's debt securities or deposits. The following table presents the Bank's credit exposure to its derivatives counterparties at the dates indicated.

Credit Exposure to Derivatives Counterparties
(In millions)
December 31, 2011
Counterparty Credit Rating(1)	Notional Balance		Credit Exposure Net of Cash Collateral		Securities Collateral Held		Net Credit Exposure
AA	$	3,366	$	9	$	6	$	3
A	125,805		391		375		16
Subtotal	129,171		400		381		19
Member institutions(2)	405		—		—		—
Total derivatives	$	129,576	$	400	$	381	$	19
December 31, 2010
Counterparty Credit Rating(1)	Notional Balance		Credit Exposure Net of Cash Collateral		Securities Collateral Held		Net Credit Exposure
AA	$	73,372	$	276	$	268	$	8
A(3)	116,558		441		429		12
Subtotal	189,930		717		697		20
Member institutions(2)	480		1		1		—
Total derivatives	$	190,410	$	718	$	698	$	20

(1) The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or comparable Fitch ratings.

(2) Collateral held with respect to interest rate exchange agreements with members represents either collateral physically held by or on behalf of the Bank or collateral assigned to the Bank, as evidenced by an Advances and Security Agreement, and held by the members for the benefit of the Bank. These amounts do not include those related to Citibank, N.A., which are included in the A-rated derivatives dealer counterparty amounts above at December 31, 2010.

(3) Includes notional amounts of derivatives contracts outstanding totaling $19.2 billion at December 31, 2010, with Citibank, N.A., which was a member and a derivatives dealer counterparty. Effective June 28, 2011, Citibank, N.A., became ineligible for membership in the Bank when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with its merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district.

88

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had a total of $129.6 billion in notional amounts of derivatives contracts outstanding. Of this total:

• $129.2 billion represented notional amounts of derivatives contracts outstanding with 15 derivatives dealer counterparties. Eight of these counterparties made up 89% of the total notional amount outstanding with these derivatives dealer counterparties, individually ranging from 5% to 20% of the total. The remaining counterparties each represented less than 5% of the total. Four of these counterparties, with $52.4 billion of derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2011, were affiliates of members.

• $405 million represented notional amounts of derivatives contracts with two member counterparties that are not derivatives dealers. The Bank entered into these derivatives contracts as an intermediary and entered into the same amount of offsetting transactions with derivatives dealer counterparties. The Bank's intermediation in this manner allows members indirect access to the derivatives market.

Credit exposure net of cash collateral on derivatives contracts at December 31, 2011, was $400 million with eight derivatives dealer counterparties. After consideration of securities collateral held by the Bank, the amount of net unsecured exposure from these contracts totaled $19 million.

At December 31, 2010, the Bank had a total of $190.4 billion in notional amounts of derivatives contracts outstanding. Of this total:

• $189.9 billion represented notional amounts of derivatives contracts outstanding with 17 derivatives dealer counterparties. Eight of these counterparties made up 86% of the total notional amount outstanding with these derivatives dealer counterparties, individually ranging from 5% to 15% of the total. The remaining counterparties each represented less than 5% of the total. Six of these counterparties, with $74.3 billion of derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2010, were affiliates of members, and one counterparty, with $19.2 billion outstanding at December 31, 2010, was a member of the Bank.

• $480 million represented notional amounts of derivatives contracts with three member counterparties that are not derivatives dealers. The Bank entered into these derivatives contracts as an intermediary and entered into the same amount of offsetting transactions with derivatives dealer counterparties. The Bank's intermediation in this manner allows members indirect access to the derivatives market.

Credit exposure net of cash collateral on derivatives contracts at December 31, 2010, was $718 million, which consisted of:

• $717 million of credit exposure net of cash collateral on open derivatives contracts with ten derivatives dealer counterparties. After consideration of securities collateral held by the Bank, the amount of net unsecured exposure from these contracts totaled $20 million.

• $1 million of credit exposure net of cash collateral on open derivatives contracts, in which the Bank served as an intermediary, with one member counterparty that is not a derivatives dealer, all of which was secured with eligible collateral.

The increase or decrease in the credit exposure net of cash collateral, from one period to the next, may be affected by changes in several variables, such as the size and composition of the portfolio, derivatives market values, and accrued interest.

Based on the master netting arrangements, its credit analyses, and the collateral requirements in place with each counterparty, the Bank does not expect to incur any credit losses on its derivatives agreements.

Market Risk

Market risk is defined as the risk to the Bank's net portfolio value of capital and future earnings (excluding the impact of any cumulative net gains or losses on derivatives and associated hedged items and on financial instruments carried at fair value) as a result of movements in interest rates, interest rate spreads, market volatility, and other market factors.

The Bank's Risk Management Policy includes a market risk management objective aimed at maintaining a

89

relatively low exposure of the net portfolio value of capital and future earnings (excluding the impact of any cumulative net gains or losses on derivatives and associated hedged items and on financial instruments carried at fair value) to changes in interest rates. See “Total Bank Market Risk” below.

Market risk identification and measurement are primarily accomplished through market value of capital sensitivity analyses, net portfolio value of capital sensitivity analyses, and net interest income sensitivity analyses. The Risk Management Policy approved by the Bank's Board of Directors establishes market risk policy limits and market risk measurement standards at the total Bank level as well as at the business segment level. Additional guidelines approved by the Bank's Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) apply to the Bank's two business segments, the advances-related business and the mortgage-related business. These guidelines provide limits that are monitored at the segment level and are consistent with the Bank's policy limits. Interest rate risk is managed for each business segment on a daily basis, as discussed below in “Segment Market Risk.” At least monthly, compliance with Bank policies and guidelines is presented to the ERC, the asset-liability management committee, and the Board of Directors, along with a corrective action plan if applicable.

Total Bank Market Risk

Market Value of Capital Sensitivity and Net Portfolio Value of Capital Sensitivity – The Bank uses market value of capital sensitivity (the interest rate sensitivity of the net fair value of all assets, liabilities, and interest rate exchange agreements) as an important measure of the Bank's exposure to changes in interest rates. As explained below, the Bank continues to measure, monitor, and report on market value of capital sensitivity, but does not have a policy limit for this measure.

Since 2008, the Bank has used net portfolio value of capital sensitivity as the primary market value metric for measuring the Bank's exposure to changes in interest rates and has established a policy limit on net portfolio value of capital sensitivity. This approach uses valuation methods that estimate the value of MBS and mortgage loans in alternative interest rate environments based on valuation spreads that existed at the time the Bank acquired the MBS and mortgage loans (acquisition spreads), rather than valuation spreads implied by the current market prices of MBS and mortgage loans (market spreads). Risk metrics based on spreads existing at the time of acquisition of mortgage assets better reflect the interest rate risk of the Bank because the Bank does not intend to sell its mortgage assets and the use of market spreads calculated from estimates of current market prices (which include large embedded liquidity spreads) would not reflect the actual risks faced by the Bank. Because the Bank intends to and is able to hold its MBS and mortgage loans to maturity, the risks of value loss implied by current market prices of MBS and mortgage loans are not likely to be faced by the Bank. Prior to the third quarter of 2009, in the case where specific PLRMBS were classified as other-than-temporarily impaired, market spreads were used from the date of impairment for the purpose of estimating the net portfolio of capital. Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, in the case of specific PLRMBS for which the Bank expects loss of principal in future periods, the par amount of the other-than-temporarily impaired security is reduced by the amount of the projected principal shortfall and the asset price is calculated based on the acquisition spread. This approach directly takes into consideration the impact of projected principal (credit) losses from PLRMBS on the net portfolio value of capital, but eliminates the impact of large liquidity spreads inherent in the prior treatment of other-than-temporarily impaired securities. The Bank continues to monitor both the market value of capital sensitivity and the net portfolio value of capital sensitivity.

The Bank's net portfolio value of capital sensitivity policy limits the potential adverse impact of an instantaneous parallel shift of a plus or minus 100-basis-point change in interest rates from current rates (base case) to no worse than –3.0% of the estimated net portfolio value of capital. In addition, the policy limits the potential adverse impact of an instantaneous plus or minus 100-basis-point change in interest rates measured from interest rates that are 200 basis points above or below the base case to no worse than –4.0% of the estimated net portfolio value of capital. In the case where a market risk sensitivity compliance metric cannot be estimated with a parallel shift in interest rates because of prevailing low interest rates, the sensitivity metric is not reported. The Bank's measured net portfolio value of capital sensitivity was within the policy limits as of December 31, 2011.

To determine the Bank's estimated risk sensitivities to interest rates for both the market value of capital sensitivity

90

and the net portfolio value of capital sensitivity, the Bank uses a third-party proprietary asset and liability system to calculate estimated net portfolio values under alternative interest rate scenarios. The system analyzes all of the Bank's financial instruments, including derivatives, on a transaction-level basis using sophisticated valuation models with consistent and appropriate behavioral assumptions and current position data. The system also includes a third-party mortgage prepayment model.

At least annually, the Bank reexamines the major assumptions and methodologies used in the model, including interest rate curves, spreads for discounting, and prepayment assumptions. The Bank also compares the prepayment assumptions in the third-party model to other sources, including actual prepayment history.

The Market Value of Capital Sensitivity table below presents the sensitivity of the market value of capital (the market value of all of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and associated interest rate exchange agreements, with mortgage assets valued using market spreads implied by current market prices) to changes in interest rates. The table presents the estimated percentage change in the Bank's market value of capital that would be expected to result from changes in interest rates under different interest rate scenarios, using market spread assumptions.

Market Value of Capital Sensitivity Estimated Percentage Change in Market Value of Bank Capital for Various Changes in Interest Rates
Interest Rate Scenario(1)	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
+200 basis-point change above current rates	–3.6	%	–3.7	%
+100 basis-point change above current rates	–2.0		–2.0
–100 basis-point change below current rates(2)	+5.0		+2.4
–200 basis-point change below current rates(2)	+9.3		+5.1

(1) Instantaneous change from actual rates at dates indicated.

(2) Interest rates for each maturity are limited to non-negative interest rates.

The Bank's estimates of the sensitivity of the market value of capital to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2011, show similar sensitivity in the rising rate scenarios compared to the estimates as of December 31, 2010. For the declining interest rate scenarios, the sensitivity has increased. Because of the current low interest rate environment, rates cannot move in a parallel fashion in the declining rate scenarios as they can in the rising rate scenarios. Compared to interest rates as of December 31, 2010, interest rates as of December 31, 2011, were 23 basis points higher for terms of 1 year, 95 basis points lower for terms of 5 years, and 135 basis points lower for terms of 10 years.

As indicated by the table above, the market value of capital sensitivity is adversely affected when rates increase. In general, mortgage assets, including MBS, are expected to remain outstanding for a longer period of time when interest rates increase and prepayment speeds decline as a result of reduced incentives to refinance. Because most of the Bank's MBS were purchased when mortgage asset spreads to pricing benchmarks were significantly lower than what is currently required by investors, the adverse spread difference causes an embedded negative impact on the market value of MBS, which directly reduces the estimated market value of Bank capital. If interest rates increase and MBS consequently remain outstanding for a longer period of time, the adverse spread difference will exist for a longer period of time, causing an even larger embedded negative market value impact than at current interest rate levels. This creates additional downward pressure on the measured market value of capital. As a result, the Bank's measured market value of capital sensitivity to changes in rates is higher than it would be if it were measured based on the fundamental underlying repricing and option risks (a greater decline in the market value of capital when rates increase and a greater increase in the market value of capital when rates decrease). Based on the liquidity premium investors require for these assets and the Bank's intent and ability to hold the assets to maturity, the Bank determined that the market value of capital sensitivity is not the best indication of risk, and the Bank has therefore developed an alternative way to measure that risk, based on estimates of the sensitivity of the net portfolio value of capital.

91

The Net Portfolio Value of Capital Sensitivity table below presents the sensitivity of the net portfolio value of capital (the net value of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and hedges, with mortgage assets valued using acquisition valuation spreads) to changes in interest rates. The table presents the estimated percentage change in the Bank's net portfolio value of capital that would be expected to result from changes in interest rates under different interest rate scenarios based on pricing mortgage assets at spreads that existed at the time of purchase rather than current market spreads. The Bank's estimates of the net portfolio value of capital sensitivity to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2011, show similar sensitivity compared to the estimates as of December 31, 2010.

Net Portfolio Value of Capital Sensitivity Estimated Percentage Change in Net Portfolio Value of Bank Capital for Various Changes in Interest Rates Based on Acquisition Spreads
Interest Rate Scenario(1)	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
+200 basis-point change above current rates	–3.3	%	–2.8	%
+100 basis-point change above current rates	–1.5		–1.2
–100 basis-point change below current rates(2)	+2.0		+0.4
–200 basis-point change below current rates(2)	+1.8		+0.6

(1) Instantaneous change from actual rates at dates indicated.

(2) Interest rates for each maturity are limited to non-negative interest rates.

On May 27, 2011, the Bank's Board of Directors modified the Bank's Risk Management Policy to provide guidelines for the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess stock based on the ratio of the Bank's estimated market value of total capital to par value of capital stock. If this ratio at the end of any quarter is: (i) less than 100% but greater than or equal to 90%, any dividend would be limited to an annualized rate no greater than the daily average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for the applicable quarter (subject to certain conditions), and any excess capital stock repurchases would not exceed $500 million (subject to certain conditions); (ii) less than 90% but greater than or equal to 70%, any dividend and any excess capital stock repurchases would be subject to the same limitations and conditions as in (i) above, except that any excess capital stock repurchases would not exceed 4% of the Bank's outstanding capital stock as of the repurchase date; and (iii) less than 70%, the Bank would not pay a dividend, not repurchase excess capital stock (but continue to redeem excess capital stock as provided in the Bank's Capital Plan), limit the acquisition of certain assets, and review the Bank's risk policies. A decision by the Board of Directors to declare or not declare any dividend or repurchase any excess capital stock is a discretionary matter and is subject to the requirements and restrictions of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act and applicable requirements under the regulations governing the operations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. The ratio of the Bank's estimated market value of total capital to par value of capital stock was 97.7% as of December 31, 2011.

Potential Dividend Yield – The potential dividend yield is a measure used by the Bank to assess financial performance. The potential dividend yield is based on current period economic earnings that exclude the effects of unrealized net gains or losses resulting from the Bank's derivatives and associated hedged items and from financial instruments carried at fair value, which will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual terms to maturity or by the call or put date of the assets and liabilities held under the fair value option, hedged assets and liabilities, and derivatives.Economic earnings also exclude the interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

The Bank limits the sensitivity of projected financial performance through a Board of Directors' policy limit on projected adverse changes in the potential dividend yield. The Bank's potential dividend yield sensitivity policy limits the potential adverse impact of an instantaneous parallel shift of a plus or minus 200-basis-point change in interest rates from current rates (base case) to no worse than –120 basis points from the base case projected potential dividend yield. In the downward shift, the change in interest rates was limited so that interest rates did not go below zero. With the indicated interest rate shifts, the potential dividend yield for the projected 12-month

92

horizon would be expected to decrease by 18 basis points, well within the policy limit of –120 basis points.

Duration Gap – Duration gap is the difference between the estimated durations (market value sensitivity) of assets and liabilities (including the impact of interest rate exchange agreements) and reflects the extent to which estimated maturity and repricing cash flows for assets and liabilities are matched. The Bank monitors duration gap analysis at the total Bank level but does not have a policy limit. The Bank's duration gap was two months at December 31, 2011, and one month at December 31, 2010.

Total Bank Duration Gap Analysis
	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
	Amount (In millions)		Duration Gap(1)(2) (In months)	Amount (In millions)		Duration Gap(1)(2) (In months)
Assets	$	113,552	8	$	152,423	6
Liabilities	108,847		6	145,475		5
Net	$	4,705	2	$	6,948	1

(1) Duration gap values include the impact of interest rate exchange agreements.

(2) Because of the current low interest rate environment, the duration gap is estimated using an instantaneous, one sided parallel change upward of 100 basis points from base case interest rates.

The duration gap as of December 31, 2011, was comparable to the duration gap as of December 31, 2010. Since duration gap is a measure of market value sensitivity, the impact of the extraordinarily wide mortgage asset spreads on duration gap is the same as described in the analysis in “Market Value of Capital Sensitivity” above. As a result of the liquidity premium investors require for these assets and the Bank's intent and ability to hold its mortgage assets to maturity, the Bank does not believe that market value-based sensitivity risk measures provide a fundamental indication of risk.

Segment Market Risk. The financial performance and interest rate risks of each business segment are managed within prescribed guidelines and policy limits.

Advances-Related Business -Interest rate risk arises from the advances-related business primarily through the use of shareholder-contributed capital to fund fixed rate investments of targeted amounts and maturities. In general, advances result in very little net interest rate risk for the Bank because most fixed rate advances with original maturities greater than three months and certain advances with embedded options are hedged contemporaneously with an interest rate swap or option with terms offsetting the advance. The interest rate swap or option generally is maintained as a hedge for the life of the advance. These hedged advances effectively create a pool of variable rate assets, which, in combination with the strategy of raising debt swapped to variable rate liabilities, creates an advances portfolio with low net interest rate risk.

Non-MBS investments used for liquidity management generally have maturities of less than three months or are variable rate investments. These investments effectively match the interest rate risk of the Bank's variable rate funding. To leverage the Bank's capital stock, the Bank also invests in agency or TLGP securities, generally with terms of less than two years. These investments may be variable rate or fixed rate, and the interest rate risk resulting from the fixed rate coupon is hedged with an interest rate swap or fixed rate debt.

The interest rate risk in the advances-related business is primarily associated with the Bank's strategy for investing shareholders' contributed capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock). The Bank's strategy is to generally invest 50% of capital stock in short-term investments (maturities of three months or less) and 50% in intermediate-term investments (laddered portfolio of investments with maturities of up to four years). However, this strategy may be altered from time to time depending on market conditions. The strategy to invest 50% of capital stock in short-term assets is intended to mitigate the market value of capital risks associated with the potential repurchase or redemption of excess capital stock. Excess capital stock primarily results from a decline in a borrower's advances or from a membership termination. Under the Bank's capital plan, capital stock, when

93

repurchased or redeemed, is required to be repurchased or redeemed at its par value of $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. The strategy to invest 50% of capital stock in a laddered portfolio of instruments with short to intermediate maturities is intended to take advantage of the higher earnings available from a generally positively sloped yield curve, when intermediate-term investments generally have higher yields than short-term investments.

The Bank updates the repricing and maturity gaps for actual asset, liability, and derivatives transactions that occur in the advances-related segment each day. The Bank regularly compares the targeted repricing and maturity gaps to the actual repricing and maturity gaps to identify rebalancing needs for the targeted gaps. On a weekly basis, the Bank evaluates the projected impact of expected maturities and scheduled repricings of assets, liabilities, and interest rate exchange agreements on the interest rate risk of the advances-related segment. The analyses are prepared under base case and alternate interest rate scenarios to assess the effect of put options and call options embedded in the advances, related financing, and hedges. These analyses are also used to measure and manage potential reinvestment risk (when the remaining term of advances is shorter than the remaining term of the financing) and potential refinancing risk (when the remaining term of advances is longer than the remaining term of the financing).

Because of the short-term and variable rate nature of the assets, liabilities, and derivatives of the advances-related business, the Bank's interest rate risk guidelines address the amounts of net assets that are expected to mature or reprice in a given period. Net market value sensitivity analyses and net interest income simulations are also used to identify and measure risk and variances to the target interest rate risk exposure in the advances-related segment.

Mortgage-Related Business – The Bank's mortgage assets include MBS, most of which are classified as held-to-maturity or as available-for-sale, with a small amount classified as trading, and mortgage loans held for portfolio purchased under the MPF Program. The Bank is exposed to interest rate risk from the mortgage-related business because the principal cash flows of the mortgage assets and the liabilities that fund them are not exactly matched through time and across all possible interest rate scenarios, given the uncertainty of mortgage prepayments and the existence of interest rate caps on certain adjustable rate MBS.

The Bank purchases a mix of intermediate-term fixed rate and adjustable rate MBS. Generally, purchases of long-term fixed rate MBS have been relatively small; any MPF loans that have been acquired are medium- or long-term fixed rate mortgage assets. This results in a mortgage portfolio that has a diversified set of interest rate risk attributes.

The estimated market risk of the mortgage-related business is managed both at the time an individual asset is purchased and on a total portfolio level. At the time of purchase (for all significant mortgage asset acquisitions), the Bank analyzes the estimated earnings sensitivity and estimated net market value sensitivity, taking into consideration the estimated prepayment sensitivity of the mortgage assets and anticipated funding and hedging under various interest rate scenarios. The related funding and hedging transactions are executed at or close to the time of purchase of a mortgage asset.

At least monthly, the Bank reviews the estimated market risk of the entire portfolio of mortgage assets and related funding and hedges. The Bank then considers rebalancing strategies to modify the estimated mortgage portfolio market risks. Periodically, the Bank performs more in-depth analyses, which include the impacts of non-parallel shifts in the yield curve and assessments of unanticipated prepayment behavior. Based on these analyses, the Bank may take actions to rebalance the mortgage portfolio's estimated market risk profile. These rebalancing strategies may include entering into new funding and hedging transactions, forgoing or modifying certain funding or hedging transactions normally executed with new mortgage purchases, or terminating certain funding and hedging transactions for the mortgage asset portfolio.

The Bank manages the estimated interest rate risk associated with mortgage assets, including prepayment risk, through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank may obtain funding through callable and non-callable FHLBank System debt and may execute derivatives transactions to achieve principal cash flow patterns and

94

market value sensitivities for the liabilities and derivatives that provide a significant offset to the interest rate and prepayment risks associated with the mortgage assets. Debt issued to finance mortgage assets may be fixed rate debt, callable fixed rate debt, or adjustable rate debt. Derivatives may be used as temporary hedges of anticipated debt issuance or long-term hedges of debt used to finance the mortgage assets. The derivatives used to hedge the interest rate risk of fixed rate mortgage assets generally may be options to enter into interest rate swaps (swaptions) or callable and non-callable pay-fixed interest rate swaps.

Since 2008, the Bank has used net portfolio value of capital sensitivity as a primary market value metric for measuring the Bank's exposure to interest rates and has established a policy limit on net portfolio value of capital sensitivity. This approach uses valuation methods that estimate the value of MBS and mortgage loans in alternative interest rate environments based on valuation spreads that existed at the time the Bank acquired the MBS and mortgage loans (acquisition spreads), rather than valuation spreads implied by the current market prices of MBS and mortgage loans (market spreads). Risk metrics based on spreads existing at the time of acquisition of the mortgage assets better reflect the interest rate risk of the Bank because the Bank does not intend to sell its mortgage assets and the use of market spreads calculated from estimates of current market prices (which include large embedded liquidity spreads) would not reflect the actual risks faced by the Bank. Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, in the case of specific PLRMBS for which the Bank expects loss of principal in future periods, the par amount of the other-than-temporarily impaired security is reduced by the amount of the projected principal shortfall and the asset price is calculated based on the acquisition spread. This approach directly takes into consideration the impact of projected principal (credit) losses from PLRMBS on the net portfolio value of capital, but eliminates the impact of large liquidity spreads inherent in the prior treatment of other-than-temporarily impaired securities. The Bank continues to monitor both the market value of capital sensitivity and the net portfolio value of capital sensitivity attributable to the mortgage-related business.

The following table presents results of the estimated market value of capital sensitivity analysis attributable to the mortgage-related business as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Market Value of Capital Sensitivity Estimated Percentage Change in Market Value of Bank Capital Attributable to the Mortgage-Related Business for Various Changes in Interest Rates
Interest Rate Scenario(1)	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
+200 basis-point change	–1.2	%	–1.9	%
+100 basis-point change	–0.8		–1.2
–100 basis-point change(2)	+3.2		+1.7
–200 basis-point change(2)	+7.0		+4.1

(1) Instantaneous change from actual rates at dates indicated.

(2) Interest rates for each maturity are limited to non-negative interest rates.

The Bank's estimates of the sensitivity of the market value of capital to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2011, show similar sensitivity compared to the estimates as of December 31, 2010. Compared to interest rates as of December 31, 2010, interest rates as of December 31, 2011, were 23 basis points higher for terms of 1 year, 95 basis points lower for terms of 5 years, and 135 basis points lower for terms of 10 years.

As indicated by the table above, the market value of capital sensitivity is adversely affected when rates increase. In general, mortgage assets, including MBS, are expected to remain outstanding for a longer period of time when interest rates increase and prepayment speeds decline as a result of reduced incentives to refinance. Because most of the Bank's MBS were purchased when mortgage asset spreads to pricing benchmarks were significantly lower than what is currently required by investors, the adverse spread difference causes an embedded negative impact on the market value of MBS, which directly reduces the estimated market value of Bank capital. If interest rates increase and MBS consequently remain outstanding for a longer period of time, the adverse spread difference will exist for a longer period of time, causing an even larger embedded negative market value impact than exists at current interest

95

rate levels. This creates additional downward pressure on the measured market value of capital. As a result, the Bank's measured market value of capital sensitivity to changes in rates is higher than it would be if it were measured based on the fundamental underlying repricing and option risks (a greater decline in the market value of capital when rates increase and a greater increase in the market value of capital when rates decrease). Based on the liquidity premium investors require for these assets and the Bank's intent and ability to hold the mortgage assets to maturity, the Bank determined that the market value of capital sensitivity is not the best indication of risk, and the Bank has therefore developed an alternative way to measure that risk, based on estimates of the sensitivity of the net portfolio value of capital.

The Bank's interest rate risk policies and guidelines for the mortgage-related business address the net portfolio value of capital sensitivity of the assets, liabilities, and derivatives of the mortgage-related business. The following table presents the estimated percentage change in the value of Bank capital attributable to the mortgage-related business that would be expected to result from changes in interest rates under different interest rate scenarios based on pricing mortgage assets at spreads that existed at the time of purchase rather than current market spreads. The Bank's estimates of the net portfolio value of capital sensitivity to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2011, show substantially the same sensitivity compared to the estimates as of December 31, 2010.

Net Portfolio Value of Capital Sensitivity Estimated Percentage Change in Net Portfolio Value of Bank Capital Attributable to the Mortgage-Related Business for Various Changes in Interest Rates Based on Acquisition Spreads
Interest Rate Scenario(1)	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
+200 basis-point change above current rates	–1.4	%	–1.4	%
+100 basis-point change above current rates	–0.6		–0.6
–100 basis-point change below current rates(2)	+0.6		–0.1
–200 basis-point change below current rates(2)	+0.1		–0.1

(1) Instantaneous change from actual rates at dates indicated.

(2) Interest rates for each maturity are limited to non-negative interest rates.

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements. A derivatives transaction or interest rate exchange agreement is a financial contract whose fair value is generally derived from changes in the value of an underlying asset or liability. The Bank uses interest rate swaps; options to enter into interest rate swaps (swaptions); interest rate cap, floor, corridor, and collar agreements; and callable and putable interest rate swaps (collectively, interest rate exchange agreements) to manage its exposure to interest rate risks inherent in its normal course of business—lending, investment, and funding activities.

The primary strategies that the Bank employs for using interest rate exchange agreements and the associated market risks are as follows:

• To convert fixed rate advances to LIBOR adjustable rate structures, which reduces the Bank's exposure to fixed interest rates.

• To convert non-LIBOR-indexed advances to LIBOR adjustable rate structures, which reduces the Bank's exposure to basis risk from non-LIBOR interest rates.

• To convert fixed rate consolidated obligations to LIBOR adjustable rate structures, which reduces the Bank's exposure to fixed interest rates. (A combined structure of the callable derivative and callable debt instrument is usually lower in cost than a comparable LIBOR adjustable rate debt instrument, allowing the Bank to reduce its funding costs.)

• To convert non-LIBOR-indexed consolidated obligations to LIBOR adjustable rate structures, which reduces the Bank's exposure to basis risk from non-LIBOR interest rates.

• To reduce the interest rate sensitivity and repricing gaps of assets, liabilities, and interest rate exchange agreements.

• To obtain an option to enter into an interest rate swap to receive a fixed rate, which provides an option to

96

reduce the Bank's exposure to fixed interest rates on consolidated obligations.

• To obtain callable fixed rate equivalent funding by entering into a callable pay-fixed interest rate swap in connection with the issuance of a short-term discount note. The callable fixed rate equivalent funding is used to reduce the Bank's exposure to prepayment of mortgage assets.

• To offset an embedded cap and/or floor in an advance.

The following table summarizes the Bank's interest rate exchange agreements by type of hedged item, hedging instrument, associated hedging strategy, accounting designation as specified under the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities, and notional amount as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

97

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements
(In millions)			Notional Amount
Hedging Instrument	Hedging Strategy	Accounting Designation	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Hedged Item: Advances
Pay fixed, receive adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate advance converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate	Fair Value Hedge	$	15,014	$	21,493
Receive fixed, pay adjustable interest rate swap	LIBOR adjustable rate advance converted to a fixed rate	Economic Hedge(1)	—		150
Basis swap	Adjustable rate advance converted to another adjustable rate index to reduce interest rate sensitivity and repricing gaps	Economic Hedge(1)	1		153
Pay fixed, receive adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate advance converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate	Economic Hedge(1)	1,091		913
Pay fixed, receive adjustable interest rate swap; swap may be callable at the Bank's option or putable at the counterparty's option	Fixed rate advance (with or without an embedded cap) converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate; advance and swap may be callable or putable; matched to advance accounted for under the fair value option	Economic Hedge(1)	8,092		8,844
Interest rate cap, floor, corridor, and/or collar	Interest rate cap, floor, corridor, and/or collar embedded in an adjustable rate advance; matched to advance accounted for under the fair value option	Economic Hedge(1)	166		1,166
Subtotal Economic Hedges(1)			9,350		11,226
Total			24,364		32,719
Hedged Item: Non-Callable Bonds
Receive fixed or structured, pay adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate or structured rate non-callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate	Fair Value Hedge	33,996		54,512
Receive fixed or structured, pay adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate or structured rate non-callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate	Economic Hedge(1)	4,608		6,294
Receive fixed or structured, pay adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate or structured rate non-callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate; matched to non-callable bond accounted for under the fair value option	Economic Hedge(1)	1,385		45
Basis swap	Non-LIBOR index non-callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate to reduce interest rate sensitivity and repricing gaps	Economic Hedge(1)	—		25
Basis swap	Non-LIBOR adjustable rate non-callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate; matched to non-callable bond accounted for under the fair value option	Economic Hedge(1)	11,478		15,340
Basis swap	Adjustable rate non-callable bond converted to another adjustable rate index to reduce interest rate sensitivity and repricing gaps	Economic Hedge(1)	6,000		16,400
Basis swap	Fixed rate or adjustable rate non-callable bond previously converted to an adjustable rate index, converted to another adjustable rate to reduce interest rate sensitivity and repricing gaps	Economic Hedge(1)	14,300		27,505
Pay fixed, receive adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate or adjustable rate non-callable bond, which may have been previously converted to LIBOR, converted to fixed rate non-callable debt that offsets the interest rate risk of mortgage assets	Economic Hedge(1)	470		3,315
Subtotal Economic Hedges(1)			38,241		68,924
Total			72,237		123,436

98

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements (continued)
(In millions)			Notional Amount
Hedging Instrument	Hedging Strategy	Accounting Designation	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Hedged Item: Callable Bonds
Receive fixed or structured, pay adjustable interest rate swap with an option to call at the counterparty's option	Fixed or structured rate callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate; swap is callable	Fair Value Hedge	7,345		8,126
Receive fixed or structured, pay adjustable interest rate swap with an option to call at the counterparty's option	Fixed or structured rate callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate; swap is callable	Economic Hedge(1)	1,390		65
Receive fixed or structured, pay adjustable interest rate swap with an option to call at the counterparty's option	Fixed or structured rate callable bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate; swap is callable; matched to callable bond accounted for under the fair value option	Economic Hedge(1)	2,806		5,662
Subtotal Economic Hedges(1)			4,196		5,727
Total			11,541		13,853
Hedged Item: Discount Notes
Pay fixed, receive adjustable callable interest rate swap	Discount note, which may have been previously converted to LIBOR, converted to fixed rate callable debt that offsets the prepayment risk of mortgage assets	Economic Hedge(1)	1,865		1,627
Basis swap or receive fixed, pay adjustable interest rate swap	Discount note converted to one-month LIBOR or other short-term adjustable rate to hedge repricing gaps	Economic Hedge(1)	14,760		15,488
Pay fixed, receive adjustable non-callable interest rate swap	Discount note, which may have been previously converted to LIBOR, converted to fixed rate non-callable debt that offsets the interest rate risk of mortgage assets	Economic Hedge(1)	1,580		65
Total			18,205		17,180
Hedged Item: Trading Securities
Pay MBS rate, receive adjustable interest rate swap	MBS rate converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate	Economic Hedge(1)	1		4
Basis swap	Basis swap hedging adjustable rate FFCB bonds	Economic Hedge(1)	1,633		2,133
Pay fixed, receive adjustable interest rate swap	Fixed rate TLGP bond converted to a LIBOR adjustable rate	Economic Hedge(1)	785		125
Total			2,419		2,262
Hedged Item: Intermediary Positions
Pay fixed, receive adjustable interest rate swap, and receive fixed, pay adjustable interest rate swap	Interest rate swaps executed with members offset by executing interest rate swaps with derivatives dealer counterparties	Economic Hedge(1)	—		40
Interest rate cap/floor	Stand-alone interest rate cap and/or floor executed with a member offset by executing an interest rate cap and/or floor with derivatives dealer counterparties	Economic Hedge(1)	810		920
Total			810		960
Total Notional Amount			$	129,576	$	190,410

(1) Economic hedges are derivatives that are matched to balance sheet instruments or other derivatives that do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting under the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Although the Bank uses interest rate exchange agreements to achieve the specific financial objectives described above, certain transactions do not qualify for hedge accounting (economic hedges). As a result, changes in the fair values of these interest rate exchange agreements are recorded in current period earnings. Finance Agency regulation and the Bank's Risk Management Policy prohibit the speculative use of interest rate exchange agreements, and the Bank does not trade derivatives for profit.

99

It is the Bank's policy to use interest rate exchange agreements only to reduce the market risk exposures inherent in the otherwise unhedged asset and funding positions of the Bank and to achieve other financial objectives of the Bank, such as obtaining low-cost funding for advances and mortgage assets. The primary objective of the financial management practices of the Bank is to preserve and enhance the long-term economic performance and risk management of the Bank. Under the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities, reported net income and other comprehensive income will likely exhibit period to period volatility, which may be significant.

At December 31, 2011, the total notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements outstanding was $129.6 billion, compared with $190.4 billion at December 31, 2010. The $60.8 billiondecrease in the notional amount of derivatives during 2011 was primarily due to a $53.5 billiondecrease in interest rate exchange agreements hedging consolidated obligation bonds, and an $8.4 billiondecrease in interest rate exchange agreements hedging the market risk of fixed rate advances, partially offset by a $1.0 billionincrease in interest rate exchange agreements hedging discount notes. The decrease in interest rate exchange agreements hedging consolidated obligation bonds reflects decreased use of interest rate exchange agreements that effectively converted the repricing frequency from three months to one month, and is consistent with the decline in the amount of bonds outstanding at December 31, 2011, relative to December 31, 2010. The notional amount serves as a basis for calculating periodic interest payments or cash flows received and paid and is not a measure of the amount of credit risk in that transaction.

The following tables categorize the notional amounts and estimated fair values of the Bank’s interest rate exchange agreements, unrealized gains and losses from the related hedged items, and estimated fair value gains and losses from financial instruments carried at fair value by type of accounting treatment and product as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements Notional Amounts and Estimated Fair Values
December 31, 2011
(In millions)	Notional Amount		Fair Value of Derivatives			Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on Hedged Items			Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value			Difference
Fair value hedges:
Advances	$	15,014	$	(271	)	$	270		$	—		$	(1	)
Non-callable bonds	33,996		1,076			(1,083		)	—			(7		)
Callable bonds	7,345		32			(9		)	—			23
Subtotal	56,355		837			(822		)	—			15
Not qualifying for hedge accounting (economic hedges):
Advances	9,350		(396		)	—			401			5
Non-callable bonds	38,241		289			—			(31		)	258
Callable bonds	4,196		4			—			3			7
Discount notes	18,205		(26		)	—			—			(26		)
MBS – trading	1		—			—			—			—
FFCB bonds and TLGP securities	2,418		(8		)	—			—			(8		)
Intermediated	810		—			—			—			—
Subtotal	73,221		(137		)	—			373			236
Total excluding accrued interest	129,576		700			(822		)	373			251
Accrued interest	—		99			(105		)	9			3
Total	$	129,576	$	799		$	(927	)	$	382		$	254

100

December 31, 2010
(In millions)	Notional Amount		Fair Value of Derivatives			Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on Hedged Items			Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value		Difference
Fair value hedges:
Advances	$	21,493	$	(314	)	$	313		$	—	$	(1	)
Non-callable bonds	54,512		1,422			(1,432		)	—		(10		)
Callable bonds	8,126		22			(4		)	—		18
Subtotal	84,131		1,130			(1,123		)	—		7
Not qualifying for hedge accounting (economic hedges):
Advances	11,226		(352		)	—			291		(61		)
Non-callable bonds	68,899		381			—			1		382
Non-callable bonds with embedded derivatives	25		—			—			—		—
Callable bonds	5,727		(64		)	—			129		65
Discount notes	17,180		9			—			—		9
FFCB bonds and TLGP securities	2,258		(3		)	—			—		(3		)
MBS – trading	4		—			—			—		—
Intermediated	960		—			—			—		—
Subtotal	106,279		(29		)	—			421		392
Total excluding accrued interest	190,410		1,101			(1,123		)	421		399
Accrued interest	—		262			(290		)	15		(13		)
Total	$	190,410	$	1,363		$	(1,413	)	$	436	$	386

Because the periodic and cumulative net valuation gains or losses on the Bank’s derivatives, hedged instruments, and certain assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value are primarily a matter of timing, the net gains or losses will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual term to maturity, call date, or put date of the hedged financial instruments, associated interest rate exchange agreements, and financial instruments carried at fair value. However, the Bank may have instances in which the financial instruments or hedging relationships are terminated prior to maturity or prior to the call or put date. Terminating the financial instruments or hedging relationships may result in a realized gain or loss. In addition, the Bank may have instances in which it may sell trading securities prior to maturity, which may also result in a realized gain or loss.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if applicable, and the reported amounts of income, expenses, gains, and losses during the reporting period. Changes in these judgments, estimates, and assumptions could potentially affect the Bank's financial position and results of operations significantly. Although the Bank believes these judgments, estimates, and assumptions to be reasonably accurate, actual results may differ.

The Bank has identified the following accounting policies and estimates as critical because they require the Bank to make subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies and estimates are: estimating the allowance for credit losses on the advances and mortgage loan portfolios; accounting for derivatives; estimating fair values of investments classified as trading and available-for-sale, derivatives and associated hedged items carried at fair value in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and associated hedging activities, and financial instruments carried at fair value under the fair value option; accounting for other-than-temporary impairment for investment securities; and estimating the prepayment speeds on MBS and mortgage loans for the accounting of amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on

101

MBS and mortgage loans. These policies and the judgments, estimates, and assumptions are also described in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Bank has developed and documented a methodology for determining an allowance for credit losses, where applicable, for:

• advances, letters of credit and other extensions of credit to members, collectively referred to as “credit products”;

• MPF loans held for portfolio;

• term securities purchased under agreements to resell; and

• term Federal funds sold.

The allowance for credit losses for credit products and mortgage loans acquired under the MPF Program represents the Bank's estimate of the probable credit losses inherent in these two portfolios. Determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because the Bank's evaluation of the adequacy of the provision is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of estimated future cash flows, estimated losses based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends, all of which are susceptible to change. The Bank's assumptions and judgments on its allowance for credit losses are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Credit Products. The allowance for credit losses on credit products includes the following underlying assumptions that the Bank uses for evaluating its exposure to credit loss: (i) the Bank's judgment as to the creditworthiness of the members to which the Bank lends funds, and (ii) review and valuation of the collateral pledged by members.

The Bank has policies and procedures in place to manage its credit risk on credit products. These include:

• Monitoring the creditworthiness and financial condition of the members to which it lends funds.

• Assessing the quality and value of collateral pledged by members to secure advances.

• Establishing borrowing capacities based on collateral value and type for each member, including assessment of margin requirements based on factors such as the cost to liquidate and inherent risk exposure based on collateral type.

• Evaluating historical loss experience.

The Bank is required by the FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations to obtain sufficient collateral on credit products and to accept only certain collateral for credit products, such as U.S. government or government agency securities, residential mortgage loans, deposits in the Bank, and other real estate-related assets.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $68.2 billion of advances outstanding and collateral pledged with an estimated borrowing capacity of $174.2 billion. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $95.6 billion of advances outstanding and collateral pledged with an estimated borrowing capacity of $199.4 billion.

Based on the collateral pledged as security, the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition, and the Bank's credit extension and collateral policies as of December 31, 2011, the Bank expects to collect all amounts due on credit products according to the contractual terms. Therefore, no allowance for losses on credit products was deemed necessary by the Bank. The Bank has never experienced a credit loss on any of its credit products.

Significant changes to any of the factors described above could materially affect the Bank's allowance for losses on credit products. For example, the Bank's current assumptions about the financial strength of any member may change because of various circumstances, such as new information becoming available regarding the member's financial strength or changes in the national or regional economy. New information may cause the Bank to: place a member on credit watch, require the member to pledge additional collateral, require the member to deliver collateral, adjust the borrowing capacity of the member's collateral, require prepayment of the credit products, or

102

provide for losses on the credit products.

Mortgage Loans Acquired Under the MPF Program. In determining the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans, the Bank evaluates its exposure to credit loss taking into consideration the following: (i) the Bank's judgment as to the eligibility of participating institutions to continue to service and credit-enhance the loans sold to the Bank, (ii) evaluation of credit exposure on purchased loans, (iii) valuation of credit enhancements provided by participating institutions, and (iv) estimation of loss exposure and historical loss experience.

The Bank has policies and procedures in place to manage its credit risk. These include:

• Monitoring the creditworthiness, financial condition, and ability to meet servicing obligations of the institutions, or their successors, that sold the mortgage loans to the Bank (both considered to be participating institutions).

• Valuing required credit enhancements to be provided by the participating institutions.

• Estimating loss exposure and historical loss experience to establish an adequate level of allowance for credit losses.

The Bank maintains an allowance for credit losses, net of credit enhancements, on mortgage loans acquired under the MPF Program at levels that it believes to be adequate to absorb estimated losses identified and inherent in the total mortgage portfolio. Setting the level of allowance for credit losses requires significant judgment and regular evaluation by the Bank. Many factors, including delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers, and prevailing economic conditions, are important in estimating mortgage loan losses, taking into account the available credit enhancement. The use of different estimates or assumptions as well as changes in external factors could produce materially different allowance levels.

The Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans directly from its participating members from May 2002 through October 2006. The Bank calculates its estimated allowance for credit losses for its Original MPF loans and MPF Plus loans as described below. The Bank has a process in place for determining whether the loans purchased comply with the underwriting and qualifying standards established for the program and for monitoring and identifying loans that are deemed impaired. The Bank also uses a credit model to estimate credit losses. A loan is considered impaired when it is reported 90 days or more past due (nonaccrual) or when it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Original MPF Loans – The Bank evaluates the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF mortgage loans based on two components. The first component applies to each individual loan that is specifically identified as impaired. Once the Bank identifies the impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the exposure on these loans in excess of the layers of loss protection (the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan, any primary mortgage insurance, and available credit enhancements) and records a provision for credit losses on the Original MPF loans. The Bank had established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF loans totaling $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011, and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2010.

The second component applies to loans that are not specifically identified as impaired and is based on the Bank's estimate of probable credit losses on those loans as of the financial statement date. The Bank evaluates the credit loss exposure on a loan pool basis considering various observable data, such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, and prevailing economic conditions. The availability and collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers under the terms of each Master Commitment are also considered. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF loans totaling $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011, and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2010.

Allowance for Credit Losses on MPF Plus Loans – The Bank evaluates the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus

103

loans based on two components. The first component applies to each individual loan that is specifically identified as impaired. The Bank evaluates the exposure on these loans in excess of the first and second layers of loss protection (the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan and any primary mortgage insurance) to determine whether the Bank's potential credit loss exposure is in excess of the accrued performance-based credit enhancement fee. If it is, the Bank records a provision for credit losses on MPF Plus loans. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans totaling $4.0 million as of December 31, 2011, and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2010.

The second component in the evaluation of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus mortgage loans applies to loans that are not specifically identified as impaired, and is based on the Bank's estimate of probable credit losses on those loans as of the financial statement date. The Bank evaluates the credit loss exposure on a loan pool basis and considers various observable data, such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, and prevailing economic conditions. The availability and collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers under the terms of each Master Commitment are also considered. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans totaling $1.3 million as of December 31, 2011, and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2010.

Significant changes in any of the factors described above could materially affect the Bank's allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans. In addition, as the Bank's mortgage loan portfolio ages and becomes sufficiently seasoned and additional loss history is obtained, the Bank may have to adjust its methods of estimating its allowance for credit losses and make additional provisions for credit losses in the future.

Term Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell. The Bank did not have any securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Term Federal Funds Sold. The Bank invests in Federal funds sold with highly rated counterparties, and such investments are only evaluated for purposes of an allowance for credit losses if the investment is not paid when due. All investments in Federal funds sold as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were repaid according to the contractual terms.

Accounting for Derivatives

Accounting for derivatives includes the following assumptions and estimates by the Bank: (i) assessing whether the hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting, (ii) assessing whether an embedded derivative should be bifurcated, (iii) calculating the estimated effectiveness of the hedging relationship, (iv) evaluating exposure associated with counterparty credit risk, and (v) estimating the fair value of the derivatives (which is discussed in “Fair Values” below). The Bank's assumptions and judgments include subjective calculations and estimates based on information available as of the date of the financial statements and could be materially different based on different assumptions, calculations, and estimates.

The Bank accounts for derivatives in accordance with the accounting for derivatives instruments and hedging activities. The Bank specifically identifies the hedged asset or liability and the associated hedging strategy. Prior to execution of each transaction, the Bank documents the following:

• hedging strategy,

• identification of the item being hedged,

• determination of the accounting designation,

• determination of the method used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship, and

• assessment that the hedge is expected to be effective in the future if designated as a hedge.

All derivatives are recorded on the Statements of Condition at their fair value and designated as either fair value or cash flow hedges for qualifying hedges or as non-qualifying hedges (economic hedges). Any changes in the fair value of a derivative are recorded in current period earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on the type

104

of hedge designation.

In addition, the Bank evaluates all transactions to determine whether an embedded derivative exists. The evaluation includes reviewing the terms of the instrument to identify whether some or all of the cash flows or the value of other exchanges required by the instrument are similar to a derivative and should be bifurcated from the host contract. If it is determined that an embedded derivative should be bifurcated, the Bank measures the fair value of the embedded derivative separately from the host contract and records the changes in fair value in earnings.

Assessment of Effectiveness. Highly effective hedging relationships that use interest rate swaps as the hedging instrument and that meet certain criteria under the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities may qualify for the “short-cut” method of assessing effectiveness. The short-cut method allows the Bank to make the assumption of no ineffectiveness, which means that the change in fair value of the hedged item can be assumed to be equal to the change in fair value of the derivative. No further evaluation of effectiveness is performed for these hedging relationships unless a critical term is changed. Included in these hedging relationships may be hedged items for which the settlement of the hedged item occurs within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market settlement conventions. The Bank defines market settlement conventions to be 5 business days or less for advances and 30 calendar days, using a next business day convention, for consolidated obligations. The Bank designates the hedged item in a qualifying hedging relationship as of its trade date. Although the hedged item will not be recognized in the financial statements until settlement date, in certain circumstances when the fair value of the hedging instrument is zero on the trade date, the Bank believes that it meets a condition that allows the use of the short-cut method. The Bank then records the changes in fair value of the derivative and the hedged item beginning on the trade date.

For a hedging relationship that does not qualify for the short-cut method, the Bank measures its effectiveness using the “long-haul” method, in which the change in fair value of the hedged item must be measured separately from the change in fair value of the derivative. The Bank designs effectiveness testing criteria based on its knowledge of the hedged item and hedging instrument that were employed to create the hedging relationship. The Bank uses regression analyses or other statistical analyses to evaluate effectiveness results, which must fall within established tolerances. Effectiveness testing is performed at inception and on at least a quarterly basis for both prospective considerations and retrospective evaluations.

Hedge Discontinuance.When a hedging relationship fails the effectiveness test, the Bank immediately discontinues hedge accounting for that relationship. In addition, the Bank discontinues hedge accounting when it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur in the original expected time period and when a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the required criteria of a firm commitment. The Bank treats modifications of hedged items (such as a reduction in par amount, change in maturity date, or change in strike rates) as a termination of a hedge relationship.

Accounting for Hedge Ineffectiveness. The Bank quantifies and records in other income the ineffective portion of its hedging relationships. Ineffectiveness for fair value hedging relationships is calculated as the difference between the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the change in fair value of the hedged item. Ineffectiveness for anticipatory hedge relationships is recorded when the change in the forecasted fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the change in the fair value of the anticipated hedged item.

Credit Risk for Counterparties.The Bank is subject to credit risk as a result of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivatives agreements. All extensions of credit to counterparties that are members of the Bank and are not derivatives dealers, in which the Bank serves as an intermediary, are fully secured by eligible collateral and are subject to both the Bank's Advances and Security Agreement and a master netting agreement. For all derivatives dealer counterparties, the Bank selects only highly rated derivatives dealers and major banks that meet the Bank's eligibility requirements. In addition, the Bank enters into master netting agreements and bilateral security agreements with all active derivatives dealer and major bank counterparties that provide for delivery of collateral at specified levels tied to counterparty credit rating to limit the Bank's net unsecured credit exposure to these counterparties. The Bank makes judgments on each counterparty's creditworthiness and estimates of collateral

105

values in analyzing its credit risk for nonperformance by counterparties.

Based on the master netting arrangements, its credit analyses, and the collateral requirements in place with each counterparty, the Bank does not expect to incur any credit losses on its derivatives agreements. The Bank's net unsecured credit exposure to derivatives counterparties was $19 million at December 31, 2011, and $20 million at December 31, 2010. See additional discussion of credit exposure to derivatives counterparties in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Derivatives Counterparties.”

Fair Values

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurement guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. GAAP, and stipulates disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance applies whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments for certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is a market-based measurement, and the price used to measure fair value is an exit price considered from the perspective of the market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability.

This guidance establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs into the valuation technique used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

• Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity or by the Bank's own assumptions.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The use of fair value to measure the Bank's financial instruments is fundamental to the Bank's financial statements and is a critical accounting estimate because a significant portion of the Bank's assets and liabilities are carried at fair value.

The following assets and liabilities, including those for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, are carried at fair value on the Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011:

• Trading securities

• Available-for-sale securities

• Certain advances

• Derivative assets and liabilities

• Certain consolidated obligation bonds

In general, these items carried at fair value are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued primarily using inputs that are observable in the marketplace or can be substantially derived from observable market

106

data.

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustment in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). At December 31, 2011, the Bank measured its REOs on a nonrecurring basis at Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. For more information, see below for a discussion of the Bank's OTTI analysis of its MBS portfolio.

The Bank monitors and evaluates the inputs into its fair value measurements to ensure that the asset or liability is properly categorized in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Because items classified as Level 3 are generally based on unobservable inputs, the process to determine the fair value of such items is generally more subjective and involves a higher degree of judgment and assumptions by the Bank.

The Bank employs internal control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments. These control processes are designed to ensure that the fair value measurements used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable market-based inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to ensure that the valuation approach used is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions and judgments made are reasonable. The Bank's control processes provide for segregation of duties and oversight of the fair value methodologies and valuations by the Bank. Valuation models are regularly reviewed by the Bank and are subject to an independent model validation process. Any changes to the valuation methodology or the models are also reviewed to confirm that the changes are appropriate.

The assumptions and judgments applied by the Bank may have a significant effect on its estimates of fair value, and the use of different assumptions as well as changes in market conditions could have a material effect on the Bank's results of operations or financial condition. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data– Note 19 – Fair Values” for further information regarding the fair value measurement guidance, including the classification within the fair value hierarchy of all the Bank's assets and liabilities carried at fair value as of December 31, 2011.

The Bank continues to refine its valuation methodologies as markets and products develop and the pricing for certain products becomes more or less transparent. While the Bank believes that its valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value as of the reporting date. These fair values may not represent the actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of yearend or that will be realized in the future. Although the Bank uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. The Bank continually refines its assumptions and valuation methodologies to reflect market indications more effectively. Changes in these assumptions, calculations, and techniques could significantly affect the Bank's financial position and results of operations. Therefore, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in current market transactions.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for Investment Securities. On April 9, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance that amended the existing OTTI guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. This OTTI guidance does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities.

A security is considered impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost basis. For impaired debt securities, an entity is required to assess whether: (i) it has the intent to sell the debt security; (ii) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis of the security; or (iii) it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the impaired debt security. If any of these conditions is met, an OTTI on the security must be recognized.

107

With respect to any debt security, a credit loss is defined as the amount by which the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. If a credit loss exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (that is, the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the guidance changed the presentation and amount of the OTTI recognized in the Statements of Income. The impairment is separated into: (i) the amount of the total OTTI related to credit loss, and (ii) the amount of the total non-credit-related OTTI. The amount of the total OTTI related to credit loss is recognized in earnings. For securities classified as held-to-maturity, the amount of the total non-credit-related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income and is accreted prospectively, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows, over the remaining life of the debt security as an increase in the carrying value of the security, with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in the cash flows expected to be collected. The total OTTI is presented in the Statements of Income with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in other comprehensive income. This new presentation provides additional information about the amounts that the entity does not expect to collect related to a debt security.

The Bank closely monitors the performance of its investment securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity on at least a quarterly basis to evaluate its exposure to the risk of loss on these investments in order to determine whether a loss is other-than-temporary.

Each FHLBank is responsible for making its own determination of impairment and of the reasonableness of the assumptions, inputs, and methodologies used and for performing the required present value calculations using appropriate historical cost bases and yields. FHLBanks that hold the same private-label MBS are required to consult with one another to make sure that any decision that a commonly held private-label MBS is other-than-temporarily impaired, including the determination of fair value and the credit loss component of the unrealized loss, is consistent among those FHLBanks.

In performing the cash flow analysis for each security, the Bank used two third-party models. The first model projects prepayments, default rates, and loss severities based on borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank's securities, in conjunction with assumptions related primarily to future changes in home prices and interest rates. Certain assumptions in the first model were updated in 2011, resulting in a change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults that better reflects longer foreclosure and property liquidation timelines. As a result, Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses are projected to occur over a longer time period compared to prior projections. The change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses also had an impact on the amount and timing of security-level projected losses that is unique to the waterfall structure of each security. In general, these timing changes caused credit-related charges to be somewhat lower than they would have been without a change in the timing of collateral losses.Another significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core-based statistical areas (CBSAs), which are based on an assessment of the individual housing markets. CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget. As currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people. The Bank's housing price forecast as of December 31, 2011, assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0 (for those housing markets that are believed to have reached their trough) to 8% over the 3- to 9-month periods beginning October 1, 2011. Thereafter, home prices were projected to recover using one of five different recovery paths that vary by housing market. The table below presents the ranges of projected home price recovery by year at December 31, 2011.

108

	December 31, 2011
Year 1	0.0% to 2.8%
Year 2	0.0% to 3.0%
Year 3	1.5% to 4.0%
Year 4	2.0% to 5.0%
Years 5 and 6	2.0% to 6.0%
Thereafter	2.3% to 5.6%

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, default rates, and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in each securitization structure in accordance with the structure's prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a securitization is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero. The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best-estimate scenario and includes a base case current-to-trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path.

At each quarter end, the Bank compares the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on its PLRMBS to the amortized cost basis of the securities to determine whether a credit loss exists. For the Bank's variable rate and hybrid PLRMBS, the Bank uses the effective interest rate derived from a variable rate index (for example, one-month LIBOR) plus the contractual spread, plus or minus a fixed spread adjustment when there is an existing discount or premium on the security. As the implied forward curve of the index changes over time, the effective interest rates derived from that index will also change over time. For all securities, including securities previously identified as other-than-temporarily impaired, the Bank updates its estimate of future estimated cash flows on a quarterly basis.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank recorded an OTTI related to credit loss of $413 million and $331 million, respectively.

Because there is a continuing risk that the Bank may record additional material OTTI charges in future periods, the Bank's earnings and retained earnings and its ability to pay dividends and repurchase excess capital stock could be adversely affected.

Additional information about OTTI charges associated with the Bank's PLRMBS is provided in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Credit Risk – Investments” and in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.”

Amortization of Premiums and Accretion of Discounts on MBS and Purchased Mortgage Loans

When the Bank purchases MBS and mortgage loans, it may not pay the seller the par value of the MBS or the exact amount of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. If the Bank pays more than the par value or the unpaid principal balance, purchasing the asset at a premium, the premium reduces the yield the Bank recognizes on the asset below the coupon amount. Conversely, if the Bank pays less than the par value or the unpaid principal balance, purchasing the asset at a discount, the discount increases the yield above the coupon amount.

The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts from the acquisition dates of the MBS and mortgage loans. Where appropriate and allowed, the Bank uses estimates of prepayments and applies a level-yield calculation on a retrospective basis. The Bank applies the retrospective method on MBS and purchased mortgage loans for which prepayments reasonably can be expected and estimated. Use of the retrospective method may increase volatility of

109

reported earnings during periods of changing interest rates, and the use of different estimates or assumptions as well as changes in external factors could produce significantly different results.

Recent Developments

Dodd-Frank Act's Impact on the Bank's Derivatives Transactions.The Dodd-Frank Act provides for new statutory and regulatory requirements for derivatives transactions, including those used by the Bank to hedge its interest rate risk and other risks. As a result of these requirements, certain derivatives transactions will be required to be cleared through a third-party central clearinghouse and traded on regulated exchanges or through new swap execution facilities.

Mandatory Clearing of Derivatives Transactions. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) has issued a final rule regarding the process it will use to determine which types of swaps will be subject to mandatory clearing, but has not yet made any such determinations. The CFTC has also proposed a rule setting forth an implementation schedule for effectiveness of its mandatory clearing determinations. Pursuant to this proposed rule, regardless of when the CFTC determines that a type of swap is required to be cleared, such mandatory clearing would not take effect until certain rules being promulgated by the CFTC and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized. In addition, the proposed rule provides that each time the CFTC determines that a type of swap is required to be cleared, the CFTC would have the option to implement the requirement in three phases. Under the proposed rule, the Bank would be a “category 2 entity” and would therefore have to comply with mandatory clearing requirements for a particular swap during phase 2 (within 180 days of the CFTC's issuance of the requirements). Based on CFTC's proposed implementation schedule and the time periods set forth in the rule for CFTC determinations regarding mandatory clearing, it is not likely that any of the Bank's swaps will be required to be cleared until the end of 2012, at the earliest.

Margin Requirements for Cleared Swaps. Cleared swaps will be subject to initial and variation margin requirements established by the clearinghouse and its clearing members. While clearing swaps may reduce counterparty credit risk, the margin requirements for cleared swaps have the potential of making derivatives transactions more costly. In addition, mandatory swap clearing will require the Bank to establish new relationships and negotiate new documentation with clearing members (which the Bank is currently negotiating) and negotiate additional documentation with the Bank's swap counterparties.

The CFTC has issued a final rule requiring that margins posted by swap customers to a clearinghouse in connection with cleared swaps be legally segregated on a customer-by-customer basis, the Legal Segregation with Operational Commingling (LSOC) model. The LSOC model requires customer collateral to be segregated by customer on the books of a futures commission merchant (FCM) and derivatives clearing organization, but allows it to be commingled with the collateral of other customers of the same FCM in one omnibus account. The LSOC model affords greater protection to collateral posted for cleared swaps than is currently afforded to collateral posted for futures contracts. However, because of operational and investment risks inherent in the LSOC model and because of certain provisions applicable to FCM insolvencies under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the LSOC model does not afford complete protection for cleared swaps customer collateral. To the extent the CFTC's final rule places the Bank's posted margin at greater risk of loss in the clearing structure than under the current over-the-counter market structure, the Bank may be adversely affected.

Definitions of Certain Terms under New Derivatives Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act will require swap dealers and certain other large users of derivatives to register as “swap dealers” or “major swap participants,” as the case may be, with the CFTC and/or the SEC. Based on the definitions in the proposed rules jointly issued by the CFTC and SEC, it does not appear likely that the Bank will be required to register as a “major swap participant,” although this remains a possibility. Also, based on the definitions in the proposed rules, it does not appear likely that the Bank will be required to register as a “swap dealer” for the derivative transactions that the Bank enters into with dealer counterparties for the purpose of hedging and managing its interest rate risk; however, based on the proposed rules, it is possible that the Bank could be required to register with the CFTC as a swap dealer if it enters into intermediated swaps with its members beyond a very narrow proposed exemption.

110

It is also unclear how the final rule will treat the call and put options embedded in certain Bank advances. The CFTC and SEC have issued joint proposed rules further defining the term “swap” under the Dodd-Frank Act. These proposed rules and the accompanying interpretive guidance attempt to clarify what products will and will not be regulated as “swaps.” While it is unlikely that advances transactions between the Bank and its members will be treated as “swaps,” the proposed rules and accompanying interpretive guidance are not entirely clear on this issue.

Depending on how the terms “swap” and “swap dealer” are defined in the final regulations, the Bank may be faced with the business decision of whether to continue to offer certain types of advance products and intermediated swaps to members if those transactions would require the Bank to register as a swap dealer. Designation as a swap dealer would subject the Bank to significant additional regulation and cost including, without limitation, registration with the CFTC, new internal and external business conduct standards, additional reporting requirements, and additional proposed swap-based capital and margin requirements. Even if the Bank is designated as a swap dealer as a result of its advances activities, the proposed regulations would permit the Bank to apply to the CFTC to limit such designation to those specified activities for which the Bank is acting as a swap dealer. If such limited designation is granted, such activities would not be subject to the full requirements that will generally be imposed on traditional swap dealers.

Uncleared Derivatives Transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act will also change the regulatory landscape for derivatives transactions that are not subject to mandatory clearing requirements (uncleared trades). While the Bank expects to continue to enter into uncleared trades on a bilateral basis, such trades will be subject to new regulatory requirements, including mandatory reporting, documentation, and minimum margin and capital requirements. Under the proposed margin rules, the Bank will have to post both initial margin and variation margin to its swap dealer counterparties, but may be eligible in both instances for modest unsecured thresholds as a “low-risk financial end user.” Pursuant to additional proposed Finance Agency provisions, the Bank will be required to collect both initial margin and variation margin from its swap dealer counterparties, without any unsecured thresholds. These margin requirements and any related capital requirements could adversely affect the liquidity and pricing of certain uncleared derivatives transactions entered into by the Bank, making such trades more costly.

The CFTC has proposed a rule setting forth an implementation schedule for complying with the new margin and documentation requirements for uncleared swaps. Pursuant to the proposed rule, regardless of when the final rules regarding these requirements are issued, such rules would not take effect until (1) certain other rules being promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act take effect and (2) a certain additional time period has elapsed. The length of this additional time period depends on the type of entity entering into the uncleared swaps. The Bank would be a “category 2 entity” and would therefore have to comply with the new requirements during phase 2 (within 180 days of the effectiveness of the final applicable rulemaking). Accordingly, it is not likely that the Bank would have to comply with such requirements until the end of 2012, at the earliest.

Temporary Exemption from Certain Provisions. While certain self-executing provisions (not requiring rulemaking) of the Dodd-Frank Act took effect on July 16, 2011, the CFTC has issued an order temporarily exempting persons or entities with respect to provisions of Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act that reference “swap dealer,” “major swap participant,” “eligible contract participant,” and “swap.” These exemptions are due to expire upon the earlier of: (i) the effective date of the applicable final rule further defining the relevant terms; or (ii) July 16, 2012. In addition, the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that will have the most effect on the Bank did not take effect on July 16, 2011, but will take effect no less than 60 days after the CFTC publishes final regulations implementing such provisions. The CFTC is expected to publish such final regulations during the first half of 2012, but it is not expected that such final regulations will become effective until later in 2012, and delays beyond that time are possible. In addition, as discussed above, mandatory clearing requirements and new margin and documentation requirements for uncleared swaps may be subject to additional implementation schedules, further delaying the effectiveness of such requirements.

Together with the other FHLBanks, the Bank is actively participating in the regulatory process regarding the Dodd-Frank Act by formally commenting to the regulators regarding a variety of rulemakings that could affect the FHLBanks. The Bank is also working with the other FHLBanks to implement the processes and documentation necessary to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act's new derivatives requirements.

111

Proposed Rule on the Financial Stability Oversight Council's Authority to Require Supervision and Regulation of Certain Nonbank Financial Companies. On October 18, 2011, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (Oversight Council) issued a second notice of proposed rulemaking to provide guidance regarding the standards and procedures it will consider in designating non-bank financial companies for heightened prudential supervision and oversight by the Federal Reserve Board. This notice rescinds the prior proposal on these designations and proposes a three-stage process that includes a framework for evaluating a non-bank financial company. Under the proposed designation process, the Oversight Council will first identify those U.S. non-bank financial companies that have $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets and exceed any one of five threshold indicators of interconnectedness or susceptibility to material financial distress. Significantly for the Bank, in addition to the asset size criterion, one of the five thresholds is whether a company has $20 billion or more of borrowing outstanding, including bonds (in the FHLBanks' case, consolidated obligations) issued. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had $113.6 billion in total assets and $102.5 billion in outstanding consolidated obligations. If the Bank is designated by the Oversight Council for supervision and oversight by the Federal Reserve Board, then the Bank's operations and business could be adversely affected by additional costs and restrictions on business activities resulting from such oversight. Comments on this proposed rule were due by December 19, 2011. The FHLBanks submitted a joint comment letter on December 19, 2011.

Final Rule on Voluntary Mergers. On November 28, 2011, the FHFA issued a final rule that establishes the conditions and procedures for the consideration and approval of voluntary mergers between FHLBanks. Under the rule, two or more FHLBanks may merge provided:

• The FHLBanks have agreed upon the terms of the proposed merger, and the board of directors of each FHLBank has authorized the execution of the merger agreement;

• The FHLBanks have jointly filed a merger application with the FHFA to obtain the approval of the Director;

• The Director has granted approval of the merger, subject to any closing conditions the Director may determine must be met before the merger is consummated;

• The members of each FHLBank ratify the merger agreement;

• The Director has received evidence that the closing conditions have been met; and

• The Director has accepted the organization certificate of the continuing FHLBank.

National Credit Union Administration Proposal on Emergency Liquidity. On December 22, 2011, the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking that would require federally insured credit unions to have access to backup federal liquidity sources for use in times of financial emergency and distressed economic circumstances. The proposed rule would require federally insured credit unions, as part of their contingency funding plans, to establish access to backup federal liquidity sources in one of four ways:

• Become a member in good standing of the Central Liquidity Facility (CLF) directly;

• Become a member in good standing of the CLF indirectly through a corporate credit union;

• Obtain and maintain demonstrated access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window; or

• Maintain a certain percentage of assets in highly liquid Treasury securities.

The rule would apply to both federal and state-chartered credit unions. If enacted, the proposed rule may encourage credit unions to favor these federal sources of liquidity over FHLBank membership and advances, which could have a negative impact on the Bank's results of operations. Comments on the advance notice of proposed rulemaking were due by February 21, 2012. The FHLBanks submitted a joint comment letter on February 17, 2012.

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Capital Framework. In September 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) approved a new capital framework for internationally active banks. Banks subject to the new framework will be required to have increased amounts of capital, with core capital being more strictly defined to include only common equity and other capital assets that are able to fully absorb losses. The Basel Committee also proposed a liquidity coverage ratio for short-term liquidity needs that would be phased in by

112

2015, as well as a net stable funding ratio for longer-term liquidity needs that would be phased in by 2018.

On January 5, 2012, the Federal Reserve announced its proposed rule on enhanced prudential standards and early remediation requirements, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, for nonbank financial companies designated as systemically important by the Oversight Council. The proposed rule declines to finalize certain standards such as liquidity requirements until the Basel Committee framework gains greater international consensus, but the Federal Reserve proposes a liquidity buffer requirement that would be in addition to the final Basel Committee framework requirements. The size of the buffer would be determined through liquidity stress tests, taking into account a financial institution's structure and risk factors.

While it is still uncertain how the capital and liquidity standards being developed by the Basel Committee will be implemented by U.S. regulatory authorities, the new framework and the Federal Reserve's proposed plan could require some of the Bank's members to divest assets in order to comply with the more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, thereby tending to decrease their need for advances. On the other hand, the new framework may encourage members to take out term advances to create balance sheet liquidity. The requirements may also adversely affect investor demand for consolidated obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Guarantees, and Other Commitments

In accordance with regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, each FHLBank, including the Bank, is jointly and severally liable for the FHLBank System's consolidated obligations issued under Section 11(a) of the FHLBank Act, and in accordance with the FHLBank Act, each FHLBank, including the Bank, is jointly and severally liable for consolidated obligations issued under Section 11(c) of the FHLBank Act. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor.

The Bank's joint and several contingent liability is a guarantee, but is excluded from initial recognition and measurement provisions because the joint and several obligations are mandated by the FHLBank Act or Finance Agency regulation and are not the result of arms-length transactions among the FHLBanks. The Bank has no control over the amount of the guarantee or the determination of how each FHLBank would perform under the joint and several obligations. The valuation of this contingent liability is therefore not recorded on the balance sheet of the Bank. The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks was $691.9 billion at December 31, 2011, and $796.4 billion at December 31, 2010. The par value of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligations was $101.2 billion at December 31, 2011, and $139.1 billion at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had committed to the issuance of $0.2 billion in consolidated obligation bonds, of which $0.2 billion were hedged with associated interest rate swaps. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had committed to the issuance of $0.2 billion in consolidated obligation bonds, of which $0.1 billion were hedged with associated interest rate swaps. For additional information on the Bank's joint and several liability contingent obligation, see “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies.”

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Bank engages in financial transactions that, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, are not recorded on the Bank's balance sheet or may be recorded on the Bank's balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transactions. For example, the Bank routinely enters into commitments to extend advances and issues standby letters of credit. These commitments and standby letters of credit may represent future cash requirements of the Bank, although the standby letters of credit usually expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters of credit are subject to the same underwriting and collateral requirements as advances made by the Bank. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $102 million of advance commitments and $5.3 billion in standby letters of credit outstanding. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $304 million of advance commitments and $6.0 billion in standby letters of credit outstanding. The estimated fair

113

value of the advance commitments was de minimis to the balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of the letters of credit was $6 million and $26 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Contractual Obligations

In the ordinary course of operations, the Bank enters into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations primarily consist of consolidated obligations for which the Bank is the primary obligor and leases for premises.

The following table summarizes the Bank's significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011, except for obligations associated with short-term discount notes. Additional information with respect to the Bank's consolidated obligations is presented in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 12 – Consolidated Obligations” and “Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies.”

In addition, “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 15 – Capital” includes a discussion of the Bank's mandatorily redeemable capital stock, and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 16 – Employee Retirement Plans and Incentive Compensation Plans” includes a discussion of the Bank's pension and retirement expenses and commitments.

The Bank enters into derivative financial instruments, which create contractual obligations, as part of the Bank's interest rate risk management. “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities” includes additional information regarding derivative financial instruments.

Contractual Obligations
(In millions)
As of December 31, 2011
	Payments Due By Period
Contractual Obligations	< 1 Year		1 to < 3 Years		3 to < 5 Years		≥ 5 Years		Total
Long-term debt	$	40,928	$	22,855	$	10,961	$	7,301	$	82,045
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	49		2,374		3,155		—		5,578
Operating leases	4		7		6		12		29
Pension and post-retirement contributions	8		—		2		7		17
Total contractual obligations	$	40,989	$	25,236	$	14,124	$	7,320	$	87,669

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition – Risk Management – Market Risk.”

114

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements:
	Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	116
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	117
	Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010	118
	Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009	119
	Statements of Capital Accounts for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009	120
	Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009	122
	Notes to Financial Statements	124
Supplementary Data:
	Supplementary Financial Data (Unaudited)	198

115

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the Bank's financial reporting. There are inherent limitations in the ability of internal control over financial reporting to provide absolute assurance of achieving financial report objectives. These inherent limitations include the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. These inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process, however, and it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2011, the Bank maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. The effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Bank's independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report appearing on the following page, which expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

116

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of condition and the related statements of income, capital accounts, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (the “Bank”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Bank's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Bank's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

March 14, 2012

117

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco Statements of Condition
(In millions-except par value)	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	3,494		$	755
Federal funds sold	5,366			16,312
Trading securities(a)	2,808			2,519
Available-for-sale securities(a)	9,613			1,927
Held-to-maturity securities (fair values were $21,414 and $32,214, respectively)(b)	21,581			31,824
Advances (includes $8,684 and $10,490 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	68,164			95,599
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses of $6 and $3, respectively	1,829			2,381
Accrued interest receivable	180			228
Premises, software, and equipment, net	30			25
Derivative assets, net	400			718
Other assets	87			135
Total Assets	$	113,552		$	152,423
Liabilities and Capital
Liabilities:
Deposits	156			134
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds (includes $15,712 and $20,872 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	83,350			121,120
Discount notes	19,152			19,527
Total consolidated obligations	102,502			140,647
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	5,578			3,749
Accrued interest payable	241			467
Affordable Housing Program payable	150			174
Payable to Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP)	—			37
Derivative liabilities, net	73			163
Other liabilities	147			104
Total Liabilities	108,847			145,475
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 20)
Capital:
Capital stock—Class B—Putable ($100 par value) issued and outstanding:
48 shares and 83 shares, respectively	4,795			8,282
Restricted retained earnings	1,803			1,609
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss):
Net non-credit-related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) loss on available-for-sale securities	(1,836		)	—
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on held-to-maturity securities	(46		)	(2,934		)
Other	(11		)	(9		)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	(1,893		)	(2,943		)
Total Capital	4,705			6,948
Total Liabilities and Capital	$	113,552		$	152,423

(a) At December 31, 2011, and at December 31, 2010, none of these securities were pledged as collateral that may be repledged.

(b) Includes $33 at December 31, 2011, and $84 at December 31, 2010, pledged as collateral that may be repledged.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

118

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco Statements of Income
	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)	2011			2010			2009
Interest Income:
Advances	$	692		$	1,070		$	2,766
Prepayment fees on advances, net	17			53			34
Federal funds sold	22			29			23
Trading securities	25			6			1
Available-for-sale securities	238			6			—
Held-to-maturity securities	679			1,046			1,480
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	113			138			157
Total Interest Income	1,786			2,348			4,461
Interest Expense:
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds	707			995			2,199
Discount notes	34			40			472
Deposits	—			1			1
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	12			16			7
Total Interest Expense	753			1,052			2,679
Net Interest Income	1,033			1,296			1,782
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans	4			2			1
Net Interest Income After Mortgage Loan Loss Provision	1,029			1,294			1,781
Other Income/(Loss):
Services to members	1			1			1
Net gain/(loss) on trading securities	(7		)	(1		)	1
Total OTTI loss	(437		)	(540		)	(4,121		)
Net amount of OTTI loss reclassified to/(from) accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	24			209			3,513
Net OTTI loss, credit-related	(413		)	(331		)	(608		)
Net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	25			(113		)	(471		)
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	(256		)	(168		)	122
Other	5			8			7
Total Other Income/(Loss)	(645		)	(604		)	(948		)
Other Expense:
Compensation and benefits	61			63			60
Other operating expense	46			52			51
Federal Housing Finance Agency	10			12			11
Office of Finance	6			6			6
Other	3			12			4
Total Other Expense	126			145			132
Income/(Loss) Before Assessments	258			545			701
REFCORP	17			100			128
Affordable Housing Program	25			46			58
Total Assessments	42			146			186
Net Income/(Loss)	$	216		$	399		$	515

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

119

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Statements of Capital Accounts

	Capital Stock Class B—Putable					Retained Earnings								Accumulated Other Comprehensive			Total Capital
(In millions)	Shares		Par Value			Restricted		Unrestricted			Total			Income/(Loss)
Balance, December 31, 2008	96		$	9,616		$	176	$	—		$	176		$	(7	)	$	9,785
Adjustments to opening balance(a)								570			570			(570		)	—
Issuance of capital stock	1		71														71
Capital stock reclassified (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net	(11	)	(1,112		)												(1,112		)
Comprehensive income/(loss):
Net income/(loss)						1,063		(548		)	515						515
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Additional minimum liability on benefit plans														(1		)	(1		)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities														(1		)	(1		)
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss														(4,034		)	(4,034		)
Reclassification of non-credit-related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)														521			521
Accretion of non-credit-related OTTI loss														508			508
Total comprehensive income/(loss)																	(2,492		)
Cash dividends paid on capital stock (0.21%)	—		—			—		(22		)	(22		)				(22		)
Balance, December 31, 2009	86		$	8,575		$	1,239	$	—		$	1,239		$	(3,584	)	$	6,230
Issuance of capital stock	1		60														60
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock	(9	)	(941		)												(941		)
Capital stock reclassified (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net	5		588														588
Comprehensive income/(loss):
Net income/(loss)						370		29			399						399
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Non-credit-related OTTI loss														(537		)	(537		)
Reclassification of non-credit-related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)														328			328
Accretion of non-credit-related OTTI loss														850			850
Total comprehensive income/(loss)																	1,040
Cash dividends paid on capital stock (0.34%)			—			—		(29		)	(29		)				(29		)
Balance, December 31, 2010	83		$	8,282		$	1,609	$	—		$	1,609		$	(2,943	)	$	6,948

(a) Adjustments to the opening balance consist of the effects of adopting guidance related to the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

120

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Statements of Capital Accounts (continued)

	Capital Stock Class B—Putable					Retained Earnings								Accumulated Other Comprehensive			Total Capital
(In millions)	Shares		Par Value			Restricted		Unrestricted			Total			Income/(Loss)
Balance, December 31, 2010	83		$	8,282		$	1,609	$	—		$	1,609		$	(2,943	)	$	6,948
Issuance of capital stock	2		244														244
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock	(10	)	(1,043		)												(1,043		)
Capital stock reclassified (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net	(27	)	(2,688		)												(2,688		)
Comprehensive income/(loss):
Net income/(loss)						194		22			216						216
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Additional minimum liability on benefit plans														(4		)	(4		)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities														2			2
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on available-for-sale securities:
Non-credit-related OTTI loss transferred from held-to-maturity securities														(2,672		)	(2,672		)
Net change in fair value of other-than-temporarily impaired securities														810			810
Reclassification of non-credit-related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)														26			26
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on held-to-maturity securities:
Non-credit-related OTTI loss														(207		)	(207		)
Reclassification of non-credit-related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)														157			157
Accretion of non-credit-related OTTI loss														266			266
Non-credit-related OTTI loss transferred to available-for-sale securities														2,672			2,672
Total comprehensive income/(loss)																	1,266
Cash dividends paid on capital stock (0.29%)			—			—		(22		)	(22		)				(22		)
Balance, December 31, 2011	48		$	4,795		$	1,803	$	—		$	1,803		$	(1,893	)	$	4,705

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

121

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco Statements of Cash Flows
	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)	2011			2010			2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income/(loss)	$	216		$	399		$	515
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	(76		)	(12		)	(321		)
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans	4			2			1
Change in net fair value adjustment on trading securities	7			1			(1		)
Change in net fair value adjustment on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	(25		)	113			471
Change in net derivatives and hedging activities	269			74			(599		)
Net OTTI loss recognized in income, credit-related	413			331			608
Other adjustments	(3		)	(1		)	—
Net change in:
Accrued interest receivable	59			178			583
Other assets	26			(2		)	10
Accrued interest payable	(231		)	(294		)	(699		)
Other liabilities	(77		)	9			70
Total adjustments	366			399			123
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities	582			798			638
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Net change in:
Federal funds sold	10,946			(8,148		)	1,267
Premises, software, and equipment	(12		)	(11		)	(9		)
Trading securities:
Proceeds from maturities of long-term	864			6			6
Purchases of long-term	(1,160		)	(2,495		)	—
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from maturities of long-term	836			—			—
Purchases of long-term	—			—			(1,931		)
Held-to-maturity securities:
Net (increase)/decrease in short-term	3,999			(1,719		)	3,744
Proceeds from maturities of long-term	4,580			8,557			7,659
Purchases of long-term	(6,145		)	(1,479		)	(717		)
Advances:
Principal collected	255,620			189,812			963,054
Made to members	(228,146		)	(152,415		)	(862,499		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:
Principal collected	555			656			666
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities	41,937			32,764			111,240

122

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)	2011			2010			2009
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net change in:
Deposits	(312		)	(734		)	(980		)
Net (payments)/proceeds on derivative contracts with financing elements	60			65			109
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations:
Bonds	56,156			89,170			87,201
Discount notes	56,361			90,552			143,823
Bonds transferred from another Federal Home Loan Bank	15			—			—
Payments for matured and retired consolidated obligations:
Bonds	(93,645		)	(129,485		)	(136,330		)
Discount notes	(56,735		)	(89,239		)	(217,086		)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock	244			60			71
Payments for repurchase/redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(859		)	(506		)	(16		)
Payments for repurchase/redemption of capital stock	(1,043		)	(941		)	—
Cash dividends paid	(22		)	(29		)	(22		)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	(39,780		)	(41,087		)	(123,230		)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks	2,739			(7,525		)	(11,352		)
Cash and due from banks at the beginning of the year	755			8,280			19,632
Cash and due from banks at the end of the year	$	3,494		$	755		$	8,280
Supplemental Disclosures:
Interest paid	$	935		$	1,248		$	4,048
Affordable Housing Program payments	49			58			52
REFCORP payments	54			88			52
Transfers of mortgage loans to real estate owned	5			5			4
Transfers of OTTI held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale securities	7,940			—			—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

123

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in millions except per share amounts)

Background Information

The Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank), a federally chartered corporation exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes, is one of 12 District Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks). The FHLBanks serve the public by enhancing the availability of credit for residential mortgages and targeted community development by providing a readily available, competitively priced source of funds to their member institutions. Each FHLBank is operated as a separate entity with its own management, employees, and board of directors. The Bank does not have any special purpose entities or any other type of off-balance sheet conduits. The Bank has a cooperative ownership structure. To access the Bank's products and services, a financial institution must be approved for membership and purchase capital stock in the Bank. The member's stock requirement is generally based on its use of Bank products, subject to a minimum asset-based membership requirement that is intended to reflect the value to the member of having ready access to the Bank as a reliable source of competitively priced funds. Bank stock is issued, transferred, redeemed, and repurchased at its par value of $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. It is not publicly traded. All shareholders may receive dividends on their capital stock, to the extent declared by the Bank's Board of Directors. Regulated financial depositories and insurance companies engaged in residential housing finance, with principal places of business located in Arizona, California and Nevada, are eligible to apply for membership. In addition, as of February 4, 2010, authorized community development financial institutions are eligible to be members of the Bank. All members are required to purchase stock in the Bank. State and local housing authorities that meet certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank; while eligible to borrow, these housing authorities are not members of the Bank, and, as such, are not required to hold capital stock.

The Bank conducts business with members in the normal course of business. See “Note 21 – Transactions with Certain Members, Certain Nonmembers, and Other FHLBanks” for more information.

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency), an independent federal agency in the executive branch of the United States government, supervises and regulates the FHLBanks and the FHLBanks' Office of Finance.

The Office of Finance is a joint office of the FHLBanks that facilitates the issuance and servicing of the debt instruments (consolidated obligations) of the FHLBanks and prepares the combined quarterly and annual financial reports of all 12 FHLBanks.

The primary source of funds for the FHLBanks is the proceeds from the sale to the public of the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance using authorized securities dealers. As provided by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (FHLBank Act), or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all the FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations. Other funds are provided by deposits, other borrowings, and the issuance of capital stock to members. The Bank primarily uses these funds to provide advances to members.

124

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates, and assumptions that affect the amounts of reported assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if applicable, and the reported amounts of income, expenses, gains, and losses during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates include the determination of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) of securities and fair value of derivatives, certain advances, certain investment securities, and certain consolidated obligations that are reported at fair value in the Statements of Condition. Changes in judgments, estimates, and assumptions could potentially affect the Bank's financial position and results of operations significantly. Although the Bank believes these judgments, estimates, and assumptions to be reasonable, actual results may differ.

Federal Funds Sold. These investments provide short-term liquidity and are carried at cost. The Bank invests in Federal funds with highly rated counterparties, and such investments are only evaluated for purposes of an allowance for credit losses if the investment is not paid when due. All investments in Federal funds sold as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were repaid according to the contractual terms.

Investment Securities. The Bank classifies investments as trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity at the date of acquisition. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade date basis.

The Bank classifies certain investments as trading. These securities are held for liquidity purposes and carried at fair value with changes in the fair value of these investments recorded in other income. The Bank does not participate in speculative trading practices and holds these investments indefinitely as the Bank periodically evaluates its liquidity needs.

The Bank classifies certain securities as available-for-sale (AFS) and carries these securities at their fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on these securities are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).

Held-to-maturity (HTM) securities are carried at cost, adjusted for periodic principal repayments; amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, if applicable, using the level-yield method; and previous OTTI recognized in net income and AOCI. The Bank classifies these investments as held-to-maturity securities because the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities until maturity.

Certain changes in circumstances may cause the Bank to change its intent to hold a certain security to maturity without calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. Thus, the sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity security because of certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuer's creditworthiness or changes in regulatory requirements, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. Other events that are isolated, nonrecurring, and unusual for the Bank that could not have been reasonably anticipated may cause the Bank to sell or transfer a held-to-maturity security without necessarily calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity. In addition, sales of debt securities that meet either of the following two conditions may be considered as maturities for purposes of the classification of securities: (i) the sale occurs near enough to its maturity date (or call date if exercise of the call is probable) that interest rate risk is substantially eliminated as a pricing factor and changes in market interest rates would not have a significant effect on the security's fair value, or (ii) the sale occurs after the Bank has already collected a substantial portion (at least 85%) of the principal outstanding at acquisition because of prepayments on the debt security or scheduled payments on a debt security payable in equal installments (both principal and interest) over its term.

The Bank calculates the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments using the level-yield method on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the securities. This method requires a retrospective adjustment of the effective yield each time the Bank changes the estimated life as if the new estimate had been

125

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

known since the original acquisition date of the securities. The Bank uses nationally recognized, market-based, third-party prepayment models to project estimated lives.

On a quarterly basis, the Bank evaluates its individual AFS and HTM investment securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. A security is considered impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost basis. For impaired debt securities, an entity is required to assess whether: (i) it has the intent to sell the debt security; (ii) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis of the security; or (iii) it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the impaired debt security. If any of these conditions is met, an OTTI on the security must be recognized.

With respect to any debt security, a credit loss is defined as the amount by which the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. If a credit loss exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (that is, the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the carrying value of the debt security is adjusted to its fair value. However, instead of recognizing the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value in earnings, only the amount of the impairment representing the credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount of non-credit-related impairment is recognized in AOCI. The total OTTI is presented in the Statements of Income with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in AOCI. This presentation provides additional information about the amounts that the entity does not expect to collect related to a debt security. The credit loss on a debt security is limited to the amount of that security's unrealized losses.

For subsequent accounting of other-than-temporarily impaired securities, if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, the Bank records an additional OTTI. The amount of total OTTI for a security that was previously impaired is calculated as the difference between its amortized cost less the amount of OTTI recognized in AOCI prior to the determination of OTTI and its fair value. For an other-than-temporarily-impaired security that was previously impaired and has subsequently incurred an additional OTTI related to credit loss (limited to that security's unrealized losses), this additional credit-related OTTI, up to the amount in AOCI, would be reclassified out of non-credit-related OTTI in AOCI and charged to earnings.

Subsequent related increases and decreases (if not an OTTI) in the fair value of AFS securities will be netted against the non-credit component of OTTI previously recognized in AOCI.

For securities classified as HTM, the OTTI recognized in AOCI is accreted to the carrying value of each security on a prospective basis, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows (with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in cash flows expected to be collected). For securities classified as AFS, the Bank does not accrete the OTTI recognized in AOCI to the carrying value because the subsequent measurement basis for these securities is fair value.

For securities previously identified as other-than-temporarily impaired, the Bank updates its estimate of future estimated cash flows on a regular basis. If there is no additional impairment on the security, the yield of the security is adjusted on a prospective basis when there is a significant increase in the expected cash flows. This accretion is included in net interest income in the Statements of Income.

Prior to the adoption of the current accounting guidance for OTTI on investment securities in 2009, if an impairment was determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss was recognized in earnings in an amount equal to the entire difference between the security's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the Statements of Condition date of the reporting period for which the assessment was made. The Bank would conclude that a loss was other-than-temporary if it was probable that the Bank would not receive all of the investment security's contractual cash flows. As part of this analysis, the Bank had to assess its intent and ability to hold a security until recovery of any unrealized losses. The Bank adopted the current accounting guidance for OTTI as of January 1, 2009, and recognized the effects of adoption as a change in accounting principle. The Bank recognized the $570

126

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

cumulative effect of initial application of the guidance as an adjustment to its retained earnings at January 1, 2009, with an offsetting adjustment to AOCI.

Variable Interest Entities. The Bank's investments in variable interest entities (VIEs) are limited to private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS). On an ongoing basis, the Bank performs a quarterly evaluation to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary in any VIE.The Bank evaluated its investments in VIEs as of December 31, 2011, to determine whether it is a primary beneficiary of any of these investments. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate a VIE. The Bank determined that consolidation accounting is not required because the Bank is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs as of December 31, 2011, since it does not have the power to significantly affect the economic performance of any of these investments because it does not act as a key decision maker nor does it have the unilateral ability to replace a key decision maker. In addition, the Bank does not design, sponsor, transfer, service, or provide credit or liquidity support in any of its investments in VIEs. The Bank's maximum loss exposure for these investments is limited to the carrying value.

Advances. The Bank reports advances (loans to members, former members or their successors, or housing associates) either at amortized cost or fair value when the fair value option is elected. Advances carried at amortized cost are reported net of premiums, discounts (including discounts related to the Affordable Housing Program), and hedging adjustments. The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts and recognizes hedging adjustments resulting from the discontinuation of a hedging relationship to interest income using a level-yield methodology. Interest on advances is credited to income as earned. For advances carried at fair value, the Bank recognizes contractual interest in interest income.

Advance Modifications. In cases in which the Bank funds an advance concurrent with or within a short period of time before or after the prepayment of a previous advance to the same member, the Bank evaluates whether the subsequent advance meets the accounting criteria to qualify as a modification of an existing advance or whether it constitutes a new advance. The Bank compares the present value of the cash flows on the subsequent advance to the present value of the cash flows remaining on the previous advance. If there is at least a 10 percent difference in the cash flows or if the Bank concludes that the difference between the advances is more than minor based on a qualitative assessment of the modifications made to the previous advance's contractual terms, then the subsequent advance is accounted for as a new advance. In all other instances, the subsequent advance is accounted for as a modification.

Prepayment Fees. When a borrower prepays certain advances prior to the original maturity, the Bank may charge the borrower a prepayment fee. For certain advances with partial prepayment symmetry, the Bank may charge the borrower a prepayment fee or pay the borrower a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, when the advance is prepaid.

For prepaid advances that are hedged and meet the hedge accounting requirements, the Bank terminates the hedging relationship upon prepayment and records the associated fair value gains and losses, adjusted for the prepayment fees, in interest income. If the new advance represents a modification of the original hedged advance, the fair value gains or losses on the advance and the prepayment fees are included in the carrying amount of the modified advance, and gains or losses and prepayment fees are amortized in interest income over the life of the modified advance using the level-yield method. If the modified advance is also hedged and the hedge meets the hedge accounting requirements, the modified advance is marked to fair value after the modification, and subsequent fair value changes are recorded in other income. If the prepayment represents an extinguishment of the original hedged advance, the prepayment fee and any fair value gain or loss are immediately recognized in interest income.

For prepaid advances that are not hedged or that are hedged but do not meet the hedge accounting requirements, the Bank records prepayment fees in interest income unless the Bank determines that the new advance represents a modification of the original advance. If the new advance represents a modification of the original advance, the prepayment fee on the original advance is deferred, recorded in the basis of the modified advance, and amortized over the life of the modified advance using the level-yield method. This amortization is recorded in interest income.

127

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Mortgage Loans Held in Portfolio. Under the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (MPF®) Program, the Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans from its participating members. (“Mortgage Partnership Finance” and “MPF” are registered trademarks of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.) Participating members originated or purchased the mortgage loans, credit-enhanced them and sold them to the Bank, and generally retained the servicing of the loans. The Bank manages the interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk of each loan in its portfolio. The Bank and the participating institution (either the original participating member that sold the loans to the Bank or a successor to that member) share in the credit risk of the loans, with the Bank assuming the first loss obligation limited by the First Loss Account (FLA), and the participating institution assuming credit losses in excess of the FLA, up to the amount of the credit enhancement obligation specified in the master agreement. The amount of the credit enhancement was originally calculated so that any Bank credit losses (excluding special hazard losses) in excess of the FLA were limited to those that would be expected from an equivalent investment with a long-term credit rating of AA.     

For taking on the credit enhancement obligation, the Bank pays the participating institution a credit enhancement fee, which is calculated on the remaining unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. Depending on the specific MPF product, all or a portion of the credit enhancement fee is paid monthly beginning with the month after each delivery of loans. The MPF Plus product also provides for a performance-based credit enhancement fee, which accrues monthly, beginning with the month after each delivery of loans, and is paid to the participating institution beginning 12 months later. The performance-based credit enhancement fee will be reduced by an amount equivalent to loan losses up to the amount of the FLA established for each Master Commitment. The participating institutions obtained supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI) to cover their credit enhancement obligations under this product. If the SMI provider's claims-paying ability rating falls below a specified level, the participating institution has six months to either replace the SMI policy or assume the credit enhancement obligation and fully collateralize the obligation; otherwise the Bank may choose not to pay the participating institution its performance-based credit enhancement fee.

The Bank classifies mortgage loans as held for investment and, accordingly, reports them at their principal amount outstanding net of unamortized premiums, discounts, and unrealized gains and losses from loans initially classified as mortgage loan commitments. The Bank defers and amortizes these amounts as interest income using the level-yield method on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the related mortgage loan. Actual prepayment experience and estimates of future principal prepayments are used in calculating the estimated life of the mortgage loans. The Bank aggregates the mortgage loans by similar characteristics (type, maturity, note rate, and acquisition date) in determining prepayment estimates. A retrospective adjustment is required each time the Bank changes the estimated amounts as if the new estimate had been known since the original acquisition date of the assets. The Bank uses nationally recognized, market-based, third-party prepayment models to project estimated lives.

The Bank records credit enhancement fees as a reduction to interest income.

Allowance for Credit Losses. An allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance separately established for each identified portfolio segment, if necessary, to provide for probable losses inherent in the Bank's portfolio as of the Statements of Condition date. To the extent necessary, an allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recorded as a liability.

Portfolio Segments.A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses. The Bank has developed and documented a systematic methodology for determining an allowance for credit losses, where applicable, for:

• advances, letters of credit, and other extensions of credit to members, collectively referred to as “credit products,”

• MPF loans held for portfolio,

• term securities purchased under agreements to resell, and

• term Federal funds sold.

128

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Classes of Financing Receivables.Classes of financing receivables generally are a disaggregation of a portfolio segment to the extent needed to understand the exposure to credit risk arising from these financing receivables. The Bank determined that no further disaggregation of the portfolio segments identified above is needed because the credit risk arising from these financing receivables is assessed and measured by the Bank at the portfolio segment level.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Products. Following the requirements of the FHLBank Act, the Bank obtains sufficient collateral for credit products to protect the Bank from credit losses. Under the FHLBank Act, collateral eligible to secure credit products includes certain investment securities, residential mortgage loans, cash or deposits with the Bank, and other eligible real estate-related assets. As more fully discussed in Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses, the Bank may also accept secured small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans, and securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans, as collateral from members that are community financial institutions. The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Housing Act) defines community financial institutions as Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)-insured depository institutions with average total assets over the preceding three-year period of $1,000 or less. The Finance Agency adjusts the average total asset cap for inflation annually. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on any of its credit products. The Bank evaluates the creditworthiness of its members and nonmember borrowers on an ongoing basis.

The Bank classifies as impaired any advance with respect to which the Bank believes it is probable that all principal and interest due will not be collected according to its contractual terms. Impaired advances are valued using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the advance's effective interest rate, the advance's observable market price or, if collateral-dependent, the fair value of the advance's underlying collateral. When an advance is classified as impaired, the accrual of interest is discontinued and unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Advances do not return to accrual status until they are brought current with respect to both principal and interest and until the Bank believes future principal payments are no longer in doubt. No advances were classified as impaired during the periods presented.

Based on the collateral pledged as security, the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition, and the Bank's credit extension and collateral policies as of December 31, 2011, the Bank expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms. Therefore, no allowance for losses on credit products was deemed necessary by the Bank. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on its credit products.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans. The Bank bases the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans on its estimate of probable credit losses in the Bank's mortgage loan portfolio as of the date of the Statements of Condition. The Bank performs periodic reviews of its portfolio to identify the probable losses in the portfolio and to determine the likelihood of collection of the portfolio. The overall allowance is determined by an analysis that includes delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, collectability of credit enhancements from members or from mortgage insurers, and prevailing economic conditions.

Impairment Methodology on Mortgage Loans. A mortgage loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Loans that are on non-accrual status and that are considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs. Loans are considered collateral-dependent if repayment is expected to be provided solely by the sale of the underlying property, that is, there is no other available and reliable source of repayment. Collateral-dependent loans are impaired if the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs is insufficient to recover the unpaid principal balance on the loan. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized in the same manner as interest income on non-accrual loans noted below.

129

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The Bank places a mortgage loan on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest from the participating institution is reported 90 days or more past due. When a mortgage loan is placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. The Bank records cash payments received on nonaccrual loans first as interest income and then as a reduction of principal as specified in the contractual agreement, unless the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful. If the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful then cash payments received would be applied first solely to principal until the remaining principal amount due is expected to be collected and then as a recovery of any charge-off, if applicable, followed by recording interest income. A loan on non-accrual status may be restored to accrual when (1) none of its contractual principal and interest is due and unpaid, and the Bank expects repayment of the remaining contractual interest and principal, or (2) it otherwise becomes well secured and in the process of collection.

Real Estate Owned. Real estate owned (REO) includes assets that have been received in satisfaction of debt through foreclosures. REO is initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs and is subsequently carried at the lower of that amount or current fair value less estimated selling costs. The Bank recognizes a charge-off to the allowance for credit losses if the fair value of the REO less estimated selling costs is less than the recorded investment in the loan at the date of transfer from loans to REO. Any subsequent realized gains, realized or unrealized losses, and carrying costs are included in other non-interest expense in the Statements of Income. REO is recorded in “Other assets” in the Statements of Condition. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s other assets included $2 of REO resulting from foreclosure of 25 mortgage loans held by the Bank. At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s other assets included $3 of REO resulting from foreclosure of 30 mortgage loans held by the Bank.

Other Fees. Letter of credit fees are recorded as other income over the term of the letter of credit.

Derivatives. All derivatives are recognized on the Statements of Condition at their fair value. The Bank has elected to report derivative assets and derivative liabilities net of cash collateral and accrued interest from counterparties.

Each derivative is designated as one of the following:

(1) a qualifying hedge of the change in fair value of (i) a recognized asset or liability or (ii) an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge);

(2) a qualifying hedge of (i) a forecasted transaction or (ii) the variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge);

(3) a non-qualifying hedge of an asset or liability for asset-liability management purposes or of certain advances and consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank elected the fair value option (an economic hedge); or

(4) a non-qualifying hedge of another derivative that is offered as a product to members or used to offset other derivatives with nonmember counterparties (an intermediation hedge).

If hedging relationships meet certain criteria, including but not limited to formal documentation of the hedging relationship and an expectation to be hedge effective, they are eligible for hedge accounting, and the offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk may be recorded in earnings. The application of hedge accounting generally requires the Bank to evaluate the effectiveness of the hedging relationships at inception and on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in fair value of the derivatives and the related hedged items independently. This is known as the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting. Transactions that meet certain criteria qualify for the “short-cut” method of hedge accounting, in which an assumption can be made that the change in the fair value of a hedged item, because of changes in the benchmark rate, exactly offsets the change in the value of the related derivative. Under the shortcut method, the entire change in fair value of the interest rate swap is considered to be effective at achieving offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged asset or liability.

Derivatives are typically executed at the same time as the hedged item, and the Bank designates the hedged item in

130

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

a qualifying hedge relationship as of the trade date. In many hedging relationships, the Bank may designate the hedging relationship upon its commitment to disburse an advance or trade a consolidated obligation in which settlement occurs within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market settlement conventions. The Bank records the changes in the fair value of the derivatives and the hedged item beginning on the trade date.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a fair value hedge and is designated as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability (hedged item) that are attributable to the hedged risk (including changes that reflect losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in other income as “Net gain/ (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a cash flow hedge and is designated as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in AOCI, a component of capital, until earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the hedged transaction (until the periodic recognition of interest on a variable rate asset or liability is recorded in earnings).

For both fair value and cash flow hedges, any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in the fair value of the hedged item or the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction) is recorded in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”

Changes in the fair value of a derivative designated as an economic hedge or an intermediation hedge are recorded in current period earnings with no fair value adjustment to an asset or liability. An economic hedge is defined as a derivative hedging certain advances and consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank elected the fair value option, or hedging specific or non-specific underlying assets, liabilities, or firm commitments, that does not qualify or was not designated for fair value or cash flow hedge accounting, but is an acceptable hedging strategy under the Bank's risk management program. These economic hedging strategies also comply with Finance Agency regulatory requirements prohibiting speculative hedge transactions. An economic hedge by definition introduces the potential for earnings variability caused by the changes in fair value of the derivatives that are recorded in the Bank's income but are not offset by corresponding changes in the value of the economically hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. The derivatives used in intermediary activities do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are separately marked to market through earnings. The net result of the accounting for these derivatives does not significantly affect the operating results of the Bank. Changes in the fair value of these non-qualifying hedges are recorded in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.” In addition, the interest income and interest expense associated with these non-qualifying hedges are recorded in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.” Cash flows associated with these stand-alone derivatives are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Statements of Cash Flows unless the derivative meets the criteria to be designated as a financing derivative.

The differences between accruals of interest receivables and payables on derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges are recognized as adjustments to the interest income or interest expense of the designated underlying hedged item. The differences between accruals of interest receivables and payables on intermediated derivatives for members and other economic hedges are recognized in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”

The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; (v) it determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate; or (vi) it decides to use the derivative to offset changes in the fair value of other derivatives or instruments carried at fair value.

131

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

When hedge accounting is discontinued, the Bank either terminates the derivative or continues to carry the derivative on the Statements of Condition at its fair value, ceases to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value, and amortizes the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item using a level-yield methodology.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because the Bank determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective cashflow hedge of an existing hedged item, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the Statements of Condition at its fair value and reclassifies the AOCI adjustment into earnings when earnings are affected by the existing hedged item (the original forecasted transaction).

Under limited circumstances, when the Bank discontinues cashflow hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period, or within the following two months, but it is probable the transaction will still occur in the future, the gain or loss on the derivative remains in AOCI and is recognized as earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. However, if it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within the following two months, the gains and losses that were recorded in AOCI are recognized immediately in earnings.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the Statements of Condition at its fair value, removing from the Statements of Condition any asset or liability that was recorded to recognize the firm commitment and recording it as a gain or loss in current period earnings.

The Bank may be the primary obligor on consolidated obligations and may make advances in which derivative instruments are embedded. Upon execution of these transactions, the Bank assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the advance or debt (the host contract) and whether a separate, non-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When it is determined that: (i) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (ii) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as a stand-alone derivative instrument equivalent to an economic hedge. However, if the entire contract (the host contract and the embedded derivative) is to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current period earnings (such as an investment security classified as trading, as well as hybrid financial instruments that are eligible for the fair value option), or if the Bank cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of separating the derivative from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the Statements of Condition at fair value and no portion of the contract is designated as a hedging instrument.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. The Bank reclassifies the stock subject to redemption from capital to a liability after a member provides the Bank with a written notice of redemption; gives notice of intention to withdraw from membership; or attains nonmember status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, or other involuntary termination from membership; or after a receiver or other liquidating agent for a member transfers the member's Bank capital stock to a nonmember entity, resulting in the member's shares then meeting the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument. Shares meeting this definition are reclassified to a liability at fair value. Dividends declared on shares classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reflected as interest expense in the Statements of Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments (by repurchase or redemption of the shares) is reflected as a financing cash outflow in the Statements of Cash Flows once settled. See Note 15 – Capital for more information.

If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal or if the Bank allows the transfer of

132

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

mandatorily redeemable capital stock to a member, the Bank reclassifies mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to capital. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.

Premises, Software, and Equipment. The Bank records premises, software, and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Bank's accumulated depreciation and amortization related to premises, software, and equipment totaled $49 and $42 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Improvements and major renewals are capitalized; ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of assets ranging from 3 to 10 years, and leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization expense was $7 for 2011, $8 for 2010, and $8 for 2009. The Bank includes gains and losses on disposal of premises, software, and equipment in other income. The net realized gain on disposal of premises, software and equipment, primarily related to the 1999 sale of the Bank's building, was $1, $1, and $1 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized over future periods. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had $23 and $17 in unamortized computer software costs respectively. Amortization of computer software costs charged to expense was $5, $6, and $7 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Consolidated Obligations. Consolidated obligations are recorded at amortized cost unless the Bank has elected the fair value option, in which case the consolidated obligations are carried at fair value.

Concessions on Consolidated Obligations. Concessions are paid to dealers in connection with the issuance of consolidated obligations for which the Bank is the primary obligor. The amount of the concession is allocated to the Bank by the Office of Finance based on the percentage of the debt issued for which the Bank is the primary obligor. Concessions paid on consolidated obligations designated under the fair value option are expensed as incurred. Concessions paid on consolidated obligations not designated under the fair value option are deferred and amortized to expense using the level-yield method over the remaining contractual life or on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the consolidated obligations. Unamortized concessions were $19 and $22 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in “Other assets.” Amortization of concessions is included in consolidated obligation interest expense and totaled $25, $33, and $47, in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Discounts and Premiums on Consolidated Obligations. The discounts on consolidated obligation discount notes for which the Bank is the primary obligor are amortized to expense using the level-yield method over the term to maturity. The discounts and premiums on consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank is the primary obligor are amortized to expense using the level-yield method over the remaining contractual life or on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the consolidated obligation bonds.

Finance Agency Expenses. The FHLBanks fund a portion of the costs of operating the Finance Agency, and each FHLBank is assessed a proportionate share of those costs. The Finance Agency allocates its expenses and working capital fund among the FHLBanks based on the ratio between each FHLBank's minimum required regulatory capital and the aggregate minimum required regulatory capital of all the FHLBanks.

Office of Finance Expenses. Each FHLBank is assessed a proportionate share of the cost of operating the Office of Finance, which facilitates the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations. The Office of Finance allocates its operating and capital expenditures among the FHLBanks as follows: (1) two-thirds of the assessment is based on each FHLBank's share of total consolidated obligations outstanding, and (2) one-third of the assessment is based on an equal pro rata allocation. Prior to January 1, 2011, the FHLBanks were assessed for Office of Finance operating and capital expenditures based equally on each FHLBank's percentage of capital stock, percentage of consolidated obligations issued, and percentage of consolidated obligations outstanding. The new formula did not materially change the amount the Bank was assessed in 2011 relative to prior years.

133

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Affordable Housing Program. As more fully discussed in Note 13 – Affordable Housing Program, the FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an Affordable Housing Program (AHP). The Bank charges the required funding for the AHP to earnings and establishes a liability. The AHP funds provide subsidies in the form of direct grants to members to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households.

Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments. Although the FHLBanks are exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes, they were required to make quarterly payments to the Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP) toward the interest on bonds issued by REFCORP through the second quarter of 2011. REFCORP was established by Congress in 1989 under 12 U.S.C. Section 1441b as a means of funding the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC), a federal instrumentality established to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. Officers, employees, and agents of the Office of Finance are authorized to act for and on the behalf of REFCORP to carry out the functions of REFCORP. See Note 14 – Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments for more information.

Estimated Fair Values. Many of the Bank's financial instruments lack an available liquid trading market as characterized by frequent exchange transactions between a willing buyer and willing seller. Therefore, the Bank uses financial models employing significant assumptions and present value calculations for the purpose of determining estimated fair values. Thus, the fair values may not represent the actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of yearend or that will be realized in the future.

Fair values for certain financial instruments are based on quoted prices, market rates, or replacement rates for similar financial instruments as of the last business day of the year. The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments and related assumptions are detailed in Note 19 – Fair Values.

Note 2 — Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.On December 16, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued common disclosure requirements intended to help investors and other financial statement users better assess the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on a company's financial position, whether a company's financial statements are prepared on the basis of GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). This guidance will require the Bank to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, including derivative instruments, which are either offset on its Statement of Condition or are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This guidance will be effective for the Bank for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2013, and will be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased financial statement disclosures, but will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income. On June 16, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance requires an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income to present comprehensive income in either a single financial statement or in two consecutive financial statements. In a single continuous statement, an entity is required to present the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income and a total for other comprehensive income, as well as a total for comprehensive income. In a two-statement approach, an entity is required to present the components of net income and total net income in its statement of net income. The statement of other comprehensive income should follow immediately and include the components of other comprehensive income as well as totals for both other comprehensive income and comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The Bank elected the two-statement approach for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and will apply this guidance retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this guidance is limited to

134

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

the presentation of the Bank's financial statements and will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to defer the effective date of the new requirement to present reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income in the income statement. This guidance is effective for the Bank for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012. The Bank will still be required to adopt the remaining new accounting guidance for the presentation of comprehensive income.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.On January 21, 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. The update requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. Furthermore, this update requires a reporting entity to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs; clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value; and amends guidance on employers' disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require that those disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. The amended guidance became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 (January 1, 2010, for the Bank), except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity for Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011, for the Bank), and for interim periods within those fiscal years. In the period of initial adoption, entities are not required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank adopted this amended guidance as of January 1, 2010, with the exception of the required changes noted above related to the roll forward of activity for Level 3 fair value measurements, which were adopted as of January 1, 2011. The adoption did not result in increased financial statement disclosures and did not have any effect on the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

On May 12, 2011, the FASB and the IASB issued substantially converged guidance on fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. This guidance clarifies how fair value accounting should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within GAAP or IFRS; these amendments do not require additional fair value measurements. This guidance generally represents clarifications to the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements, as well as some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This guidance became effective for the Bank for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased financial statement disclosures, but will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. On April 29, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to improve the accounting for repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. The new guidance removes from the assessment of effective control: (i) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity on substantially the agreed-upon terms, even in the event of the transferee's default, and (ii) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The new guidance became effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (January 1, 2012, for the Bank). The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. On January 19, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to temporarily defer the effective date of disclosures about troubled debt restructuring required by the amended guidance on disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. The effective date for these new disclosures was to be coordinated with the effective

135

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

date of the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring.

On April 5, 2011, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. It is intended to help creditors determine whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring, both for purposes of recording an impairment loss and for presenting previously deferred disclosures related to troubled debt restructurings. The guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 (July 1, 2011, for the Bank). As required, the Bank applied the new guidance for troubled debt restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The adoption of this guidance resulted in increased financial statement disclosures, but did not have any effect on the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Disclosures About the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. On July 21, 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance to enhance disclosures about an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The amended guidance requires all public and nonpublic entities with financing receivables, including loans, lease receivables, and other long-term receivables, to provide disclosure of the following: (i) the nature of the credit risk inherent in the financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses, and (iii) the changes in the allowance for credit losses and reasons for those changes. Both new and existing disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses. Short-term accounts receivable, receivables measured at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value, and debt securities are exempt from this amended guidance. The required disclosures as of the end of a reporting period became effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 (December 31, 2010, for the Bank). The required disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011, for the Bank). The adoption of this amended guidance resulted in increased financial statement disclosures, but did not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Note 3 — Cash and Due from Banks

Compensating Balances. The Bank maintains average collected cash balances with commercial banks in consideration for certain services. There are no legal restrictions under these agreements on the withdrawal of these funds. The average collected cash balances were approximately $2 for 2011 and $2 for 2010.

In addition, the Bank maintained average required balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco of approximately $1 for 2011 and $1 for 2010. These represent average balances required to be maintained over each 14-day reporting cycle; however, the Bank may use earnings credits on these balances to pay for services received from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.

136

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Note 4 — Trading Securities

The estimated fair value of trading securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, was as follows:

	2011		2010
Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) – Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB) bonds	$	1,867	$	2,366
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) securities(1)	923		128
Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	17		20
GSEs – Fannie Mae	1		5
Total	$	2,808	$	2,519

(1) TLGP securities represent corporate debentures of the issuing party that are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Redemption Terms. The estimated fair value of non-mortgage-backed securities (non-MBS) by contractual maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) as of December 31, 2011, and 2010, is shown below. Expected maturities of MBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to prepay the underlying obligations without prepayment fees.

Year of Contractual Maturity	2011		2010
Trading securities other than MBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	2,556	$	—
Due after 1 year through 5 years	234		2,494
Subtotal	2,790		2,494
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	17		20
GSEs – Fannie Mae	1		5
Total MBS	18		25
Total	$	2,808	$	2,519

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for trading securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table:

	2011		2010
Estimated fair value of trading securities other than MBS:
Fixed rate	$	796	$	128
Adjustable rate	1,994		2,366
Subtotal	2,790		2,494
Estimated fair value of trading MBS:
Passthrough securities:
Adjustable rate	17		20
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Fixed rate	1		5
Subtotal	18		25
Total	$	2,808	$	2,519

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all of the fixed rate trading securities were swapped to an adjustable rate. At December 31, 2011, 81% of the adjustable rate trading securities were swapped to a different adjustable rate index,

137

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

such as the 1-month or 3-month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR). At December 31, 2010, 89% of the adjustable rate trading securities were swapped to a different adjustable rate index, such as 1-month or 3-month LIBOR.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on trading securities was $(7) , $(1), and $1 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. These amounts represent the changes in the fair value of the securities during the reported periods.

Note 5 — Available-for-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities by major security type as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:  

December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost(1)		OTTI Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)(AOCI)			Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value
TLGP securities	$	1,924	$	—		$	2	$	—		$	1,926
PLRMBS:
Prime	977		(132		)	—		(13		)	832
Alt-A, option ARM	1,413		(410		)	2		(36		)	969
Alt-A, other	7,133		(1,117		)	—		(130		)	5,886
Total PLRMBS	9,523		(1,659		)	2		(179		)	7,687
Total	$	11,447	$	(1,659	)	$	4	$	(179	)	$	9,613
December 31, 2010
TLGP	$	1,928	$	—		$	—	$	(1	)	$	1,927

(1) Amortized cost includes unpaid principal balance and unamortized premiums and discounts, and previous other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings.

Securities Transferred. PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity that experienced credit-related OTTI during 2011 were reclassified to the Bank's available-for-sale portfolio at their fair values. These transfers allow the Bank the option to divest these securities prior to maturity in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or other factors, while acknowledging its intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time. For additional information on the transferred securities, see Note 7 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

The following table summarizes the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. The total unrealized losses in the following table will not agree to the total gross unrealized losses in the table above. The total unrealized losses below include non-credit-related OTTI recognized in AOCI net of subsequent unrealized gains, up to the amount of non-credit-related OTTI in AOCI, related to the other-than-temporarily impaired securities. For OTTI analysis of available-for-sale securities, see Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

138

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2011
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses(1)
TLGP securities	$	274	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	274	$	—
PLRMBS:
Prime	96		2		736		143		832		145
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		950		446		950		446
Alt-A, other	240		10		5,634		1,237		5,874		1,247
Total PLRMBS	336		12		7,320		1,826		7,656		1,838
Total	$	610	$	12	$	7,320	$	1,826	$	7,930	$	1,838
December 31, 2010
TLGP	$	1,348	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	1,348	$	1

(1) Total unrealized losses in this table will not agree to total gross unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities by major security type table.Total unrealized losses in this table include non-credit-related OTTI losses recorded in AOCI.

As indicated in the tables above, as of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments classified as available-for-sale had gross unrealized losses totaling $1,838, primarily relating to PLRMBS. The gross unrealized losses associated with the PLRMBS were primarily due to illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost.

Redemption Terms. The amortized cost and estimated fair value of non-MBS securities by contractual maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and of PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown below. Expected maturities of PLRMBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to prepay the underlying obligations without prepayment fees.

	2011				2010
Year of Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities other than PLRMBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	1,924	$	1,926	$	—	$	—
Due after 1 year through 5 years	—		—		1,928		1,927
Subtotal	1,924		1,926		1,928		1,927
PLRMBS:
Prime	977		832		—		—
Alt-A, option ARM	1,413		969		—		—
Alt-A, other	7,133		5,886		—		—
Total PLRMBS	9,523		7,687		—		—
Total	$	11,447	$	9,613	$	1,928	$	1,927

The amortized cost of the TLGP securities, which are classified as available-for-sale, included net premiums of $1 at December 31, 2011, and net premiums of $5 at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of the Bank's PLRMBS classified as available-for-sale included net premiums of $7 and credit-related OTTI of $1,419 (including interest accretion adjustments of $50).

139

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are shown in the following table:

	2011		2010
Amortized cost of available-for-sale securities other than PLRMBS:
Adjustable rate	$	1,924	$	1,928
Subtotal	1,924		1,928
Amortized cost of available-for-sale PLRMBS:
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Fixed rate	4,542		—
Adjustable rate	4,981		—
Subtotal	9,523		—
Total	$	11,447	$	1,928

Certain MBS classified as fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations have an initial fixed interest rate that subsequently converts to an adjustable interest rate on a specified date, as follows:

	2011		2010
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Converts in 1 year or less	$	920	$	—
Converts after 1 year through 5 years	748		—
Converts after 5 years through 10 years	175		—
Total	$	1,843	$	—

The Bank does not own PLRMBS that are backed by mortgage loans purchased by another Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBank) from either (i) members of the Bank or (ii) members of other FHLBanks.

Note 6 — Held-to-Maturity Securities

The Bank classifies the following securities as held-to-maturity because the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity:

140

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost(1)		OTTI Recognized in AOCI(1)			Carrying Value(1)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Gains(2)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Losses(2)			Estimated Fair Value
Interest-bearing deposits	$	3,539	$	—		$	3,539	$	—	$	—		$	3,539
Commercial paper	1,800		—			1,800		—		—			1,800
Housing finance agency bonds	646		—			646		—		(136		)	510
Subtotal	5,985		—			5,985		—		(136		)	5,849
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	217		—			217		9		—			226
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	3,374		—			3,374		133		—			3,507
Fannie Mae	8,314		—			8,314		316		(12		)	8,618
Subtotal GSEs	11,688		—			11,688		449		(12		)	12,125
PLRMBS:
Prime	2,201		—			2,201		1		(249		)	1,953
Alt-A, option ARM	46		—			46		—		(17		)	29
Alt-A, other	1,489		(45		)	1,444		14		(226		)	1,232
Subtotal PLRMBS	3,736		(45		)	3,691		15		(492		)	3,214
Total MBS	15,641		(45		)	15,596		473		(504		)	15,565
Total	$	21,626	$	(45	)	$	21,581	$	473	$	(640	)	$	21,414

December 31, 2010
	Amortized Cost(1)		OTTI Recognized in AOCI(1)			Carrying Value(1)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Gains(2)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Losses(2)			Estimated Fair Value
Interest-bearing deposits	$	6,834	$	—		$	6,834	$	—	$	—		$	6,834
Commercial paper	2,500		—			2,500		—		—			2,500
Housing finance agency bonds	743		—			743		—		(119		)	624
TLGP securities	301		—			301		—		—			301
Subtotal	10,378		—			10,378		—		(119		)	10,259
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	33		—			33		—		—			33
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	2,326		—			2,326		92		(15		)	2,403
Fannie Mae	5,922		—			5,922		220		(12		)	6,130
Subtotal GSEs	8,248		—			8,248		312		(27		)	8,533
PLRMBS:
Prime	4,285		(330		)	3,955		153		(238		)	3,870
Alt-A, option ARM	1,751		(653		)	1,098		83		(10		)	1,171
Alt-A, other	10,063		(1,951		)	8,112		694		(458		)	8,348
Subtotal PLRMBS	16,099		(2,934		)	13,165		930		(706		)	13,389
Total MBS	24,380		(2,934		)	21,446		1,242		(733		)	21,955
Total	$	34,758	$	(2,934	)	$	31,824	$	1,242	$	(852	)	$	32,214

(1) Amortized cost includes unpaid principal balance, unamortized premiums and discounts, and previous other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings. The carrying value of held-to-maturity securities represents amortized cost after adjustment for non-credit-related OTTI recognized in AOCI.

(2) Gross unrecognized holding gains/(losses) represent the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value.

Securities Transferred. PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity that experienced credit-related OTTI during 2011

141

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

were reclassified to the Bank's available-for-sale portfolio at their fair values. These transfers allow the Bank the option to divest these securities prior to maturity in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or other factors, while acknowledging its intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time. For additional information on the transferred securities, see Note 5 – Available-for-Sale Securities and Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

The following tables summarize the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. For OTTI analysis of held-to-maturity securities, see Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

December 31, 2011
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Interest-bearing deposits	$	3,539	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,539	$	—
Commercial paper	300		—		—		—		300		—
Housing finance agency bonds	—		—		510		136		510		136
Subtotal	3,839		—		510		136		4,349		136
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—		—		4		—		4		—
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	1		—		24		—		25		—
Fannie Mae	223		3		201		9		424		12
Subtotal GSEs	224		3		225		9		449		12
PLRMBS(1):
Prime	180		5		1,676		244		1,856		249
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		29		17		29		17
Alt-A, other	—		—		1,206		271		1,206		271
Subtotal PLRMBS	180		5		2,911		532		3,091		537
Total MBS	404		8		3,140		541		3,544		549
Total	$	4,243	$	8	$	3,650	$	677	$	7,893	$	685

142

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2010
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Interest-bearing deposits	$	4,438	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	4,438	$	—
Commercial paper	1,500		—		—		—		1,500		—
Housing finance agency bonds	—		—		624		119		624		119
Subtotal	5,938		—		624		119		6,562		119
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	20		—		5		—		25		—
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	497		15		27		—		524		15
Fannie Mae	623		8		91		4		714		12
Subtotal GSEs	1,120		23		118		4		1,238		27
PLRMBS(1):
Prime	4		—		3,339		568		3,343		568
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		1,150		663		1,150		663
Alt-A, other	—		—		8,307		2,409		8,307		2,409
Subtotal PLRMBS	4		—		12,796		3,640		12,800		3,640
Total MBS	1,144		23		12,919		3,644		14,063		3,667
Total	$	7,082	$	23	$	13,543	$	3,763	$	20,625	$	3,786

(1) Includes securities with gross unrecognized holding losses of $492 and $706 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and securities with non-credit-related OTTI charges of $45 and $2,934 that have been recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

As indicated in the tables above, as of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments classified as held-to-maturity had gross unrealized losses totaling $685, primarily relating to PLRMBS. The gross unrealized losses associated with the PLRMBS were primarily due to illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of the loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost.

Redemption Terms. The amortized cost, carrying value, and estimated fair value of non-MBS securities by contractual maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and of MBS as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, are shown below. Expected maturities of MBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to prepay the underlying obligations without prepayment fees.

143

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2011
Year of Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost(1)		Carrying Value(1)		Estimated Fair Value
Held-to-maturity securities other than MBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	5,342	$	5,342	$	5,342
Due after 5 years through 10 years	23		23		21
Due after 10 years	620		620		486
Subtotal	5,985		5,985		5,849
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	217		217		226
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	3,374		3,374		3,507
Fannie Mae	8,314		8,314		8,618
Subtotal GSEs	11,688		11,688		12,125
PLRMBS:
Prime	2,201		2,201		1,953
Alt-A, option ARM	46		46		29
Alt-A, other	1,489		1,444		1,232
Subtotal PLRMBS	3,736		3,691		3,214
Total MBS	15,641		15,596		15,565
Total	$	21,626	$	21,581	$	21,414

December 31, 2010
Year of Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost(1)		Carrying Value(1)		Estimated Fair Value
Held-to-maturity securities other than MBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	9,635	$	9,635	$	9,635
Due after 1 year through 5 years	7		7		7
Due after 5 years through 10 years	26		26		23
Due after 10 years	710		710		594
Subtotal	10,378		10,378		10,259
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	33		33		33
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	2,326		2,326		2,403
Fannie Mae	5,922		5,922		6,130
Subtotal GSEs	8,248		8,248		8,533
PLRMBS:
Prime	4,285		3,955		3,870
Alt-A, option ARM	1,751		1,098		1,171
Alt-A, other	10,063		8,112		8,348
Subtotal PLRMBS	16,099		13,165		13,389
Total MBS	24,380		21,446		21,955
Total	$	34,758	$	31,824	$	32,214

(1) Amortized cost includes unpaid principal balance, unamortized premiums and discounts, and previous OTTI recognized in earnings. The carrying value of held-to-maturity securities represents amortized cost after adjustment for non-credit-related OTTI recognized in AOCI.

At December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of the Bank's MBS classified as held-to-maturity included net premiums of $41 and credit-related OTTI of $5 (including interest accretion adjustments of $4). At December 31, 2010, the

144

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

amortized cost of the Bank's MBS classified as held-to-maturity included net premiums of $8 and credit-related OTTI of $995 (including interest accretion adjustments of $36).

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table:

	2011		2010
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities other than MBS:
Fixed rate	$	5,339	$	9,635
Adjustable rate	646		743
Subtotal	5,985		10,378
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity MBS:
Passthrough securities:
Fixed rate	1,778		2,461
Adjustable rate	158		169
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Fixed rate	8,955		11,097
Adjustable rate	4,750		10,653
Subtotal	15,641		24,380
Total	$	21,626	$	34,758

Certain MBS classified as fixed rate passthrough securities and fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations have an initial fixed interest rate that subsequently converts to an adjustable interest rate on a specified date as follows:

	2011		2010
Passthrough securities:
Converts in 1 year or less	$	504	$	36
Converts after 1 year through 5 years	712		1,484
Converts after 5 years through 10 years	543		917
Total	1,759		2,437
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Converts in 1 year or less	519		864
Converts after 1 year through 5 years	804		3,615
Converts after 5 years through 10 years	30		561
Total	$	1,353	$	5,040

The Bank does not own MBS that are backed by mortgage loans purchased by another FHLBank from either (i) members of the Bank or (ii) members of other FHLBanks.

Note 7 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

On a quarterly basis, the Bank evaluates its individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. As part of this evaluation, the Bank considers whether it intends to sell each debt security and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis. If either of these conditions is met, the Bank recognizes OTTI charges to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities in an unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions, the Bank considers whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security by comparing its best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the

145

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

security. If the Bank's best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, the difference is considered the credit loss.

PLRMBS. To assess whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of its PLRMBS, the Bank performed a cash flow analysis for all of its PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011, using two third-party models. The first model projects prepayments, default rates, and loss severities based on borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank's securities, in conjunction with assumptions related primarily to future changes in home prices and interest rates. Certain assumptions in the first model were updated in 2011, resulting in a change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults that better reflects longer foreclosure and property liquidation timelines. As a result, Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses are projected to occur over a longer time period compared to prior projections. The change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses also had an impact on the amount and timing of security-level projected losses that is unique to the waterfall structure of each security. In general, these timing changes caused credit-related charges to be somewhat lower than they would have been without a change in the timing of collateral losses.Another significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core-based statistical areas (CBSAs), which are based on an assessment of the individual housing markets. CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget. As currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people. The Bank's housing price forecast as of December 31, 2011, assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0% (for those housing markets that are believed to have reached their trough) to 8% over the 3- to 9-month periods beginning October 1, 2011. Thereafter, home prices were projected to recover using one of five different recovery paths that vary by housing market. The table below presents the ranges of projected home price recovery by year at December 31, 2011.

	December 31, 2011
Year 1	0.0% to 2.8%
Year 2	0.0% to 3.0%
Year 3	1.5% to 4.0%
Year 4	2.0% to 5.0%
Years 5 and 6	2.0% to 6.0%
Thereafter	2.3% to 5.6%

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, default rates, and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in each securitization structure in accordance with the structure's prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a securitization is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero. The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best-estimate scenario and includes a base case current-to-trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path.

At each quarter end, the Bank compares the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on its PLRMBS to the amortized cost basis of the securities to determine whether a credit loss exists. For the Bank's variable rate and hybrid PLRMBS, the Bank uses the effective interest rate derived from a variable rate index (for example, one-month LIBOR) plus the contractual spread, plus or minus a fixed spread adjustment when there is an existing discount or premium on the security. As the implied forward curve of the index changes over time, the effective interest rates derived from that index will also change over time. For all securities, including securities previously identified as other-than-temporarily impaired, the Bank updates its estimate of future estimated cash

146

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

flows on a quarterly basis.

For all the PLRMBS in its available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios, the Bank does not intend to sell any security and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell any security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

For securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired during the year ended December 31, 2011 (that is, securities for which the Bank determined that it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis), the following table presents a summary of the significant inputs used in measuring the amount of credit loss recognized in earnings during the period as well as the related current credit enhancement for the Bank. Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches, excess spread and over-collateralization, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before the Bank will experience a loss on the security. The calculated averages represent the dollar-weighted averages of all the PLRMBS in each category shown. The classification (Prime; Alt-A, option ARM; and Alt-A, other) is based on the model used to run the estimated cash flows for the CUSIP, which may not necessarily be the same as the classification at the time of origination.

December 31, 2011
	Significant Inputs						Current
	Prepayment Rates		Default Rates		Loss Severities		Credit Enhancement
Year of Securitization	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %
Prime
2008	7.8	7.5-8.2	54.0	48.9-60.2	47.8	43.8-53.4	28.7	27.7-29.7
2006	8.3	6.9-8.5	18.4	11.5-31.2	48.5	44.4-53.1	16.5	3.6-20.3
2005	7.7	7.7	45.9	45.9	39.1	39.1	15.4	15.4
2004 and earlier	10.7	8.0-12.9	19.4	10.5-27.8	39.1	35.7-43.2	8.8	5.3-12.6
Total Prime	8.5	6.9-12.9	41.3	10.5-60.2	46.0	35.7-53.4	22.5	3.6-29.7
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	5.7	1.9-7.7	80.9	73.8-90.0	56.4	48.2-66.1	39.3	33.2-46.9
2006	6.0	4.8-7.4	82.1	74.6-88.5	59.5	49.5-68.0	36.0	32.0-39.5
2005	3.9	2.6-6.3	68.0	55.3-78.0	46.2	41.0-52.9	20.6	11.3-26.5
Total Alt-A, option ARM	5.5	1.9-7.7	79.3	55.3-90.0	55.4	41.0-68.0	36.3	11.3-46.9
Alt-A, other
2007	7.9	4.9-15.1	57.4	31.6-84.5	50.8	44.2-59.5	16.6	5.4-44.2
2006	6.8	2.8-12.0	53.2	33.8-79.3	52.4	45.6-63.4	18.3	3.3-34.6
2005	8.5	5.3-14.9	36.9	16.2-73.9	47.6	31.8-65.3	13.0	3.4-22.4
2004 and earlier	11.0	4.9-15.1	30.9	11.0-52.7	43.3	32.5-51.5	15.0	8.3-27.5
Total Alt-A, other	8.1	2.8-15.1	45.4	11.0-84.5	49.3	31.8-65.3	15.1	3.3-44.2
Total	7.7	1.9-15.1	50.9	10.5-90.0	50.1	31.8-68.0	19.2	3.3-46.9

The following table presents the Bank's credit- and non-credit-related OTTI related on its other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS during the years ended December 31, 2011 , 2010, and 2009:

147

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	2011							2010							2009
	Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total  OTTI		Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total OTTI		Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI		Total OTTI
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	46	$	(8	)	$	38	$	46	$	18		$	64	$	56	$	396	$	452
Alt-A, option ARM	105		(81		)	24		116		(18		)	98		208		967		1,175
Alt-A, other	262		113			375		169		209			378		344		2,150		2,494
Total	$	413	$	24		$	437	$	331	$	209		$	540	$	608	$	3,513	$	4,121

For each security classified as held-to-maturity, the estimated non-credit-related OTTI is accreted prospectively, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows, over the remaining life of the security as an increase in the carrying value of the security (with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in the cash flows expected to be collected). The Bank accreted $266 and $850 from AOCI to increase the carrying value of the respective PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

The following table presents the credit-related OTTI, which is recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	2011			2010			2009
	OTTI Related to Credit Loss			OTTI Related to Credit Loss			OTTI Related to Credit Loss
Balance, beginning of the year	$	952		$	628		$	20
Charges on securities for which OTTI was not previously recognized	16			14			400
Additional charges on securities for which OTTI was previously recognized(1)	397			317			208
Increases in cash flows expected to be collected, recognized over the remaining life of the securities	(3		)	(7		)	—
Balance, end of the year	$	1,362		$	952		$	628

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2011, “securities for which OTTI was previously recognized” represents all securities that were also other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, “securities for which OTTI was previously recognized” represents all securities that were also previously other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2010.

Changes in circumstances may cause the Bank to change its intent to hold a certain security to maturity without calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. The sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity security because of certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuers' creditworthiness, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. In addition, other events that are isolated, nonrecurring, and unusual for the Bank that could not have been reasonably anticipated may cause the Bank to sell or transfer a held-to-maturity security without necessarily calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity.

During 2011, the Bank elected to transfer all its PLRMBS that incurred credit-related OTTI charges from the Bank's held-to-maturity portfolio to its available-for-sale portfolio. The Bank recognized an OTTI credit loss on these held-to-maturity PLRMBS, which the Bank believes is evidence of a significant decline in the issuers' creditworthiness. The decline in the issuers' creditworthiness is the basis for the transfers to its available-for-sale portfolio. These transfers allow the Bank the option to sell these securities prior to maturity in response to changes in interest rates,

148

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

changes in prepayment risk, or other factors, while recognizing the Bank's intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time. The Bank does not intend to sell its other-than-temporarily impaired securities and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell any security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

The following tables summarize the PLRMBS transferred from the Bank's held-to-maturity portfolio to its available-for-sale portfolio during 2011. The amounts shown represent the values when the securities were transferred from the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale portfolio.

	2011
	Amortized Cost		OTTI Recognized in AOCI			Gross Unrecognized Holding Gains		Estimated Fair Value
PLRMBS:
Prime	$	1,129	$	(300	)	$	142	$	971
Alt-A, option ARM	1,574		(520		)	79		1,133
Alt-A, other	7,909		(1,852		)	667		6,724
Total	$	10,612	$	(2,672	)	$	888	$	8,828

The following table presents the Bank's other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS that incurred OTTI charges during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, by loan collateral type:

December 31, 2011
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	1,125	$	977	$	832	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Alt-A, option ARM	1,834		1,414		969		—		—		—		—
Alt-A, other	7,977		7,133		5,886		—		—		—		—
Total	$	10,936	$	9,524	$	7,687	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
December 31, 2010
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,263	$	1,159	$	829	$	978
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		2,047		1,723		1,070		1,154
Alt-A, other	—		—		—		7,594		7,033		5,153		5,799
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	10,904	$	9,915	$	7,052	$	7,931

The following tables present the Bank's other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS that incurred OTTI charges anytime during the life of the securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by loan collateral type:

149

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2011
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	1,125	$	977	$	832	$	27	$	27	$	26	$	27
Alt-A, option ARM	1,834		1,414		969		—		—		—		—
Alt-A, other	7,977		7,133		5,886		209		207		162		165
Total	$	10,936	$	9,524	$	7,687	$	236	$	234	$	188	$	192
December 31, 2010
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,263	$	1,159	$	829	$	978
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		2,047		1,723		1,070		1,154
Alt-A, other	—		—		—		7,900		7,338		5,388		6,079
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	11,210	$	10,220	$	7,287	$	8,211

For the Bank's PLRMBS that were not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2011, the Bank has experienced net unrealized losses and a decrease in fair value primarily because of illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities, it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis, and the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. As a result, the Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, the gross unrealized losses on these remaining PLRMBS are temporary. Forty-six percent of the PLRMBS, based on amortized cost, that were not other-than-temporarily impaired were rated investment grade (2% were rated AAA), and the remaining 54% were rated below investment grade. These securities were included in the securities that the Bank reviewed and analyzed for OTTI as discussed above, and the analyses performed indicated that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired. The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's Investors Service (Moody's), Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (Standard & Poor's), or comparable Fitch ratings.

All Other Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Investments. The Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, the de minimis gross unrealized losses on its interest-bearing deposits and commercial paper were temporary because the gross unrealized losses were caused by movements in interest rates and not by the deterioration of the issuers' creditworthiness. The interest-bearing deposits and commercial paper were all with issuers that had credit ratings of at least A at December 31, 2011. As a result, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments in housing finance agency bonds, which were issued by the California Housing Finance Agency (CalHFA), had gross unrealized losses totaling $136. These gross unrealized losses were due to an illiquid market, credit concerns regarding the underlying mortgage collateral, and credit concerns regarding the monoline insurance providers, causing these investments to be valued at a discount to their acquisition cost. In addition, the Bank independently modeled cash flows for the underlying collateral, using

150

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

assumptions for default rates and loss severity that the Bank deemed reasonable, and concluded that the available credit support within the CalHFA structure more than offset the projected losses on the underlying collateral. The Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on these bonds are temporary because the underlying collateral and credit enhancements were sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

The Bank also invests in corporate debentures issued under the TLGP, which are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because it determined that the strength of the guarantees and the direct support from the U.S. government are sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank determined that as of December 31, 2011, all the gross unrealized losses on its TLGP securities are temporary.

For its agency MBS, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because the Bank determined that the strength of the issuers' guarantees through direct obligations or support from the U.S. government is sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on its agency MBS are temporary.

Note 8 — Advances

The Bank offers a wide range of fixed and adjustable rate advance products with different maturities, interest rates, payment characteristics, and optionality. Fixed rate advances generally have maturities ranging from one day to 30 years. Adjustable rate advances generally have maturities ranging from less than 30 days to 10 years, where the interest rates reset periodically at a fixed spread to LIBOR or to another specified index.

Redemption Terms. The Bank had advances outstanding, excluding overdrawn demand deposit accounts, at interest rates ranging from 0.05% to 8.57% at December 31, 2011, and 0.03 % to 8.57 % at December 31, 2010, as summarized below.

	2011				2010
Contractual Maturity	Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate
Within 1 year	$	26,432	0.88	%	$	52,051	0.97	%
After 1 year through 2 years	20,608		1.03		11,687		1.92
After 2 years through 3 years	5,840		1.73		17,038		1.17
After 3 years through 4 years	5,686		2.02		2,310		2.81
After 4 years through 5 years	5,634		1.46		5,115		2.14
After 5 years	3,236		2.78		6,708		1.92
Total par amount	67,436		1.24	%	94,909		1.30	%
Valuation adjustments for hedging activities	302				363
Valuation adjustments under fair value option	426				327
Total	$	68,164			$	95,599

Many of the Bank's advances are prepayable at the member's option. However, when advances are prepaid, the member is generally charged a prepayment fee intended to make the Bank financially indifferent to the prepayment. In addition, for certain advances with partial prepayment symmetry, the Bank may charge the member a prepayment fee or pay the member a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, when the advance is prepaid. The Bank had advances with partial prepayment symmetry outstanding totaling $6,875 at December 31, 2011, and $7,335 at December 31, 2010. Some advances may be repaid on pertinent call dates without prepayment fees (callable advances). The Bank had callable advances outstanding totaling $328 at December 31, 2011, and $283 at December 31, 2010.

151

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The Bank's advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, included $1,461 and $2,437, respectively, of putable advances. At the Bank's discretion, the Bank may terminate these advances on predetermined exercise dates, and offer, subject to certain conditions, replacement funding at prevailing market rates. The Bank would typically exercise such termination rights when interest rates increase.

The following table summarizes advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next call date for callable advances and by the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next put date for putable advances.

	Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date				Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Put Date
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Within 1 year	$	26,755	$	52,328	$	27,566	$	54,145
After 1 year through 2 years	20,602		11,692		20,513		11,053
After 2 years through 3 years	5,805		17,035		5,748		16,828
After 3 years through 4 years	5,665		2,300		5,416		2,160
After 4 years through 5 years	5,583		5,084		5,559		4,812
After 5 years	3,026		6,470		2,634		5,911
Total par amount	$	67,436	$	94,909	$	67,436	$	94,909

Credit and Concentration Risk. The following tables present the concentration in advances and the interest income from these advances before the impact of interest rate exchange agreements associated with these advances to the top five borrowers and their affiliates at December 31, 2011, and at December 31, 2010.

December 31, 2011
Name of Borrower	Advances Outstanding(1)		Percentage of Total Advances Outstanding		Interest Income from Advances(2)		Percentage of Total Interest Income from Advances
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	$	16,100	24	%	$	121	12	%
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(3)	1,562		2		18		2
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	17,662		26		139		14
Citibank, N.A.(3)	15,808		23		56		6
Bank of America California, N.A.	5,850		9		66		7
Bank of the West	4,611		7		111		11
OneWest Bank, FSB	4,190		6		111		11
Subtotal top five borrowers and their affiliates	48,121		71		483		49
Others	19,315		29		498		51
Total	$	67,436	100	%	$	981	100	%

152

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2010
Name of Borrower	Advances Outstanding(1)		Percentage of Total Advances Outstanding		Interest Income from Advances(2)		Percentage of Total Interest Income from Advances
Citibank, N.A.	$	28,488	30	%	$	94	6	%
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	20,950		22		53		3
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(3)	4,075		4		301		18
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	25,025		26		354		21
Bank of America California, N.A.	9,954		11		123		7
OneWest Bank, FSB	5,900		6		207		13
Bank of the West	4,641		5		181		11
Subtotal top five borrowers and their affiliates	74,008		78		959		58
Others	20,901		22		705		42
Total	$	94,909	100	%	$	1,664	100	%

(1) Borrower advance amounts and total advance amounts are at par value, and total advance amounts will not agree to carrying value amounts shown in the Statements of Condition. The differences between the par and carrying value amounts primarily relate to unrealized gains or losses associated with hedged advances resulting from valuation adjustments related to hedging activities and under the fair value option.

(2) Interest income amounts exclude the interest effect of interest rate exchange agreements with derivatives counterparties; as a result, the total interest income amounts will not agree to the Statements of Income. The amount of interest income from advances can vary depending on the amount outstanding, terms to maturity, interest rates, and repricing characteristics.

(3) Nonmember institutions.

The Bank held a security interest in collateral from each of the top five advances borrowers and their affiliates sufficient to support their respective advances outstanding, and the Bank does not expect to incur any credit losses on these advances. As of December 31, 2011, two of the advances borrowers and their affiliates (Citibank, N.A.; and JPMorgan Chase & Co.) each owned more than 10% of the Bank's outstanding capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

For information related to the Bank's credit risk on advances and allowance methodology for credit losses, see Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses.

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed below:

	2011		2010
Par amount of advances:
Fixed rate:
Due within 1 year	$	11,606	$	19,800
Due after 1 year	20,577		24,191
Total fixed rate	32,183		43,991
Adjustable rate:
Due within 1 year	14,826		32,251
Due after 1 year	20,427		18,667
Total adjustable rate	35,253		50,918
Total par amount	$	67,436	$	94,909

The Bank may use derivatives to adjust the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances to more closely match the characteristics of the Bank's funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed rate advance or a variable rate advance with embedded options, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate

153

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, in the advance. The combination of the advance and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates a variable rate asset. This type of hedge is treated as a fair value hedge. In addition, for certain advances for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the advance. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment. For more information, see Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities and Note 19 – Fair Values.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank used derivatives to effectively convert 75% and 71% of the fixed rate advances to an adjustable rate, such as LIBOR, and 0% and 3% of the adjustable rate advances to a different adjustable rate index, such as 1-month or 3-month LIBOR.

The Bank did not have any advances with embedded features that met the requirements to separate the embedded feature from the host contract and designate the embedded feature as a stand-alone derivative at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Prepayment Fees, Net. The Bank charges borrowers prepayment fees or pays borrowers prepayment credits when the principal on certain advances is paid prior to original maturity. The Bank records prepayment fees net of any associated fair value adjustments related to prepaid advances that were hedged. The net amount of prepayment fees is reflected as interest income in the Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Prepayment fees received	$	103		$	189		$	133
Fair value adjustments	(86		)	(115		)	(99		)
Other basis adjustments	—			(21		)	—
Net	$	17		$	53		$	34
Advance principal prepaid	$	5,217		$	17,108		$	17,633

Note 9 — Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio

Under the Mortgage Partnership Finance^® (MPF^®) Program, the Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans directly from its participating members from May 2002 through October 2006. (“Mortgage Partnership Finance” and “MPF” are registered trademarks of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.) The mortgage loans are held-for-portfolio loans. Participating members originated or purchased the mortgage loans, credit-enhanced them and sold them to the Bank, and generally retained the servicing of the loans.

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, on mortgage loans, all of which are secured by one- to four-unit residential properties and single-unit second homes.

	2011			2010
Fixed rate medium-term mortgage loans	$	519		$	706
Fixed rate long-term mortgage loans	1,322			1,694
Subtotal	1,841			2,400
Unamortized premiums	15			33
Unamortized discounts	(21		)	(49		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	1,835			2,384
Less: Allowance for credit losses	(6		)	(3		)
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net	$	1,829		$	2,381

154

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Medium-term loans have original contractual terms of 15 years or less, and long-term loans have contractual terms of more than 15 years.

The participating member and the Bank share the risk of credit losses on conventional MPF loan products by structuring potential losses on conventional MPF loans into layers with respect to each master commitment. After any primary mortgage insurance, the Bank is obligated to incur the first layer or portion of credit losses not absorbed by the borrower's equity. Under the MPF Program, the participating member's credit enhancement protection consists of the credit enhancement amount, which may be a direct obligation of the participating member or may be a supplemental mortgage insurance policy paid for by the participating member, and may include a contingent performance-based credit enhancement fee payable to the participating member. The participating member is required to pledge collateral to secure any portion of its credit enhancement amount that is a direct obligation.

For taking on the credit enhancement obligation, the Bank pays the participating member or any successor a credit enhancement fee, which is calculated on the remaining unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. The Bank records credit enhancement fees as a reduction to interest income. The Bank reduced net interest income for credit enhancement fees totaling $1 in 2011, $1 in 2010, and $3 in 2009.

Concentration Risk. The Bank had the following concentration in MPF loans with institutions whose outstanding total of mortgage loans sold to the Bank represented 10% or more of the Bank's total outstanding mortgage loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

December 31, 2011
Name of Institution	Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Percentage of  Total Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding	Percentage of Total Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association	$	1,454	79	%	12,729	72	%
OneWest Bank, FSB	238		13		3,625	20
Subtotal	1,692		92		16,354	92
Others	149		8		1,431	8
Total	$	1,841	100	%	17,785	100	%
December 31, 2010
Name of Institution	Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Percentage of  Total Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding	Percentage of Total Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association	$	1,887	79	%	15,560	72	%
OneWest Bank, FSB	317		13		4,229	20
Subtotal	2,204		92		19,789	92
Others	196		8		1,739	8
Total	$	2,400	100	%	21,528	100	%

For information related to the Bank's credit risk on mortgage loans and allowance methodology for credit losses, see Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses.

Note 10 — Allowance for Credit Losses

The Bank has established an allowance methodology for each of its portfolio segments: credit products, mortgage loans held for portfolio, term securities purchased under agreements to resell, and term Federal funds sold.

155

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Credit Products. The Bank lends to member financial institutions that have a principal place of business in Arizona, California, or Nevada. The Bank is required by the FHLBank Act to obtain sufficient collateral for credit products and to accept as collateral for credit products only certain U.S. government or government agency securities, residential mortgage loans or MBS, other eligible real estate-related assets, and cash or deposits in the Bank. The capital stock of the Bank owned by each borrowing member is pledged as additional collateral for the member's indebtedness to the Bank. The Bank may also accept small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans that are fully secured by collateral (such as real estate, equipment and vehicles, accounts receivable, and inventory) or securities representing a whole interest in such loans as eligible collateral from members that qualify as community financial institutions. The Housing Act added secured loans for community development activities as collateral that the Bank may accept from community financial institutions. In addition, the Bank has advances outstanding to former members and member successors, which are also subject to these security terms.

The Bank requires each borrowing member to execute a written Advances and Security Agreement, which describes the lending relationship between the Bank and the borrower. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had a perfected security interest in collateral pledged by each borrowing member, or by the member's affiliate on behalf of the member, with an estimated value in excess of outstanding credit products for that member. Based on the financial condition of the borrowing member, the Bank may either (i) allow the member or its affiliate to retain physical possession of loan collateral pledged to the Bank, provided that the member and its affiliate agree to hold the collateral for the benefit of the Bank, or (ii) require the member or its affiliate to deliver physical possession of loan collateral to the Bank or its custodial agent. All securities collateral is required to be delivered to the Bank's custodial agent. All loan collateral pledged to the Bank is subject to a UCC-1 financing statement.

Section 10(e) of the FHLBank Act affords any security interest granted to the Bank by a member or any affiliate of the member priority over claims or rights of any other party, except claims or rights that (i) would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and (ii) are held by bona fide purchasers for value or secured parties with perfected security interests.

The Bank manages its credit exposure relating to credit products through an integrated approach that generally provides for a credit limit to be established for each borrower, includes an ongoing review of each borrower's financial condition, and is coupled with conservative collateral and lending policies to limit risk of loss while taking into account borrowers' needs for a reliable source of funding. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, none of the Bank's credit products were past due, on non-accrual status, or considered impaired. In addition, there were no troubled debt restructurings related to credit products during 2011 and 2010.

Based on the collateral pledged as security, the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition, and the Bank's credit extension and collateral policies as of December 31, 2011, the Bank expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms. Therefore, no allowance for losses on credit products was deemed necessary by the Bank. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on its credit products.

During 2011, eight member institutions were placed into receivership or liquidation. Seven of these institutions had advances outstanding at the time they were placed into receivership or liquidation and one institution did not. The advances outstanding to the seven institutions were either repaid prior to December 31, 2011, or assumed by member institutions, and no losses were incurred by the Bank. Bank capital stock held by two of the eight institutions totaling $4 was classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). The capital stock of the other six institutions was transferred to other members.

From January 1, 2012, to February 29, 2012, no member institutions were placed into receivership or liquidation.

Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio. A mortgage loan is considered to be impaired when it is reported 90 days or more past due (nonaccrual) or when it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement.

156

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents information on delinquent mortgage loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011			2010
	Recorded Investment (1)			Recorded Investment (1)
30 – 59 days delinquent	$	24		$	27
60 – 89 days delinquent	9			8
90 days or more delinquent	34			29
Total past due	$	67		$	64
Total current loans	1,777			2,330
Total mortgage loans	$	1,844		$	2,394
In process of foreclosure, included above(2)	$	21		$	18
Nonaccrual loans	$	34		$	29
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest	$	—		$	—
Serious delinquencies(3) as a percentage of total mortgage loans outstanding	1.83		%	1.23		%

(1) The recorded investment in a loan is the unpaid principal balance of the loan, adjusted for accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, unamortized premiums or discounts, and direct write-downs. The recorded investment is not net of any valuation allowance.

(2) Includes loans for which the servicer has reported a decision to foreclose or to pursue a similar alternative, such as deed-in-lieu. Loans in process of foreclosure are included in past due or current loans depending on their delinquency status.

(3) Represents loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure.

The Bank's average recorded investment in impaired loans totaled $32 in 2011, $28 in 2010, and $15 in 2009.

Mortgage Loans Evaluated at the Individual Master Commitment Level. The credit risk analysis of all conventional MPF loans is performed at the individual master commitment level to determine the credit enhancements available to recover losses on MPF loans under each individual master commitment.

Individually Evaluated Mortgage Loans. Certain conventional mortgage loans, primarily impaired mortgage loans that are considered collateral-dependent, may be specifically identified for purposes of calculating the allowance for credit losses. A mortgage loan is considered collateral-dependent if repayment is only expected to be provided by the sale of the underlying property, that is, if it is considered likely that the borrower will default and there is no credit enhancement from a participating financial institution to offset losses under the master commitment. The estimated credit losses on impaired collateral-dependent loans may be separately determined because sufficient information exists to make a reasonable estimate of the inherent loss on those loans on an individual loan basis. The Bank estimates the fair value of collateral using real estate broker price opinions based on recent market sales and current listings. The resulting incurred loss, if any, is equal to the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs.

Collectively Evaluated Mortgage Loans. The credit risk analysis of conventional loans evaluated collectively for impairment considers loan pool-specific attribute data, applies estimated loss severities, and incorporates the credit enhancements of the mortgage loan programs to determine the Bank's best estimate of probable incurred losses. Migration analysis is a methodology for determining, through the Bank's experience over a historical period, the default rate on pools of similar loans.

The allowance for credit losses on the mortgage loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was as follows:

157

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	3.3		$	2.0		$	1.0
Chargeoffs – transferred to REO	(1.6		)	(1.1		)	(0.3		)
Provision for credit losses	4.2			2.4			1.3
Balance, end of the year	$	5.9		$	3.3		$	2.0
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year	(0.07		)%	(0.05		)%	(0.01		)%
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment	$	4.0		$	2.2
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment	1.9			1.1
Recorded investment, end of year	1,843.3			2,395.3
Individually evaluated for impairment	39.7			34.5
Collectively evaluated for impairment	1,803.6			2,360.8

The Bank and any participating institution share in the credit risk of the loans sold by that institution as specified in a master agreement. Loans purchased under the MPF Program generally had a credit risk exposure at the time of purchase equivalent to AA-rated assets taking into consideration the credit risk sharing structure mandated by the Finance Agency's acquired member assets (AMA) regulation. The Bank holds additional risk-based capital when it determines that purchased loans do not have a credit risk exposure equivalent to AA-rated assets. The MPF Program structures potential credit losses on conventional MPF loans into layers with respect to each pool of loans purchased by the Bank under a single Master Commitment for the member selling the loans:

1. The first layer of protection against loss is the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan.

2. The next layer of protection comes from the primary mortgage insurance that is required for loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80%.

3. Losses that exceed the liquidation value of the real property and any primary mortgage insurance, up to an agreed-upon amount called the First Loss Account for each Master Commitment, are incurred by the Bank.

4. Losses in excess of the First Loss Account for each Master Commitment, up to an agreed-upon amount called the “credit enhancement amount,” are covered by the participating institution's credit enhancement obligation.

5. Losses in excess of the First Loss Account and the participating institution's remaining credit enhancement for the Master Commitment, if any, are incurred by the Bank.

The Bank calculates its estimated allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans acquired under its two MPF products, Original MPF and MPF Plus, as described below.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Original MPF Loans – The Bank evaluates the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF mortgage loans based on two components. The first component applies to each individual loan that is specifically identified as impaired. The Bank evaluates the exposure on these loans in excess of the first three layers of loss protection (the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan, any primary mortgage insurance, and available credit enhancements) and records a provision for credit losses on the Original MPF loans. The Bank had established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF loans totaling $0.3 as of December 31, 2011, and $0.3 as of December 31, 2010.

The second component applies to loans that are not specifically identified as impaired and is based on the Bank's estimate of probable credit losses on those loans as of the financial statement date. The Bank evaluates the credit loss exposure on a loan pool basis considering various observable data, such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, and prevailing economic conditions. The availability and collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers under the terms of each Master Commitment are also considered. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF loans totaling $0.3 as of December 31, 2011, and $0.1 as of December 31, 2010.

158

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Allowance for Credit Losses on MPF Plus Loans – The Bank evaluates the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans based on two components. The first component applies to each individual loan that is specifically identified as impaired. The Bank evaluates the exposure on these loans in excess of the first and second layers of loss protection (the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan and any primary mortgage insurance) to determine whether the Bank's potential credit loss exposure is in excess of the accrued performance-based credit enhancement fee and any supplemental mortgage insurance. If it is, the Bank records an allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans totaling $4.0 as of December 31, 2011, and $2.2 as of December 31, 2010.

The second component in the evaluation of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus mortgage loans applies to loans that are not specifically identified as impaired, and is based on the Bank's estimate of probable credit losses on those loans as of the financial statement date. The Bank evaluates the credit loss exposure on a loan pool basis and considers various observable data, such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, and prevailing economic conditions. The availability and collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers under the terms of each Master Commitment are also considered. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans totaling $1.3 as of December 31, 2011, and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2010.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. Troubled debt restructuring is considered to have occurred when a concession is granted to the debtor for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor's financial difficulties and that concession would not have been considered otherwise. An MPF loan considered a troubled debt restructuring is individually evaluated for impairment when determining its related allowance for credit losses. Credit loss is measured by factoring in expected cash shortfalls incurred as of the reporting date as well as the economic loss attributable to delaying the original contractual principal and interest due dates, if applicable.

The Bank's MPF loan troubled debt restructurings primarily involve modifying the borrower's monthly payment for a period of up to 36 months to reflect a housing expense ratio that is no more than 31% of the borrower's monthly income. The outstanding principal balance is re-amortized to reflect a principal and interest payment for a term not to exceed 40 years from the original note date and a housing expense ratio not to exceed 31%. This would result in a balloon payment at the original maturity date of the loan as the maturity date and number of remaining monthly payments is unchanged. If the 31% ratio is still not met, the interest rate is reduced for up to 36 months in 0.125% increments below the original note rate, to a floor rate of 3.00%, resulting in reduced principal and interest payments, until the target 31% housing expense ratio is met. 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, a de minimis amount of the Bank's MPF loans was classified as troubled debt restructurings. There were no troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Term Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell. The Bank did not have any securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Term Federal Funds Sold. The Bank invests in Federal funds sold with highly rated counterparties, and these investments are only evaluated for purposes of an allowance for credit losses if the investment is not paid when due. All investments in Federal funds sold as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were repaid according to the contractual terms.

Note 11 — Deposits

The Bank maintains demand deposit accounts that are directly related to the extension of credit to members and offers short-term deposit programs to members and qualifying nonmembers. In addition, a member that services mortgage loans may deposit in the Bank funds collected in connection with the mortgage loans, pending

159

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

disbursement of these funds to the owners of the mortgage loans. The Bank classifies these types of deposits as non-interest-bearing deposits.

Deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

	2011		2010
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand and overnight	$	151	$	110
Term	1		16
Other	3		2
Total interest-bearing deposits	155		128
Non-interest-bearing deposits	1		6
Total	$	156	$	134

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Deposits classified as demand, overnight, and other, pay interest based on a daily interest rate. Term deposits pay interest based on a fixed rate determined at the issuance of the deposit. Interest rate payment terms for deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table:

	2011				2010
	Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate
Interest-bearing deposits:
Fixed rate	$	1	0.01	%	$	16	0.06	%
Adjustable rate	154		0.01		112		0.01
Total interest-bearing deposits	155		0.01		128		0.02
Non-interest-bearing deposits	1		—		6		—
Total	$	156	0.01	%	$	134	0.02	%

The aggregate amount of time deposits with a denomination of $0.1 or more was $1 at December 31, 2011, and $16 at December 31, 2010. These time deposits were scheduled to mature within three months.

Note 12 — Consolidated Obligations

Consolidated obligations, consisting of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes, are jointly issued by the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance, which serves as the FHLBanks' agent. As provided by the FHLBank Act or by regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations. For a discussion of the joint and several liability regulation, see Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the type, term, and amount of debt it requests to have issued on its behalf. The Office of Finance tracks the amount of debt issued on behalf of each FHLBank. In addition, the Bank separately tracks and records as a liability its specific portion of the consolidated obligations issued and is the primary obligor for that portion of the consolidated obligations issued. The Finance Agency and the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury have oversight over the issuance of FHLBank debt through the Office of Finance.

Consolidated obligation bonds are issued primarily to raise intermediate- and long-term funds for the FHLBanks. Usually the maturity of consolidated obligation bonds ranges from 1 to 15 years, but the maturity is not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits. Consolidated obligation discount notes are primarily used to raise short-term funds. These notes are issued at less than their face amount and redeemed at par when they mature.

160

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks, including consolidated obligations issued by other FHLBanks, was approximately $691,868 at December 31, 2011, and $796,374 at December 31, 2010. Regulations require the FHLBanks to maintain, for the benefit of investors in consolidated obligations, in the aggregate, unpledged qualifying assets in an amount equal to the consolidated obligations outstanding. Qualifying assets are defined as cash; secured advances; assets with an assessment or credit rating at least equivalent to the current assessment or credit rating of the consolidated obligations; obligations, participations, mortgages, or other securities of or issued by the United States or an agency of the United States; and such securities as fiduciary and trust funds may invest in under the laws of the state in which the FHLBank is located. Any assets subject to a lien or pledge for the benefit of holders of any issue of consolidated obligations are treated as if they were free from lien or pledge for the purposes of compliance with these regulations. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had qualifying assets totaling $113,003 to support the Bank's participation in consolidated obligations outstanding of $102,502.

General Terms. Consolidated obligations are generally issued with either fixed rate payment terms or adjustable rate payment terms, which use a variety of indices for interest rate resets, including LIBOR, Federal funds, U.S. Treasury Bill, Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT), Prime Rate, and others. In addition, to meet the specific needs of certain investors, fixed rate and adjustable rate consolidated obligation bonds may contain certain embedded features, which may result in call options and complex coupon payment terms. In general, when such consolidated obligation bonds are issued for which the Bank is the primary obligor, the Bank simultaneously enters into interest rate exchange agreements containing offsetting features to, in effect, convert the terms of the bond to the terms of a simple adjustable rate bond (tied to an index, such as those listed above).

Consolidated obligations, in addition to having fixed rate or simple adjustable rate coupon payment terms, may also include:

• Callable bonds, which the Bank may redeem in whole or in part at its discretion on predetermined call dates according to the terms of the bond offerings; and

• Index amortizing notes, which repay principal according to predetermined amortization schedules or prepay principal based on a calculation linked to the level of a certain index. Index amortizing notes have a stated maturity. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank's index amortizing notes had fixed rate coupon payment terms.Usually, as market interest rates change, the portion of the monthly payment allocated to repayment of principal also changes, resulting in a balloon payment on the maturity date if rates rise or causing the note to mature before the stated maturity date if rates fall.

With respect to interest payments, consolidated obligation bonds may also include:

• Step-up callable bonds, which pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-up dates;

• Step-down callable bonds, which pay interest at decreasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-down dates;

• Conversion bonds, which have coupon rates that convert from fixed to adjustable or from adjustable to fixed on predetermined dates according to the terms of the bond offerings; and

• Range bonds, which pay interest based on the number of days a specified index is within or outside of a specified range. The computation of the variable interest rate differs for each bond issue, but the bond generally pays zero interest or a minimal rate if the specified index is outside the specified range.

Redemption Terms. The following is a summary of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds at December 31, 2011, and 2010.

161

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	2011					2010
Contractual Maturity	Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate
Within 1 year	$	40,924		0.54	%	$	68,636		1.53	%
After 1 year through 2 years	19,124			2.38		18,154			0.99
After 2 years through 3 years	3,731			1.92		15,557			3.06
After 3 years through 4 years	2,955			1.96		2,228			2.69
After 4 years through 5 years	8,006			3.15		5,913			1.92
After 5 years	7,301			3.37		9,100			3.96
Index amortizing notes	4			4.61		5			4.61
Total par amount	82,045			1.59	%	119,593			1.87	%
Unamortized premiums	89					64
Unamortized discounts	(35		)			(54		)
Valuation adjustments for hedging activities	1,208					1,627
Fair value option valuation adjustments	43					(110		)
Total	$	83,350				$	121,120

The Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds outstanding includes callable bonds of $17,091 at December 31, 2011, and $17,617 at December 31, 2010. Contemporaneous with the issuance of a callable bond for which the Bank is the primary obligor, the Bank routinely enters into an interest rate swap (in which the Bank pays a variable rate and receives a fixed rate) with a call feature that mirrors the call option embedded in the bond (a sold callable swap). The Bank had notional amounts of interest rate exchange agreements hedging callable bonds of $11,541 at December 31, 2011, and $13,853 at December 31, 2010. The combined sold callable swap and callable bond enable the Bank to meet its funding needs at costs not otherwise directly attainable solely through the issuance of non-callable debt, while effectively converting the Bank's net payment to an adjustable rate.

The Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds was as follows:

	2011		2010
Par amount of consolidated obligation bonds:
Non-callable	$	64,954	$	101,976
Callable	17,091		17,617
Total par amount	$	82,045	$	119,593

The following is a summary of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next call date.

Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date	2011		2010
Within 1 year	$	51,735	$	81,318
After 1 year through 2 years	18,954		18,299
After 2 years through 3 years	2,661		12,897
After 3 years through 4 years	1,985		1,208
After 4 years through 5 years	5,761		1,610
After 5 years	945		4,256
Index amortizing notes	4		5
Total par amount	$	82,045	$	119,593

Consolidated obligation discount notes are consolidated obligations issued to raise short-term funds. These notes

162

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

are issued at less than their face amount and redeemed at par value when they mature. The Bank's participation in consolidated obligation discount notes, all of which are due within one year, was as follows:

	2011					2010
	Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate
Par amount	$	19,159		0.11	%	$	19,540		0.21	%
Unamortized discounts	(7		)			(13		)
Total	$	19,152				$	19,527

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for consolidated obligations at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table.

	2011		2010
Par amount of consolidated obligations:
Bonds:
Fixed rate	$	59,607	$	80,766
Adjustable rate	19,688		33,300
Step-up	2,221		4,843
Step-down	115		215
Fixed rate that converts to adjustable rate	290		419
Adjustable rate that converts to fixed rate	35		35
Adjustable rate that converts to step-up	75		—
Range bonds	10		10
Index amortizing notes	4		5
Total bonds, par	82,045		119,593
Discount notes, par	19,159		19,540
Total consolidated obligations, par	$	101,204	$	139,133

In general, when bonds with these structures are issued, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, of the consolidated obligation bond. This combination of the consolidated obligation bond and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates an adjustable rate bond. The cost of this funding combination is generally lower than the cost that would be available through the issuance of an adjustable rate bond alone. These transactions generally receive fair value hedge accounting treatment. In addition, for certain consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the consolidated obligation bond. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment. For more information, see Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities and Note 19 – Fair Values.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank used interest rate exchange agreements to effectively convert 80% and 86% of the fixed rate bonds to an adjustable rate, such as LIBOR, and 96% and 96% of the adjustable rate bonds to a different adjustable rate index, such as 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank used interest rate exchange agreements to effectively convert 61% and 63% of the fixed rate discount notes to an adjustable rate, such as LIBOR.

The Bank did not have any bonds with embedded features that met the requirements to separate the embedded feature from the host contract and designate the embedded feature as a stand-alone derivative at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

163

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Note 13 — Affordable Housing Program

The FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish an Affordable Housing Program (AHP). Each FHLBank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market interest rate advances to members, which use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households. Annually, the FHLBanks must set aside for their AHPs, in the aggregate, the greater of $100 or 10% of the current year's net earnings (income before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP, until the REFCORP obligation was fully satisfied). The exclusion of interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock is based on an advisory bulletin issued by the Finance Agency. REFCORP was designated as the calculation agent for REFCORP and AHP assessments, which were calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence. The Bank accrues this expense monthly based on its net earnings. The FHLBanks fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation with their payment made on July 15, 2011. For more information, see Note 14 – Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments.

If the Bank experienced a net loss during a quarter but still had net earnings for the year, the Bank's obligation to the AHP would be calculated based on the Bank's year-to-date net earnings. If the Bank had net earnings in subsequent quarters, it would be required to contribute additional amounts to meet its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank experienced a net loss for a full year, the amount of the AHP liability would be equal to zero, since each FHLBank's required annual AHP contribution is limited to its annual net earnings. However, if the result of the aggregate 10% calculation is less than $100 for all 12 FHLBanks, then the FHLBank Act requires that each FHLBank contribute such prorated sums as may be required to ensure that the aggregate contribution of the FHLBanks equals $100. The pro ration would be made on the basis of an FHLBank's income in relation to the income of all the FHLBanks for the previous year. There was no AHP shortfall, as described above, in 2011, 2010, or 2009. If an FHLBank finds that its required AHP assessments are contributing to the financial instability of that FHLBank, it may apply to the Finance Agency for a temporary suspension of its contributions. The Bank did not make such an application in 2011, 2010, or 2009.

The Bank's total AHP assessments equaled $25, $46, and $58 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. These amounts were charged to earnings each year and recognized as a liability. As subsidies are disbursed, the AHP liability is reduced. The AHP liability was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	174		$	186		$	180
AHP assessments	25			46			58
AHP grant payments	(49		)	(58		)	(52		)
Balance, end of the year	$	150		$	174		$	186

All subsidies were distributed in the form of direct grants in 2011, 2010, and 2009. The Bank had $5 and $5 in outstanding AHP advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 14 — Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments

The FHLBanks were required to make payments to REFCORP from 1990 to 2011. REFCORP was established in 1989 under 12 U.S.C. Section 1441b as a means of funding the RTC, a federal instrumentality established to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. Each FHLBank was required to pay 20% of income calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP after the assessment for AHP, but before the assessment for REFCORP. The AHP and REFCORP assessments were calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence. Calculation of the AHP assessment is discussed in Note 13 – Affordable Housing Program.

164

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation with their payment made on July 15, 2011. During 2011, the FHLBanks entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement (Agreement), as amended, that requires each FHLBank to allocate 20 percent of its net income to a separate restricted retained earnings account at that FHLBank until the balance of the account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. For additional information on the Agreement, see Note 15 – Capital.

Because the REFCORP obligation was fully satisfied by the FHLBanks' payment for the second quarter of 2011, the FHLBanks began allocating 20 percent of net income to their new restricted retained earnings accounts in the third quarter of 2011. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends. See Note 15 — Capital, for more information.

The Bank's total REFCORP assessments equaled $17 in 2011, $100 in 2010, and $128 in 2009.

Changes in the Bank's REFCORP (asset)/liability were as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	37		$	25		$	(51	)
REFCORP assessments	17			100			128
REFCORP payments	(54		)	(88		)	(52		)
Balance, end of the year	$	—		$	37		$	25

Note 15 — Capital

Capital Requirements. The Bank issues only one class of stock, Class B stock, with a par value of one hundred dollars per share, which may be redeemed (subject to certain conditions) upon five years' notice by the member to the Bank. However, at its discretion, under certain conditions, the Bank may repurchase excess stock at any time before the five years have expired. (See “Excess Capital Stock” below for more information.) The stock may be issued, redeemed, and repurchased only at its stated par value, subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank may only redeem or repurchase capital stock from a member if, following the redemption or repurchase, the member will continue to meet its minimum stock requirement and the Bank will continue to meet its regulatory requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital.

Under the Housing Act, the Director of the Finance Agency is responsible for setting the risk-based capital standards for the FHLBanks. The FHLBank Act and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks require that the Bank's minimum stock requirement for members must be sufficient to enable the Bank to meet its regulatory requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital. The Bank must maintain: (i) total regulatory capital in an amount equal to at least 4% of its total assets, (ii) leverage capital in an amount equal to at least 5% of its total assets, and (iii) permanent capital in an amount at least equal to its regulatory risk-based capital requirement. Regulatory capital and permanent capital are defined as retained earnings and Class B stock, which includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock, which is classified as a liability for financial reporting purposes. Regulatory capital and permanent capital do not include AOCI. Leverage capital is defined as the sum of permanent capital, weighted by a 1.5 multiplier, plus non-permanent capital. Non-permanent capital consists of Class A capital stock, which is redeemable upon six months' notice. The Bank's capital plan does not provide for the issuance of Class A capital stock.

The risk-based capital requirements must be met with permanent capital, which must be at least equal to the sum of the Bank's credit risk, market risk, and operations risk capital requirements, all of which are calculated in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Finance Agency. The Finance Agency may require an FHLBank to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required by the risk-based capital requirements as defined.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank was in compliance with these capital rules and requirements, as

165

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

shown in the following table.

	2011						2010
	Required			Actual			Required			Actual
Risk-based capital	$	4,915		$	12,176		$	4,209		$	13,640
Total regulatory capital	$	4,542		$	12,176		$	6,097		$	13,640
Total regulatory capital ratio	4.00		%	10.72		%	4.00		%	8.95		%
Leverage capital	$	5,678		$	18,264		$	7,621		$	20,460
Leverage ratio	5.00		%	16.08		%	5.00		%	13.42		%

In general, the Bank's capital plan requires each member to own stock in an amount equal to the greater of its membership stock requirement or its activity-based stock requirement. The Bank may adjust these requirements from time to time within limits established in the capital plan. Any changes to the capital plan must be approved by the Bank's Board of Directors and the Finance Agency.

A member's membership stock requirement is 1.0% of its membership asset value. The membership stock requirement for a member is capped at $25. The Bank may adjust the membership stock requirement for all members within a range of 0.5% to 1.5% of a member's membership asset value and may adjust the cap for all members within an authorized range of $10 to $50. A member's membership asset value is determined by multiplying the amount of the member's membership assets by the applicable membership asset factors. Membership assets are those assets (other than Bank capital stock) of a type that could qualify as collateral to secure a member's indebtedness to the Bank under applicable law, whether or not the assets are pledged to the Bank or accepted by the Bank as eligible collateral. The membership asset factors were initially based on the typical borrowing capacity percentages generally assigned by the Bank to the same types of assets when pledged to the Bank (although the factors may differ from the actual borrowing capacities, if any, assigned to particular assets pledged by a specific member at any point in time).

A member's activity-based stock requirement is the sum of 4.7% of the member's outstanding advances plus 5.0% of any portion of any mortgage loan sold by the member and owned by the Bank. The Bank may adjust the activity-based stock requirement for all members within a range of 4.4% to 5.0% of the member's outstanding advances and a range of 5.0% to 5.7% of any portion of any mortgage loan sold by the member and owned by the Bank.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLB Act) established voluntary membership for all members. Any member may withdraw from membership and, subject to certain statutory and regulatory restrictions, have its capital stock redeemed after giving the required notice. Members that withdraw from membership may not reapply for membership for five years, in accordance with Finance Agency rules.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. The Bank reclassifies the stock subject to redemption from capital to a liability after a member provides the Bank with a written notice of redemption; gives notice of intention to withdraw from membership; or attains nonmember status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, or other involuntary termination from membership; or after a receiver or other liquidating agent for a member transfers the member's Bank capital stock to a nonmember entity, resulting in the member's shares then meeting the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument. Shares meeting this definition are reclassified to a liability at fair value. Dividends declared on shares classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reflected as interest expense in the Statements of Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments (by repurchase or redemption of the shares) is reflected as a financing cash outflow in the Statements of Cash Flows once settled.

The Bank has a cooperative ownership structure under which members, former members, and certain other nonmembers own the Bank's capital stock. Former members and certain other nonmembers are required to maintain their investment in the Bank's capital stock until their outstanding transactions are paid off or until their capital

166

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

stock is redeemed following the relevant five-year redemption period for capital stock, in accordance with the Bank's capital requirements. Capital stock cannot be purchased or sold except between the Bank and its members (or their successors) at the stock's par value of one hundred dollars per share. If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal or if the Bank allows the transfer of mandatorily redeemable capital stock to a member, the Bank reclassifies mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to capital. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.

The Bank will not redeem or repurchase stock that is required to meet the minimum stock requirement until five years after the member's membership is terminated or after the Bank receives notice of the member's withdrawal. The Bank is not required to redeem activity-based stock until the later of the expiration of the notice of redemption or until the activity no longer remains outstanding, and then only if certain statutory and regulatory conditions are met. In accordance with the Bank's current practice, if activity-based stock becomes excess stock because an activity no longer remains outstanding, the Bank may repurchase the excess activity-based stock on a scheduled quarterly basis subject to certain conditions, at its discretion.

The Bank had mandatorily redeemable capital stock totaling $5,578 outstanding to 53 institutions at December 31, 2011, $3,749 outstanding to 50 institutions at December 31, 2010, and $4,843 outstanding to 42 institutions at December 31, 2009. The change in mandatorily redeemable capital stock for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance at the beginning of the year	$	3,749		$	4,843		$	3,747
Reclassified from/(to) capital during the year:
Merger with or acquisition by nonmember institution(1)	19			4			1,568
Termination of membership(1)(4)	3,169			308			162
Acquired by/transferred to members(1)(2)(3)	(500		)	(900		)	(618		)
Redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(57		)	(3		)	(16		)
Repurchase of excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(802		)	(503		)	—
Balance at the end of the year	$	5,578		$	3,749		$	4,843

(1) On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo & Company, a nonmember, acquired Wachovia Corporation, the parent company of Wachovia Mortgage, FSB. Wachovia Mortgage, FSB, operated as a separate entity and continued to be a member of the Bank until its merger into Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, on November 1, 2009. Effective November 1, 2009, Wells Fargo Financial National Bank, an affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company, became a member of the Bank, and the Bank allowed the transfer of excess capital stock totaling $5 from Wachovia Mortgage, FSB, to Wells Fargo Financial National Bank to enable Wells Fargo Financial National Bank to satisfy its initial membership stock requirement. As a result of the merger, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., assumed all outstanding Bank advances and the remaining Bank capital stock of Wachovia Mortgage, FSB. The Bank reclassified the capital stock transferred to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., totaling $1,567, to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(2) During 2008, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, a nonmember, assumed Washington Mutual Bank's outstanding Bank advances and acquired the associated Bank capital stock. The Bank reclassified the capital stock transferred to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, totaling $3,208, to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, became a member of the Bank. During the first quarter of 2009, the third quarter of 2010, and the first quarter of 2011, the Bank allowed the transfer of excess capital stock totaling $300, $875 and $500, respectively, from JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, to JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, to enable JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, to satisfy its activity-based capital stock requirement. The capital stock transferred is no longer classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). However, the capital stock remaining with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, remains classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(3) On March 19, 2009, OneWest Bank, FSB, became a member of the Bank, assumed the outstanding advances of IndyMac Federal Bank, FSB, a nonmember, and acquired the associated Bank capital stock totaling $318. Bank capital stock acquired by OneWest Bank, FSB, is no longer classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). However, the capital stock remaining with IndyMac Federal Bank, FSB, remains classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(4) On June 28, 2011, the Bank reclassified $3,165 of capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability), as a result of the membership termination of Citibank, N.A., which became ineligible for membership in the Bank when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with its merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district.

Cash dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the amount of $12, $16, and $7 were recorded as interest expense in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The following table presents mandatorily redeemable capital stock amounts by contractual redemption period at

167

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Contractual Redemption Period	2011		2010
Within 1 year	$	49	$	58
After 1 year through 2 years	1,086		58
After 2 years through 3 years	1,288		1,797
After 3 years through 4 years	250		1,538
After 4 years through 5 years	2,905		298
Total	$	5,578	$	3,749

A member may cancel its notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal from membership by providing written notice to the Bank prior to the end of the relevant five-year redemption period or the membership termination date. If the Bank receives the notice of cancellation within 30 months following the notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, the member is charged a fee equal to fifty cents multiplied by the number of shares of capital stock affected. If the Bank receives the notice of cancellation more than 30 months following the notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal (or if the Bank does not redeem the member's capital stock because following the redemption the member would fail to meet its minimum stock requirement), the member is charged a fee equal to one dollar multiplied by the number of shares of capital stock affected. In certain cases the Board of Directors may waive a cancellation fee for bona fide business purposes.

The Bank's stock is considered putable by the shareholder. There are significant statutory and regulatory restrictions on the Bank's obligation or ability to redeem outstanding stock, which include the following:

• In no case may the Bank redeem any capital stock if, following such redemption, the Bank would fail to meet its minimum capital requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital. All holdings of the Bank's capital stock immediately become nonredeemable if the Bank fails to meet its minimum capital requirements.

• The Bank may not be able to redeem any capital stock if either its Board of Directors or the Finance Agency determines that it has incurred or is likely to incur losses resulting in or expected to result in a charge against capital.

• In addition to being able to prohibit capital stock redemptions, the Bank's Board of Directors has a right and an obligationto call for additional capital stock purchases by its members, as a condition of continuing membership, as needed for the Bank to satisfy its statutory and regulatory capital requirements.

• If, during the period between receipt of a capital stock redemption notice and the actual redemption (a period that could last indefinitely), the Bank becomes insolvent and is either liquidated or merged with another FHLBank, the redemption value of the capital stock will be established either through the liquidation or the merger process. If the Bank is liquidated, after payment in full to the Bank's creditors and to the extent funds are then available, each shareholder will be entitled to receive the par value of its capital stock as well as any retained earnings in an amount proportional to the shareholder's share of the total shares of capital stock. In the event of a merger or consolidation, the Board of Directors will determine the rights and preferences of the Bank's shareholders, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Agency.

• The Bank may not redeem any capital stock if the principal or interest due on any consolidated obligations issued by the Office of Finance has not been paid in full.

• The Bank may not redeem any capital stock if the Bank fails to provide the Finance Agency with the quarterly certification required by section 1270.10(b)(1) of the Finance Agency rules prior to declaring or paying dividends for a quarter.

• The Bank may not redeem any capital stock if the Bank is unable to provide the required certification, projects that it will fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or will be unable to fully meet all of its obligations on a timely basis, actually fails to satisfy these requirements or obligations, or negotiates to enter or enters into an agreement with another FHLBank to obtain financial assistance to meet its current obligations.

168

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock is considered capital for determining the Bank's compliance with its regulatory capital requirements. Based on Finance Agency interpretation, the classification of certain shares of the Bank's capital stock as mandatorily redeemable does not affect the definition of total capital for purposes of: determining the Bank's compliance with its regulatory capital requirements, calculating its mortgage-backed securities investment authority (300% of total capital), calculating its unsecured credit exposure to other government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) (limited to 100% of total capital), or calculating its unsecured credit limits to other counterparties (various percentages of total capital depending on the rating of the counterparty).

Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy. By Finance Agency regulation, dividends may be paid only out of current net earnings or previously retained earnings. As required by the Finance Agency, the Bank has a formal retained earnings policy that is reviewed at least annually by the Bank's Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may amend the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy from time to time. The Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy establishes amounts to be retained in restricted retained earnings, which are not made available for dividends in the current dividend period. The Bank may be restricted from paying dividends if the Bank is not in compliance with any of its minimum capital requirements or if payment would cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its minimum capital requirements. In addition, the Bank may not pay dividends if any principal or interest due on any consolidated obligations has not been paid in full or is not expected to be paid in full by any FHLBank, or, under certain circumstances, if the Bank fails to satisfy certain liquidity requirements under applicable Finance Agency regulations.

Retained Earnings Related to Valuation Adjustments – In accordance with the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy, the Bank retains in restricted retained earnings any cumulative net gains in earnings (net of applicable assessments) resulting from gains or losses on derivatives and associated hedged items and financial instruments carried at fair value (valuation adjustments).

In general, the Bank's derivatives and hedged instruments, as well as certain assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value, are held to the maturity, call, or put date. For these financial instruments, net valuation gains or losses are primarily a matter of timing and will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual terms to maturity, or by the exercised call or put dates. However, the Bank may have instances in which hedging relationships are terminated prior to maturity or prior to the call or put dates. Terminating the hedging relationship may result in a realized gain or loss. In addition, the Bank may have instances in which it may sell trading securities prior to maturity, which may also result in a realized gain or loss.

As the cumulative net valuation gains are reversed by periodic net losses and settlements of contractual interest cash flows, the amount of cumulative net gains decreases. The amount of retained earnings under this provision of the policy is therefore decreased, and that portion of the previously restricted retained earnings becomes unrestricted and may be made available for dividends. In this case, the potential dividend payout in a given period will be substantially the same as it would have been without the effects of valuation adjustments, provided that at the end of the period the cumulative net effect since inception remains a net gain. The purpose of the valuation adjustments category of restricted retained earnings is to provide sufficient retained earnings to offset future net losses that result from the reversal of cumulative net gains, so that potential dividend payouts in future periods are not necessarily affected by the reversals of these gains. Although restricting retained earnings in accordance with this provision of the policy may preserve the Bank's ability to pay dividends, the reversal of the cumulative net gains in any given period may result in a net loss if the reversal exceeds net earnings before the impact of valuation adjustments for that period. Also, if the net effect of valuation adjustments since inception results in a cumulative net loss, the Bank's other retained earnings at that time (if any) may not be sufficient to offset the net loss. As a result, the future effects of valuation adjustments may cause the Bank to reduce or temporarily suspend dividend payments.

Other Retained Earnings – Targeted Buildup– In addition to any cumulative net gains resulting from valuation adjustments, the Bank holds an additional amount in restricted retained earnings intended to protect paid-in capital

169

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

from the effects of an extremely adverse credit event, an extremely adverse operations risk event, an extremely high level of quarterly losses related to the Bank's derivatives and associated hedged items and financial instruments carried at fair value, an extremely adverse change in the market value of the Bank's capital, and a significant amount of additional credit-related OTTI on PLRMBS, especially in periods of extremely low net income resulting from an adverse interest rate environment.

The Board of Directors has set the targeted amount of restricted retained earnings at $1,800. The Bank's retained earnings target may be changed at any time. The Board of Directors will periodically review the methodology and analysis to determine whether any adjustments are appropriate.

On January 29, 2010, the Board of Directors adopted technical revisions to the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy that did not have any impact on the Bank's methodology for calculating restricted retained earnings or the dividend. On December 1, 2010, the Board of Directors updated and refined certain components of the methodology for calculating the targeted buildup; these revisions did not change the targeted amount of $1,800.

Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement - In 2011, the 12 FHLBanks entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement, as amended, which is intended to enhance the capital position of each FHLBank by allocating that portion of each FHLBank's earnings historically paid to satisfy its REFCORP obligation to a separate retained earnings account at that FHLBank.

The Agreement provides that, upon full satisfaction of the REFCORP obligation, each FHLBank will contribute 20% of its net income each quarter to a restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

The FHLBanks subsequently amended their capital plans or capital plan submissions, as applicable, to implement the provisions of the Agreement, and the Finance Agency approved the capital plan amendments on August 5, 2011. The Bank's amended capital plan became effective on September 5, 2011.

On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation. In accordance with the Agreement, starting in the third quarter of 2011, each FHLBank is required to allocate 20% of its net income each quarter to a separate restricted retained earnings account until the balance of the account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

The following table summarizes the activity related to restricted retained earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011									2010
	Retained Earnings Related to:									Retained Earnings Related to:
	Valuation Adjustments			Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement		Targeted Buildup		Total		Valuation Adjustments			Targeted Buildup		Total
Balance at beginning of the period	$	148		$	—	$	1,461	$	1,609	$	181		$	1,058	$	1,239
Transfers to/(from) restricted retained earnings	(69		)	29		234		194		(33		)	403		370
Balance at end of the period	$	79		$	29	$	1,695	$	1,803	$	148		$	1,461	$	1,609

Dividend Payments – Finance Agency rules state that FHLBanks may declare and pay dividends only from previously retained earnings or current net earnings, and may not declare or pay dividends based on projected or anticipated earnings. There is no requirement that the Board of Directors declare and pay any dividend. A decision by the Board of Directors to declare a dividend is a discretionary matter and is subject to the requirements and restrictions of the FHLBank Act and applicable requirements under the regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks.

170

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The Bank paid dividends (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock) totaling $34 at an annualized rate of 0.29% in 2011 and $45 at an annualized rate of 0.34% in 2010.

On February 22, 2012, the Bank's Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on the capital stock outstanding during the fourth quarter of 2011 at an annualized dividend rate of 0.48%. The Bank recorded the dividend on February 22, 2012, the day it was declared by the Board of Directors. The Bank expects to pay the dividend (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock), which will total $13, on or about March 15, 2012.

The Bank will pay the dividend in cash rather than stock form to comply with Finance Agency rules, which do not permit the Bank to pay dividends in the form of capital stock if the Bank's excess stock (defined as any stock holdings in excess of a shareholder's minimum capital stock requirement, as established by the Bank's capital plan) exceeds 1% of its total assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's excess capital stock totaled $6,214, or 5.47% of total assets.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of its PLRMBS portfolio, the ratio of the estimated market value of the Bank's capital to the par value of the Bank's capital stock, its overall financial performance and retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of dividends in future quarters.

Excess Capital Stock. The Bank may repurchase some or all of a shareholder's excess capital stock and any excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock at the Bank's discretion and subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank must give the shareholder 15 days' written notice; however, the shareholder may waive this notice period. The Bank may also repurchase some or all of a shareholder's excess capital stock at the shareholder's request at the Bank's discretion and subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. A shareholder's excess capital stock is defined as any stock holdings in excess of the shareholder's minimum capital stock requirement, as established by the Bank's capital plan.

A shareholder may obtain redemption of excess capital stock following a relevant five-year redemption period, subject to certain conditions, by providing a written redemption notice to the Bank. As noted above, at its discretion, under certain conditions the Bank may repurchase excess stock at any time before the relevant five-year redemption period has expired. The decision to repurchase excess stock prior to the expiration of the redemption period is at the Bank's discretion. Stock required to meet a withdrawing shareholder's membership stock requirement may only be redeemed at the end of the relevant five-year redemption period subject to statutory and regulatory limits and other conditions.

On a quarterly basis, the Bank determines whether it will repurchase excess capital stock. Because of a decision to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges on the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio, the Bank did not fully repurchase excess stock created primarily by declining advances balances in 2011 and 2010. The Bank opted to maintain its strong regulatory capital position, while repurchasing $1,845 and $1,444 in excess capital stock during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During 2011 and 2010, the relevant five-year redemption period for $57 and $3, respectively, in mandatorily redeemable capital stock expired, and the Bank redeemed the stock at its $100 par value on the relevant expiration dates.

On February 22, 2012, the Bank announced that it plans to repurchase up to $500 in excess capital stock on March 16, 2012. This repurchase, combined with the scheduled redemption of $5 in mandatorily redeemable capital stock during the first quarter of 2012, will reduce the Bank's excess capital stock by up to $505. The amount of excess capital stock to be repurchased from any shareholder will be based on the shareholder's pro rata ownership share of total capital stock outstanding as of the repurchase date, up to the amount of the shareholder's excess capital stock.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of its PLRMBS portfolio, its overall financial performance and

171

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of capital stock repurchases in future quarters.

Excess capital stock totaled $6,214 as of December 31, 2011, and $6,682 as of December 31, 2010.

Concentration. The following table presents the concentration in capital stock held by institutions whose capital stock ownership represented 10% or more of the Bank's outstanding capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011				2010
Name of Institution	Capital Stock Outstanding		Percentage of Total Capital Stock Outstanding		Capital Stock Outstanding		Percentage of Total Capital Stock Outstanding
Citigroup Inc.:
Citibank, N.A.(1)(2)	$	2,884	28	%	$	3,445	29	%
Banamex, USA	2		—		—		—
Subtotal Citigroup Inc.	2,886		28		3,445		29
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	1,340		13		1,099		9
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(2)	893		9		1,566		13
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	2,233		22		2,665		22
Wells Fargo & Company:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.(2)	1,183		11		1,435		12
Wells Fargo Financial National Bank	4		—		5		—
Subtotal Wells Fargo & Company	1,187		11		1,440		12
Total capital stock ownership over 10%	6,306		61		7,550		63
Others	4,067		39		4,481		37
Total	$	10,373	100	%	$	12,031	100	%

(1) The Bank reclassified $3,165 of capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability) on June 28, 2011, as a result of the membership termination of Citibank, N.A., which became ineligible for membership in the Bank when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with its merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district.

(2) The capital stock held by these institutions is classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

Note 16 — Employee Retirement Plans and Incentive Compensation Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

Cash Balance Plan. The Bank provides retirement benefits through a Bank-sponsored Cash Balance Plan, a qualified defined benefit plan. The Cash Balance Plan covers all employees who have completed six months of Bank service. Under the plan, each eligible Bank employee accrues benefits annually equal to 6% of the employee's annual compensation, plus 6% interest on the benefits accrued to the employee through the prior yearend. The Cash Balance Plan is funded through a qualified trust established by the Bank.

Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans. The Bank sponsors several non-qualified defined benefit retirement plans. These non-qualified plans include the following:

• Benefit Equalization Plan, a non-qualified retirement plan restoring benefits offered under the Cash Balance Plan that have been limited by laws governing the plan;

• Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP),a non-qualified unfunded retirement benefit plan available to the Bank's executive management, which generally provides a service-linked supplemental cash balance annual contribution credit to SERP participants and an annual interest credit of 6% that is in addition to the contributions made to the qualified Cash Balance Plan; and

172

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

• Defined benefit portion of the Deferred Compensation Plan, a non-qualified retirement plan available to eligible Bank officers, which provides make-up pension benefits that would have been earned under the Cash Balance Plan had the compensation not been deferred. See below for further discussion on the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Postretirement Health Benefit Plan. The Bank provides a postretirement health benefit plan to employees hired before January 1, 2003. The Bank's costs are capped at 1998 health care and premium amounts. As a result, changes in health care cost trend rates will have no effect on the Bank's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation or service and interest costs.

The following tables summarize the changes in the benefit obligations, plan assets, and funded status of the defined benefit Cash Balance Plan, non-qualified defined benefit plans, and postretirement health benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011									2010
	Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of the year	$	26		$	13		$	2		$	22		$	12		$	2
Service cost	2			1			—			2			1			—
Interest cost	1			1			—			1			—			—
Employee contributions	—			—			1			—			—			—
Actuarial gain/(loss)	3			1			(1		)	2			—			—
Benefits paid	(1		)	—			—			(1		)	—			—
Benefit obligation, end of the year	$	31		$	16		$	2		$	26		$	13		$	2
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year	$	23		$	—		$	—		$	18		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets	—			—			—			2			—			—
Employer contributions	2			—			—			4			—			—
Benefits paid	(1		)	—			—			(1		)	—			—
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year	$	24		$	—		$	—		$	23		$	—		$	—
Funded status at the end of the year	$	(7	)	$	(16	)	$	(2	)	$	(3	)	$	(13	)	$	(2	)

Amounts recognized in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of:

	2011									2010
	Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Other liabilities	$	(7	)	$	(16	)	$	(2	)	$	(3	)	$	(13	)	$	(2	)

Amounts recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of:

173

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	2011							2010
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Net loss/(gain)	$	11	$	3	$	(2	)	$	7	$	1	$	(1	)
Transition obligation	—		—		1			—		—		1
AOCI	$	11	$	3	$	(1	)	$	7	$	1	$	—

The following table presents information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011						2010
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Projected benefit obligation	$	31	$	16	$	2	$	26	$	13	$	2
Accumulated benefit obligation	29		15		2		24		12		2
Fair value of plan assets	24		—		—		23		—		—

Components of the net periodic benefit costs and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, were as follows:

	2011								2010							2009
	Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Net periodic benefit cost/(income)
Service cost	$	2		$	1	$	—		$	2		$	1	$	—	$	2		$	1	$	—
Interest cost	1			1		—			1			—		—		1			1		—
Expected return on plan assets	(2		)	—		—			(1		)	—		—		(1		)	—		—
Net periodic benefit cost	1			2		—			2			1		—		2			2		—
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income
Net loss/(gain)	4			2		(1		)	1			—		—		—			1		—
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	4			2		(1		)	1			—		—		—			1		—
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	5		$	4	$	(1	)	$	3		$	1	$	—	$	2		$	3	$	—

The amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2012 are as follows:

	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Estimated net gain/(loss)	$	1	$	—	$	—

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations at December 31, 2011 and 2010, for the Cash Balance Plan, non-qualified defined benefit plans, and postretirement health benefit plan were as follows:

174

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	2011						2010
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Discount rate	4.00	%	4.00	%	4.25	%	5.00	%	5.00	%	5.50	%
Rate of salary increase	4.00		4.00		—		4.00		4.00		—

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, for the Cash Balance Plan, non-qualified defined benefit plans, and postretirement health benefit plan were as follows:

	2011						2010						2009
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Discount rate	5.00	%	5.00	%	5.50	%	5.75	%	5.75	%	5.85	%	6.50	%	6.50	%	6.20	%
Rate of salary increase	4.00		4.00		—		5.00		5.00		—		5.00		5.00		—
Expected return on plan assets	8.00		—		—		8.00		—		—		8.00		—		—

The Bank uses a discount rate to determine the present value of its future benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the rates available at the measurement date on long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments and was determined based on the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. The Bank has determined that the timing and amount of projected cash outflows in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve are consistent with the timing and amount of expected benefit payments by comparing the duration of projected plan liabilities to the duration of the bonds in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. This comparison showed that the duration of the projected plan liabilities is approximately the same as, or slightly longer than, the duration of the bonds in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. The discount rate is reset annually on the measurement date.

The expected return on plan assets was determined based on: (i) the historical returns for each asset class, (ii) the expected future long-term returns for these asset classes, and (iii) the plan's target asset allocation.

The table below presents the fair values of the Cash Balance Plan's assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category. See Note 19 – Fair Values for further information regarding the three levels of fair value measurement.

	2011								2010
	Fair Value Measurement Using:								Fair Value Measurement Using:
Asset Category	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	1
Equity mutual funds	14		—		—		14		14		—		—		14
Fixed income mutual funds	9		—		—		9		7		—		—		7
Real estate mutual funds	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other mutual funds	1		—		—		1		1		—		—		1
Total	$	24	$	—	$	—	$	24	$	23	$	—	$	—	$	23

The Cash Balance Plan is administered by the Bank's Retirement Committee, which establishes the plan's Statement of Investment Policy and Objectives. The Retirement Committee has adopted a strategic asset allocation that envisions a reasonably stable distribution of assets among major asset classes. These asset classes include domestic large-, mid-, and small-capitalization equity investments; international equity investments; and fixed income

175

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

investments. The Retirement Committee has set the Cash Balance Plan's target allocation percentages for a mix range of 50-70% equity and 30-50% fixed income. The Retirement Committee reviews the performance of the Cash Balance Plan on a quarterly basis.

The Cash Balance Plan's weighted average asset allocation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category was as follows:

Asset Category	2011		2010
Cash and cash equivalents	2	%	4	%
Equity mutual funds	56		59
Fixed income mutual funds	38		33
Real estate mutual funds	2		2
Other mutual funds	2		2
Total	100	%	100	%

The Bank contributed $2 in 2011 and expects to contribute $3 in 2012 to the Cash Balance Plan. Immaterial contribution amounts were made to the non-qualified defined benefit plans and postretirement health plan in 2011. The Bank expects to contribute $5 to the non-qualified defined benefit plans and postretirement health plan in 2012.

The following are the estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate:

Year	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
2012	$	3	$	5	$	—
2013	3		—		—
2014	2		—		—
2015	3		1		—
2016	2		1		—
2017 – 2021	14		6		1

Defined Contribution Plans

Retirement Savings Plan. The Bank sponsors a qualified defined contribution retirement savings plan, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco Savings 401(k) Plan. Contributions to the Savings Plan consist of elective participant contributions of up to 20% of each participant's base compensation and a Bank matching contribution of up to 6% of each participant's base compensation. The Bank contributed approximately $2, $2, and $2 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Benefit Equalization Plan. The Bank sponsors a non-qualified retirement plan restoring benefits offered under the Savings Plan that have been limited by laws governing the plan. Contributions made during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, were de minimis.

Deferred Compensation Plan. The Bank maintains a deferred compensation plan that is available to all eligible Bank officers and directors. The defined contribution portion of the plan is comprised of two components: (i) officer or director deferral of current compensation, and (ii) make-up matching contributions for officers that would have been made by the Bank under the Savings Plan had the compensation not been deferred. The make-up benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan vest according to the corresponding provisions of the Savings Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plan liability consists of the accumulated compensation deferrals and accrued earnings on the deferrals. The Bank's obligation for this plan at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was $22, $22, and $21,

176

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

respectively.

Incentive Compensation Plans

The Bank provides incentive compensation plans for many of its employees, including executive officers. Other liabilities include $11 and $11 for incentive compensation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 17 — Segment Information

The Bank uses an analysis of financial performance based on the balances and adjusted net interest income of two operating segments, the advances-related business and the mortgage-related business, as well as other financial information, to review and assess financial performance and to determine the allocation of resources to these two business segments. For purposes of segment reporting, adjusted net interest income includes interest income and expense associated with economic hedges that are recorded in “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” in other income and excludes interest expense that is recorded in “Mandatorily redeemable capital stock.” Other key financial information, such as any credit-related OTTI charge on the Bank's PLRMBS, other expenses, and assessments, are not included in the segment reporting analysis, but are incorporated into the Bank's overall assessment of financial performance.

The advances-related business consists of advances and other credit products, related financing and hedging instruments, liquidity and other non-MBS investments associated with the Bank's role as a liquidity provider, and capital stock. Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on all assets associated with the business activities in this segment and the cost of funding those activities, including cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements.

The mortgage-related business consists of MBS investments, mortgage loans acquired through the MPF Program, the consolidated obligations specifically identified as funding those assets, and related hedging instruments. Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on the MBS and mortgage loans and the cost of the consolidated obligations funding those assets, including the cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements, less the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans.

The following table presents the Bank's adjusted net interest income by operating segment and reconciles total adjusted net interest income to income before assessments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	Advances- Related Business		Mortgage- Related Business(1)		Adjusted Net Interest Income		Amortization of Basis Adjustments(2)			Net Interest Expense on Economic Hedges(3)			Interest Expense on Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock(4)		Net Interest Income		Other Income/ (Loss)			Other Expense		Income Before Assessments
2011	$	335	$	555	$	890	$	(118	)	$	(33	)	$	12	$	1,029	$	(645	)	$	126	$	258
2010	494		564		1,058		(91		)	(161		)	16		1,294		(604		)	145		545
2009	700		543		1,243		(93		)	(452		)	7		1,781		(948		)	132		701

(1) Does not include credit-related OTTI charges of $413, $331, and $608 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

(2) Represents amortization of amounts deferred for adjusted net interest income purposes only in accordance with the Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy.

(3) The Bank includes interest income and interest expense associated with economic hedges in adjusted net interest income in its analysis of financial performance for its two operating segments. For financial reporting purposes, the Bank does not include these amounts in net interest income in the Statements of Income, but instead records them in other income in “Net (loss)/gain on derivatives and hedging activities.”

(4) The Bank excludes interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock from adjusted net interest income in its analysis of financial performance for its two operating segments.

The following table presents total assets by operating segment at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

177

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	Advances- Related Business		Mortgage- Related Business		Total Assets
2011	$	88,302	$	25,250	$	113,552
2010	128,424		23,999		152,423
2009	161,406		31,456		192,862

Note 18 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities

General. The Bank may enter into interest rate swaps (including callable, putable, and basis swaps); swaptions; and cap, floor, corridor, and collar agreements (collectively, interest rate exchange agreements or derivatives). Most of the Bank's interest rate exchange agreements are executed in conjunction with the origination of advances and the issuance of consolidated obligation bonds to create variable rate structures. The interest rate exchange agreements are generally executed at the same time the advances and bonds are transacted and generally have the same maturity dates as the related advances and bonds.

Additional active uses of interest rate exchange agreements include: (i) offsetting embedded options in assets and liabilities, (ii) hedging the anticipated issuance of debt, (iii) matching against consolidated obligation discount notes or bonds to create the equivalent of callable fixed rate debt, (iv) reducing the interest rate sensitivity and modifying the repricing gaps of assets and liabilities, (v) matching against certain advances and consolidated obligations for which the Bank elected the fair value option, and (vi) offsetting other derivatives executed with members (with the Bank serving as an intermediary). The Bank's use of interest rate exchange agreements results in one of the following classifications: (i) a fair value hedge of an underlying financial instrument, (ii) a cash flow hedge of an underlying financial instrument, (iii) an economic hedge of a specific asset or liability, or (iv) an intermediary transaction for members.

Interest Rate Swaps – An interest rate swap is an agreement between two entities to exchange cash flows in the future. The agreement sets the dates on which the cash flows will be paid and the manner in which the cash flows will be calculated. One of the simplest forms of an interest rate swap involves the promise by one party to pay cash flows equivalent to the interest on a notional principal amount at a predetermined fixed rate for a given period of time. In return for this promise, the party receives cash flows equivalent to the interest on the same notional principal amount at a variable rate for the same period of time. The variable rate received or paid by the Bank in most interest rate exchange agreements is indexed to LIBOR.

Swaptions – A swaption is an option on a swap that gives the buyer the right to enter into a specified interest rate swap at a certain time in the future. When used as a hedge, a swaption can protect the Bank against future interest rate changes when it is planning to lend or borrow funds in the future. The Bank purchases receiver swaptions. A receiver swaption is the option to receive fixed interest rate payments at a later date.

Interest Rate Caps and Floors – In a cap agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or interest rate of an underlying variable rises above a certain threshold (or cap) price. In a floor agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or interest rate of an underlying variable falls below a certain threshold (or floor) price. Caps may be used in conjunction with liabilities and floors may be used in conjunction with assets. Caps and floors are designed as protection against the interest rate on a variable rate asset or liability rising above or falling below a certain level.

Hedging Activities. The Bank documents all relationships between derivative hedging instruments and hedged items, its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions, and its method of assessing effectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to: (i) assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, (ii) firm commitments, or (iii) forecasted transactions. The Bank also formally assesses (both at the hedge's inception and at least quarterly on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items attributable to the hedged risk and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods. The Bank typically uses regression analyses or other statistical analyses to assess the

178

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

effectiveness of its hedges. When it is determined that a derivative has not been or is not expected to be effective as a hedge, the Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; (v) it determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate; or (vi) it decides to use the derivative to offset changes in the fair value of other derivatives or instruments carried at fair value.

Intermediation– As an additional service to its members, the Bank has in the past entered into offsetting interest rate exchange agreements, acting as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. This intermediation allows members indirect access to the derivatives market. Derivatives in which the Bank is an intermediary may also arise when the Bank enters into derivatives to offset the economic effect of other derivatives that are no longer designated to advances, investments, or consolidated obligations. The offsetting derivatives used in intermediary activities do not receive hedge accounting treatment and are separately marked to market through earnings. The net result of the accounting for these derivatives does not significantly affect the operating results of the Bank.

The notional principal of the interest rate exchange agreements associated with derivatives with members and offsetting derivatives with other counterparties was $810 at December 31, 2011, and $960 at December 31, 2010. The Bank did not have any interest rate exchange agreements outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, that were used to offset the economic effect of other derivatives that were no longer designated to advances, investments, or consolidated obligations.

Investments–The Bank may invest in U.S. Treasury and agency obligations, agency MBS, and the taxable portion of highly rated state or local housing finance agency obligations. In the past, the Bank has also invested in PLRMBS rated AAA at the time of acquisition. The interest rate and prepayment risk associated with these investment securities is managed through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank may manage prepayment risk and interest rate risk by funding investment securities with consolidated obligations that have call features or by hedging the prepayment risk with a combination of consolidated obligations and callable swaps or swaptions. The Bank executes callable swaps and purchases swaptions in conjunction with the issuance of certain liabilities to create funding that is economically equivalent to fixed rate callable debt. Although these derivatives are economic hedges against prepayment risk and are designated to individual liabilities, they do not receive either fair value or cash flow hedge accounting treatment. Investment securities may be classified as trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity.

The Bank may also manage the risk arising from changing market prices or cash flows of investment securities classified as trading by entering into interest rate exchange agreements (economic hedges) that offset the changes in fair value or cash flows of the securities. The market value changes of both the trading securities and the associated interest rate exchange agreements are included in other income in the Statements of Income.

Advances– The Bank offers a wide array of advances structures to meet members' funding needs. These advances may have maturities up to 30 years with fixed or adjustable rates and may include early termination features or options. The Bank may use derivatives to adjust the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances to more closely match the characteristics of the Bank's funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed rate advance or a variable rate advance with embedded options, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, in the advance. The combination of the advance and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates a variable rate asset. This type of hedge is treated as a fair value hedge.

179

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

In addition, for certain advances for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the advance. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment.

Mortgage Loans–The Bank's investment portfolio includes fixed rate mortgage loans. The prepayment options embedded in mortgage loans can result in extensions or contractions in the expected repayment of these investments, depending on changes in estimated prepayment speeds. The Bank manages the interest rate risk and prepayment risk associated with fixed rate mortgage loans through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank uses both callable and non-callable debt to achieve cash flow patterns and market value sensitivities for liabilities similar to those expected on the mortgage loans. Net income could be reduced if the Bank replaces prepaid mortgages with lower-yielding assets and the Bank's higher funding costs are not reduced accordingly.

The Bank executes callable swaps and purchases swaptions in conjunction with the issuance of certain consolidated obligations to create funding that is economically equivalent to fixed rate callable bonds. Although these derivatives are economic hedges against the prepayment risk of specific loan pools and are referenced to individual liabilities, they do not receive either fair value or cash flow hedge accounting treatment.

Consolidated Obligations – Although the joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor, FHLBanks individually are counterparties to interest rate exchange agreements associated with specific debt issues. The Office of Finance acts as agent of the FHLBanks in the debt issuance process. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the terms and the amount of debt it requests to have issued on its behalf. The Office of Finance tracks the amount of debt issued on behalf of each FHLBank. In addition, the Bank separately tracks and records as a liability its specific portion of consolidated obligations and is the primary obligor for its specific portion of consolidated obligations issued. Because the Bank knows the amount of consolidated obligations issued on its behalf, it has the ability to structure hedging instruments to match its specific debt. The hedge transactions may be executed upon or after the issuance of consolidated obligations and are accounted for based on the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Consolidated obligation bonds are structured to meet the Bank's and/or investors' needs. Common structures include fixed rate bonds with or without call options and adjustable rate bonds with or without embedded options. In general, when bonds with these structures are issued, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, of the consolidated obligation bond. This combination of the consolidated obligation bond and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates an adjustable rate bond. The cost of this funding combination is generally lower than the cost that would be available through the issuance of an adjustable rate bond alone. These transactions generally receive fair value hedge accounting treatment.

In addition, for certain consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the consolidated obligation bond. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment.

The Bank did not have any consolidated obligations denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars outstanding during 2011, 2010, or 2009.

Firm Commitments– A firm commitment for a forward starting advance hedged through the use of an offsetting forward starting interest rate swap is considered a derivative. In this case, the interest rate swap functions as the hedging instrument for both the firm commitment and the subsequent advance. When the commitment is terminated and the advance is made, the current market value associated with the firm commitment is included with the basis of the advance. The basis adjustment is then amortized into interest income over the life of the advance.

180

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Anticipated Debt Issuance–The Bank may enter into interest rate swaps for the anticipated issuances of fixed rate bonds to hedge the cost of funding. These hedges are designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The interest rate swap is terminated upon issuance of the fixed rate bond, with the effective portion of the realized gain or loss on the interest rate swap recorded in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses reported in AOCI are recognized as earnings in the periods in which earnings are affected by the cash flows of the fixed rate bonds.

Credit Risk – The Bank is subject to credit risk as a result of the risk of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivative agreements. All of the Bank's derivative agreements contain master netting provisions to help mitigate the credit risk exposure to each counterparty. The Bank manages counterparty credit risk through credit analyses and collateral requirements and by following the requirements of the Bank's risk management policies and credit guidelines. Based on the master netting provisions in each agreement, credit analyses, and the collateral requirements in place with each counterparty, the Bank does not expect to incur any credit losses on derivatives agreements.

The notional amount of an interest rate exchange agreement serves as a basis for calculating periodic interest payments or cash flows and is not a measure of the amount of credit risk from that transaction. The Bank had notional amounts outstanding of $129,576 and $190,410 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The notional amount does not represent the exposure to credit loss. The amount potentially subject to credit loss is the estimated cost of replacing an interest rate exchange agreement that has a net favorable position if the counterparty defaults; this amount is substantially less than the notional amount.

The following table presents credit risk exposure on derivative instruments, excluding a counterparty's pledged collateral that exceeds the Bank's net position with the counterparty.

	2011		2010
Total net exposure at fair value(1)	$	914	$	1,525
Cash collateral held	514		807
Net exposure after cash collateral	400		718
Securities collateral held	381		698
Net exposure after collateral	$	19	$	20

(1) Includes net accrued interest receivable of $86 and $253 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Certain of the Bank's derivatives agreements contain provisions that link the Bank's credit rating from Moody's and Standard & Poor's to various rights and obligations. If the Bank's debt rating falls below A-/A3 (and in one agreement, below A/A2), the Bank's counterparty would have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate all of its outstanding derivatives transactions with the Bank. In addition, the amount of collateral that the Bank is required to deliver to a counterparty depends on the Bank's credit rating. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net derivative liability position (before cash collateral and related accrued interest) at December 31, 2011, was $110, for which the Bank had posted collateral of $33 in the normal course of business. If the credit rating of the Bank's debt had been Aa/AA (the next lower rating that might require an increase in collateral to be delivered by the Bank) instead of Aaa/AA+ (the Bank's current rating), then the Bank would have been required to deliver up to an additional $24 of collateral (at fair value) to its derivatives counterparties at December 31, 2011.

 On April 20, 2011, Standard & Poor's revised its outlook on the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations and on the long-term credit ratings of ten FHLBanks, including the Bank, to reflect its revision of the outlook on the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States to negative from stable. In the application of Standard & Poor's government-related entities criteria, the ratings of the FHLBank System and the FHLBanks are constrained by the

181

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States. On July 15, 2011, Standard & Poor's placed the long-term credit ratings of the ten FHLBanks on CreditWatch with negative implications after placing the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States on CreditWatch negative on July 14, 2011. On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook and affirmed the A-1+ short-term rating. As a result, on August 8, 2011, Standard & Poor's lowered the long-term issuer credit ratings and related issue ratings on select government-related entities. Specifically, Standard & Poor's lowered its long-term issuer credit ratings and related issuer ratings on 10 of the 12 FHLBanks and on the senior unsecured debt issued by the FHLBank System from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook (the FHLBank of Chicago and the FHLBank of Seattle were already rated AA+) and removed the FHLBanks and relevant debt issues from CreditWatch.

On July 13, 2011, Moody's placed the Aaa bond rating of the U. S. government, and consequently the ratings of the GSEs, including the FHLBanks, on review for possible downgrade because of the risk that the statutory debt limit would not be raised in time to prevent a default on U.S. Treasury debt obligations. On August 2, 2011, Moody's confirmed the Aaa bond rating of the U.S. government following the raising of the statutory debt limit and changed the rating outlook to negative. Also on August 2, 2011, Moody's confirmed the long-term Aaa rating on the senior unsecured debt issues of the FHLBank System, the 12 FHLBanks, and other ratings Moody's considers directly linked to the U.S. government. In conjunction with the revision of the U.S. government outlook to negative, Moody's also revised the rating outlook for the FHLBank System and the 12 FHLBanks to negative.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments without the effect of netting arrangements or collateral as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. For purposes of this disclosure, the derivatives values include the fair value of derivatives and related accrued interest.

	2011								2010
	Notional Amount of Derivatives		Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities			Notional Amount of Derivatives		Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps	$	56,355	$	1,241		$	309		$	84,131	$	1,816		$	429
Total	56,355		1,241			309			84,131		1,816			429
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps	72,245		366			492			104,193		518			535
Interest rate caps, floors, corridors, and/or collars	976		4			11			2,086		17			24
Total	73,221		370			503			106,279		535			559
Total derivatives before netting and collateral adjustments	$	129,576	1,611			812			$	190,410	2,351			988
Netting adjustments by counterparty			(697		)	(697		)			(826		)	(826		)
Cash collateral and related accrued interest			(514		)	(42		)			(807		)	1
Total collateral and netting adjustments(1)			(1,211		)	(739		)			(1,633		)	(825		)
Derivative assets and derivative liabilities as reported on the Statements of Condition			$	400		$	73				$	718		$	163

(1) Amounts include the netting of derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty, including cash collateral, where the Bank has the legal right to do so under its master netting agreement with each counterparty.

182

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents the components of net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities as presented in the Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	2011			2010			2009
	Gain/(Loss)			Gain/(Loss)			Gain/(Loss)
Derivatives and hedged items in fair value hedging relationships – hedge ineffectiveness by derivative type:
Interest rate swaps	$	(31	)	$	1		$	24
Total net gain/(loss) related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness	(31		)	1			24
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Economic hedges:
Interest rate swaps	(192		)	(8		)	538
Interest rate caps, floors, corridors, and/or collars	—			—			12
Net interest settlements	(33		)	(161		)	(452		)
Total net gain/(loss) related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	(225		)	(169		)	98
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	$	(256	)	$	(168	)	$	122

The following table presents, by type of hedged item, the gains and losses on derivatives and the related hedged items in fair value hedging relationships and the impact of those derivatives on the Bank's net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Hedged Item Type	Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives			Gain/(Loss) on Hedged Item			Net Fair Value Hedge Ineffectiveness			Effect of Derivatives on Net Interest Income(1)
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Advances	$	21		$	(19	)	$	2		$	(260	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(372		)	339			(33		)	1,092
Total	$	(351	)	$	320		$	(31	)	$	832
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Advances	$	159		$	(160	)	$	(1	)	$	(547	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(480		)	482			2			1,733
Total	$	(321	)	$	322		$	1		$	1,186
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Advances	$	641		$	(677	)	$	(36	)	$	(966	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(1,649		)	1,709			60			2,099
Total	$	(1,008	)	$	1,032		$	24		$	1,133

(1) The net interest on derivatives in fair value hedge relationships is presented in the interest income/expense line item of the respective hedged item.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no reclassifications from other comprehensive income/(loss) into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because the original forecasted transactions occurred by the end of the originally specified time period or within a two-month period thereafter.

As of December 31, 2011, the amount of unrecognized net losses on derivative instruments accumulated in other comprehensive income/(loss) expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months was de minimis. The maximum length of time over which the Bank is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions, excluding those forecasted transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments, is less than three months.

183

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Note 19 — Fair Values

The following fair value amounts have been determined by the Bank using available market information and the Bank's best judgment of appropriate valuation methods. These estimates are based on pertinent information available to the Bank at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Although the Bank uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. For example, because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Bank's financial instruments, in certain cases fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may change as economic and market factors and evaluation of those factors change. Therefore, these fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in current market transactions, although they do reflect the Bank's judgment of how a market participant would estimate the fair values. The fair value summary table does not represent an estimate of the overall market value of the Bank as a going concern, which would take into account future business opportunities and the net profitability of total assets and liabilities on a combined basis.

The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of the Bank's financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011				2010
	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	3,494	$	3,494	$	755	$	755
Federal funds sold	5,366		5,366		16,312		16,312
Trading securities	2,808		2,808		2,519		2,519
Available-for-sale securities	9,613		9,613		1,927		1,927
Held-to-maturity securities	21,581		21,414		31,824		32,214
Advances (includes $8,684 and $10,490 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	68,164		68,584		95,599		95,830
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses	1,829		1,976		2,381		2,511
Accrued interest receivable	180		180		228		228
Derivative assets, net(1)	400		400		718		718
Liabilities
Deposits	156		156		134		134
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds (includes $15,712 and $20,872 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	83,350		83,878		121,120		121,338
Discount notes	19,152		19,155		19,527		19,528
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	5,578		5,578		3,749		3,749
Accrued interest payable	241		241		467		467
Derivative liabilities, net(1)	73		73		163		163
Other
Standby letters of credit	6		6		26		26

(1) Amounts include the netting of derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty, including cash collateral, where the Bank has the legal right to do so under its master netting agreement with each counterparty.

Fair Value Methodologies and Techniques and Significant Inputs. The valuation methodologies and techniques and significant inputs used in estimating the fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are discussed below.

Cash and Due from Banks–The estimated fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.

184

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Federal Funds Sold –The estimated fair value of overnight Federal funds sold approximates the recorded carrying value. The estimated fair value of term Federal funds sold has been determined by calculating the present value of expected cash flows for the instruments excluding accrued interest. The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement rates for comparable instruments with similar terms.

Investment Securities – Commercial Paper and Interest-Bearing Deposits – The estimated fair values of these investments are determined by calculating the present value of expected cash flows, excluding accrued interest, using market-observable inputs as of the last business day of the period or using industry standard analytical models and certain actual and estimated market information. The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement rates for comparable instruments with similar terms.

Investment Securities – MBS – To value its MBS, the Bank obtains prices from four designated third-party pricing vendors when available. The pricing vendors use various proprietary models to price these securities. The inputs to those models are derived from various sources including, but not limited to: benchmark yields, reported trades, dealer estimates, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and other market-related data. Since many securities do not trade on a daily basis, the pricing vendors use available information as applicable, such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing to determine the prices for individual securities. Each pricing vendor has an established challenge process in place for all security valuations, which facilitates resolution of price discrepancies identified by the Bank.

Recently, the Bank conducted reviews of the four pricing vendors to update and confirm its understanding of the vendors' pricing processes, methodologies, and control procedures.

Prior to December 31, 2011, the Bank established a fair value for each security using a formula that was based on the number of prices received. If four prices were received, the average of the middle two prices was used; if three prices were received, the middle price was used; if two prices were received, the average of the two prices was used; and if one price was received, it was used subject to additional validation. The resulting fair values were tested for reasonableness using specified tolerance thresholds based on security type. Fair values within these established thresholds were generally accepted unless strong evidence suggested that using the fair value would not be appropriate. Preliminary estimated fair values that were outside the tolerance thresholds, or that management believed might not be appropriate based on all available information (including those limited instances in which only one price was received), were subject to further analysis including, but not limited to, comparison to the prices for similar securities and/or to dealer estimates.

Effective December 31, 2011, the Bank refined its method for estimating the fair values of its MBS. The Bank's refined valuation technique first requires the establishment of a “median” price for each security using the same process described above. All vendor prices that are within a specified tolerance threshold of the median price are included in the cluster of vendor prices that are averaged to establish a default fair value. All vendor prices that are outside the threshold (outliers) are subject to further analysis including, but not limited to, comparison to prices provided by an additional third-party valuation service, prices for similar securities, and/or dealer estimates, or use of internal model prices, which are deemed to be reflective of all relevant facts and circumstances that a market participant would consider. Such analysis is also applied in those limited instances where no third-party vendor price or only one third-party vendor price is available in order to arrive at an estimated fair value. If an outlier (or some other price identified in the analysis) is determined to be a better estimate of fair value, then the outlier (or the other price, as appropriate) is used as the fair value rather than the default fair value. If, instead, the analysis confirms that an outlier is (or outliers are) not representative of fair value and the default fair value is the best estimate, then the default fair value is used as the fair value.

If all vendor prices received for a security are outside the tolerance threshold level of the median price, then there is no default fair value, and the fair value is determined by an evaluation of all outlier prices (or the other prices, as appropriate) as described above.

185

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

As an additional step, the Bank reviewed the fair value estimates of its PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011, for reasonableness using an implied yield test. The Bank calculated an implied yield for each of its PLRMBS using the estimated fair value derived from the process described above and the security's projected cash flows from the Bank's OTTI process and compared the implied yield to the yields for comparable securities according to dealers and other third-party sources to the extent comparable market yield data was available. Any significant variances were evaluated in conjunction with all of the other available pricing information to determine whether an adjustment to the fair value estimate was appropriate.

As of December 31, 2011, four vendor prices were received for substantially all of the Bank's MBS and the fair value estimates for substantially all of those securities were determined by averaging the four vendor prices. The refinement to the valuation technique did not have a significant impact on the estimated fair values of the Bank's MBS as of December 31, 2011. Based on the Bank's reviews of the pricing methods employed by the third-party pricing vendors and the relative lack of dispersion among the vendor prices (or, in those instances in which there were outliers or significant yield variances, the Bank's additional analyses), the Bank believes its fair value estimates are reasonable and that the fair value measurements are classified appropriately in the fair value hierarchy.

Investment Securities – FFCB bonds, TLGP securities, and Housing Finance Agency Bonds – The Bank estimates the fair values of these securities using the same methodology as described above for MBS.

Advances – Because quoted prices are not available for advances, the fair values are measured using model-based valuation techniques (such as the present value of future cash flows excluding the amount of the accrued interest receivable), creditworthiness of members, advance collateral types, prepayment assumptions, and other factors, such as credit loss assumptions, as necessary.

Because no principal market exists for the sale of advances, the Bank has defined the most advantageous market as a hypothetical market in which an advance sale could occur with a hypothetical financial institution. The Bank's primary inputs for measuring the fair value of advances are market-based consolidated obligation yield curve (CO Curve) inputs obtained from the Office of Finance and provided to the Bank. The Bank prices advances using the CO Curve because it represents the Bank's cost of funds. The CO Curve is then adjusted to reflect the rates on replacement advances with similar terms and collateral. These spread adjustments are not market-observable and are evaluated for significance in the overall fair value measurement and the fair value hierarchy level of the advance. As of December 31, 2011, the spread adjustment to the CO Curve ranged from 12 to 18 basis points for advances carried at fair value. The Bank obtains market-observable inputs from derivatives dealers for complex advances. These inputs may include volatility assumptions, which are market-based expectations of future interest rate volatility implied from current market prices for similar options (swaptions volatilities). The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement advance rates for advances with similar terms. Pursuant to the Finance Agency's advances regulation, advances with an original term to maturity or repricing period greater than six months generally require a prepayment fee sufficient to make the Bank financially indifferent to the borrower's decision to prepay the advances. The Bank determined that no adjustment is required to the fair value measurement of advances for prepayment fees.

Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio – The estimated fair value for mortgage loans represents modeled prices based on observable market prices for agency commitment rates adjusted for differences in coupon and seasoning. Market prices are highly dependent on the underlying prepayment assumptions. Changes in the prepayment speeds often have a material effect on the fair value estimates. These underlying prepayment assumptions are susceptible to material changes in the near term because they are made at a specific point in time.

Loans to Other FHLBanks–Because these are overnight transactions, the estimated fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable – The estimated fair value approximates the recorded carrying value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable.

186

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Derivative Assets and Liabilities –In general, derivative instruments held by the Bank for risk management activities are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. These derivatives are interest-rate related. For these derivatives, the Bank measures fair value using internally developed discounted cash flow models that use primarily market-observable inputs, such as the LIBOR swap yield curve, option volatilities adjusted for counterparty credit risk, as necessary, and prepayment assumptions.

The Bank is subject to credit risk in derivatives transactions because of potential nonperformance by the derivatives counterparties. To mitigate this risk, the Bank only executes transactions with highly rated derivatives dealers and major banks (derivatives dealer counterparties) that meet the Bank's eligibility criteria. In addition, the Bank has entered into master netting agreements and bilateral security agreements with all active derivatives dealer counterparties that provide for delivery of collateral at specified levels tied to counterparty credit ratings to limit the Bank's net unsecured credit exposure to these counterparties. Under these policies and agreements, the amount of unsecured credit exposure to an individual derivatives dealer counterparty is limited to an absolute dollar credit exposure limit according to the counterparty's credit rating, as determined by rating agency long-term credit ratings of the counterparty's debt securities or deposits. All credit exposure from derivatives transactions entered into by the Bank with member counterparties that are not derivatives dealers must be fully secured by eligible collateral. The Bank evaluated the potential for the fair value of the instruments to be affected by counterparty credit risk and determined that no adjustments to the overall fair value measurements were required.

Deposits and Other Borrowings –For deposits and other borrowings, the estimated fair value has been determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and other borrowings excluding accrued interest. The discount rates used in these calculations are the cost of deposits and borrowings with similar terms.

Consolidated Obligations – Because quoted prices in active markets are not generally available for identical liabilities, the Bank measures fair values using internally developed models that use primarily market-observable inputs. The Bank's primary inputs for measuring the fair value of consolidated obligation bonds are market-based CO Curve inputs obtained from the Office of Finance and provided to the Bank. The Office of Finance constructs a market-observable curve, referred to as the CO Curve, using the Treasury yield curve as a base curve, which may be adjusted by indicative spreads obtained from market-observable sources. These market indications are generally derived from pricing indications from dealers, historical pricing relationships, and market activity for similar liabilities such as recent GSE trades or secondary market activity. For consolidated obligation bonds with embedded options, the Bank also obtains market-observable quotes and inputs from derivatives dealers. The Bank uses these swaption volatilities as significant inputs for measuring the fair value of consolidated obligations.

Adjustments may be necessary to reflect the Bank's credit quality or the credit quality of the FHLBank System when valuing consolidated obligation bonds measured at fair value. The Bank monitors its own creditworthiness, the creditworthiness of the other 11 FHLBanks, and the FHLBank System to determine whether any adjustments are necessary for creditworthiness in its fair value measurement of consolidated obligation bonds. The credit ratings of the FHLBank System and any changes to the credit ratings are the basis for the Bank to determine whether the fair values of consolidated obligations have been significantly affected during the reporting period by changes in the instrument-specific credit risk.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock –The estimated fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is generally at par value as indicated by member contemporaneous purchases and sales at par value. Fair value includes estimated dividends earned at the time of reclassification from capital to liabilities, until such amount is paid, and any subsequently declared stock dividend. The Bank's stock can only be acquired by members at par value and redeemed or repurchased at par value, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank's stock is not traded, and no market mechanism exists for the exchange of Bank stock outside the cooperative ownership structure.

187

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Commitments – The estimated fair value of the Bank's commitments to extend credit was de minimis at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit is based on the present value of fees currently charged for similar agreements. The value of the Bank's standby letters of credit is recorded in other liabilities.

Subjectivity of Estimates Related to Fair Values of Financial Instruments. Estimates of the fair value of advances with embedded options, mortgage instruments, derivatives with embedded options, and consolidated obligation bonds with embedded options using the methods described above and other methods are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows, prepayment speed assumptions, expected interest rate volatility, methods to determine possible distributions of future interest rates used to value options, and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material effect on the fair value estimates. Since these estimates are made as of a specific date, they are susceptible to material near term changes.

Fair Value Hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the fair value methodologies and valuation techniques as well as the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value for assets and liabilities carried at fair value on the Statements of Condition. The inputs are evaluated and an overall level for the fair value measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of market observability of the fair value measurement for the asset or liability. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

• Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity or by the Bank's own assumptions.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following assets and liabilities, including those for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, are carried at fair value on the Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011:

• Trading securities

• Available-for-sale securities

• Certain advances

• Derivative assets and liabilities

• Certain consolidated obligation bonds

For instruments carried at fair value, the Bank reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in or out at fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the changes occur. For the periods presented, the Bank did not have any reclassifications for transfers in or out of the fair value hierarchy levels.

Fair Value on a Recurring Basis. These assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are summarized in the following table by fair value hierarchy (as described above).

188

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Measurement Using:						Netting
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Adjustments(1)			Total
Assets:
Trading securities:
GSEs – FFCB bonds	$	—	$	1,867	$	—	$	—		$	1,867
TLGP securities	—		923		—		—			923
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—		17		—		—			17
GSEs – Fannie Mae	—		1		—		—			1
Total trading securities	—		2,808		—		—			2,808
Available-for-sale securities:
TLGP securities	—		1,926		—		—			1,926
PLRMBS	—		—		7,687		—			7,687
Total available-for-sale securities	—		1,926		7,687		—			9,613
Advances(2)	—		8,728		—		—			8,728
Derivative assets: interest-rate related	—		1,611		—		(1,211		)	400
Total assets	$	—	$	15,073	$	7,687	$	(1,211	)	$	21,549
Liabilities:
Consolidated obligation bonds(3)	$	—	$	15,712	$	—	$	—		$	15,712
Derivative liabilities: interest-rate related	—		812		—		(739		)	73
Total liabilities	$	—	$	16,524	$	—	$	(739	)	$	15,785

December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurement Using:						Netting
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Adjustments(1)			Total
Assets:
Trading securities:
GSEs – FFCB bonds	$	—	$	2,366	$	—	$	—		$	2,366
TLGP securities	—		128		—		—			128
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—		20		—		—			20
GSEs – Fannie Mae	—		5		—					5
Total trading securities	—		2,519		—		—			2,519
Available-for-sale securities (TLGP)	—		1,927		—		—			1,927
Advances(2)	—		11,297		—		—			11,297
Derivative assets: interest-rate related	—		2,351		—		(1,633		)	718
Total assets	$	—	$	18,094	$	—	$	(1,633	)	$	16,461
Liabilities:
Consolidated obligation bonds(3)	$	—	$	21,384	$	—	$	—		$	21,384
Derivative liabilities: interest-rate related	—		988		—		(825		)	163
Total liabilities	$	—	$	22,372	$	—	$	(825	)	$	21,547

(1) Amounts represent the netting of derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty, including cash collateral, where the Bank has the legal right to do so under its master netting agreement with each counterparty.

(2) Includes $8,684 and $10,490 of advances recorded under the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $44 and $807 of advances recorded at fair value at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, where the exposure to overall changes in fair value was hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

(3) Includes $15,712 and $20,872 of consolidated obligation bonds recorded under the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $512 of consolidated obligation bonds recorded at fair value at December 31, 2010, where the exposure to overall changes in fair value was hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

189

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents a reconciliation of the Bank's available-for-sale PLRMBS that are measured at fair value on the Statements of Condition using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for 2011. The Bank had no available-for-sale PLRMBS measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for 2010.

	2011
Balance, beginning of period	$	—
Transfers of held-to-maturity to available-for-sale securities	7,940
Total gain/(loss) realized and unrealized:
OTTI credit loss recognized in earnings	(252		)
Unrealized gain/(loss) in AOCI	835
Settlements	(836		)
Balance, end of period	$	7,687

Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis. Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis—that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but are subject to fair value adjustment in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank measured certain of its held-to-maturity investment securities and REO at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The following tables present these assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value was recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by level within the fair value hierarchy.

December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Measurement Using:
Assets:	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
REO	$	—	$	—	$	2

December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurement Using:
Assets:	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Held-to-maturity securities – PLRMBS	$	—	$	—	$	547
REO	—		—		2

Based on the current lack of significant market activity for PLRMBS and REO, the nonrecurring fair value measurements for these assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, fell within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value Option. The fair value option provides an entity with an irrevocable option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value. It requires an entity to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the entity has chosen to use fair value on the face of the statement of condition. Fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities, and commitments, with the changes in fair value recognized in net income. Interest income and interest expense carried on advances and consolidated bonds at fair value are recognized solely on the contractual amount of interest due or unpaid. Any transaction fees or costs are immediately recognized in other non-interest income or other non-interest expense.

The Bank elected the fair value option for certain financial instruments as follows:

• Adjustable rate credit advances with embedded options

• Callable fixed rate credit advances

• Putable fixed rate credit advances

• Putable fixed rate credit advances with embedded options

• Fixed rate credit advances with partial prepayment symmetry

190

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

• Callable or non-callable capped floater consolidated obligation bonds

• Convertible consolidated obligation bonds

• Adjustable or fixed rate range accrual consolidated obligation bonds

• Ratchet consolidated obligation bonds

• Adjustable rate credit advances indexed to the following: Prime Rate, U.S. Treasury Bill, Federal funds, CMT, Constant Maturity Swap (CMS), and 12-month moving average of the one-year CMT (12 MTA)

• Adjustable rate consolidated obligation bonds indexed to the following: Prime Rate, U.S. Treasury Bill, Federal funds, CMT, CMS, and 12 MTA step-up callable bonds, which pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-up dates

• Step-down callable bonds, which pay interest at decreasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-down dates

The Bank has elected these items for the fair value option to assist in mitigating potential income statement volatility that can arise from economic hedging relationships. The risk associated with using fair value only for the derivative is the Bank's primary reason for electing the fair value option for financial assets and liabilities that do not qualify for hedge accounting or that have not previously met or may be at risk for not meeting the hedge effectiveness requirements.

The following table summarizes the activity related to financial assets and liabilities for which the Bank elected the fair value option for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011						2010						2009
	Advances			Consolidated Obligation Bonds			Advances			Consolidated Obligation Bonds			Advances			Consolidated Obligation Bonds
Balance, beginning of the year	$	10,490		$	20,872		$	21,616		$	37,022		$	38,573		$	30,286
New transactions elected for fair value option	2,045			16,668			3,594			24,894			511			33,575
Maturities and terminations	(4,023		)	(21,982		)	(14,505		)	(40,987		)	(16,823		)	(26,736		)
Net gain/(loss) on advances and net (gain)/loss on consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	184			159			(164		)	(51		)	(572		)	(101		)
Change in accrued interest	(12		)	(5		)	(51		)	(6		)	(73		)	(2		)
Balance, end of the year	$	8,684		$	15,712		$	10,490		$	20,872		$	21,616		$	37,022

For advances and consolidated obligations recorded under the fair value option, the estimated impact of changes in credit risk for 2011, 2010, and 2009 was de minimis.

The following table presents the changes in fair value included in the Statements of Income for each item for which the Bank elected the fair value option for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

191

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	Interest Income on Advances		Interest Expense on Consolidated Obligation Bonds			Net Gain/(Loss) on Advances and Consolidated Obligation Bonds Held Under Fair Value Option			Total Changes in Fair Value Included in Current Period Earnings
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Advances	$	255	$	—		$	184		$	439
Consolidated obligation bonds	—		(122		)	(159		)	(281		)
Total	$	255	$	(122	)	$	25		$	158
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Advances	$	468	$	—		$	(164	)	$	304
Consolidated obligation bonds	—		(165		)	51			(114		)
Total	$	468	$	(165	)	$	(113	)	$	190
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Advances	$	1,084	$	—		$	(572	)	$	512
Consolidated obligation bonds	—		(188		)	101			(87		)
Total	$	1,084	$	(188	)	$	(471	)	$	425

The following table presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding of advances and consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank elected the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	At December 31, 2011						At December 31, 2010
	Principal Balance		Fair Value		Fair Value Over/(Under) Principal Balance		Principal Balance		Fair Value		Fair Value Over/(Under) Principal Balance
Advances(1)	$	8,258	$	8,684	$	426	$	10,163	$	10,490	$	327
Consolidated obligation bonds	15,669		15,712		43		20,982		20,872		(110		)

(1) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, none of these advances were 90 days or more past due or had been placed on nonaccrual status.

Note 20 — Commitments and Contingencies

As provided by the FHLBank Act or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations, which are backed only by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. The Bank has never been asked or required to repay the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, and as of December 31, 2011, and through the filing date of this report, does not believe that is probable that it will be asked to do so.

The Bank determined it was not necessary to recognize a liability for the fair value of the Bank's joint and several liability for all consolidated obligations. The joint and several obligations are mandated by regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks and are not the result of arms-length transactions among the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks have no control over the amount of the guarantee or the determination of how each FHLBank would perform under the joint and several obligations. Because the FHLBanks are subject to the authority of the Finance Agency as it relates to decisions involving the allocation of the joint and several liability for the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations, the FHLBanks' joint and several obligations are excluded from the initial recognition and measurement provisions. Accordingly, the Bank has not recognized a liability for its joint and several obligation related to other FHLBanks' participations in the consolidated obligations. The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks was $691,868 at December 31, 2011, and $796,374 at December 31, 2010. The par value of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligations was $101,204 at December 31, 2011,

192

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

and $139,133 at December 31, 2010.

The joint and several liability regulation provides a general framework for addressing the possibility that an FHLBank may be unable to repay its participation in the consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. In accordance with this regulation, the president of each FHLBank is required to provide a quarterly certification that, among other things, the FHLBank will remain capable of making full and timely payment of all its current obligations, including direct obligations.

In addition, the regulation requires that an FHLBank must provide written notice to the Finance Agency if at any time the FHLBank is unable to provide the quarterly certification; projects that it will be unable to fully meet all of its current obligations, including direct obligations, on a timely basis during the quarter; or negotiates or enters into an agreement with another FHLBank for financial assistance to meet its obligations. If an FHLBank gives any one of these notices (other than in a case of a temporary interruption in the FHLBank's debt servicing operations resulting from an external event such as a natural disaster or a power failure), it must promptly file a consolidated obligations payment plan for Finance Agency approval specifying the measures the FHLBank will undertake to make full and timely payments of all its current obligations.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in the regulation, the regulation provides that the Finance Agency in its discretion may at any time order any FHLBank to make any principal or interest payment due on any consolidated obligation. To the extent an FHLBank makes any payment on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the FHLBank that is the primary obligor, which will have a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FHLBank for the payment and associated costs, including interest.

The regulation also provides that the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liability of an FHLBank for consolidated obligations among the other FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank's participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding. The Finance Agency reserves the right to allocate the outstanding liabilities for the consolidated obligations among the FHLBanks in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner.

Off-balance sheet commitments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

	2011						2010
	Expire Within One Year		Expire After One Year		Total		Expire Within One Year		Expire After One Year		Total
Standby letters of credit outstanding	$	4,227	$	1,087	$	5,314	$	1,554	$	4,481	$	6,035
Commitments to fund additional advances(1)	100		2		102		304		—		304
Unsettled consolidated obligation bonds, par(2)	200		—		200		205		—		205
Interest rate exchange agreements, traded but not yet settled	705		—		705		95		—		95

(1) At December 31, 2011, $100 was hedged with associated interest rate swaps.

(2) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $200 and $95 were hedged with associated interest rate swaps, respectively.

Standby letters of credit are generally issued for a fee on behalf of members to support their obligations to third parties. If the Bank is required to make payment for a beneficiary's drawing under a letter of credit, the amount is immediately due and payable by the member to the Bank and is charged to the member's demand deposit account with the Bank. The original terms of these standby letters of credit range from 88 days to 10 years, including a final expiration in 2021.

The value of the Bank's obligations related to standby letters of credit is recorded in other liabilities and amounted to $6 at December 31, 2011, and $26 at December 31, 2010. Letters of credit are fully collateralized at the time of

193

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

issuance. Based on the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition and collateral requirements, no allowance for losses was deemed necessary by the Bank on the letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Commitments to fund additional advances totaled $102 and $304 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Advances funded under advance commitments are fully collateralized at the time of funding (see Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses). Based on the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition and collateral requirements, no allowance for losses was deemed necessary by the Bank on the advance commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of advance commitments was de minimis to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Commitments to participate in the issuance of consolidated obligations totaled $200 and $205 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of the consolidated obligation commitments was de minimis to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Bank executes interest rate exchange agreements with major banks and derivatives entities affiliated with broker-dealers that have, or are supported by guarantees from related entities that have, long-term unsecured, unsubordinated debt or deposit ratings from Standard & Poor's and Moody's, where the lowest rating is A-/A3 or better. The Bank also executes interest rate exchange agreements with its members. The Bank enters into master agreements with netting provisions with all counterparties and into bilateral security agreements with all active derivatives dealer counterparties. All member counterparty master agreements, excluding those with derivatives dealers, are subject to the terms of the Bank's Advances and Security Agreement with members, and all member counterparties (except for those that are derivatives dealers) must fully collateralize the Bank's net credit exposure. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had pledged total collateral of $82, including securities with a carrying value of $33, all of which could be sold or repledged, and cash of $49 to counterparties that had market risk exposure to the Bank related to derivatives. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank had pledged as collateral securities with a carrying value of $84, all of which could be sold or repledged, to counterparties that had market risk exposure to the Bank related to derivatives.

The Bank charged operating expenses for net rental costs of approximately $5, $5, and $4 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Future minimum rentals at December 31, 2011, were as follows:

Year	Future Minimum Rentals
2012	$	4
2013	4
2014	3
2015	3
2016	3
Thereafter	12
Total	$	29

Lease agreements for Bank premises generally provide for increases in the basic rentals resulting from increases in property taxes and maintenance expenses. Such increases are not expected to have a material effect on the Bank's financial condition or results of operations.

The Bank may be subject to various pending legal proceedings that may arise in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, the Bank does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

194

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Other commitments and contingencies are discussed in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 8 – Advances, Note 9 – Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio, Note 12 – Consolidated Obligations, Note 13 – Affordable Housing Program, Note 14 – Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments, Note 15 – Capital, Note 16 – Employee Retirement Plans and Incentive Compensation Plans, and Note 18 –Derivatives and Hedging Activities.

Note 21 — Transactions with Certain Members, Certain Nonmembers, and Other FHLBanks

Transactions with Members. The Bank has a cooperative ownership structure under which current member institutions, certain former members and certain other nonmembers own the capital stock of the Bank. Former members and other nonmembers are required to maintain their investment in the Bank's capital stock until their outstanding transactions mature or are paid off or until their capital stock is redeemed following the relevant five-year redemption period for capital stock, in accordance with the Bank's capital requirements (see Note 15 – Capital for further information).

All advances are made to members, and all mortgage loans held for portfolio were purchased from members. The Bank also maintains deposit accounts for members primarily to facilitate settlement activities that are directly related to advances and mortgage loan purchases. All transactions with members and their affiliates are entered into in the normal course of business. In instances where the member has an officer or director who is a director of the Bank, transactions with the member are subject to the same eligibility and credit criteria, as well as the same conditions, as transactions with all other members, in accordance with regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks.

The Bank has investments in Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits, and commercial paper, and executes MBS and derivatives transactions with members or their affiliates. The Bank purchases MBS through securities brokers or dealers and executes all MBS investments without preference to the status of the counterparty or the issuer of the investment as a nonmember, member, or affiliate of a member. When the Bank executes non-MBS investments with members, the Bank may give consideration to their secured credit and the Bank's advance price levels. As an additional service to its members, the Bank has in the past entered into offsetting interest rate exchange agreements, acting as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. These transactions were executed at market rates.

Transactions with Certain Members and Certain Nonmembers. The following tables set forth information at the dates and for the periods indicated with respect to transactions with: (i) members and nonmembers holding more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Bank's capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, at each respective period end, (ii) members that had an officer or director serving on the Bank's Board of Directors at any time during the periods indicated, and (iii) affiliates of the foregoing members and nonmembers. All transactions with members, the nonmembers described in the preceding sentence, and their respective affiliates are entered into in the normal course of business. The table includes securities transactions where certain members, nonmembers and their affiliates (as described above) are the issuers or obligors of the securities, but does not include securities purchased, sold or issued through, or otherwise underwritten by, affiliates of certain members and nonmembers. The tables also do not include any AHP awards. Securities purchased, sold or issued through, or otherwise underwritten by, and AHP awards provided to the affiliates of certain members and nonmembers are in the ordinary course of the Bank's business.

195

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	1	$	—
Investments(1)	1,367		2,568
Advances	36,689		57,567
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	1,454		1,888
Accrued interest receivable	33		80
Derivative assets, net	522		762
Total	$	40,066	$	62,865
Liabilities:
Deposits	$	527	$	760
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	4,960		3,001
Derivative liabilities, net	3		4
Total	$	5,490	$	3,765
Notional amount of derivatives	$	31,033	$	49,695
Standby letters of credit	2,736		3,764

(1) Investments consist of Federal funds sold and held-to-maturity securities issued by and/or purchased from the members or nonmembers described in this section or their affiliates.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Interest Income:
Investments(1)	$	53		$	88		$	144
Advances(2)	185			485			1,891
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	82			108			130
Total	$	320		$	681		$	2,165
Interest Expense:
Deposits	$	—		$	1		$	—
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	10			14			6
Consolidated obligations(2)	(414		)	(636		)	(670		)
Total	$	(404	)	$	(621	)	$	(664	)
Other Income/(Loss):
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	$	(217	)	$	(167	)	$	(436	)
Other income	3			4			4
Total	$	(214	)	$	(163	)	$	(432	)

(1) Investments consist of Federal funds sold and held-to-maturity securities issued by and/or purchased from the members or nonmembers described in this section or their affiliates.

(2) Reflects the effect of associated derivatives with the members or nonmembers described in this section or their affiliates.

The FHLBank Act requires the Bank to establish an AHP. The Bank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market interest rate advances to members, which use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households. Only Bank members, along with their nonmember AHP project sponsors, may submit AHP applications. All AHP subsidies are made in the normal course of business. In instances where an AHP subsidy involves a member (or its affiliate) that owns more than 5% of the Bank's capital stock, a member with an officer or director who is a director of the Bank, or an entity with an officer, director or general partner who serves as a director of the Bank (and that has a direct or indirect interest in the AHP subsidy), the AHP subsidy is subject to the same eligibility and other program criteria and requirements as AHP subsidies provided to all other members and the regulations governing the operations of the AHP.

196

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

Transactions with Other FHLBanks. Transactions with other FHLBanks are identified on the face of the Bank's financial statements.

Note 22 — Other

The table below discloses the categories included in other operating expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	2011		2010		2009
Professional and contract services	$	27	$	32	$	32
Travel	2		2		2
Occupancy	5		5		5
Equipment	8		9		8
Other	4		4		4
Total	$	46	$	52	$	51

Note 23 — Subsequent Events

The Bank evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2011, until the time of the Form 10-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and no material subsequent events were identified.

197

Supplementary Financial Data (Unaudited)

Supplementary financial data for each full quarter in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are included in the following tables (dollars in millions except per share amounts).

	Three Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011			Sept. 30, 2011			June 30, 2011			Mar. 31, 2011
Interest income	$	422		$	444		$	459		$	461
Interest expense	177			176			195			205
Net interest income	245			268			264			256
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans	1			—			3			—
Other income/(loss)	(87		)	(197		)	(219		)	(142		)
Other expense	33			31			30			32
Assessments	13			4			3			22
Net income/(loss)	$	111		$	36		$	9		$	60
Dividends declared per share	$	0.08		$	0.07		$	0.08		$	0.07
Annualized dividend rate	0.30		%	0.26		%	0.31		%	0.29		%

	Three Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2010			Sept. 30, 2010			June 30, 2010			Mar. 31, 2010
Interest income	$	482		$	560		$	644		$	662
Interest expense	212			254			281			305
Net interest income	270			306			363			357
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans	—			—			2			—
Other income/(loss)	(38		)	(86		)	(285		)	(195		)
Other expense	41			33			35			36
Assessments	51			50			12			33
Net income/(loss)	$	140		$	137		$	29		$	93
Dividends declared per share	$	0.10		$	0.11		$	0.06		$	0.07
Annualized dividend rate	0.39		%	0.44		%	0.26		%	0.27		%

198

Investments

Supplementary financial data on the carrying values of the Bank's investments as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, are included in the tables below.

(In millions)	2011		2010		2009
Trading securities:
U.S. government corporations and GSEs – FFCB bonds	$	1,867	$	2,366	$	—
Other bonds, notes, and debentures:
TLGP securities	923		128		—
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	17		20		23
GSEs – Fannie Mae	1		5		8
Total trading securities	2,808		2,519		31
Available-for-sale securities:
Other bonds, notes, and debentures:
TLGP securities	1,926		1,927		1,931
MBS:
PLRMBS	7,687		—		—
Total available-for-sale securities	9,613		1,927		1,931
Held-to-maturity securities:
Interest-bearing deposits	3,539		6,834		6,510
States and political subdivisions:
Housing finance agency bonds	646		743		769
Other bonds, notes, and debentures:
Commercial paper	1,800		2,500		1,100
TLGP securities	—		301		304
U.S. government corporations and GSEs:
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	217		33		16
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	3,374		2,326		3,423
Fannie Mae	8,314		5,922		8,467
PLRMBS	3,691		13,165		16,291
Total held-to-maturity securities	21,581		31,824		36,880
Total securities	34,002		36,270		38,842
Federal funds sold	5,366		16,312		8,164
Total investments	$	39,368	$	52,582	$	47,006

199

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments had the following maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and yield characteristics.

(Dollars in millions)	Within One Year			After One Year But Within Five Years			After Five Years But Within Ten Years			After Ten Years			Carrying Value
Trading securities:
U.S. government corporations and GSEs – FFCB bonds	$	1,633		$	234		$	—		$	—		$	1,867
Other bonds, notes, and debentures:
TLGP securities	923			—			—			—			923
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—			—			—			17			17
GSEs – Fannie Mae	1			—			—			—			1
Total trading securities	2,557			234			—			17			2,808
Yield on trading securities	0.86		%	0.35		%	2.00		%	2.11		%	0.83		%
Available-for-sale securities:
Other bonds, notes, and debentures:
TLGP securities	1,926			—			—			—			1,926
MBS:
PLRMBS	—			—			—			7,687			7,687
Total available-for-sale securities	1,926			—			—			7,687			9,613
Yield on available-for-sale securities	0.47		%	—		%	—		%	3.61		%	3.08		%
Held-to-maturity securities:
Interest-bearing deposits	3,539			—			—			—			3,539
States and political subdivisions:
Housing finance agency bonds	3			—			23			620			646
Other bonds, notes, and debentures:
Commercial paper	1,800			—			—			—			1,800
TLGP	—			—			—			—			—
U.S. government corporations and GSEs:
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—			—			4			213			217
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	—			—			13			3,361			3,374
Fannie Mae	—			1			109			8,204			8,314
PLRMBS	—			2			3			3,686			3,691
Total held-to-maturity securities	5,342			3			152			16,084			21,581
Yield on held-to-maturity securities	0.11		%	4.53		%	4.05		%	3.18		%	2.43		%
Total securities	9,825			237			152			23,788			34,002
Yield on total securities	0.38		%	0.41		%	4.04		%	3.34		%	2.51		%
Federal funds sold	5,366			—			—			—			5,366
Total investments	$	15,191		$	237		$	152		$	23,788		$	39,368

200

Mortgage Loan Data

The unpaid principal balances of delinquent mortgage loans for the past five years were as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
30 - 59 days delinquent	$	24		$	26		$	29		$	29		$	19
60 - 89 days delinquent	9			8			10			5			4
90 days or more delinquent	31			29			22			9			5
Total past due	64			63			61			43			28
Total current loans	1,777			2,337			2,996			3,680			4,122
Total mortgage loans	$	1,841		$	2,400		$	3,057		$	3,723		$	4,150
In process of foreclosure, included above(1)	$	20		$	17		$	9		$	4		$	3
Nonaccrual loans	$	31		$	29		$	22		$	9		$	5
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Delinquencies as a percentage of total mortgage loans outstanding	3.48		%	2.61		%	1.99		%	1.17		%	0.68		%
Serious delinquencies(2) as a percentage of total mortgage loans outstanding	1.70		%	1.19		%	0.70		%	0.25		%	0.13		%

(1) Includes loans for which the servicer has reported a decision to foreclose or to pursue a similar alternative, such as deed-in-lieu. Loans in process of foreclosure are included in past due or current loans depending on their delinquency status.

(2) Represents loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure.

The allowance for credit losses on the mortgage loan portfolio was as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	2011				2010			2009			2008			2007
Balance, beginning of the year	$	3.3			$	2.0		$	1.0		$	0.9		$	0.7
Chargeoffs – transferred to REO	(1.6		)		(1.1		)	(0.3		)	—			—
Provision for/(recovery of) credit losses	4.2				2.4			1.3			0.1			0.2
Balance, end of the year	$	5.9		1	$	3.3		$	2.0		$	1.0		$	0.9
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year	(0.07		)%		(0.05		)%	(0.01		)%	—		%	—		%

Geographic Concentration of Mortgage Loans⁽¹⁾ 

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
California	36.20	%	35.73	%
New York	7.09		6.82
Illinois	6.78		6.98
Massachusetts	4.58		4.70
New Jersey	4.25		4.42
All others(2)	41.10		41.35
Total	100.00	%	100.00	%

(1) Percentages calculated based on the unpaid principal balance at the end of each period.

(2) None of the remaining states represented more than 3% of the portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

201

Short-Term Borrowings

Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term. The following is a summary of short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Consolidated Obligation Discount Notes									Consolidated Obligation Bonds With Original Maturities of One Year or Less
(Dollars in millions)	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Outstanding at end of the year	$	19,152		$	19,527		$	18,246		$	8,935		$	17,111		$	31,557
Weighted average rate at end of the year	0.11		%	0.21		%	0.35		%	0.19		%	0.31		%	0.54		%
Daily average outstanding for the year	$	19,272		$	17,704		$	53,813		$	16,444		$	19,018		$	30,437
Weighted average rate for the year	0.18		%	0.23		%	0.88		%	0.26		%	0.38		%	0.94		%
Highest outstanding at any monthend	$	22,951		$	25,773		$	83,619		$	19,871		$	26,950		$	33,537

202

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The senior management of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Bank in the reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (1934 Act) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Bank's disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Bank in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is accumulated and communicated to the Bank's management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the Bank's disclosure controls and procedures, the Bank's management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and the Bank's management necessarily is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of controls and procedures.

Management of the Bank has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures with the participation of the president and chief executive officer, executive vice president and chief operating officer, and senior vice president and chief financial officer, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Bank's president and chief executive officer, executive vice president and chief operating officer, and senior vice president and chief financial officer, have concluded that the Bank's disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the 1934 Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Bank's principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Bank's Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:

• pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Bank;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Bank are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Bank; and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

During the three months ended December 31, 2011, there were no changes in the Bank's internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank's internal control over financial reporting. For management's assessment of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting, refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.”

203

Consolidated Obligations

The Bank's disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures for accumulating and communicating information in compliance with the Bank's disclosure and financial reporting requirements relating to the joint and several liability for the consolidated obligations of other Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks). Because the FHLBanks are independently managed and operated, the Bank's management relies on information that is provided or disseminated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency), the Office of Finance, and the other FHLBanks, as well as on published FHLBank credit ratings, in determining whether the joint and several liability regulation is reasonably likely to result in a direct obligation for the Bank or whether it is reasonably possible that the Bank will accrue a direct liability.

The Bank's management also relies on the operation of the joint and several liability regulation, which is located in Section 1270.10 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The joint and several liability regulation requires that each FHLBank file with the Finance Agency a quarterly certification that it will remain capable of making full and timely payment of all of its current obligations, including direct obligations, coming due during the next quarter. In addition, if an FHLBank cannot make such a certification or if it projects that it may be unable to meet its current obligations during the next quarter on a timely basis, it must file a notice with the Finance Agency. Under the joint and several liability regulation, the Finance Agency may order any FHLBank to make principal and interest payments on any consolidated obligations of any other FHLBank, or allocate the outstanding liability of an FHLBank among all remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank's participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding or on any other basis.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

2012 Directors Compensation Policy. The Board of Directors adopted the 2012 Board of Directors Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy (“2012 Directors Compensation Policy”), which is similar to the 2011 Board of Directors Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy with the exception of adjustments in annual service fees and meeting fees. For additional information on the 2012 Directors Compensation Policy, see Part III, Item 11, “Director Compensation” of this Form 10-K, which is incorporated in this Item 9B by reference.

204

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors (Board) of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) is composed of member directors and nonmember “independent” directors. Each year the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) designates the total number of director positions for the Bank. Member director positions are allocated to each of the three states in the Bank's district. The allocation is based on the number of shares of capital stock required to be held by the members in each of the three states as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year (the record date), with at least one member director position allocated to each state and at least three member director positions allocated to California. Of the eight member director positions designated by the Finance Agency for 2012, one is allocated to Arizona, five are allocated to California, and two are allocated to Nevada. The nonmember independent director positions on the Board must be at least two-fifths of the number of member director positions and at least two of them must be public interest director positions. The Finance Agency has designated six nonmember independent director positions for 2012, two of which are public interest director positions.

The Bank holds elections each year for the director positions with terms ending at yearend, with new terms beginning the following January 1. For member director positions, members located in the relevant states as of the record date are eligible to participate in the election for the state in which they are located. For nonmember independent director positions, all members located in the district as of the record date are eligible to participate in the election. For each director position to be filled, an eligible institution may cast one vote for each share of capital stock it was required to hold as of the record date (according to the requirements of the Bank's capital plan), except that an eligible institution's votes for each director position to be filled may not exceed the average number of shares of capital stock required to be held by all of the members in that state as of the record date. In the case of an election to fill more than one member director position for a state, an eligible institution may not cumulate or divide its block of eligible votes. Interim vacancies in director positions are filled by the Board. The Board does not solicit proxies, nor are eligible institutions permitted to solicit or use proxies to cast their votes in an election.

Candidates for member director positions are not nominated by the Bank's Board. As provided for in the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (FHLBank Act), member director candidates are nominated by the institutions eligible to participate in the election in the relevant state. Candidates for nonmember independent directors are nominated by the Board, following consultation with the Bank's Affordable Housing Advisory Council, and are reviewed by the Finance Agency. The Bank's Governance Committee performs certain functions that are similar to a nominating committee with respect to the nomination of nonmember independent directors. If only one individual is nominated by the Board for each open nonmember independent director position, that individual must receive at least 20% of the eligible votes to be declared elected; and if two or more individuals are nominated by the Board for any single open nonmember independent director position, the individual receiving the highest number of votes cast in the election must be declared elected by the Bank.

Each member director must be a citizen of the United States and must be an officer or director of a member of the Bank (located in the state to which the director position has been designated) that meets all minimum capital requirements established by the member's appropriate Federal banking agency or appropriate state regulator. There are no other eligibility or qualification requirements in the FHLBank Act or the regulations governing the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks) for member directors. Each nonmember independent director must be a United States citizen and must maintain a principal residence in a state in the Bank's district (or own or lease a residence in the district and be employed in the district). In addition, the individual may not be an officer of any FHLBank or a director, officer, or employee of any member of the Bank or of any recipient of advances from the Bank. Each nonmember independent director who serves as a public interest director must have more than four years of personal experience in representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or financial consumer protection. Each nonmember independent director other than a public interest director must have knowledge of, or experience in, financial management, auditing or accounting, risk management practices, derivatives, project development, organizational management, or law.

205

The term for each director position is four years (unless a shorter term is assigned to a director position by the Finance Agency to implement staggering of the expiration dates of the terms), and directors are subject to a limit on the number of consecutive terms they may serve. A director elected to three consecutive full terms on the Board is not eligible for election to a term that begins earlier than two years after the expiration of the third consecutive term. On an annual basis, the Bank's Board performs a Board assessment that includes consideration of the directors' backgrounds, expertise, perspectives, length of service and other factors. Also on an annual basis, each director certifies to the Bank that he or she continues to meet all applicable statutory and regulatory eligibility and qualification requirements. In connection with the election or appointment of a nonmember independent director, the nonmember independent director completes an application form providing information to demonstrate his or her eligibility and qualifications to serve on the Board. As of the filing date of this Form 10-K, nothing has come to the attention of the Board or management to indicate that any of the current Board members do not continue to possess the necessary experience, qualifications, attributes or skills expected of the directors to serve on the Bank's Board, as described in each director's biography below.

Information regarding the current directors and executive officers of the Bank is provided below. There are no family relationships among the directors or executive officers of the Bank. The Bank's Code of Conduct for Senior Officers, which applies to the president, executive vice president, and senior vice presidents, as well as any amendments or waivers to the code, are disclosed on the Bank's website located at www.fhlbsf.com.

The charter of the Audit Committee of the Bank's Board is available on the Bank's website at www.fhlbsf.com.

Board of Directors

The following table sets forth information (ages as of February 29, 2012) regarding each of the Bank's directors.

Name	Age	Director Since	Expiration of Current Term
Timothy R. Chrisman, Chairman(1)	65	2003	2012
John F. Luikart, Vice Chairman(3)(11)(12)	62	2007	2013
Paul R. Ackerman(4)(12)(14)	50	2009	2012
Craig G. Blunden(1)(5)(13)	64	2012	2015
Melinda Guzman(3)(6)(11)(13)(14)	48	2009	2012
W. Douglas Hile(7)(11)(13)(14)	59	2007	2014
Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey(1)(8)(13)	59	2006	2013
Kevin Murray(3)	51	2008	2015
Robert F. Nielsen(3)(6)(12)(14)	65	2009	2012
J. Benson Porter(1)(9)(12)(13)	46	2009	2013
John F. Robinson(1)(10)(11)	65	2011	2014
Scott C. Syphax(3)(11)	48	2002	2014
Kenneth A. Vecchione(2)(14)	57	2012	2015
John T. Wasley(3)(12)(14)	50	2007	2013

(1) Elected by the Bank's California members.

(2) Elected by the Bank's Nevada members.

(3) Elected by the members at-large as a nonmember independent director.

(4) Mr. Ackerman was selected by the Board to fill a vacant Nevada director position effective May 28, 2009.

(5) Mr. Blunden also served as a California director from January 28, 1999, to December 31, 2006.

(6) Ms. Guzman and Mr. Nielsen both were elected by the members at-large as nonmember independent directors effective March 27, 2009. Ms. Guzman and Mr. Nielsen also served as appointive directors from April 19, 2007, to December 31, 2008. With the enactment of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Housing Act) on July 30, 2008, the Bank's class of directors who were previously appointed by the Federal Housing Finance Board (appointive directors) became known as nonmember independent director positions, and the method for filling these positions was changed to require that nonmember independent director positions be filled through an election of the Bank's members at-large instead of through appointment by the Bank's regulator.

(7) Declared elected by the Board as an Arizona director.

(8) Mr. Lowrey also served as a California director from January 1, 1996, to September 11, 1998, and from July 23, 1999, to December 31, 2003.

206

(9) Mr. Porter also served as a Nevada director in January 2007. Mr. Porter was selected by the Board to fill a vacant California director position effective December 3, 2009, for a term expiring on December 31, 2009.

(10) Mr. Robinson also served as a California director from January 1, 2004, to September 11, 2005, and a Nevada director from January 25, 2007, to October 9, 2008.

(11) Member of the Audit Committee in 2011.

(12) Member of the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee in 2011. Former director Reginald Chen served on the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee in 2011.

(13) Member of the Audit Committee in 2012.

(14) Member of the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee in 2012.

The Board has determined that Mr. Hile is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules. The Bank is required by SEC rules to disclose whether Mr. Hile is independent and is required to use a definition of independence from a national securities exchange or national securities association. The Bank has elected to use the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (NASDAQ) definition of independence, and under that definition, Mr. Hile is independent. In addition, Mr. Hile is independent according to the rules governing the FHLBanks applicable to members of the audit committees of the boards of directors of the FHLBanks and the independence rules under Section 10A(m) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Timothy R. Chrisman, Chairman

Timothy R. Chrisman has been an officer of Pacific Western Bank, Los Angeles, California, since March 2005. Prior to that, he was a director of Commercial Capital Bank and Commercial Capital Bancorp, based in Irvine, California, from June 2004 to March 2005. In 2004, Commercial Capital Bancorp acquired Hawthorne Savings, Hawthorne, California, where Mr. Chrisman was chairman of the board of directors from 1995 to 2004. Mr. Chrisman is also the chief executive officer of Chrisman & Company, Inc., a retained executive search firm he founded in 1980. In February 2011, Mr. Chrisman became a director of First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., the holding company for Pacific Trust Bank. In November 2011 he became chairman of the holding company. From 2005 through February 2008, he served as chairman of the Council of Federal Home Loan Banks. Since 2005, he has served as chairman of the Chair-Vice Chair Committee of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. He has been chairman of the Bank's Board of Directors since 2005 and was vice chairman of the Bank's Board of Directors in 2004. Mr. Chrisman's position as an officer of a Bank member; his current and previous positions as a director or chairman of Bank members or their holding companies; his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, human resources, and compensation practices and his management skills, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Chrisman's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

John F. Luikart, Vice Chairman

John F. Luikart has been president of Bethany Advisors LLC, San Francisco, California, since February 2007 and senior advisor to the CEO of Red Capital Group since July 2011. He is also a trustee of three asbestos trusts, including the Western Asbestos Settlement Trust, since 2004. He was chairman of Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc., Los Angeles, California, from 2006 to 2010. Previously, he was president and chief operating officer of Tucker Anthony Sutro from 2001 to 2002 and chairman and chief executive officer of Sutro & Co. from 1996 to 2002. He joined Sutro & Co. in 1988 as executive vice president of capital markets and became president in 1990. Mr. Luikart's current position as the principal executive officer of an investment and financial advisory firm; his previous positions as director or principal executive officer of investment banking firms (or their affiliates); and his experience in investment management, capital markets, corporate finance, securitization, and mortgage finance and his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Luikart's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Paul R. Ackerman

Paul R. Ackerman has been executive vice president and treasurer of Wells Fargo & Company and its major bank subsidiaries, including Wells Fargo Financial National Bank, Las Vegas, Nevada, since 2005. Mr. Ackerman has

207

more than 22 years of senior management experience in the financial services industry. Mr. Ackerman's position as an officer of a Bank member and his involvement in and knowledge of finance, accounting, internal controls, and financial management and his experience in derivatives and capital markets, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Ackerman's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Craig G. Blunden

Craig G. Blunden has been chairman and chief executive officer of Provident Savings Bank and Provident Financial Holdings, Inc., since 1991 and 1996, respectively. Mr. Blunden served as president of Provident Savings Bank and Provident Financial Holdings, Inc., from 1991 to June 2011 and 1996 to June 2011, respectively. He previously served on the Bank's Board from 1999 to 2006 and was chairman of a number of Board committees. He is currently on the board of directors of the American Bankers Association and the California Bankers Association. Mr. Blunden is a past chairman of the Western League of Savings Institutions and served on the Thrift Institutions Advisory Council of the Federal Reserve System for two years. Mr. Blunden's current position as the principal executive officer of a Bank member and its holding company and his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Blunden's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Melinda Guzman

Melinda Guzman has been a partner with Goldsberry, Freeman & Guzman, LLP, a law firm in Sacramento, California, since 1999. Prior to that, she was a partner with Diepenbrock, Wulff, Plan & Hannegan, LLP, also a law firm in Sacramento. Ms. Guzman's practice focuses on tort, labor, insurance, and commercial matters. Ms. Guzman's involvement and experience in representing community and consumer interests with respect to banking services, in credit needs, in housing and consumer financial protections, and in corporate governance, as indicated by her background, and her management skills derived from her various legislative appointments and her service from 2002 to 2003 as chair of the Nehemiah Corporation of America (a community development corporation), her service from 2001 to 2004 as chairman of the California Hispanic Chamber of Commerce, and her service with other community-based organizations support Ms. Guzman's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

W. Douglas Hile

W. Douglas Hile has been community development officer of West Valley National Bank, Avondale, Arizona, since July 2009, and president and chief executive officer of KleinBank, Chaska, Minnesota, since August 2009. From October 2002 to July 2009, he was chairman and chief executive officer of Meridian Bank, N.A., Wickenburg, Arizona, and executive vice president and group executive for banking for its holding company, Marquette Financial Companies. He was chairman of Meridian Bank Texas; was a director of First California Financial Group, Century City, California; and held numerous other board chair, executive officer, committee chair, and director roles for financial services companies and banks over the past 25 years. Mr. Hile's current positions as the principal executive officer of a financial institution and a community development officer of a Bank member; his previous positions as principal executive officer, director, and chairman of Bank members or other financial institutions (or their affiliates); and his involvement in and knowledge of community development, corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Hile's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey

Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey has been president and chief executive officer of CapitalSource Bank, Los Angeles, California, since its formation in July 2008. Prior to that, he was chairman of Wedbush Bank, a federally chartered savings bank, from its inception in February 2008 to July 2008, and he was executive vice president of its holding company, WEDBUSH Inc., a financial services investment and holding company in Los Angeles, California, from January 2006 to June 2008. He served as an officer of Fullerton Community Bank, Fullerton, California, from August 2005 until February 2008. Mr. Lowrey was chairman, president, and chief executive officer of Jackson

208

Federal Bank, Fullerton, California, from February 1999 until its acquisition by Union Bank of California in October 2004. He has held positions as chief executive officer and chief financial officer for several savings institutions, as vice president of the Thrift Institutions Advisory Council to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank, and as a member of the Savings Association Insurance Fund Industry Advisory Committee to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. He previously served on the Bank's Board of Directors from 1999 to 2003 and was its vice chairman in 2003. Mr. Lowrey's current position as the principal executive officer of a Bank member; his previous positions as principal executive officer, principal financial officer, director, and chairman of Bank members or other financial institutions; and his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Lowrey's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Kevin Murray

Kevin Murray has been a principal in The Murray Group, a legal and consulting firm, since its founding in December 2006. Since May 2011, Mr. Murray has served as the interim president and chief executive officer of the Weingart Center Association. Mr. Murray was senior vice president of the William Morris Agency, Beverly Hills, California, from January 2007 to June 2009, working primarily in the company's corporate consulting division. Mr. Murray served as a California State Senator from December 1998 until November 2006, and as a California State Assembly member from December 1994 until November 1998. Prior to serving in the California State Legislature, Mr. Murray practiced law. Mr. Murray's involvement in legislative matters relating to, among other things, the banking and insurance industries, his experience in law and corporate governance practices, and his management skills, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Murray's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Robert F. Nielsen

Robert F. Nielsen has been president of Shelter Properties, Inc., a real estate development and management company based in Reno, Nevada, since 1979. Mr. Nielsen is a member of the National Association of Home Builders and became its chairman in February 2011. He is also a member and past chairman of the State of Nevada Housing Division Advisory Committee. He previously served on the Bank's Board of Directors from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Nielsen's involvement and experience in representing community interests in affordable housing development and his management skills, as indicated by his background, and his role with the Affordable Housing Resource Council (a former nonprofit organization designed to provide technical assistance in affordable housing) and the Neighborhood Development Collaborative (owner and manager of affordable rental housing properties) support Mr. Nielsen's qualifications to serve as a public interest director on the Bank's Board.

Mr. Nielsen is a principal shareholder and president of IDN1 Inc., which was created to invest in a multifamily tax credit property in Reno, Nevada. This property is owned by Northwest Partners, L.P., whose general partners are Santorini Corp., IDN1 Inc., and Sixcorp (owned by Community Services Agency Development Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c)(3)). Northwest Partners, L.P., filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on November 17, 2011. Mr. Nielsen is also a managing member of Karen Partners, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, which was created to invest in a multifamily tax credit property in Las Vegas, Nevada. This property is owned by Karen Partners, L.P., whose general partners are Karen Partners, LLC, and Community Services Agency Development Corporation. Karen Partners, L.P., filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on December 19, 2011.

J. Benson Porter

Since January 2011, J. Benson Porter has been president and chief executive officer of First Technology Federal Credit Union (formerly Addison Avenue Federal Credit Union, where he was president and chief executive officer since 2007). He previously served on the Bank's Board of Directors in 2007 when he was the executive vice president and chief administrative officer at Washington Mutual Bank. During his career at Washington Mutual Bank, he held a variety of positions that included enterprise-wide responsibility for operational, production, customer service, regulatory, and external relations areas. Previously, he served as vice president and counsel with

209

Key Bank. Mr. Porter currently serves as chairman of the board of Essex National Securities, Inc., and on the Board of Overseers of Whitman College. Mr. Porter's current position as the principal executive officer of a Bank member; previous positions as officer, executive officer, and director of Bank members or other financial institutions (or their affiliates); and his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Porter's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

John F. Robinson

John F. Robinson has been a director of Silicon Valley Bank, Santa Clara, California, and its holding company, SVB Financial Group since July 2010. From 2002 to 2008, he was executive vice president of Washington Mutual Bank. From 1987 to 2002, he served in several senior bank regulatory roles, including Deputy Comptroller of the Currency for the Western District and Assistant Director for Policy and Western Region Director for the Office of Thrift Supervision. Mr. Robinson previously served on the Bank's Board of Directors from 2004 to 2005 and 2007 to 2008. Since 2002, he has been a member of the national board and executive board for Operation HOPE, an international nonprofit organization focused on financial literacy and empowerment. Mr. Robinson's current position as the director of a Bank member; previous positions as an executive officer of a Bank member and a senior bank regulator; and his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Robinson's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Scott C. Syphax

Scott C. Syphax has been president and chief executive officer of Nehemiah Corporation of America, a community development corporation in Sacramento, California, since 2001, and is also president and chief executive officer of its affiliates. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Syphax was a manager of public affairs for Eli Lilly & Company. He was vice chairman of the Bank's Board of Directors from January 2010 through January 2012. Mr. Syphax's involvement and experience in representing community interests in housing and his management skills, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Syphax's qualifications to serve as a public interest director on the Bank's Board.

Kenneth A. Vecchione

Kenneth A. Vecchione has been vice chairman of Bank of Nevada since October 2010, and director of its holding company, Western Alliance Bancorporation, since October 2007. He has also been president and chief operating officer of the holding company since April 2010. From November 2007 to March 2010, Mr. Vecchione was the chief financial officer of Apollo Global Management, a global alternative asset manager. Prior to that, he served as the vice chairman and chief financial officer of MBNA Corporation and its subsidiary, MBNA America Bank N.A. He has also served as chief financial officer at AT&T Universal Card, First Data Corp Merchant Group, and Citicorp Credit Card Services. Mr. Vecchione currently serves as a director of International Securities Exchange, LLC, a U.S. options exchange registered with the SEC. Mr. Vecchione's current position as vice chairman of a Bank member and as a director, president, and chief operating officer of its holding company; his previous service on the board and as principal financial officer of other financial institutions (or their affiliates); and his involvement in and knowledge of corporate governance, finance, auditing, accounting, internal controls, risk management, financial reporting, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Vecchione's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

John T. Wasley

John T. Wasley has been a managing partner of Heidrick & Struggles, a retained executive search firm, Los Angeles, California, since June 2005. Mr. Wasley joined Heidrick & Struggles as a partner in 2001. Previously, he was an executive director with Russell Reynolds Associates and a senior vice president of People's Bank of California. He previously served on the Bank's Board of Directors from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Wasley's involvement in and knowledge of human resources, compensation practices, and corporate governance practices, and his

210

management skills, as indicated by his background above, along with his previous positions as principal executive officer and principal financial officer of real estate investment firms and as an executive officer of a financial institution with which Mr. Wasley had involvement in or knowledge of corporate governance practices, bank relations, financial operations, treasury functions and financial management, support Mr. Wasley's qualifications to serve on the Bank's Board.

Executive Officers

Dean Schultz

Dean Schultz, 65, has been president and chief executive officer since April 1991. Mr. Schultz is a member of the board of directors of the Office of Finance, which facilitates the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations for the Federal Home Loan Banks. He is also a director of Social Compact, an organization dedicated to increasing business leadership for and investment in lower-income communities. Prior to joining the Bank, he was executive vice president of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, where he had also served as senior vice president and general counsel. From 1980 to 1984, he was senior vice president and general counsel with First Federal Savings and Loan Association of Rochester, New York. He previously was a partner in a Rochester law firm.

Lisa B. MacMillen

Lisa B. MacMillen, 52, has been executive vice president and chief operating officer since October 2007. Ms. MacMillen also served as senior vice president and corporate secretary from 1998 to October 2007 and as general counsel from 1998 to April 2005. She joined the Bank as a staff attorney in 1986. She was promoted to assistant vice president in 1992 and vice president in 1997.

Elena Andreadakis

Elena Andreadakis, 50, has been senior vice president and chief information officer since May 2011. Prior to joining the Bank, she was a senior vice president at Fidelity Investments, where she had worked since 1992. She most recently led the service and program management group for Fidelity's enterprise infrastructure organization. Prior to that, Ms. Andreadakis held a number of other senior-level business and information technology positions, with responsibility for managing a wide range of systems and business initiatives.

Gregory P. Fontenot

Gregory P. Fontenot, 53, has been senior vice president and director of human resources since January 2006. Mr. Fontenot joined the Bank in March 1996 as assistant vice president, compensation and benefits, and was promoted to vice president, human resources, in 2001. Prior to joining the Bank, he was the director of compensation and benefits for CompuCom Systems, Inc., and held managerial and professional positions in human resources for a number of other companies. Mr. Fontenot holds the Senior Professional in Human Resources designation from the Human Resources Certification Institute.

Kevin A. Gong

Kevin A. Gong, 52, has been senior vice president and chief corporate securities counsel since April 2005. Mr. Gong joined the Bank in 1997 as vice president and associate general counsel. He has previous experience as a senior attorney with the Office of Thrift Supervision, as an attorney in private practice, and as an attorney with the SEC in both the Division of Corporation Finance and the Division of Market Regulation.

Steven T. Honda

Steven T. Honda, 60, has been senior vice president, chief capital markets officer, since August 2011. Previously, Mr. Honda was the senior vice president and chief financial officer from 1994 to August 2011. Mr. Honda joined the

211

Bank in July 1993 as vice president, financial risk management. His prior experience was with Bank of America, Security Pacific Bank, and First Interstate Bank in asset/liability management and corporate treasury.

David H. Martens

David H. Martens, 59, has been senior vice president and chief risk officer since June 2010. Previously, Mr. Martens was senior vice president and director of internal audit and enterprise risk management from June 2009 to May 2010. Mr. Martens also served as senior vice president, chief credit and collateral risk management officer, from 1998 to May 2009 and also had responsibility for enterprise risk management from 2004 to 2009. Mr. Martens was also the senior officer overseeing the Bank's community investment programs from 1998 to 2004. He joined the Bank in April 1996 as vice president and director of internal audit. He has previous experience as chief accountant for the Office of Thrift Supervision; chief accountant for the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and Federal Home Loan Bank System Examination and Supervision; vice president and supervisory agent with the Bank; and independent auditor and audit manager with Ernst & Young LLP. He is a certified financial planner, certified financial services auditor, and certified public accountant.

Kenneth C. Miller

Kenneth C. Miller, 59, has been senior vice president and chief financial officer since August 2011. Previously, Mr Miller was senior vice president, financial risk management and strategic planning, from 2001 to August 2011. Mr. Miller joined the Bank in July 1994 as vice president, financial risk management. Previously, Mr. Miller held the positions of first vice president of portfolio analysis and senior vice president, asset liability management, at First Nationwide Bank.

Lawrence H. Parks

Lawrence H. Parks, 50, has been senior vice president, external and legislative affairs, since joining the Bank in 1997. Mr. Parks had previous experience at the U.S. Department of Commerce as senior policy advisor, with the Mortgage Bankers Association as associate legislative counsel/director, and with the U.S. Senate as legislative counsel.

Patricia M. Remch

Patricia M. Remch, 59, has been senior vice president, mortgage finance sales and product development, since February 2005. Ms. Remch joined the Bank as an economist in 1982. She was promoted to capital markets specialist and became vice president, sales manager, in 1998.

Robert M. Shovlowsky

Robert M. Shovlowsky, 53, joined the Bank in May 2009 as senior vice president, credit and collateral risk management. Before joining the Bank, Mr. Shovlowsky was a senior bank examiner at the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Prior to that, he was an assistant regional director at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Suzanne Titus-Johnson

Suzanne Titus-Johnson, 54, has been senior vice president and general counsel since April 2005, and she also has served as corporate secretary since October 2007. Ms. Titus-Johnson joined the Bank as a staff attorney in 1986 and was promoted to assistant vice president in 1992 and to vice president in 1997.

Stephen P. Traynor

Stephen P. Traynor, 55, has been senior vice president, financial services (sales and marketing) and community investment, since July 2004. Mr. Traynor joined the Bank in 1995 as assistant treasurer. He was promoted to senior

212

vice president, sales and marketing, in October 1999. Before joining the Bank, he held vice president positions at Morgan Stanley & Co. and at Homestead Savings in the areas of mortgage banking, fixed income securities, derivatives, and capital markets.

Mark J. Watson

Mark J. Watson, 50, joined the Bank in October 2010 as senior vice president and director of internal audit. Before joining the Bank, Mr. Watson was the senior vice president and director of internal audit at Borel Private Bank & Trust Company. He was previously the senior vice president and chief operating officer at Charles Schwab Bank and was a senior vice president in the internal audit department at Charles Schwab & Company. Mr. Watson also held positions at Bankers Trust and KPMG. He is a chartered accountant.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This section provides information on the compensation program of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) for our named executive officers for 2011. Our named executive officers are our principal executive officers, our principal financial officers, and our other three most highly compensated executive officers.

EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee

The EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee, which we refer to as the EEO-PC Committee, of the Bank's Board of Directors (Board) is responsible for, among other things, reviewing and making recommendations to the full Board regarding compensation and incentive plan awards for the Bank's executive officers (the president, executive vice president, and senior vice presidents, other than the Director of Internal Audit for whom compensation is established by the Audit Committee). For 2012, the EEO-PC Committee consists of six members of the Board and in 2011, the EEO-PC Committee also consisted of six members of the Board. The EEO-PC Committee acts pursuant to a Board-approved charter. The EEO-PC Committee may rely on the assistance, advice, and recommendations of the Bank's management and other advisors, and may refer specific matters to other committees of the Board. In addition, the Risk Committee of the Board (formed in March 2011) is responsible for oversight of the Bank's enterprise-wide risk management framework, including overseeing a risk assessment of the Bank's compensation policies and practices for the Bank's employees.

Certain members of senior management aid the EEO-PC Committee in its responsibilities by providing compensation and performance information regarding our executive officers.

With respect to the compensation of the named executive officers of a Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBank), the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) requires that the FHLBank provide the Finance Agency with copies of all materials related to the compensation decisions of the FHLBank's board of directors for its review at least four weeks before the compensation decisions take effect. All compensation awards with regard to the named executive officers are to be paid following approval by the FHLBank's board and completion of any required regulatory review period. All 2011 compensation awards and 2012 base salaries for the named executive officers discussed in this section were submitted to the Finance Agency on Friday, February 24, 2012, and are subject to the completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review.

The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Housing Act) charges the Director of the Finance Agency with responsibility to prevent the FHLBanks from paying compensation to any executive officer that is not reasonable and comparable to other similar institutions. In 2009, the staff of the Finance Agency issued an advisory bulletin that outlines several principles for sound incentive compensation practices to which the FHLBanks are expected to adhere in setting executive compensation policies and practices.

On April 14, 2011, federal banking regulators, including the Finance Agency, jointly issued an interagency notice of proposed rulemaking to implement section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act that, if adopted, would require, among other

213

things, the reporting of incentive-based compensation arrangements by a “covered financial institution” (defined by the Dodd-Frank Act as a depository institution or a depository institution holding company that has $1.0 billion or more in assets), the FHLBanks, and the Office of Finance. The proposed rules would prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements at a covered institution that: (i) encourage a “covered person” to expose the institution to inappropriate risks by providing that person excessive compensation; or (ii) encourage inappropriate risk by the covered financial institution that could lead to a material financial loss. These prohibitions would also apply to the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance. The proposed rules, if adopted as proposed, would also require deferral of a portion of incentive-based compensation for executive officers of certain financial institutions, including the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance.

Our Executive Compensation Philosophy and Executive Compensation Program

The Bank has a Board-approved Executive Compensation Philosophy that forms the basis of our executive compensation program. In accordance with our Executive Compensation Philosophy, we believe that we must be able to attract and retain outstanding executives and provide an executive compensation package that appropriately motivates and rewards the executive officers who make contributions of special importance to the success of the Bank's business. Our executive compensation program provides total compensation consisting of base salary, short-term cash incentive compensation, long-term cash incentive compensation, and health and retirement benefits.

The Bank's Executive Compensation Philosophy states that total compensation is intended to align the interests of the named executive officers and other executives with the short-term and long-term interests of the Bank, to ensure an appropriate level of competitiveness within the marketplace from which the Bank recruits executive talent, and to encourage the named executive officers and other executive employees to remain employed with the Bank. Beginning in 2012, the Bank revised its Executive Compensation Philosophy to provide that total remuneration (base salary, short-term and long-term cash incentives, and retirement benefits) is also intended to motivate executives to deliver exceptional performance without encouraging unnecessary or excessive risk-taking.

Total Compensation is Intended to Reward Achievement of Individual Performance Goals and Contribution to the Bank's Corporate Goals and Performance Targets. We have structured our executive compensation program to reward achievement of individual performance goals and contributions in support of the Bank's corporate goals and performance targets, including those set forth in the Bank's strategic plan. In addition to base salary, our short-term and long-term cash incentive compensation plans create an award program for executives who contribute to and influence the achievement of the Bank's mission and other key objectives contained in the Bank's strategic plans, and who are responsible for the Bank's performance.

Our executive compensation program is intended to focus the executives on achieving the Bank's mission, to encourage teamwork, and to link executive pay with the Bank's short-term and long-term corporate goals, performance targets, and strategic plan. The revisions to our Executive Compensation Philosophy in 2012 also clarified that the Bank's overall executive compensation programs reward sustained performance through the balanced use of short-term and long-term incentives, which represent a substantial portion of pay at-risk, and, through competitive retirement benefits, which promote the alignment of executive and Bank interests over the long term.

The Bank's mission is to provide wholesale products and services that help member financial institutions expand the availability of mortgage credit, compete more effectively in their markets, and foster strong and vibrant communities through community and economic development. In accomplishing the Bank's mission, the Bank's objective is to provide an acceptable total rate of return to its members consistent with the Bank's public policy purpose, to allow members to have their capital freely enter and exit, and to accomplish these goals with a diverse and highly motivated staff.

Each Year, the Bank Establishes Specific Corporate Goals Consistent with the Bank's Strategic Plan. For 2011, the Board established three corporate goals: a Risk Management goal, a Community Investment goal, and a Franchise Enhancement goal.

The Risk Management goal was first adopted by the Board in 2009. For 2011, the Risk Management goal focused

214

management on further enhancing the enterprise risk management (ERM) governance structure for the Bank,consistent with the ERM governance project plan. The ERM governance project plan provided for changes to the enterprise risk governance organization and reporting structure. The ERM governance project plan also included enhancing the Bank's Risk Division and the Bank's enterprise risk management, including enterprise-wide risk management policies and risk management processes.

The Community Investment goal was first adopted by the Board in 2008. Consistent with the Bank's public policy purposes, the Community Investment goal for 2011 focused management on meeting the Bank's objective to promote and assist effective community investment, affordable housing, and economic development by its members and community partners. These efforts both complement and constitute elements of the Bank's core business and mission endeavors. The Community Investment goal achievement level is measured in part by the expansion of existing community investment programs, including an increase in the number of members using the programs, and the effectiveness of providing technical assistance and outreach for these programs.

The Franchise Enhancement goal was first adopted by the Board in 2010. The Franchise Enhancement goal for 2011 aligned management's interest with the Board's goal for the Bank to remain an integral component of the changing housing and finance markets. The 2011 Franchise Enhancement goal achievement measures included achieving a targeted financial goal, called the “Adjusted Return on Capital Spread” (discussed below); achieving operating cost efficiency targets; meeting milestones for the replacement of the Bank's information technology platform relating to front office trading and back office processing systems; and meeting milestones for the Bank's compliance with prospective mandatory derivatives clearing requirements imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act.

In 2009, the Bank used a Potential Dividend Spread goal, which functioned as a financial goal and was the primary measure the Bank used to determine the total potential rate of return to its shareholders. The Potential Dividend Spread goal was expressed as the spread of potential dividends over a financial benchmark (the combined average of the daily average of the overnight Federal funds effective rate and the four-year moving average of the U.S. Treasury note yield). The Potential Dividend Spread (the potential dividend yield from current income, exclusive of the impacts of fair value gains and losses and other adjustments, less the financial benchmark) measured the potential incremental return earned by a member's investment in Bank capital stock, compared to what the member could have expected to earn from a risk-comparable mix of investments.

In 2010, the Bank changed its financial goal measure from the Potential Dividend Spread to the Adjusted Return on Capital Spread. The Adjusted Return on Capital Spread calculates the adjusted return on capital based on total regulatory capital (capital stock plus retained earnings), while the Potential Dividend Spread calculated the potential dividend yield based on capital stock. The Bank changed its financial goal measure because of the Bank's accumulation of restricted retained earnings. As the Bank increases retained earnings, the difference between total regulatory capital and capital stock increases; therefore, if the Bank were to continue using the Potential Dividend Spread measure, higher retained earnings would result in a given amount of income being spread over a smaller balance (capital stock only), biasing the potential dividend spread upward. The use of the Adjusted Return on Capital Spread provides a more accurate picture of how financial performance is anticipated to change over a longer time-horizon.

In 2009, the Bank also had an Advances Volume goal, which was a member business goal that supported extending credit to members safely and soundly. In light of the general economy, credit market conditions, trends in mortgage finance at yearend 2008, and the creditworthiness of certain members, the Board decided for 2009 to focus management on meeting members' wholesale credit needs in a safe and sound manner, rather than solely on business development as provided in previous years. In 2009, the Advances Volume goal was expressed as the average daily balance of Bank credit outstanding to members, excluding members that were less creditworthy.

Each Year, the Bank Establishes Individual Goals for Executives Consistent with the Bank's Strategic Plan. The individual performance goals established for executive officers are based on the Bank's strategic plan and reflect the strategic objectives that will enable the Bank to successfully achieve its mission. These strategic objectives for 2011 included, among others, enhancing the franchise, improving the technology platform, enhancing the Affordable Housing Program and Community Investment Program, establishing operating cost efficiencies, and improving the Bank's financial reporting, risk management, and internal controls consistent with the Bank's best practices

215

operating strategy.

The Bank's Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plans Calculate Executive Officers' Achievement Levels on a Weighted Basis to Ensure that a Proper Balance Occurs in Achieving the Bank's Mission in a Safe and Sound Manner. With respect to each of the named executive officers for 2011, the achievement levels of each of the three Bank corporate goals (the Risk Management goal, the Community Investment goal, and the Franchise Enhancement goal) were weighted for each category of officers (president, executive vice president, and senior vice president, with a different weighting for the senior vice president and chief risk officer) relative to the individual goal weighting for that category of officers in calculating each named executive officer's individual total weighted achievement level.

The weightings of the Bank's corporate goals are approved by the Board and are designed to appropriately focus senior management on accomplishing the Bank's mission and strategic plan. See “President's Incentive Plan” and “Executive Incentive Plan” below for a discussion of the relative weights given to corporate goals and individual goals for each component of the short-term incentive plans for the named executive officers.

Our Executive Compensation Program is Designed to Enable the Bank to Compete for Highly Qualified Executive Talent.Our members are best served when we attract and retain talented executives with competitive and fair compensation packages. In 2011, we aimed to create an executive compensation program that delivered total compensation packages that generally fell between the 50^th and 65^thpercentiles of the total compensation packages of a comparison group of companies listed in two broad-based third-party surveys: Towers Watson Executive Benchmarking Survey and Mercer Executive Remuneration Suite survey. From these broad-based third party surveys, which together included numerous companies in many different areas of business, the EEO-PC Committee used a targeted group of regional and diversified banks, thrift and mortgage finance companies, insurance companies, asset management and custody banks, and other FHLBanks to form a comparison group. The EEO-PC Committee used this third-party survey data to support and inform its compensation decisions, and to check and compare the reasonableness and appropriateness of the levels of compensation provided to our executives. Since certain elements or components of compensation (for example, base pay) may also be based on a combination of factors such as salary surveys, relevant experience, accomplishments of the individual, and levels of responsibility assumed at the Bank, each individual element of compensation may vary somewhat above or below the targeted ranges of the Bank's comparison group.

Since November 2006, the EEO-PC Committee has engaged Mercer (US) Inc. (Mercer), a nationally recognized global compensation consulting firm, to provide information to the EEO-PC Committee regarding compensation provided to executives in comparable positions at other companies. Specifically, Mercer provides customized external executive compensation data for the purposes of reviewing and comparing executive compensation practices of other companies. Mercer does not currently provide any other services to the Bank.

Comparing our compensation practices to a group of other financial services and banking firms that are similar in total assets presents some challenges because of the special nature of our business and our cooperative ownership structure. We believe that the executive roles of our named executive officers are somewhat comparable to those in the comparison group, although the Bank may have a narrower focus.

Our named executive officers are required to have the depth of knowledge and experience that is required by comparable financial services and banking firms, but unlike some of these comparable companies with multiple lines of business, our lines of business are limited. For example, in certain areas of the Bank our focus is more like that of a specific subsidiary, division, or business unit of comparable companies with multiple lines of business; whereas in other areas of the Bank, such as the capital markets and risk management areas, our focus is similar to that of a large regional commercial bank.

For purposes of developing comparative compensation information, the companies with comparable positions were financial services and banking firms with similar business sophistication and complexity. As stated above, in supporting compensation decisions, the EEO-PC Committee uses and considers compensation information about the comparable positions at these companies.

216

For the Bank's 2012 executive compensation program, the EEO-PC Committee will evaluate total remuneration around the median (50^th percentile) of the financial services marketplace from which the Bank recruits executive talent, including regional and diversified banks, thrift and mortgage finance companies, insurance companies, and asset management and custody banks, while maintaining an appropriate alignment with the practices of other FHLBanks.

Allocation of Short-Term Cash Incentive Compensation and Long-Term Cash Incentive Compensation. Our objective is to compensate our senior executives, including our named executive officers, with a balanced combination of base salary, short-term cash incentive compensation, and long-term cash incentive compensation. We believe that a balanced approach in delivering short-term and long-term cash incentive compensation is most appropriate for the Bank because we believe our executives should be focused on achievement of both short-term and long-term goals.

Short-term cash incentive compensation rewards the named executive officers and other executive officers for the Bank's achievement of its annual corporate goals and performance targets and for the officer's achievement of his or her individual goals. Long-term cash incentive compensation rewards the named executive officers and other executive officers for the Bank's achievement of its goals and performance targets over a three-year period. Consistent with the Bank's three-year strategic plans and its executive compensation philosophy, long-term cash incentive compensation also helps provide a competitive total cash compensation package and enhances the Bank's ability to attract and retain key executives.

As stated above, we revised our Executive Compensation Philosophy in 2012 to clarify that the Bank's overall executive compensation programs reward sustained performance through the balanced use of short-term and long-term incentives, which represent a substantial portion of pay at-risk, and, through competitive retirement benefits, which promote the alignment of executive and Bank interests over the long-term.

Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

Base Salary Compensation

Base salary compensation is a key component of the Bank's executive compensation program and helps the Bank successfully attract and retain executive talent. Base salary for the named executive officers is initially based on a combination of factors, including comparative salary information from industry salary surveys that include the financial institutions in the Bank's comparison group. Other factors include the named executive officer's relevant experience and accomplishments, level of responsibility at the Bank, and perceived market competition for executives with comparable levels of experience. The Board approves any base salary adjustments for the named executive officers at the beginning of each year based on the individual's performance and contributions to the Bank's achievements. For the named executive officers, subject to the completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review, 2012 base salaries are to be increased by 2.0% relative to 2011 base salaries, based on each named executive officer's individual performance in 2011, and contribution to the Bank's overall performance. For Kenneth C. Miller, senior vice president and chief financial officer, the Board also approved an equity increase of 5.1% from his 2011 base salary in consideration of his appointment as the Bank's chief financial officer in 2011 and the additional responsibilities with that position.

Short-Term Cash Incentive Plans: President's Incentive Plan and Executive Incentive Plan

The Board approved a 2011 short-term incentive compensation pool in the amount of $4.0 million that may be used for determining cash incentive award payments under the 2011 President's Incentive Plan (2011 PIP) and the 2011 Executive Incentive Plan (2011 EIP), both discussed below, and the 2011 Audit Executive Incentive Plan. Awards made under the 2011 PIP and the 2011 EIP in the aggregate may be greater or less than the pool amount, at the discretion of the Board. The compensation pool amount was established based upon, among other factors, the 2011 objective of delivering a total compensation package for executive officers generally between the 50^th and 65^th percentile of the Bank's comparison group. For 2011, the Board awarded $3.3 million of the short-term incentive compensation pool based on the Bank's overall corporate goal achievement during the year under the 2011 PIP and 2011 EIP, as discussed further in the narrative to the Summary Compensation Table. See the discussion in

217

“Compensation Tables - Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan-Based Awards (Executive Performance Unit Plan) Table - Non-Equity Incentive Payments and Non-Equity Long-Term Incentive Payments,” which discussion is herein incorporated by reference.

For both the 2011 PIP and the 2011 EIP, the Board had discretion to make awards for achievement below the threshold achievement levels, but performance below the threshold achievement level normally will not result in an incentive award. The Board also had discretion to modify any and all incentive payments. Modifications could be made in, but were not limited to, the following circumstances: if errors or omissions resulted in material revisions to the Bank's financial results; if information submitted to a regulatory or a reporting agency was untimely; or if the Bank did not make appropriate progress in the timely remediation of examination, monitoring, or other supervisory findings and matters requiring attention.

Actual achievements of Bank goals for both the 2011 PIP and the 2011 EIP were subject to adjustment for changes resulting from movements in interest rates, changes in financial strategies or policies, any significant change in Bank membership, as well as other factors determined by the Board. The plans explicitly provided that the impact of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment charges on private-label mortgage-backed securities and variances-to-plan in the dividend benchmark would be excluded from the 2011 financial goal achievement measurement.

President's Incentive Plan. For 2011, we provided the Bank's president with an annual (short-term) cash incentive compensation plan, the 2011 President's Incentive Plan, or 2011 PIP, which rewards the president for the Bank's overall performance and for significantly contributing to and influencing achievement of the Bank's corporate goals and performance targets, as well as for an individual goal.

The 2011 PIP was based on the total weighted achievement of the three corporate goals approved by the Board for 2011–the Risk Management goal, the Community Investment goal, and the Franchise Enhancement goal–and an individual goal.

PIP awards each year are based on total weighted achievement levels ranging from 75% of target (threshold) to 200% of target (far exceeding target). The Board has discretion to modify any award determination, any incentive payment under the 2011 PIP, and any award for achievement below the threshold total weighted achievement level.

In calculating the president's award under the 2011 PIP, the president's individual goal and the Bank's corporate goals were weighted. Greater weight was given to the Bank's corporate goals than the individual goal for the president since he is expected to have a significant impact on the Bank's overall performance and achievements relating to these corporate goals.

The following table shows the goal weights for the president in the 2011 PIP.

2011 PIP	2011 Goal Weights
Risk Management Goal	36	%
Community Investment Goal	18
Franchise Enhancement Goal	36
Individual Goal	10
Total	100	%

The president's award under the 2011 PIP was determined by multiplying the percentage achievement for each goal by the respective goal weights to arrive at the president's total weighted achievement level. The president's total weighted achievement level was then used to determine the president's cash incentive compensation award under the 2011 PIP.

As stated above, for all corporate goals in the PIP, the Board approved performance targets known as achievement levels. We used a scale of 0% to 200% to measure the achievement level for the Bank's corporate goals, as well as the president's individual goal, with 75% as the threshold level, 100% as the target level, 150% as the exceeds level,

218

and 200% as the far exceeds level.

The target achievement level in all of the Bank's incentive compensation plans is designed to reward officers, including the president under the PIP, for execution of the Bank's corporate goals to accomplish the Bank's mission as described above based on an expected level of performance for all corporate goals and the officer's individual goal(s). The exceeds and far exceeds achievement levels were designed to reward officers, including the president under the PIP, when the Bank and the individual officer exceed target level expectations. The PIP defines the exceeds achievement level as an optimistic achievement level based on expected targets, and the far exceeds achievement level as the most optimistic achievement level based on reasonable business, market, and economic assumptions and conditions.

Generally, the Board sets the achievement levels based on various assumptions such as economic forecasts, detailed member information, potential member business, member plans, historic goal performance, industry trends and events, and current market environment and conditions, such that the relative difficulty of achieving the target level is consistent from year to year.

For a discussion regarding the specific award granted under the 2011 PIP to the president, see the discussion in “Compensation Tables - Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan-Based Awards (Executive Performance Unit Plan) Table - Non-Equity Incentive Payments and Non-Equity Long-Term Incentive Payments,” which discussion is herein incorporated by reference.

Executive Incentive Plan. For 2011, we provided an annual (short-term) cash incentive compensation plan, the 2011 Executive Incentive Plan, or 2011 EIP, to reward our executive vice president and senior vice presidents (except for the Bank's Director of Internal Audit, who participates in the Bank's Audit Executive Incentive Plan) for achievement of their individual goals and the Bank's corporate goals. The 2011 EIP is designed to reward these senior officers, who are substantially responsible for the Bank's overall performance and who significantly contribute to and influence the achievement of the Bank's corporate goals.

The 2011 EIP award ranges and plan design were intended to appropriately motivate and reward officers based on the total achievement of all goals, taking into account each individual officer's role in the Bank's performance. The 2011 award ranges as a percentage of base salary were intended to be consistent with our executive compensation philosophy of delivering total cash compensation generally between the 50^th and 65^th percentile of the Bank's comparison group.

We used a scale of 0% to 200% to measure the achievement level for the Bank's corporate goals and the executive's individual goals, with 75% as the threshold level, 100% as the target level, 150% as the exceeds level, and 200% as the far exceeds level.

The 2011 EIP was based on the total weighted achievement of the three corporate goals approved by the Board in 2011, and an individual goal component for each officer.

The following table shows the goal weights for different categories of officers in the 2011 EIP.

	2011 Goal Weights
2011 EIP	Executive Vice President		Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer		Senior Vice President
Risk Management Goal	32	%	49	%	28	%
Community Investment Goal	16	%	7	%	14	%
Franchise Enhancement Goal	32	%	14	%	28	%
Individual Goal	20	%	30	%	30	%
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

For a discussion regarding the awards granted under the 2011 EIP, see the discussion in “Compensation Tables - Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan-Based Awards (Executive

219

Performance Unit Plan) Table - Non-Equity Incentive Payments and Non-Equity Long-Term Incentive Payments,” which discussion is herein incorporated by reference.

Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan: Executive Performance Unit Plan

We provide our president, executive vice president, and senior vice presidents (other than the Director of Internal Audit, who participates in the Audit Performance Unit Plan) with a long-term cash incentive compensation plan, the Executive Performance Unit Plan, or EPUP.

The EPUP rewards our key executives who are substantially responsible for the Bank's overall long-term performance and who significantly contribute to and influence the Bank's long-term goal achievements, which directly support the Bank's three-year strategic plan. The purpose of the EPUP is also to attract and retain outstanding executives as part of a competitive total compensation program.

The EPUP awards are based on three-year performance periods consistent with the Bank's three-year strategic plan. A new three-year performance period is usually established at the beginning of each year, so that there are generally three separate performance periods in effect at one time. As of the date of this report, the Board has not yet adopted a 2012 EPUP. The following EPUPs are currently in effect: the 2011 EPUP for the performance period 2011 through 2013 and the 2010 EPUP for the performance period 2010 through 2012.

The EPUP awards, in effect, are based on the total weighted achievement level of the three-year average achievement of two Bank corporate goals during the three-year performance period based on a scale of 0% to 200%, with 100% as the target achievement level. The Bank's corporate goals for the 2011 and 2010 EPUPs include the Risk Management goal and the Adjusted Return on Capital Spread goal. For the 2009 EPUP, the Bank's corporate goals were a three-year average Potential Dividend Spread goal and the Risk Management goal.

The 2011 EPUP and 2010 EPUP identified specific Adjusted Return on Capital Spread targets for each achievement level, and the 2009 EPUP identified specific Potential Dividend Spread targets for each achievement level. The 2011, 2010, and 2009 EPUPs provided that the Risk Management goal achievement levels will be based on the three-year average of the actual Risk Management goal achievement levels under each of the three annual incentive plans in effect during the performance period, and will be measured at the end of the performance period. The 2011 and 2010 EPUPs provided that the Adjusted Return on Capital Spread goal achievement levels, and the 2009 EPUP provided that the Potential Dividend Spread goal achievement level, will be based on a comparison of the actual three-year average results with the three-year projected results from the Bank's 2011, 2010, and 2009 Strategic Plans, respectively.

The two corporate goals in the 2011 EPUP were weighted 30% for the Adjusted Return on Capital Spread goal and 70% for the Risk Management goal at the target achievement level. In the 2010 EPUP, the two corporate goals were weighted 50% for the Adjusted Return on Capital Spread goal and 50% for the Risk Management goal at the target achievement level, and in the 2009 EPUP, the two corporate goals were weighted 50% for the Potential Dividend Spread goal and 50% for the Risk Management goal at the target achievement level.

To calculate an EPUP award, the total weighted achievement level for the two Bank corporate goals is multiplied by the officer's target award percentage, which is then multiplied by the officer's base salary in the first year of the three-year performance period.

For each of the 2011, 2010, and 2009 EPUPs, awards are to be calculated based on total weighted achievement levels ranging from 75% of target (threshold) to 200% of target (far exceeding target). If the total weighted achievement level of Bank goals is between 100% and 200% of target, the range of awards as a percentage of base salary is as follows: 50% to 100% for the president; 40% to 80% for the executive vice president; and 35% to 70% for senior vice presidents. If the total weighted achievement level is at least 75% but below 100% of target, the award as a percentage of base salary may begin at 25% for the president, 20% for the executive vice president, and 18% for senior vice presidents.

Under the 2011 EPUP, performance below the aggregate threshold achievement level normally will not result in an incentive award. The Board also has discretion to modify any and all incentive payments. Modifications could be

220

made in, but are not limited to, the following circumstances: if errors or omissions result in material revisions to the Bank's financial results; if information submitted to a regulatory or a reporting agency is untimely; or if the Bank does not make appropriate progress in the timely remediation of examination, monitoring, or other supervisory findings and matters requiring attention.

Actual achievement of Bank goals for the 2011 EPUP is subject to adjustment for changes resulting from certain movements in interest rates, changes in financial strategies or policies, any significant change in Bank membership, as well as other factors determined by the Board. The 2011 EPUP explicitly provides that the impact of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment charges on private-label mortgage-backed securities and variances-to-plan in the dividend benchmark are excluded from the financial performance measurement. The 2010 EPUP and the 2009 EPUP do not explicitly exclude the impact of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment charges on private-label mortgage-backed securities from the financial goal achievement measurement.

The Board has the discretion to increase or decrease awards under the 2010 and 2009 EPUPs by 25% to account for performance that is not captured by the performance metrics during the applicable three-year period. Any awards for achievement below the threshold total weighted achievement level are also at the sole discretion of the Board.

The potential award ranges as a percentage of base salary are intended to be consistent with delivering total compensation packages generally between the 50^th and 65^th percentile of the total compensation packages of the Bank's comparison group.

The awards under the EPUP are designed to be based in large part on the executive's ability to affect the Bank's long-term performance. For additional information, see discussion in “Compensation Tables - Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan-Based Awards (Executive Performance Unit Plan) Table - Non-Equity Incentive Payments and Non-Equity Long-Term Incentive Payments,” which discussion is herein incorporated by reference.

Executive officers that terminate Bank employment due to voluntary normal retirement, disability, or death may receive a prorated award. Any awards are paid following Board approval after the end of the three-year performance period and any required regulatory review period.

The following table provides an example of how a 2009 EPUP award would be calculated for a senior vice president assuming an annual 2009 base salary of $330,000 and achievement levels of 100% for the Potential Dividend Spread goal and 200% for the Risk Management goal:

(50% weight) 3-Year Average Potential Dividend Spread Goal Achieved: (100% of Target)		Percentage of Target Payout:	Base Salary		Target EPUP Payout (% of Base Salary)		Payout % Based on Performance		EPUP Award
		150%	$330,000	X	35%	X	150%	=	$173,250
(50% weight) 3-Year Average Risk Management Goal Achieved: (200% of Target)

Savings Plan

The Bank's Savings 401(k) Plan (Savings Plan) is a tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) retirement benefit plan that is available to all eligible employees, including the named executive officers. Each eligible employee may contribute between 2% and 20% of base salary to the Savings Plan. For employees who have completed six months of service, the Bank matches a portion of the employee's contribution (50% for employees with less than three years of service, 75% for employees with more than three years but less than five years of service, and 100% for employees following five years of service), up to a maximum of 6% of base salary. Employees are fully vested in employer matching contributions at all times.

221

Cash Balance Plan and the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund

We began offering benefits under the Cash Balance Plan on January 1, 1996. The Cash Balance Plan is a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan that covers employees who have completed a minimum of six months of service, including the named executive officers. Each year, eligible employees accrue benefits equal to 6% of their total annual compensation (which includes base salary and short-term cash incentive compensation) plus interest equal to 6% of their account balances accrued through the prior year, referred to as the annual benefit component of the Cash Balance Plan.

The benefits under the Cash Balance Plan annual benefit component are fully vested after an employee completes three years of service. Vested amounts are generally payable in a lump sum or in an annuity when the employee leaves the Bank.

Prior to offering benefits under the Cash Balance Plan, we participated in the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund, or the FIRF. The FIRF is a multiple-employer tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. We withdrew from the FIRF on December 31, 1995.

When we withdrew from the FIRF, benefits earned under the FIRF as of December 31, 1995, were fully vested and the value of those benefits was then frozen. As of December 31, 1995, we calculated each participant's FIRF benefit based on the participant's then-highest three consecutive years' average pay multiplied by the participant's years of service multiplied by two percent, referred to as the frozen FIRF benefit. Upon retirement, participants will be eligible to receive their frozen FIRF benefits.

In addition, to preserve the value of the participant's frozen FIRF benefit, we maintain the ratio of each participant's frozen FIRF annuity payments to the participant's highest three consecutive years' average pay as of December 31, 1995 (annuity ratio), which we refer to as the net transition benefit component of the Cash Balance Plan. Upon retirement, each participant with a frozen FIRF benefit will receive a net transition benefit under the Cash Balance Plan that equals his or her highest three consecutive years' average pay at retirement multiplied by his or her annuity ratio minus the frozen FIRF benefit.

Benefit Equalization Plan

The Benefit Equalization Plan (BEP) is an unfunded and non-qualified plan that is designed to restore retirement benefits lost under the Savings Plan and Cash Balance Plan because of compensation and benefits limitations imposed on the Savings Plan and the Cash Balance Plan under the Internal Revenue Code (IRC).

For 2011, the maximum before-tax employee annual contribution to the Savings Plan was limited to $16,500 (or $22,000 for participants age 50 and over), and no more than $245,000 of annual earnings could be taken into account in computing an employee's benefits under the Savings Plan.

In addition, for 2011, the IRC also limited the amount of annual compensation that could be considered in calculating an employee's benefits under the Cash Balance Plan to $245,000. Annual compensation is determined based on the definition of compensation provided in the respective tax-qualified plan. Participation in the BEP is available to all employees, including the named executive officers, whose benefits under the tax-qualified plans are restricted because of the IRC limitations discussed above.

An employee's benefits that would have been credited under the Cash Balance Plan but for the limitations imposed on the plan under the IRC are credited as Supplemental Cash Balance Benefits under the BEP and the credits accrue interest at an annual rate of 6% until paid. Each year employees can also elect to defer compensation earned over the IRC compensation limits to the BEP. For each year that a participant makes deferrals to the BEP, if the amount of the Bank's matching contribution to a participant's account under the Savings Plan is limited because of the IRC compensation limitations, then the Bank will credit to the participant's BEP account an amount equal to the lost matching contribution under the Savings Plan (participant deferrals and Bank matching contributions are referred to herein as Supplemental BEP Savings Benefits). The make-up benefits under the BEP vest according to the corresponding provisions of the Savings Plan and the Cash Balance Plan.

222

Effective January 1, 2005, in response to IRC Section 409A, we froze the then-existing BEP (now referred to as the Original BEP) and implemented a new BEP conforming to IRC Section 409A and applicable notices and regulations, which changed the participant election process relating to the time and form of benefit payments (referred to herein as the new BEP).

Under the new BEP, a participant's Supplemental Cash Balance Benefits are payable in the form of a lump sum, single life annuity, or 50% survivor annuity upon: termination of employment, a set date or age after termination of employment, becoming disabled after termination of employment, or death. Under the new BEP, a participant's Supplemental BEP Savings Benefits are payable in a lump sum or two to ten annual installments, and payments may commence at termination of employment, retirement, disability, death, or a specific date.

Under the new BEP, a participant's elections with respect to the time and form of benefit payments are irrevocable unless the election is made 12 months prior to the scheduled distribution date and the new scheduled distribution date is delayed at least five years. If a participant does not elect the time or form of payment, his or her distribution shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

Under the Original BEP, a participant's Supplemental Cash Balance Benefits are paid, by default, at the same time and in the same form as elected under the Cash Balance Plan, unless a different election is made. Under the Original BEP, a participant's Supplemental BEP Savings Benefits are payable in a lump sum or two to ten installments upon retirement, termination of employment, death, or a specific date.

Under the Original BEP, a participant can change the time and form of payment for the Supplemental Cash Balance Benefit at any time, but if the election provides for payment prior to age 65, then payment will not be made until 12 months after the date the Bank receives the new written election unless the participant elects an immediate lump sum distribution subject to forfeiture of 10% of the lump sum payment. In addition, a participant can elect at any time to change the payout schedule of one or more of the participant's Supplemental BEP Savings Benefit accounts, provided that no payments will be made according to the new election until 12 months after the date the Bank receives the new written election, unless the participant elects an immediate lump sum distribution subject to forfeiture of 10% of the lump sum payment.

Participants are permitted to make five separate payout elections (a payout date and form of payment) with respect to the Supplemental BEP Savings Benefit under the Original BEP and under the new BEP. In 2008, pursuant to the transition rules promulgated by the IRS under IRC Section 409A, participants were permitted to make a special election to change the time or form of payment for any of their five payout elections under the new BEP.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Our Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP) is an unfunded and non-qualified deferred compensation plan, consisting of three components: (1) employee deferral of current compensation; (2) make-up matching contributions that would have been made by the Bank under the Savings Plan had the base salary compensation not been deferred; and (3) make-up pension benefits that would have been earned under the Cash Balance Plan had any amount of total annual compensation (base salary and short-term cash incentive compensation) not been deferred. See discussion in “Compensation Tables - Narrative to Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table.”

The DCP is available to all officers of the Bank, including the named executive officers. Directors are also able to defer their director fees under the DCP. The make-up benefits for employee participants under the DCP vest according to the corresponding provisions of the Savings Plan and the Cash Balance Plan.

Effective January 1, 2005, in response to IRC Section 409A, we froze the then-existing DCP (now referred to as the Original DCP) and implemented a new DCP, conforming to IRC Section 409A, which changed the participant election process related to the time and form of benefit payments (referred herein as the new DCP).

Under the new DCP, participants' make-up Cash Balance Plan benefits are payable in the form of a lump sum, single life annuity, or 50% survivor annuity upon: termination of employment, a set date or age after termination of employment, becoming disabled after termination of employment, or death. If a participant does not elect a time or

223

form of payment, the benefit is paid in a lump sum upon termination of employment. However, if the participant elects to receive his or her distribution at death and survives to the later of age 70½ or termination of employment, the benefit is paid upon the later of the two events in the form of a lump sum. Only a single time and form of distribution may be made with respect to both the make-up Cash Balance Plan benefits under the new DCP and the make-up Cash Balance Plan benefits under the new BEP.

A participant's deferred compensation and the Bank's make-up Savings Plan matching contributions credited under the new DCP (including earnings on such amounts) are payable in a lump sum or two to ten annual installments, and payments may commence at termination of employment, retirement, disability, death, or a specific date no earlier than one year from the end of the deferral period. Participant elections with respect to the time and form of Savings Plan related benefit payments from the new DCP are irrevocable unless the election is made 12 months prior to the scheduled distribution date and the new scheduled distribution date is delayed at least five years. If a participant does not elect the time or form of payment, his or her distribution shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

For participant deferred compensation and make-up Bank matching contributions credited under the Original DCP, a participant can elect at any time to change the payout schedule of one or more of the participant's accounts, provided that no payments will be made according to the new election until 12 months after the date the Bank receives the new written election unless the participant elects an immediate lump sum distribution subject to forfeiture of 10% of the lump sum payment.

Participants are permitted to make five separate payout elections (a payout date and form of payment) under each of the new DCP and the Original DCP for distribution of participant deferrals and Bank matching contribution credits. In 2008, participants were permitted pursuant to the transition rules promulgated by the IRS under IRC Section 409A to make a special election to change the time or form of payment for any of their five payout elections under the new DCP.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

Effective January 1, 2003, we began providing a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) to the Bank's senior officers, including the named executive officers. This plan is an unfunded and non-qualified retirement benefit plan that provides a cash balance benefit to the Bank's senior officers (including the named executive officers) that is in addition to the tax-qualified benefits under the Cash Balance Plan.

The SERP supplements the Cash Balance Plan benefits to provide a competitive postretirement compensation package that is intended to help the Bank attract and retain key senior officers who are critical to the success of the Bank.

Benefits under the SERP are based on total annual compensation (base salary and short-term cash incentive compensation including any deferrals under the BEP or DCP) and years of credited service as presented in the table below. In addition, participants accrue annual interest equal to 6% of balances accrued through the prior year. Contribution credits under the SERP are not provided to any participant who has more than twenty-five (25) years of credited service with the Bank. In addition, SERP benefits are limited to the extent that any participant's total pension retirement income is projected to exceed fifty percent (50%) of the participant's final average pay. Final average pay is defined as a participant's highest average annual compensation during any three consecutive years during which he or she is a participant in the SERP. Annual benefits accrued under the SERP vest at the earlier of three years after they are earned or when the participant reaches age 62.

Years of Credited Service (As Defined in the Plan)	Amount of Contribution for President (Percentage of Total Annual Compensation)		Amount of Contribution for Other Participants (Percentage of Total Annual Compensation)
Fewer than 10	10	%	8	%
10 or more but less than 15	15	%	12	%
15 or more	20	%	16	%

224

The normal form and time of payment of benefits under the SERP is a lump sum upon the earlier of termination of employment, death, or disability. Upon a timely election, a participant may elect an optional form of payment to commence after termination of employment as specified in the plan.

No benefits are paid under the SERP if a participant's employment is terminated for cause (as defined in the plan). In addition, if a participant terminates employment prior to age 62, the final three years of unvested benefits are forfeited.

Other Elements of Compensation

We provide to all employees, including the named executive officers, health, dental, and vision insurance for the employees and their spouses/partners and children, including an employee assistance program, for which we pay 80% of the premiums and the employee pays 20%. In addition, we provide disability and basic life insurance coverage to all employees at no cost to the employees. The Bank makes available limited retiree health care benefits for eligible employees who retire from the Bank. To be classified as a Bank retiree eligible to enroll for retiree health care benefits, a Bank employee must be 55 years of age with a minimum of 10 years of Bank service on the date that his or her employment with the Bank terminates.

Perquisites

As perquisites to our executive officers, including our named executive officers, we provide reimbursement for financial planning, health club membership, and parking expenses incurred each year up to a maximum amount of $12,000 annually per officer. On occasion, the Bank may pay for resort activities for employees, including our named executive officers, in connection with business-related meetings; and in some cases, the Bank may pay the expenses for spouses/partners accompanying employees to these meetings or other Bank-sponsored events. The president receives use of a Bank-owned vehicle. Perquisites are valued at the actual amounts paid to the provider of the perquisites.

225

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee (EEO-PC Committee) acts as the compensation committee on behalf of the Bank's Board of Directors. In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the EEO-PC Committee reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Based on the EEO-PC Committee's review of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the discussions the EEO-PC Committee has had with management, the EEO-PC Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee

Paul R. Ackerman, Chair

Melinda Guzman, Vice Chair

W. Douglas Hile

Robert F. Nielsen

Kenneth A. Vecchione

John T. Wasley

226

COMPENSATION TABLES

Summary Compensation Table
(In whole dollars)
Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary			Non-Equity Incentive Payment(1)		Non-Equity LTIP Payout(2)		Change in Pension Value and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation(3)		All Other Compensation(4)(5)			Total
Dean Schultz	2011	$	902,967	(6)	$	565,000	$	304,500	$	732,778	$	63,580		$	2,568,825
President and	2010	765,000			359,700		362,200		637,894		64,498			2,189,292
Chief Executive Officer	2009	725,000			400,000		369,400		527,019		40,977		(7)	2,062,396
Lisa B. MacMillen	2011	499,800			360,000		156,700		472,570		41,472			1,530,542
Executive Vice President and	2010	490,000			184,300		219,200		511,788		23,083			1,428,371
Chief Operating Officer	2009	466,500			260,000		177,200		380,967		23,083		(8)	1,307,750
Kenneth C. Miller	2011	387,600			275,400		104,300		250,022		42,799			1,060,121
Senior Vice President and	2010	380,000			175,100		161,700		204,786		34,869			956,455
Chief Financial Officer(9)	2009	345,000			214,000		126,300		159,016		20,354		(10)	864,670
Steven T. Honda	2011	350,100			212,300		99,800		222,790		34,091			919,081
Senior Vice President,	2010	343,200			124,200		161,700		200,307		30,170			859,577
Chief Capital Markets Officer(11)	2009	330,000			177,000		134,400		169,318		33,276		(12)	843,994
Lawrence H. Parks	2011	422,689		(13)	275,400		115,000		330,163		35,442			1,178,694
Senior Vice President,	2010	414,409		(14)	182,100		186,300		365,852		33,205			1,181,866
External and Legislative Affairs	2009	394,823		(15)	214,000		164,100		141,829		30,940			945,692
Suzanne Titus-Johnson	2011	361,500			256,800		94,000		348,843		39,135			1,100,278
Senior Vice President and
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
David H. Martens	2011	350,100			248,500		99,800		190,863		37,446			926,709
Senior Vice President and	2010	360,689		(16)	124,200		184,800		178,341		35,660			883,690
Chief Risk Officer	2009	345,230		(17)	180,000		131,000		148,657		29,701		(18)	834,588

(1) Represents amounts awarded under the 2011, 2010, and 2009 PIPs and EIPs. For David H. Martens, who served as senior vice president, enterprise risk management, and chief credit and collateral risk management officer through May 2009 and served as the senior vice president, director of internal audit, from June 2009 to May 2010, the amounts paid in 2009 represent amounts paid under the 2009 EIP (prorated) and 2009 Audit Executive Incentive Plan (prorated). In June 2010, Mr. Martens became the Bank's senior vice president and chief risk officer and the amounts awarded to Mr. Martens for 2010 represent amounts solely based on the 2010 EIP. All amounts awarded under the 2011 PIP and EIP are expected to be paid in 2012 following completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review period. See discussion in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program - Short-Term Cash Incentive Plans: President's Incentive Plan and Executive Incentive Plan.” On June 7, 2011, the Bank reported on Form 8-K that the Board modified the achievement level for the 2010 Risk Management Goal component from 92.5% to 75%, which resulted in adjusted 2010 annual (short-term) non-equity incentive awards under the 2010 PIP and 2010 EIP and 2010 total compensation for all of the 2010 named executive officers, as follows: Dean Schultz, $359,700 (2010 PIP) and $2,189,292 (2010 total compensation); Lisa B. MacMillen, $184,300 (2010 EIP) and $1,428,371 (2010 total compensation); Steven T. Honda, $124,200 (2010 EIP) and $859,577 (2010 total compensation); David H. Martens, $124,200 (2010 EIP) and $883,690 (2010 total compensation); Lawrence H. Parks, $182,100 (2010 EIP) and $1,181,866 (2010 total compensation); and Kenneth C. Miller $175,100 (2010 EIP) and $956,455 (2010 total compensation).

(2) Represents amounts awarded under the 2009, 2008, and 2007 EPUPs and the 2008 and 2007 Audit Performance Unit Plans (prorated) for David H. Martens, who served as senior vice president, enterprise risk management, and chief credit and collateral risk management officer through May 2009, and served as the senior vice president, director of internal audit from June 2009 to May 2010. In June 2010, Mr. Martens became the Bank's senior vice president and chief risk officer and the amounts awarded to Mr. Martens for 2011 represent amounts solely based on the 2009 EPUP rather than the 2009 EPUP and 2009 APUP on a prorated basis. All amounts awarded under the 2009 EPUP are expected to be paid in 2012 following completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review period. See discussion in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program- Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan: Executive Performance Unit Plan.”

(3) Represents the aggregate change in actuarial present value of each of the named executive officers' accumulated benefits under the Bank's qualified pension plans and the defined benefit pension-related components of the non-qualified pension plans (Cash Balance Plan; frozen FIRF, if applicable; restored pension benefit under the Benefit Equalization Plan; make-up pension benefit under the Deferred Compensation Plan; and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan). There are no above-market or preferential earnings on the named executive officers' Deferred Compensation Plan accounts.

227

(4) Includes perquisites and premiums for disability and life insurance paid by the Bank. The Bank provides reimbursement for financial planning, health club membership, and parking expenses incurred each year up to a maximum amount of $12,000 annually per officer. On occasion, the Bank may pay for resort activities for employees in connection with business-related meetings; and, in some cases, the Bank may pay the expenses for spouses/partners accompanying employees to these meetings or other Bank-sponsored events. The president receives use of a Bank-owned vehicle. Perquisites are valued at the actual amounts paid to the provider of the perquisites. The value of some perquisites is not reasonably quantifiable, but is known to be de minimis.

(5) Includes the Bank's matching contributions under the Savings Plan and the Bank's restored and make-up matching amounts credited under the Benefit Equalization Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan, respectively.

(6) Of this amount, $122,667 represents a vacation cash-out payment.

(7) Revised to reflect a reduction of $5,500 in excess Bank matching contributions to the Bank's Savings Plan.

(8) Revised to reflect a reduction of $152 in excess Bank matching contributions to the Bank's Savings Plan.

(9) Mr. Miller became the Bank's chief financial officer in August 2011.

(10) Revised to reflect a reduction of $5,500 in excess Bank matching contributions to the Bank's Savings Plan.

(11) Mr. Honda served as the Bank's chief financial officer until August 2011.

(12) Includes $4,275 in excess Bank matching contributions to the Bank's Savings Plan and subsequent undermatching to the Bank's Benefit Equalization Plan.

(13) Of this amount, $19,389 represents a vacation cash-out payment.

(14) Of this amount, $19,009 represents a vacation cash-out payment.

(15) Of this amount, $14,623 represents a vacation cash-out payment.

(16) Of this amount, $17,489 represents a vacation cash-out payment.

(17) Of this amount, $15,230 represents a vacation cash-out payment.

(18) Revised to reflect a reduction of $5,100 in excess Bank matching contributions to the Bank's Savings Plan.

Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan-Based Awards (Executive Performance Unit Plan)
(In whole dollars)				Estimated Payout Ranges(1)
Name	Plan	Plan Period	Payout Date	Threshold		Target		Maximum
Dean Schultz	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	$	195,100	$	390,200	$	780,300
Lisa B. MacMillen	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	100,000		199,900		399,800
Kenneth C. Miller	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	69,800		135,700		271,300
Steven T. Honda	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	63,000		122,500		245,100
Lawrence H. Parks	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	72,600		141,200		282,300
Suzanne Titus-Johnson	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	65,100		126,500		253,100
David H. Martens	2011 EPUP	2011-2013	February 2014	63,000		122,500		245,100

(1) Estimated payouts for the 2011 EPUP three-year performance period are what could be earned and are calculated using the base salaries in effect on February 1 in the first year of the performance period. Awards, if any, under these plans are payable in the year following the end of the three-year performance period. See discussion in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program- Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan: Executive Performance Unit Plan.”

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Non-Equity Incentive Plan-Based Awards (Executive Performance Unit Plan) Table

At Will Employees

All employees of the Bank are “at will” employees, including the named executive officers. The named executive officers may resign at any time, and the Bank may terminate their employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause and with or without notice.

The 2011 base salaries of the current named executive officers are as follows: Dean Schultz, $780,300; Lisa B. MacMillen, $499,800; Kenneth C. Miller, $387,600; Steven T. Honda, $350,100; Lawrence H. Parks, $403,300; Suzanne Titus-Johnson, $361,500 and David H. Martens, $350,100. For 2012, subject to completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review, the named executive officers' 2012 base salaries are to be increased by 2.0% relative to 2011 base salaries based on each named executive officer's individual performance in 2011 and contribution to the Bank's overall performance. For Mr. Miller, the Board approved an equity increase of 5.1% from his 2011 base salary, subject to completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review, considering his appointment as the Bank's chief financial officer in 2011 and additional responsibilities with that position.

228

Corporate Senior Officer Severance Policy. The Board adopted the Corporate Senior Officer Severance Policy ("Senior Officers' Policy") applicable to the president, executive vice president, and senior vice presidents, effective June 1, 2011. Prior to the adoption of the Senior Officers' Policy, the named executive officers were subject to the Bank's Corporate Officer Severance Policy ("Officers' Policy"), which provided severance benefits in the event that the employee's employment was terminated because the employee's job or position was eliminated or because the job or position was substantially modified so that the employee was no longer qualified or could not perform the revised job. For these officers, severance under the Officers' Policy would have been equal to the greater of (i) 12 weeks of the officer's base salary, or (ii) the sum of three weeks of the officer's base salary, plus three weeks of the officer's base salary for each full year of service and three weeks of base salary prorated for each partial year of service at the Bank to a maximum of 52 weeks of base salary. The Officers' Policy also provided one month of continued health and life insurance benefits and, at the Bank's discretion, outplacement assistance.

The Senior Officers' Policy provides the executive officers with the same severance benefits as provided in the Officers' Policy described above, but unlike the Officers' Policy, the Senior Officers' Policy also provides severance payments in connection with a "Change in Control" (as defined by the Senior Officers' Policy). Under the Senior Officers' Policy, in the event the president or the executive vice president experiences a termination of employment in connection with a Change in Control, severance and benefits will be payable pursuant to the Agreements described below.

With respect to the Bank's senior vice presidents, the Senior Officers' Policy provides that in the event such an executive officer is involuntarily terminated without "Cause" under certain circumstances in connection with a “Change in Control” (as such terms are defined by the Senior Officers' Policy) or voluntarily terminated with "Good Reason" (as defined by the Senior Officers' Policy), upon the Bank's timely receipt of a separation agreement and release, these executive officers will receive severance pay in a lump sum equal to one year of base salary.

In addition, under the Senior Officers' Policy, in the event of a Change in Control, each senior vice president will be entitled to continued health and life insurance coverage under the Bank's group health and life insurance policies, at the Bank's expense, for a period of 12 months immediately following the effective date of separation. However, the Bank will immediately cease paying such premiums prior to the end of the 12-month period if the executive officer accepts employment with another employer that provides comparable benefits in terms of cost and scope of coverage during the 12-month period. If the Bank is not in compliance with any applicable regulatory capital or regulatory leverage requirement or if any of the payments required to be made to senior vice presidents pursuant to the Senior Officers' Policy would cause the Bank to fall below such applicable regulatory requirements, such payment shall be delayed until such time as the Bank achieves compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.

The Board believes that the level of severance benefits for each named executive officer is appropriate because it is reasonable to believe that finding a comparable position at another institution at a comparable compensation level could take up to one year, and possibly longer, depending on the economic environment at the time, and that distractions by such uncertain job security may have a detrimental impact on the executive's performance. If the employment of any of the named executive officers had been terminated on December 31, 2011, because the employee's job or position had been eliminated or because the job or position had been substantially modified so that the employee was no longer qualified or could not perform the revised job, the approximate value of the severance benefits payable to the executive would have been as follows: Dean Schultz, $782,405; Lisa B. MacMillen, $502,363; Kenneth C. Miller, $390,162; Steven T. Honda, $352,645; Lawrence H. Parks, $369,539; Suzanne Titus-Johnson, $364,051; and David H. Martens, $339,181.

Change in Control Agreements. The Board approved Change in Control Severance Agreements for Dean Schultz and Lisa B. MacMillen (the "Agreements"). The Agreements became effective as of June 1, 2011. Each Agreement provides for a severance payment and continued benefits if the executive's employment terminates under certain circumstances in connection with a "Change in Control" (as defined in the Agreements) of the Bank. In particular, under the terms of each executive's Agreement, if Mr. Schultz or Ms. MacMillen terminates his or her employment

229

for "Good Reason" (as defined in the Agreements), he or she shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of any severance benefits to which the executive may otherwise be entitled under any severance plan or program of the Bank, the following: (i) the executive's fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination (together with all other amounts and benefits to which the executive is entitled under any benefit plan or practice of the Bank other than the Bank's Senior Officers' Policy); (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to the sum of two times the executive's annual base salary plus two times the executive's “annual incentive amounts” (as defined in the Agreements); (iii) continued health and life insurance coverage for up to 180 days after the first anniversary of the date of termination of the executive's employment (or if earlier, the date the executive accepts employment from an employer with comparable benefits); and (iv) executive-level outplacement services at the Bank's expense, not to exceed $25,000. If the Bank is not in compliance with any applicable regulatory capital or regulatory leverage requirement or if any of the payments required to be made pursuant to paragraphs (ii) or (iv) above would cause the Bank to fall below such applicable regulatory requirements, such payment shall be delayed until such time as the Bank achieves compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.

Non-Equity Incentive Payments and Non-Equity Long-Term Incentive Payments

For 2011, Dean Schultz, president and chief executive officer, was awarded a cash incentive compensation award under the 2011 President's Incentive Plan (2011 PIP) of $565,000. Mr. Schultz's award was based on the Bank's 2011 achievement level of 146% for the Franchise Enhancement goal, 179% for the Community Investment goal, and 150% for the Risk Management goal (determined at the sole discretion of the Board).

Based on the achievement levels for the Bank's three corporate goals and the achievement levels of named executive officers for their respective individual goals, the following awards under the 2011 EIP were made: Lisa B. MacMillen, $360,000; Kenneth C. Miller, $275,400; Steven T. Honda, $212,300; Lawrence H. Parks, $275,400; Suzanne Titus-Johnson, $256,800; and David H. Martens, $248,500.

In reviewing the Bank's 2011 performance, the Board recognized the president's leadership and the other named executive officers' management in addressing business, risk, operations, regulatory, and public policy issues throughout 2011.

With respect to the Risk Management goal, which was rated at 150% achievement, the Board recognized management's accomplishments in enhancing the Bank's enterprise risk management (ERM) governance structure and development and execution of the Bank's ERM governance project plan. In particular, the achievement level was based on, among other things: the timely and within budget completion of all Board deliverables in the project plan; the reorganization of the Bank's Risk Division and chief financial officer division and the development and accelerated delivery of a chief risk officer report to the Board.

In terms of the Bank's Franchise Enhancement goal, which was rated at 146% achievement, the Board recognized the Bank's strong financial performance in 2011. The Adjusted Return on Capital spread target level for 2011 was 2.20% and the Bank achieved a spread of 3.24%. The other key drivers to this achievement level were, among other things: the Bank's success in reducing operating expenses that exceeded the targeted operating expenses efficiency goal; continued progress in meeting milestones for the replacement of the Bank's technology platform relating to front office trading and back office processing systems; and progress in preparing the Bank to transact derivatives under the prospective Dodd-Frank rules.

The Board further noted the strong performance against the Bank's Community Investment goal, which was rated at 179% achievement for 2011. In addition to strong performance against its community lending plan, the Bank also attained a level of far exceeds on its goal measure of increasing Community Investment Cash Advances (CICA) and standby letters of credit and achieved a level of far exceeds on its performance in providing technical assistance relating to community investment activities in 2011. This year's results continued the Bank's strong performance in promoting and assisting effective community investment, affordable housing, and economic development by its members and community partners.

In light of the continued mixed economic environment throughout 2011, the Board recognized that the president

230

and senior management adopted several initiatives to enhance risk management and operating infrastructure for the Bank's future while delivering strong financial and community results.

For the three-year period 2009 through 2011, long-term cash incentive compensation awards to the named executive officers under the 2009 EPUP were approved by the Board, subject to completion of the Finance Agency's regulatory review, based on the achievement level for the Bank's Potential Dividend Spread goal and Risk Management goal over the three-year period from 2009 through 2011. The overall achievement level for the goals over this period was 92%. One of the primary reasons for the low overall performance (92% of target) against the two long-term goals was the result of a low achievement level on the financial performance goal, the Potential Dividend Spread goal, over the three-year performance period. The Potential Dividend Spread target level for the three-year period 2009 through 2011 was 2.50% and the Bank achieved a spread of 1.40%. The 2009 EPUP financial performance goal was based on the Bank's 2009-2011 strategic plan financial forecast, which was developed in 2008 before the Bank had experienced the impact of other-than-temporary impairment charges on private-label mortgage-backed securities, and therefore, the 2009 EPUP did not anticipate the impact of such charges.

The awards approved by the Board under the 2009 EPUP were as follows: Dean Schultz, $304,500; Lisa B. MacMillen, $156,700; Kenneth C. Miller, $104,300; Steven T. Honda, $99,800; Lawrence H. Parks, $115,000; Suzanne Titus-Johnson, $94,000; and David H. Martens, $99,800.

231

Pension Benefits

The following table provides the present value of accumulated pension and pension-related benefits payable as of December 31, 2011, to each of the named executive officers upon the normal retirement age of 65 under the Bank's qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans.

(In whole dollars)
Name	Plan Name	Years of Credited Service	Present Value of Accumulated Benefits(1)		Payments During Last Fiscal Year
Dean Schultz	Cash Balance Plan	26.750	$	404,712	$	—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	11.000	531,824		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	26.750	2,916,136		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	26.750	58,987		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)	9.000	1,548,262		—
Lisa B. MacMillen	Cash Balance Plan	25.417	409,998		—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	9.417	103,373		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	25.417	669,655		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	25.417	296,095		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)(3)	9.000	687,210		—
Kenneth C. Miller	Cash Balance Plan	16.917	373,866		—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	0.917	20,873		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	16.917	186,545		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	16.917	17,205		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)	9.000	579,439		—
Steven T. Honda	Cash Balance Plan	17.917	351,974		—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	1.917	48,522		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	17.917	140,418		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	17.917	198,020		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)	9.000	577,293		—
Lawrence H. Parks	Cash Balance Plan	14.333	364,351		—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	N/A	—		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	14.333	266,446		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	14.333	60,902		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)	9.000	716,792		—
Suzanne Titus-Johnson	Cash Balance Plan	25.333	569,110		—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	9.333	110,423		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	25.333	412,255		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	25.333	31,000		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)(3)	6.750	452,419		—
David H. Martens	Cash Balance Plan	15.167	313,779		—
	Financial Institutions Retirement Fund	N/A	—		—
	Benefit Equalization Plan	15.167	127,531		—
	Deferred Compensation Plan	15.167	51,417		—
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2)	9.000	540,317		—

232

(1) For purposes of this table, the present value of accumulated benefits as of December 31, 2011 (measured at December 31, 2011), was calculated using a discount rate of 4.00%, which is consistent with the assumptions used in the Bank's financial statements. Actual benefit payments under each plan may differ based on the applicable discount rate under the terms of the relevant plan. As of December 31, 2011, the discount rate, according to the terms of each relevant plan, was 6%. We withdrew from the FIRF, a multiple-employer tax-qualified defined benefit plan, on December 31, 1995. Amounts under the Benefit Equalization Plan and the Deferred Compensation Plan represent the present value of only the pension-related benefits accumulated for the named executive officer.

(2) For this plan, years of credited service represent the years of participation since the inception of the plan in 2003 or the first year in which the participant initially became active in the plan.

(3) Represents a partial contribution credit for 2011. During 2011, the participant became ineligible for future Bank contribution credits based on the 25-year limit rule under the terms of the Plan.

Narrative to Pension Benefits Table

For information regarding the plans in the table, see the discussion in our Compensation Discussion and Analysis under “Cash Balance Plan and the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund,” “Benefit Equalization Plan,” “Deferred Compensation Plan,” and “Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.” The valuation method and material assumptions used in quantifying the present value of the current accrued benefits in the table are consistent with the assumptions used in the Bank's financial statements. See the discussion in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 16 - Employee Retirement Plans and Incentive Compensation Plans.”

233

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

The following table reflects the non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan balances for the president, the executive vice president, and the other named executive officers as of December 31, 2011.

(In whole dollars)
Name and Principal Position	Last Fiscal Year	Beginning of Year Balance		2011 Executive Contributions		2011 Bank Contributions(1)		Aggregate Earnings/ (Losses) in 2011			Aggregate (Withdrawals)/ Distributions in 2011			Yearend 2011 Aggregate Balance
Dean Schultz	2011	$	451,339	$	—	$	—	$	24,161		$	—		$	475,500
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Lisa B. MacMillen	2011	3,408,078		—		—		31,389			—			3,439,467
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
Kenneth C. Miller	2011	201,437		—		—		(7,979		)	(52,244		)	141,214
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Steven T. Honda	2011	881,019		375,500		5,760		21,482			—			1,283,761
Senior Vice President,
Chief Capital Markets Officer
Lawrence H. Parks	2011	50,965		60,000		3,600		8			—			114,573
Senior Vice President,
External and Legislative Affairs
Suzanne Titus-Johnson	2011	125,761		—		—		3,506			(100,241		)	29,026
Senior Vice President and
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
David H. Martens	2011	250,644		—		—		(2,117		)	—			248,527
Senior Vice President and
Chief Risk Officer

(1) Represents make-up Bank matching contributions lost under the Savings Plan as a result of deferring compensation.

Narrative to Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table

The Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table presents information about our Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP), which is designed to allow Bank officers to defer up to 100% of base salary and short-term and long-term incentive cash compensation awards. Directors may also participate in the DCP to defer up to 100% of their director fees.

In addition, since one of the factors involved in determining benefits under the Bank's Savings Plan is an officer's annual base salary compensation, this table also presents make-up matching contributions that would have been made by the Bank under the Savings Plan had the annual base salary compensation not been deferred.

The Bank's matching contribution under the Savings Plan is calculated on the basis of an officer's base salary after deferring base salary compensation under the DCP. As a result, an officer who defers base salary compensation

234

forgoes the Bank's matching contribution on the portion of compensation that is deferred. To compensate for this, the Bank makes a contribution credit to the officer's DCP balance to restore the benefit under the Savings Plan that would otherwise be lost as a result of deferring base salary compensation.

Participants may direct the investments of deferred amounts into core mutual funds or into a brokerage account. Participants may change these investment directions at any time. All investment earnings accumulate to the benefit of the participants on a tax-deferred basis. Brokerage fees relating to purchases and sales are charged against the value of the participant's deferred balance in the plan. The Bank pays all set-up and annual account administration fees.

Income taxes are deferred until a participant receives payment of funds from the plan. Participants may elect payouts in a lump sum or over a payout period from two to ten years. A participant may change any previously elected payment schedule by submitting a written election. Any written election to change the payment schedule must be made at least 12 months prior to the original payout date, and the new payout date, in most cases, must be at least 5 years from the original payout date.

235

Director Compensation

We provide our directors with compensation for the performance of their duties as members of the Board of Directors and the amount of time spent on Bank business.

Director Compensation Table For the year ended December 31, 2011
(In whole dollars)
Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
Timothy R. Chrisman, Chairman	$	60,000
John F. Luikart, Vice Chairman(1)	54,929
Paul R. Ackerman	45,000
Reginald Chen(2)	27,511
Melinda Guzman	50,000
W. Douglas Hile	50,000
Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey	50,000
Kevin Murray	47,612
Robert F. Nielsen	50,000
J. Benson Porter	50,000
John Robinson	49,929
Scott C. Syphax(3)	55,000
John T. Wasley	50,000
Total	$	639,981

(1) John F. Luikart became vice chairman effective January 26, 2012.

(2) Reginald Chen served as a Bank director until June 28, 2011.

(3) Scott C. Syphax served as vice chairman until January 26, 2012. 

The Board of Directors Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy for 2011 (2011 Directors Compensation Policy) provided the Directors with reasonable compensation for the performance of their duties as members of the Board of Directors, the amount of time spent on official Bank business, and paid service and meeting fees to each member of the Board of Directors as set forth below.

Position	Maximum Annual Service Fee		Maximum Annual  Meeting Fees		Total Maximum Annual Compensation
Chairman	$	33,000	$	27,000	$	60,000
Vice Chairman and Audit Committee Chair	28,000		27,000		55,000
Other Committee Chair and Directors on Audit Committee	23,000		27,000		50,000
Other Directors	18,000		27,000		45,000

Under the 2011 Directors Compensation Policy, service fees for the above positions were paid for serving as a Director during and between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The annual service fee was prorated and paid with the meeting fee, if applicable, at the conclusion of each two-month service period on the Board of Directors (monthend February, April, June, August, October, and December). Any member of the Board of Directors who joined or left the Board between service fee payments received a prorated service fee for the number of days the Director was on the Board during the service period. In addition, each director received a fee of $5,400 for attending any portion of five of the six regularly scheduled two-day Board meetings, subject to the annual maximum of $27,000.

The 2011 Directors Compensation Policy provided that a Board member may receive a meeting fee for participation

236

in one regularly scheduled Board meeting by telephone. No other fee was paid for participation in meetings of the Board or committees by telephone or participation in other Bank or Federal Home Loan Bank System activities. The president of the Bank was authorized to interpret the 2011 Directors Compensation Policy, as necessary, according to applicable statutory, regulatory, and policy limits.

Under the 2011 Directors Compensation Policy, the Bank reimbursed Directors for necessary and reasonable travel, subsistence, and other related expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their official duties, which may have included participation in meetings or activities for which no fee was paid.

For expense reimbursement purposes, Directors' official duties included:

• Meetings of the Board and Board committees,

• Meetings requested by the Finance Agency and FHLBank System committees,

• Meetings of the Council of Federal Home Loan Banks and its committees,

• Meetings of the Bank's Affordable Housing Advisory Council,

• Events attended on behalf of the Bank when requested by the president in consultation with the chairman, and

• Other events attended on behalf of the Bank with the prior approval of the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee of the Board.

The Board adopted the Board of Directors Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy for 2012, which is similar to the 2011 Directors Compensation Policy with the exception of adjustments in annual service fees and meeting fees as set forth below.

Position	Maximum Annual Service Fee		Maximum Annual  Meeting Fees		Total Maximum Annual Compensation
Chairman	$	53,000	$	42,000	$	95,000
Vice Chairman	48,000		42,000		90,000
Committee Chair	43,000		42,000		85,000
Directors on Audit Committee	33,000		42,000		75,000
Other Directors	28,000		42,000		70,000

237

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information about those stockholders that are beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco's (Bank) outstanding capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, as of February 29, 2012.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares Held	Percentage of Outstanding Shares
Citibank, N.A.(1)	28,841,854	27.8	%
701 East 60th Street, North
Sioux Falls, SC 57104
JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association(2)	13,397,847	12.9
560 Mission Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.(1)	11,835,984	11.4
101 North Phillips Avenue
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(1)(2)	8,926,513	8.6
111 Polaris Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43240
Bank of America California, N.A.	5,257,086	5.1
555 California Street
San Francisco, CA 94104
Total	68,259,284	65.7	%

(1) The capital stock held by these institutions is classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

(2) JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, and JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, are affiliates.

238

The following table sets forth information about those members (or their holding companies) with officers or directors serving as directors of the Bank as of February 29, 2012.

Director Name	Name of Institution	City	State	Number of Shares Held	Percentage of Outstanding Shares
Paul R. Ackerman	Wells Fargo Bank, National Association	Sioux Falls	SD	11,835,984	11.4	%
Paul R. Ackerman	Wells Fargo Financial National Bank	Las Vegas	NV	42,285	—
Craig G. Blunden	Provident Savings Bank	Riverside	CA	245,849	0.2
Timothy R. Chrisman	Pacific Western Bank	Los Angeles	CA	461,058	0.4
Timothy R. Chrisman	Pacific Trust Bank	Irvine	CA	69,717	0.1
W. Douglas Hile	West Valley National Bank	Avondale	AZ	1,342	—
Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey	CapitalSource Bank	Los Angeles	CA	277,921	0.3
J. Benson Porter	First Tech Federal Credit Union	Palo Alto	CA	159,990	0.2
John F. Robinson	Silicon Valley Bank	Santa Clara	CA	250,000	0.2
Kenneth A. Vecchione	Bank of Nevada	Las Vegas	NV	176,363	0.2
Kenneth A. Vecchione	Western Alliance Bank	Phoenix	AZ	89,160	0.1
Kenneth A. Vecchione	Torrey Pines Bank	San Diego	CA	66,923	0.1
Total				13,676,592	13.2	%

239

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Capital stock ownership is a prerequisite to transacting any member business with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank). The members, former members, and certain other nonmembers own all the stock of the Bank, the majority of the directors of the Bank are officers or directors of members, and the Bank conducts its advances and purchased mortgage loan business almost exclusively with members or member successors. The Bank extends credit in the ordinary course of business to members with officers or directors who serve as directors of the Bank and to members owning more than 5% of the Bank's capital stock (5% shareholders) on market terms that are no more favorable to them than the terms of comparable transactions with other members. In addition, the Bank may purchase short-term investments, Federal funds, and mortgage-backed securities (MBS) from members and their affiliates with officers or directors who serve as directors of the Bank or from 5% shareholders. All investments are market rate transactions, and all MBS are purchased through securities brokers or dealers. The Bank may also be the primary obligor on debt issued in the form of FHLBank System consolidated obligations using underwriters and dealers, and may enter into interest rate exchange agreements with counterparties, that may be affiliates of Bank members with officers or directors who serve as directors of the Bank or affiliates of members and nonmembers owning more than 5% of the Bank's capital stock, which are transactions in the ordinary course of the Bank's business and are market rate transactions. As an additional service to its members, including those with officers or directors who serve as directors of the Bank and those that are 5% shareholders, the Bank may enter into offsetting interest rate exchange agreements, acting as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. This intermediation allows the members indirect access to the derivatives market, and these transactions are also executed at market rates.

The FHLBank Act requires the Bank to establish an Affordable Housing Program (AHP). The Bank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market interest rate advances to members, which use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households. Only Bank members, along with their nonmember AHP project sponsors, may submit AHP applications. All AHP subsidies are made in the normal course of business. In instances where an AHP subsidy involves a member (or its affiliate) that owns more than 5% of the Bank's capital stock, a member with an officer or director who is a director of the Bank, or an entity with an officer, director or general partner who serves as a director of the Bank (and that has a direct or indirect interest in the AHP subsidy), the AHP subsidy is subject to the same eligibility and other program criteria and requirements as AHP subsidies provided to all other members and the regulations governing the operations of the AHP.

The Bank may also use members with officers or directors who serve as directors of the Bank or that are 5% shareholders as securities custodians and derivatives dealer counterparties. These financial relationships are conducted in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions similar to those that would be available for comparable services if provided by unaffiliated entities.

The Bank does not have a written policy to have the Board of Directors (Board) review, approve, or ratify transactions with members that are outside the ordinary course of business because such transactions rarely occur. However, it has been the Bank's practice to report to the Board all transactions between the Bank and its members that are outside the ordinary course of business, and, on a case-by-case basis, seek Board approval or ratification.

Director Independence

General

Under the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) rules the Bank is required to identify directors who are independent, and members of the Board's Audit Committee and EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee and any committee performing similar functions to a nominating committee who are not independent, using the independence definition of a national securities exchange or automated quotation system. The Bank's common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system, and the Bank's Board of

240

Directors is not subject to the independence requirement of any such exchange or automated quotation system. The Bank is subject to the independence standards for directors serving on the Bank's Audit Committee set forth in the rules of the Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), predecessor to the Federal Housing Finance Agency, and looks to the Finance Board independence standards to determine independence for all directors, whether or not they serve on the Audit Committee. In addition, for purposes of compliance with the SEC's disclosure rules only, the Board has evaluated director independence using the definition of independence articulated in the rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (NASDAQ).

In addition to the independence rules and standards above, the Federal Home Loan Banks are required to comply with the rules issued by the SEC under Section 10A(m) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which includes a substantive independence rule prohibiting a director from being a member of the Audit Committee if he or she, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the Audit Committee, the Bank's Board of Directors, or any other Board committee, accepts any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the Bank or is an “affiliated person” of the Bank as defined by the SEC rules (the person controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Bank).

Director Independence under the Finance Board Regulations

The Finance Board director independence rule provides that a director is sufficiently independent to serve as a member of the Bank's Audit Committee if that director does not have a disqualifying relationship with the Bank or its management that would interfere with the exercise of that director's independent judgment. Disqualifying relationships under the Finance Board independence standards include, but are not limited to: (i) employment with the Bank at any time during the last five years; (ii) acceptance of compensation from the Bank other than for service as a director; (iii) being a consultant, advisor, promoter, underwriter, or legal counsel for the Bank at any time within the last five years; and (iv) being an immediate family member of an individual who is or who has been a Bank executive officer within the past five years.

Notwithstanding that the Finance Board's independence standard only applies by regulation to members of the Bank's Audit Committee, the Bank's Board looks to this standard for purposes of determining independence of all the Bank's directors.

The independence standard imposed on the Audit Committee under the Finance Board regulations takes into account the fact that the Bank was created by Congress; the Bank has a cooperative ownership structure; the Bank is statutorily required to have member directors who are either an officer or director of a Bank member; the Bank was created to provide its members with products and services; and the Bank's Board of Directors is statutorily required to administer the affairs of the Bank fairly and impartially and without discrimination in favor of or against any member borrower. The Finance Board's independence standards do not include as a disqualifying relationship any business relationships between a director's member institution and the Bank. Consistent with the rule, the Bank's Board does not believe that the statutorily prescribed business relationships between a director's member institution and the Bank interfere with the director's exercise of his or her independent judgment. The national securities exchanges' independence definition, including those of the NASDAQ, do not generally take into account the cooperative nature of the Bank. Accordingly, the Bank's Board believes that the appropriate standard for measuring director independence is the Finance Board's independence standards.

Applying the Finance Board independence standards, the Board has determined that all former directors who served in 2011 were, and all current directors are, independent.

Director Independence under the NASDAQ Rules

If the Bank uses the NASDAQ standard for purposes of complying with the SEC disclosure rules, the Board must make an affirmative determination that the director does not have a relationship with the Bank that would impair his or her independence.“Independent director” under the NASDAQ rules means a person other than an executive officer or employee of the company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the

241

issuer's board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In addition, the NASDAQ rules set forth seven relationships that automatically preclude a determination of director independence. Among other things, a director is not considered to be independent if the director is, or has a “family member” who is, a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, any organization to which the Bank made, or from which the Bank received, payments for property or services in the current or any of the past three fiscal years that exceed 5% of the recipient's consolidated gross revenues for that year, or $200,000, whichever is more. This particular relationship is referred to below as the payments/revenues relationship.

Using the NASDAQ rules, the Board affirmatively determined that in its opinion Ms. Guzman, Mr. Luikart, Mr. Murray, Mr. Nielsen, Mr. Syphax, and Mr. Wasley, who are current nonmember directors and are not employed by and do not serve as a director of any member institution, are independent and, to the extent they served as nonmember directors in 2011, were independent in 2011 under the NASDAQ rules because they have no relationship with the Bank that would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment in carrying out their responsibilities.

Using the NASDAQ rules, the Board affirmatively determined that in its opinion the following current member directors are independent and, to the extent they served as member directors in 2011, were independent in 2011 under the NASDAQ rules because they have no relationship with the Bank that would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment in carrying out their responsibilities as directors: Mr. Blunden, Mr. Chrisman, Mr. Hile, Mr. Lowrey, Mr. Porter, Mr. Robinson, and Mr. Vecchione.

In making these determinations, the Board recognized that during their directorships the member directors were employed by member institutions that conducted business with the Bank in the ordinary course of the Bank's and the member institutions' respective businesses. The Board determined that these ordinary course customer relationships with the member institutions that had or have member directors on the Board would not interfere with the member directors' exercise of independent judgment or their independence from management under the NASDAQ rules. This determination is based on the fact that the Bank was created by Congress; the Bank has a cooperative ownership structure; the Bank is statutorily required to have member directors who are either an officer or director of a Bank member; the Bank was created to provide its members with products and services; and the Board is statutorily required to administer the affairs of the Bank fairly and impartially and without discrimination in favor of or against any member borrower.

Audit Committee Independence

The Board has an Audit Committee. Under the Finance Board's independence standards and NASDAQ rules, all Audit Committee members who served in 2011 were independent, and all current Audit Committee members are independent.

All Audit Committee members who served in 2011 and all current Audit Committee members met the substantive independence rules under Section 10A(m) of the 1934 Act.

EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee Independence

The Board has an EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee. Using the Finance Board's director independence standards, all EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee members who served in 2011 were independent, and all current EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee members are independent.

Using the NASDAQ rules, the following director who served in 2011 and who continues to serve on the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee is not considered independent because his member institution exceeded the limits of the payments/revenues relationship test in 2009 and 2010: Mr. Ackerman.

242

Using the NASDAQ rules, the following former director who served in 2011 on the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee was not considered independent because his member institution exceeded the limits of the payments/revenues relationship test in 2009 and 2010: Mr. Chen.

Governance Committee

The Board has a Governance Committee that performs certain functions that are similar to those of a nominating committee with respect to the nomination of nonmember independent directors. Using the Finance Board's director independence standards, all Governance Committee members who served in 2011 were independent, and all current Governance Committee members are independent. Using the NASDAQ rules, the following Governance Committee member who served on the Governance Committee in 2011 was not considered independent because his member institution exceeded the limits of the payments/revenues relationship test in 2009 and 2010: Mr. Ackerman.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed to the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, by its external accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

(In millions)	2011		2010
Audit fees	$	1.0	$	1.2
All other fees	—		0.1
Total	$	1.0	$	1.3

Audit Fees. Audit fees during 2011 and 2010 were for professional services rendered in connection with the audits of the Bank's annual financial statements, the review of the Bank's quarterly financial statements included in each Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and the audit of the Bank's internal control over financial reporting.

All Other Fees. All other fees for 2011 and 2010 were for consulting services. The Bank is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation. Therefore, no tax consulting fees were paid during 2011 and 2010.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy

In accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations implementing the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (SEC rules), all audit, audit-related, and non-audit services proposed to be performed by the Bank's independent auditor must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee to ensure that they do not impair the auditor's independence. The SEC rules require that proposed services either be specifically pre-approved on a case-by-case basis (specific pre-approval services) or be pre-approved without case-by-case review under policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee that are detailed as to the particular service and do not delegate Audit Committee responsibilities to management (general pre-approval services).

The Bank's Audit Committee has adopted a policy, the Independent Auditor Services Pre-Approval Policy (Policy), setting forth the procedures and conditions pursuant to which services proposed to be performed by the Bank's independent auditor may be approved. Under the Policy, unless services to be provided by the independent auditor have received general pre-approval, they require specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee. Any proposed services exceeding the pre-approved maximum fee amounts set forth in the appendices to the Policy will also require specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee.

The Policy is designed to be detailed as to the particular services that may be provided by the independent auditor and to provide for the Audit Committee to be informed of each service provided by the independent auditor. The Policy is also intended to ensure that the Audit Committee does not delegate to management its responsibilities in connection with the approval of services to be provided by the independent auditor.

243

For both specific pre-approval and general pre-approval of services, the Audit Committee considers whether the proposed services are consistent with the SEC rules on auditor independence and whether the provision of the services by the independent auditor would impair the independent auditor's independence. The Audit Committee also considers (i) whether the independent auditor is positioned to provide effective and efficient services, given its familiarity with the Bank's business, management, culture, accounting systems, risk profile, and other factors, and (ii) whether having the independent auditor provide the service may enhance the Bank's ability to manage or control risk or improve audit quality. The Audit Committee also considers the total amounts of fees for audit, audit-related, and non-audit services for a given calendar year in deciding whether to pre-approve any such services and may choose to determine, for a particular calendar year, the appropriate ratio between the total amount of fees for audit and audit-related services and the total amount of fees for permissible non-audit services.

The Audit Committee annually reviews and pre-approves the services that may be provided by the independent auditor during a given calendar year without specific pre-approval from the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee has delegated to its Chair and Vice Chair individually specific pre-approval authority for additional audit or audit-related services to be provided by the independent auditor, provided that the estimated fee for each type of proposed service does not exceed $50,000 and the total aggregated fees for all services pre-approved by each individual under this delegated authority does not exceed $100,000 in a calendar year. The Chair or Vice Chair, as the case may be, is required to report to the Audit Committee any services pre-approved under the delegated authority.

In 2011 and 2010, 100% of the audit-related fees and all other fees were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements

The financial statements included as part of this Form 10-K are identified in the Index to Audited Financial Statements appearing in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, which is incorporated in this Item 15 by reference.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

(b) Exhibits

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Organization Certificate and resolutions relating to the organization of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Bank's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
3.2	Bylaws of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, as amended and restated on January 27, 2011.
4.1	Capital Plan, as amended and restated effective September 5, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Bank's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.1	Summary Sheet: Terms of Employment for Named Executive Officers for 2012
10.2	Form of Director Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Bank's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.3	Form of Senior Officer Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Bank's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2010 (Commission File No. 000-51398)

244

10.4	Change in Control Severance Agreement for Dean Schultz, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Bank's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.5	Change in Control Severance Agreement for Lisa B, MacMillen, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Bank's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.6	Board Resolution for 2012 Board of Directors Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy
10.7	2011 Executive Incentive Plan
10.8	2011 Executive Performance Unit Plan
10.9	2010 Executive Performance Unit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Bank's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2010 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.10	2009 Executive Performance Unit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Bank's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2009 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.11	2011 President's Incentive Plan
10.12	Executive Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Bank's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.13	Original Deferred Compensation Plan, as restated, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Bank's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.14	Deferred Compensation Plan Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Bank's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.15	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Bank's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.16	Corporate Senior Officer Severance Policy, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Bank's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.17	Federal Home Loan Bank P&I Funding and Contingency Plan Agreement, effective as of July 20, 2006, by and among the Office of Finance and each of the Federal Home Loan Banks, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Bank's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2006 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
10.18	Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement, as amended August 5, 2011, with the other 11 Federal Home Loan Banks, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Bank's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2011 (Commission File No. 000-51398)
12.1	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges – December 31, 2011
31.1	Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification of the Chief Operating Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.3	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification of the Chief Operating Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.3	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1+	Audit Committee Report

245

101 Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, the following financial information from the Bank's annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, is formatted in XBRL interactive data files: (i) Statements of Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iii) Statements of Capital Accounts for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iv) Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and (v) Notes to Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files contained in Exhibit 101 are deemed not “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and are otherwise not subject to the liability of that section.

+ The report contained in Exhibit 99.1 is being furnished and will not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

246

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO

/S/ DEAN SCHULTZ

Dean Schultz

President and Chief Executive Officer

March 14, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2012.

/S/ DEAN SCHULTZ

Dean Schultz

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal executive officer)

/S/ LISA B. MACMILLEN

Lisa B. MacMillen

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

(Principal executive officer)

/S/ KENNETH C. MILLER

Kenneth C. Miller

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal financial officer)

/S/ TIMOTHY R. CHRISMAN

Timothy R. Chrisman

Chairman of the Board of Directors

/S/ JOHN F. LUIKART

John F. Luikart

Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

/S/ PAUL R. ACKERMAN

Paul R. Ackerman

Director

247

/S/ CRAIG G. BLUNDEN

Craig G. Blunden Director

/S/ MELINDA GUZMAN

Melinda Guzman

Director

/S/ W. DOUGLAS HILE

W. Douglas Hile

Director

/S/ DOUGLAS H. (TAD) LOWREY

Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey

Director

/S/ KEVIN MURRAY

Kevin Murray

Director

/S/ ROBERT F. NIELSEN

Robert F. Nielsen

Director

/S/ J. BENSON PORTER

J. Benson Porter

Director

/S/ SCOTT C. SYPHAX

Scott C. Syphax

 Director

/S/ KENNETH A. VECCHIONE

Kenneth A. Vecchione Director

/S/ JOHN T. WASLEY

John T. Wasley

Director

248

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

of the

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO

As Amended and Restated on January 27, 2012

Exhibit 3.2

CONTENTS

Article I	OFFICES
	Sec. 1	Principal Office
	Sec. 2	Other Offices
Article II	MEMBER MEETINGS
	Sec. 1	Meetings
	Sec. 2	Member Voting
Article III	BOARD OF DIRECTORS
	Sec. 1	Board Composition and Director Elections
	Sec. 2	Regular Meetings
	Sec. 3	Special Meetings
	Sec. 4	Quorum; Voting
	Sec. 5	Officers of the Board of Directors
	Sec. 6	Presiding Officers; Acting Officers
	Sec. 7	Removal of Officers of the Board of Directors
	Sec. 8	Order of Business; Minutes
	Sec. 9	Bank Policies and Plans
	Sec. 10	Action by Written Consent
	Sec. 11	Vacancies
	Sec. 12	Director Compensation

i

Exhibit 3.2

Article IV	COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
	Sec. 1	Executive Committee
	Sec. 2	Audit Committee
	Sec. 3	Other Committees
	Sec. 4	Meetings
Article V	OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
	Sec. 1	Officers
	Sec. 2	Employees
	Sec. 3	Compensation
	Sec. 4	Acting President
Article VI	CAPITAL STOCK
	Sec. 1	Manner of Executing
	Sec. 2	Transfers
	Sec. 3	Dividends
Article VII	GENERAL PROVISIONS
	Sec. 1	Budgets
	Sec. 2	Bonds and Insurance
	Sec. 3	Indemnification
	Sec. 4	Signing of Papers
	Sec. 5	Operations; Federal Housing Finance Agency Approval
	Sec. 6	Fiscal Year
	Sec. 7	Amendment and Construction of Bylaws
	Sec. 8	Corporate Seal

ii

Exhibit 3.2

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1.    Principal Office: The principal office of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank) is to be located in the City and County of San Francisco, State of California.

Section 2.    Other Offices: In addition to its principal office, the Bank may maintain offices at any other place or places, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II

Member Meetings

Section 1.    Meetings: Meetings of the members of the Bank shall be called upon the written request of the chief executive officer of the Bank or any eight members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall designate the time and place for such meeting, to be held not less than fifteen days nor more than sixty days after such request. Should the Board of Directors fail to act for a period of thirty days after the request for such meeting, the Secretary of the Bank shall designate a time and place. The Secretary of the Bank shall mail a notice of such meeting to each member of the Bank at its last known address as shown on the records of the Bank. Such notice shall be sent at least ten days before such meeting and shall contain a statement of the purpose and the time and place of the meeting.

The chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his absence the vice chairman, or in the absence of both of these officers, the President of the Bank, shall preside at each meeting of the members. Minutes of each meeting of the members shall be prepared by the Secretary of the Bank and shall be ratified by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.Member Voting: The members shall be entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, as amended, the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as amended, (together, the Acts) and the rules and regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Agency as in effect from time to time (Rules and Regulations), and the director election procedures as established by the Board of Directors in accordance with the requirements of the Acts and the Rules and Regulations.

1

Exhibit 3.2

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 1.    Board Composition and Director Elections

(a)    Number, Qualifications, and Eligibility: The Board of Directors shall consist of thirteen members or such other number of members as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, from time to time, each of whom shall at all times meet the standards for eligibility set forth in the Acts and the Rules and Regulations. The directors shall be nominated and elected in such manner and for such terms of office as provided by the Acts and the Rules and Regulations. Directors are divided into two classes: (1) those who are officers or directors of a member of the Bank (“member directors”); and (2) those who are not member directors, but are elected by a plurality of the votes of the members of the Bank from among eligible persons nominated by the Board of Directors after consultation with the Affordable Housing Advisory Council of the Bank (“independent directors”). Member directors must constitute at least a majority, but no more than sixty percent, of the members of the Board of Directors, and independent directors must constitute at least forty percent of the members of the Board of Directors. At least two independent directors must also qualify as public interest directors. Annually, the Board shall determine how many, if any, of the independent director positions with terms beginning the following January 1 shall be public interest director positions, provided the Bank at all times has at least two public interest director positions. Independent directors shall be elected in an at-large election by a plurality of the members entitled to vote, with each member having the same number of votes as it has with respect to the election of member directors, determined as specified in the Acts and the Rules and Regulations. Member directors shall be elected as representing members located in a particular State, in the manner and with the number of votes specified in the Acts and the Rules and Regulations.

(b)    Nominations for Independent Director Positions: The committee of the Board of Directors responsible for corporate governance (“Governance Committee”) shall make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding nominations for independent director positions. The Bank may solicit potential nominees for independent director positions from members; trade groups; organizations representing affordable housing, economic development, consumer or community interests; or other interested parties. The Governance Committee shall review applications and other information submitted by interested potential nominees, and shall consider for nomination only those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements and knowledge or experience qualifications for the independent director positions as set forth in the Acts and Rules and Regulations. Before recommending for nomination any individual for an independent director position, the Governance Committee shall review the potential nominees with the Affordable Housing Advisory Council and shall consider the Council’s comments in making a recommendation to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, by a majority vote of the Directors present at a meeting, a quorum being present (excluding any Director who is not disinterested), shall

2

Exhibit 3.2

nominate at least as many qualified individuals as there are independent director positions to be filled in that election.

Section 2.    Regular Meetings: Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that regular meetings shall be held at least six times a year. Regular meetings may be held without notice thereof, or the Board of Directors by resolution may direct the Secretary of the Bank to give three days' notice of each regular meeting to each director.

Section 3.    Special Meetings: Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer of the Bank on at least three days’ written notice or forty-eight hours’ telegraphic, facsimile or electronic mail notice to each director, and shall be called upon like notice by the Secretary of the Bank on the written request of four members of the Board of Directors (or the written request of two members of the Board of Directors, in the case of a special meeting to be held by telephone conference call) stating the reasons therefor. The notice of such special meeting shall designate the time and place of such meeting and shall contain a statement of the purpose or purposes of such meeting. Special meetings may be held without previous notice if all of the directors are actually present, or notice may be waived by any director before or after any such meeting. For any meeting held by telephone conference call, all members of the Board of Directors participating in the meeting must be able to hear and be heard by all other persons participating in the meeting.

Section 4.    Quorum; Voting: At any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of those authorized to act as directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The majority of the directors present at any meeting, a quorum being present, shall conduct the business of the Board of Directors.

Section 5.    Officers of the Board of Directors: The officers of the Board of Directors shall be a chairman and a vice chairman, each of whom shall be elected for a two-year term by a majority of the directors from among the directors. The officers shall have such duties as are usually incident to their respective offices and such as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.    Presiding Officers; Acting Officers: At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the chairman, or in his absence the vice chairman, or in the absence of both of these officers, a chairman pro tempore selected by vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting, shall preside. If the position of chairman is vacant or if a majority of the directors determines by action of the Board of Directors that the chairman is more than temporarily unable to carry out the duties of office, the vice chairman shall act as chairman until the next regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, at which meeting the Board of Directors shall by majority vote elect a new chairman to complete the chairman’s term. If the position of vice chairman is vacant or if a majority of the directors determines by action of the Board of Directors that the vice chairman is more than temporarily unable to carry out the duties of office, the chairman

3

Exhibit 3.2

of the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors shall serve as the acting vice chairman until the next regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, at which meeting the Board of Directors shall by majority vote elect a new vice chairman to complete the vice chairman’s term. An acting officer of the Board of Directors shall have all the powers of the incumbent office.

Section 7.    Removal of Officers of the Board of Directors: A chairman, vice chairman, or acting chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors may be removed from his position as an officer of the Board of Directors for good cause by vote of a majority of the directors. A successor to the officer being removed shall then be elected by a majority of the directors from among the directors to complete the officer’s remaining term.

Section 8.    Order of Business; Minutes: At meetings of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order as,from time to time, the Board of Directors may determine. Minutes of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be prepared by the Secretary of the Bank and shall be ratified by the Board of Directors.

Section 9.    Bank Policiesand Plans: In accordance with the Acts and the Rules and Regulations,the Board of Directors shall adopt and review from time to time such Bank policies and plans as may be required by the Acts and the Rules and Regulations to be approved by the Board of Directors.

Section 10.    Action by Written Consent: Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 11.     Vacancies: When any vacancy in a director position occurs, including as a result of a determination by the Bank or the Federal Housing Finance Agency that any director of the Bank no longer satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in the Acts and the Rules and Regulations, or that a director has failed to comply with the reporting requirements of the Rules and Regulations, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall select, by a majority vote of the remaining Bank directors sitting as a board, an individual to fill the unexpired term of vacant director position, regardless of whether the remaining Bank directors constitute a quorum of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Bank shall select to a vacant director position an individual who satisfies all of the eligibility requirements and any of the qualification requirements set forth in the Acts and the Rules and Regulations, except that if the vacant director position is a public interest director position and the Bank has at least two other public interest director positions that are not vacant, the Board of Directors may select any individual who is eligible and qualified for any independent director position. Prior to the Board of Director’s selection of any individual to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors, the Bank must verify an individual’s eligibility to serve in the manner

4

Exhibit 3.2

required by the Federal Housing Finance Agency before allowing such individual to assume the director position.

Section 12.     Director Compensation: The Board of Directors shall annually adopt a written policy to provide for payment of compensation and expenses to the directors in accordance with the Acts and the Rules and Regulations.

ARTICLE IV

Committees of the Board of Directors

Section 1.    Executive Committee: The Executive Committee shall consist of all members of the Board of Directors, and the chairman and the vice chairman of the Board of Directors shall be chairman and vice chairman, respectively, of the Executive Committee. During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee shall possess and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the direction of the affairs of the Bank in all cases in which specific direction shall not have been given by the Board of Directors. Five members of the Executive Committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum, and in every case the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee present at or participating in any meeting, a quorum being present or participating, shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution; provided, however, that in no case shall any resolution be passed upon the affirmative vote of fewer than five members of the Executive Committee.

Section 2.    Audit Committee: The Board of Directors shall establish an Audit Committee, which shall consist of at least five directors meeting the criteria established by the Acts and the Rules and Regulations. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time change the members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall have and may exercise such power and authority as may be established by the Board of Directors and shall meet at least quarter-annually and on other occasions as required.

Section 3.    Other Committees: The Board of Directors may establish one or more additional committees, each such committee to consist of three or more directors. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time change the members of such committees. Each committee shall have and may exercise such power and authority as may be established by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.    Meetings: The business of each committee of the Board of Directors shall be conducted in all material respects in the same manner as provided in these Bylaws for the conduct of business by the Board of Directors. Regular meetings of a committee may be held at such time and place as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the committee upon at least three days’ written notice to each member of the committee. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the committee or the chief executive officer of the Bank on at least forty-eight hours’ telegraphic, facsimile or electronic mail notice to each member of the committee,

5

Exhibit 3.2

such notice designating the time and place of such meeting and containing a statement of the purpose of the meeting. Special meetings of a committee may be held without previous notice if all of the members of the committee are actually present, or notice may be waived by any committee member before or after any such meeting. Any regular or special committee meeting may be held by long distance conference telephone at which all members of the committee participating in the meeting are able to hear and be heard by all other persons participating in the meeting. For any committee meeting, a majority of directors who are members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; the majority of the committee members present at any meeting, a quorum being present, shall conduct the business of the committee. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee. Minutes of each committee meeting shall be prepared by the Secretary of the Bank and shall be ratified by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

Officers and Employees

Section 1.    Officers: The corporate officers of the Bank shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (including any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, but not including any Assistant Vice President), and a Secretary, and such other corporate officers, who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as are usually incident to their respective offices and as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Bank and shall be primarily responsible for the operation and management of the Bank. One person may hold any two offices. The Board of Directors shall elect corporate officers at the level of Senior Vice President and above each calendar year. The President may appoint any Vice President (but not any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) as a corporate officer, and may also appoint additional officers, including any Assistant Vice President, as functional officers. Functional officers shall hold management positions that report directly to a corporate officer and shall have such powers and duties as are usually incident to their respective offices and as may be assigned to them by the President or by the corporate officers. Each officer of the Bank shall serve at the pleasure of the Bank and shall devote his time, skill and energy to the business of the Bank, unless the contrary is expressly approved by the Board of Directors. The corporate officers of the Bank may extend or deny credit and take such other action as is in conformity with the policies of the Bank, the Acts, and the Rules and Regulations.

Section 2.    Employees: The Bank shall also have such other employees as the Board of Directors may authorize or whose appointment the Board of Directors may ratify. Employees of the Bank shall serve at the pleasure of the Bank and shall have such duties

6

Exhibit 3.2

as are usually incident to their respective positions and as may be assigned to them by the President or other officers of the Bank.

Section 3.    Compensation: The Board of Directors shall fix the compensation of the President and other officers at the level of Senior Vice President and above. The compensation of all other officers and employees of the Bank shall be fixed by the President and shall be within the annual operating expense budgets approved for the Bank by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.    Acting President: The Board of Directors may from time to time designate an individual to act as President in the event of the resignation, removal, death or incapacity of the elected President. Such acting President shall have all of the powers conferred upon the President under these Bylaws, by resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee or by applicable law, and shall hold such position until such time as the elected President shall no longer be incapacitated or until such time as the Board of Directors shall elect a successor President.

ARTICLE VI

Capital Stock

Section 1.    Manner of Executing: The Bank may issue or cause to be issued to each member a certificate or written verification in such form as the Bank may determine certifying the number of shares of Bank stock owned by the member.

Section 2.    Transfers: Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Rules and Regulations, and the Bank’s Capital Plan, Bank stock shall be transferable only upon the records of the Bank upon the request of a duly authorized representative of the holder. Each transfer shall be recorded and a record of each transfer shall be kept at the principal office of the Bank.

Section 3.    Dividends: Dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors at its discretion, provided that such dividends shall be declared and paid in the manner prescribed by the Acts, the Rules and Regulations, and the Bank’s Capital Plan.

ARTICLE VII

General Provisions

Section 1.    Budgets: The Board of Directors shall annually adopt an operating expense budget and a capital expenditures budget (subject to amendment from time to time, as determined by the Board of Directors) and shall take such actions with respect to such budgets as are required by the Acts and the Rules and Regulations.

Section 2.    Bonds and Insurance: The Bank shall maintain adequate financial institution crime or fidelity bonds or similar bonds or insurance covering all

7

Exhibit 3.2

officers, employees, attorneys, or agents having control over or access to monies or securities owned by the Bank or in its possession.

Section 3.    Indemnification:

(a)    Actions Other than By or in the Right of the Bank. The Bank shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (other than an action by or in the right of the Bank) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or any joint office, committee or council of the Federal Home Loan Banks, the Financing Corporation, the Resolution Funding Corporation or any other instrumentality or agency of the United States government, against costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees), final judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith within what he reasonably could have perceived under the circumstances was the scope of his employment or authority and in a manner he reasonably could have believed under the circumstances to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Bank or its members, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith within what he reasonably could have perceived under the circumstances was the scope of his employment or authority and in a manner which he reasonably could have believed under the circumstances to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Bank, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b)    Actions By or in the Right of the Bank. The Bank shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Bank to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or any joint office, committee or council of the Federal Home Loan Banks, the Financing Corporation, the Resolution Funding Corporation or any other instrumentality or agency of the United States government, against cost and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith within what he reasonably could have perceived under the circumstances was the scope of his employment or authority and in a manner he reasonably could have believed under the circumstances to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Bank or its members, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been

8

Exhibit 3.2

adjudged to be liable to the Bank, unless and only to the extent that the Board of Directors shall determine as set forth in paragraph (d) that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses. As used in this paragraph, the term "expenses" includes, without limitation, attorneys' fees and any expenses of successfully establishing a right to indemnification under this section.

(c)    Entitlement to Indemnification. The Bank shall make the indemnification provided by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section in connection with any such action which results in a final judgment on the merits or otherwise in favor of such director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent, and the subject individual shall be entitled to receive such indemnification.

(d)    Authorization of Indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b). Except as provided in paragraph (c), any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be made by the Bank only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

(e)    Right of Indemnitees to Bring Suit. In the event any indemnification provided by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section is not made in full within ninety days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Bank from a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent entitled to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section or as to whom indemnification has been authorized pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, the claimant may at any time thereafter, subject to any arbitration or other agreement between the claimant and the Bank, bring suit against the Bank to recover the unpaid amount of the claim for indemnification and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to recover also the expense of prosecuting such claim for indemnification.

(f)    Advance Payment of Expenses. The Bank may advance the reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) of defense of any action, suit or other proceeding to anyone whom the Bank determines could be entitled to indemnification by the Bank in respect of such proceeding, upon such conditions and subject to such terms as the Bank deems reasonable. Without limiting the foregoing, an unsecured undertaking to repay the Bank in the event such person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification shall be considered a reasonable condition upon which to advance such costs and expenses.

(g)    Rights Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which anyone seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any

9

Exhibit 3.2

other provisions of these Bylaws, any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses, any vote of disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(h)    Insurance. The Bank shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or any joint office, committee or council of the Federal Home Loan Banks, the Financing Corporation, the Resolution Funding Corporation or any other instrumentality or agency of the United States government, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Bank would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

(i)    Certain Definitions. For purposes of this section, references to: (1) "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; (2) "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and (3) "serving at the request of the Bank" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent of the Bank which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably could have believed under the circumstances to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Bank" as set forth in this section. References to "action," "suit" or "proceeding" shall include any appeal or other proceeding for review.

(j)    Successors to Indemnitees. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, manager, trustee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives of such a person.

Section 4.    Signing of Papers: All agreements, instruments, and other documents binding the Bank, except checks, shall be signed in the name of the Bank by the President or any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, or by any two employees authorized for that purpose by the President, at least one of whom shall be an officer or a manager, administrator or other employee of equal or greater rank. Checks, orders for payment, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Bank shall be signed in the name of the Bank as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 5.    Operations; Federal Housing Finance Agency Approval: The Bank shall operate and do business within the provisions of the Acts, the Rules and Regulations, its

10

Exhibit 3.2

certificate of organization, and these Bylaws. Where these Bylaws require or permit an action to be taken by the Bank, the Board of Directors or any of the Bank’s officers or employees, which action requires the prior approval of the Federal Housing Finance Agency under the provisions of the Acts, the Rules and Regulations or the policies of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, such approval of the Federal Housing Finance Agency shall be obtained prior to such action taking effect.

Section 6.    Fiscal Year: The fiscal year of the Bank shall begin on the first day of January.

Section 7.    Amendment and Construction of Bylaws: These Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that each director shall have been given notice of the proposed amendment and of the form of such amendment at least five days preceding any meeting called for such purpose. The Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular meeting without written notice of the proposed amendment and of the form of the amendment being given to each director, provided that the form of the proposed amendment has been submitted to the previous regular meeting of the Board of Directors and has been incorporated in the minutes of said meeting. References in these Bylaws to “he,” “him” and “his” shall be deemed to mean “she,” “her” and “hers,” as appropriate.

Section 8.    Corporate Seal: The seal of the Bank shall be in the charge of the Secretary of the Bank and may be used, as needed, by the Secretary and such Bank officer(s) as may be designated in writing by the Secretary.

11

EX-10.1

EXHIBIT 10.1

Summary Sheet: Terms of Employment for Named Executive Officers for 2012

Employment Status

Pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, the employees of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (the "Bank"), including the Bank's chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer and other current named executive officers as of December 31, 2011 (Dean Schultz, Lisa B. MacMillen, Kenneth C. Miller, Steven T. Honda, Lawrence H. Parks, Suzanne Titus-Johnson and David H. Martens) (the “named executive officers”), are “at will” employees. The named executive officers may resign at any time and the Bank may terminate their employment at any time for any reason or no reason, with or without cause and with or without notice.

Each of the named executive officers receives a base salary and is eligible to participate in the Bank's executive incentive compensation plans and comprehensive benefit programs, including both qualified and nonqualified retirement benefit plans. Subject to review by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, base salaries for 2012 for the named executive officers are: Dean Schultz: $795,900; Lisa B. MacMillen: $509,800; Kenneth C. Miller: $415,000; Steven T. Honda: $357,100, Lawrence H. Parks: $411,400; Suzanne Titus-Johnson: $368,700 and David H. Martens, $357,100.

Senior officers, including the named executive officers, are also eligible to receive reimbursement for financial planning, health club membership, and parking expenses incurred each year up to a maximum amount of $12,000 annually per officer. On occasion, the Bank may pay for resort activities for employees, including our named executive officers, in connection with business-related meetings; and in some cases, the Bank may pay the expenses for spouses/partners accompanying employees to these meetings or other Bank-sponsored events. The President receives use of a Bank-owned vehicle.

A Bank employee, including the named executive officers, may receive severance benefits in the event that the employee's employment is terminated because the employee's job or position is eliminated or because the job or position is substantially modified so that the employee is no longer qualified or cannot perform the revised job. For the named executive officers, severance under the Bank's current policy would be equal to the greater of (i) 12 weeks of the officer's base salary, or (ii) the sum of three weeks of the officer's base salary plus three weeks of the officer's base salary for each full year of service and three weeks of base salary prorated for each partial year of service at the Bank to a maximum of 52 weeks. The Bank's current severance policy also provides one month of continued health and life insurance benefits and, at the Bank's discretion, outplacement assistance.

EX-10.6

EXHIBIT 10.6

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO

RESOLUTION

December 14, 2011

RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco hereby approves the 2012 Board of Directors Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy attached as Exhibit A.

I certify that this is a true and correct copy of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco at its meeting on December 14, 2011.

/s/ Suzanne Titus-Johnson

Suzanne Titus-Johnson, Senior Vice President and

General Counsel-Corporate Secretary

Exhibit A

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO

Board of Directors

Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy

2012

The Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco hereby establishes the following Compensation and Expense Reimbursement Policy for 2012.

Compensation

To provide the Directors with reasonable compensation for the performance of their duties as members of the Board of Directors and the amount of time spent on official Bank business, the Bank will pay service and meeting fees to each member of the Board of Directors in accordance with the applicable position held by the Directoras set forth below.

Position	Maximum Annual Service Fee		Maximum Annual Meeting Fees		Total Maximum Annual Compensation
Chairman	$	53,000	$	42,000	$	95,000
Vice Chairman	$	48,000	$	42,000	$	90,000
Committee Chair	$	43,000	$	42,000	$	85,000
Directors on Audit Committee	$	33,000	$	42,000	$	75,000
Other Directors	$	28,000	$	42,000	$	70,000

Service fees for the above positions will be paid for continuous service as a Bank director.

The annual service fee will be pro-rated and paid with the meeting fee, if applicable, at the conclusion of each two-month service period on the Board of Directors (i.e., month-end February, April, June, August, October and December). If a director holds more than one position on the Board, during any applicable payment period, the director's service fee for that period will be calculated based on the position that pays the highest service fee, and will be pro-rated for the number of days the director held that position during the applicable payment period. Any member of the Board of Directors who joins or leaves the Board between service fee payments will receive a pro rata service fee for the number of days the director was on the Board during the service period. Additionally, each director will receive a meeting fee of $8,400 for attending any portion of five of the six regularly scheduled two-day Board meetings.

A Board member may receive a meeting fee for participation in one regularly-scheduled Board meeting by telephone.

No other fee will be paid for participation in meetings of the Board or committees by telephone or participation in other Bank or Federal Home Loan Bank System activities.

The President of the Bank is authorized to interpret this Policy, as necessary, according to applicable statutory, regulatory and policy limits.

1

Expense Reimbursement

The Bank will reimburse Directors for necessary and reasonable travel, subsistence and other related expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their official duties, which may include participation in meetings or activities for which no fee is paid.

For expense reimbursement purposes, Directors' “official duties” include:

1) Meetings of the Board and Board committees

2) Meetings requested by the Federal Housing Finance Agency and Federal Home Loan Bank System committees

3) Meetings of the Council of Federal Home Loan Banks and its committees

4) Meetings of the Bank's Affordable Housing Advisory Council

5) Events attended on behalf of the Bank when requested by the President in consultation with the Chairman

6) Other events attended on behalf of the Bank with the prior approval of the EEO-Personnel-Compensation Committee of the Board

7) Director education events attended with the prior approval of the Chairman.

Each Director is responsible for making his or her own travel arrangements to attend meetings and other events for which expenses may be reimbursed.

Expenses reimbursable for Directors are the same as the expenses reimbursable for senior officers under the Bank's Reimbursement and Travel Expense Policy, except that Directors may not be reimbursed for gift or entertainment expenses.

To be reimbursed for allowable expenses, a Director must complete a statement itemizing the expenses within 30 days of completion of any covered trip or activity. The statement, prepared on the Director's letterhead, must be submitted to the Bank's Assistant Corporate Secretary and must include the following information:

1) Meeting(s) or event(s) attended, with dates and locations

2) Itemization of reimbursable expenses, with supporting receipts for any expense exceeding $50.00

3) Ticket receipt or e-ticket confirmation for airline travel

4) To whom reimbursement should be made payable.

Records

The Bank will maintain records of (i) Directors' attendance at meetings of the Board and Board committees; (ii) total compensation paid; and (iii) expenses reimbursed.

2

EX-10.7

EXHIBIT 10.7

FHLBank San Francisco

2011 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE PLAN

PLAN PURPOSE

To optimize individual and Bank performance in accomplishing Board-approved goals and objectives.

PLAN OBJECTIVES

To motivate Bank executives to exceed individual and Bank goals that support the business plan and long-term strategic plan. To attract and retain outstanding executives by providing a competitive total compensation program, including an annual incentive award opportunity.

ELIGIBILITY

Participants are Bank executives whose performance has a major impact on the Bank's success. The 2011 participants are the incumbents in the Bank's executive officer positions, including:

Executive Vice President

Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer

Senior Vice Presidents (excluding the Senior Vice President, Director of Internal Audit - participates in the Audit Executive Incentive Plan)

Participants must be employed by the Bank through December 31, 2011 to be eligible for an incentive award under the 2011 plan. Participants hired, promoted, or who have a leave of absence during the plan year are eligible to participate on a pro-rata basis. Participants hired or promoted on or after October 1^st may be eligible to participate during the current plan year at the discretion of the Board.

INCENTIVE GOALS AND MEASURES

Incentive Goals

For each participant there are individual goals and Bank goals, which are weighted for each participant. The individual goals support the Bank-wide goals and objectives.

The three Bank goals for 2011 are:

1. 2011 Risk Management Goal: Enhance the financial and credit risk management, internal controls, and financial reporting frameworks, as appropriate, to ensure continued alignment with housing and mortgage market distress that may lead to continued member credit weaknesses and failures and credit stress in the Bank's MBS portfolio, and to meet the operating strategy and standards of the Bank established by the Board of Directors and management.

2. 2011 Franchise Enhancement Goal: Position the Bank and the FHLBank System to remain an integral component of the changing housing and finance services markets. Continue to meet the Bank's mission objectives within these markets as they are currently structured, but also influence and adapt to structural changes in those markets.

3. 2011 Community Investment Goal: Support and promote the Bank's Affordable Housing Program and Community Investment Programs.

An outline of the Bank and individual goal weights and measures is attached as Exhibit A.

Actual achievement of Bank goals is subject to adjustment for changes resulting from movements in interest rates, changes in financial strategies or policies, any significant change in Bank membership, as well as other factors determined by the Board. Variances to plan from OTTI and dividend benchmark are excluded from performance measurement.

1

Incentive Goal Achievement Measures

The plan rewards levels of goal achievement, as follows:

Achievement Level*	Measure Definition
200% of target	The most optimistic achievement level that far exceeds levels forecasted from expected business.
150% of target	An optimistic achievement level that exceeds levels forecasted from expected business.
Target (100%)	Performance that is expected under the Bank’s Plan.
Threshold (75% of target)	Minimum level of performance that must be achieved for awards to be paid.
*The percentages above represent aggregated achievement levels, not percentages of base pay.

INCENTIVE AWARD POOL

The Board approves an incentive award pool for the Bank's executive officers at the beginning of the plan period. Portions of the pool may be allocated to plan participants at the end of the plan period based upon their overall goal achievement levels. The President and the Board of Directors have full discretion to modify any and all incentive payments.

AWARD DETERMINATION

Awards will be based on success in achieving individual and Bank goals. In the case of the three Bank goals, the same achievement levels apply to all participants. At yearend, accomplishments will be assessed and a percentage of achievement will be determined for each goal and any award determination will be at the discretion of the Board.

Percentage of Achievement Scale	Achievement Levels
0% - 200%	200%     = Far Exceeds Target
	150%     = Exceeds Target
	100%     = Target
	75-99%    = Threshold

For each goal, the percentage of achievement will be multiplied by the applicable goal weights. Each weighted achievement will then be added to determine the total weighted achievement. The basis for each participant's award opportunity is total weighted achievement. Performance from 75-99% (threshold level) is below the target achievement level and, therefore, may result in an award less than one granted for achieving the target level. Performance below the threshold achievement level normally will not result in an incentive award. The Board of Directors has full discretion to modify any and all incentive payments. Modifications may be made, but are not limited to the following circumstances, if errors or omissions result in material revisions to the Bank's financial results, if information submitted to a regulatory or a reporting agency is untimely, or if the Bank does not make appropriate progress in the timely remediation of examination, monitoring, or other supervisory findings and matters requiring attention.

APPROVAL OF INCENTIVE AWARDS

All incentive awards must be approved by the President and the Board of Directors prior to payment. The Board of Directors has the discretion to approve awards for achievement below 75% total weighted achievement. Award recommendations will be considered by the Board of Directors at the January 2012 Board meeting, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable.

PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

The President is responsible for overseeing the administration and interpretation of the Plan.

Payments under this plan are subject to approval by the Board of Directors. Any awards will be distributed as soon as administratively possible following the effective date of Board approval. All compensation and incentive plans are subject to review and revision at the Bank's discretion. Such plans are reviewed regularly to ensure they are competitive and equitable. Executive Officer compensation and benefit programs are subject to Federal Housing Finance Agency review and oversight, and payments made under such programs may be subject to the Agency's approval under applicable laws and regulations in effect from time to time.

2

Exhibit A

2011 Executive Incentive Plan
Goal		Achievement Level/ Goal Measure		Metric
Risk Management (40% Goal Weight)
Enhance the financial and credit risk management, internal controls, and financial reporting frameworks, as appropriate, to ensure continued alignment with housing and mortgage market distress that may lead to continued member credit weaknesses and failures and credit stress in the Bank's MBS portfolio, and to meet the operating strategy and standards of the Bank that are established by the Board of Directors and management.	Develop an ERM Governance project plan. The project plan includes specific milestones with deliverables, a cross-reference to the Promontory Report recommendations and the FHFA risk management examination findings, and includes a timeline and budget. Obtain approval by the Risk Committee and BOD. (20% weighting)	75%:	Deliver to the Risk Committee by May 15, 2011 with approval by the Board in July 2011.
		100%:	Deliver to the Risk Committee by May 15, 2011 with approval by the Board in May 2011.
		150%:	100% achievement, plus proportional to aggregate performance per item 2 below.
		200%:	150% achievement, plus proportional to aggregate performance per item 2 below.
	Implement the ERM Governance project plan. (80% weighting)	75%:	Slippage in a significant number of project milestones greater than three months (subject to BOD discretion).
		100%:	Project milestones achieved per plan and within budget (subject to BOD discretion) and risk management exam findings resolved as committed.
		150%:	Project milestones achieved ahead of plan on a regular basis and within budget (subject to BOD discretion).
		200%:	Majority of project milestones achieved ahead of schedule and within budget, and no significant new ERM Governance examination issues in 2011 (subject to BOD discretion).

Franchise Enhancement (40% Goal Weight)
Position the Bank and the FHLBank System to remain an integral component of the changing housing and finance services markets. Continue to meet the Bank's mission objectives within these markets as they are currently structured, but also influence and adapt to structural changes in those markets.	Adjusted Return on Capital Spread (ARCS) (35% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			1.95%	2.20%	2.70%	3.20%*
			* Impact of OTTI credit charges excluded from performance measurement, and variances to plan from dividend benchmark excluded from performance measurement.
	Operating Cost-Efficiency* (35% weighting) *Measurement of run rate expense reduction excludes expense impact of building out the enterprise risk management framework.	75%:	Implement actions that reduce annual run rate operating expenses.				$4 million
		100%:	Implement actions that reduce annual run rate operating expenses.				$6 million
		101-200%:	100% achievement, plus make significant progress to identify and implement plans that make further substantial improvements in Bank operating efficiency.				Greater than $6 million and BOD qualitative assessment
	FOBO Phase I Deployment Goal (12% weighting)	75%:	BOD discretion.
		100%:	Satisfy deployment exit criteria and cutover into live production by November 30, 2011. Product stable per post production support exit criteria by December 31, 2011.
		150%:	Satisfy deployment exit criteria and cutover into live production by September 30, 2011. Product stable per post production support exit criteria by October 31, 2011.
		200%:	Satisfy deployment exit criteria and cutover into live production by August 15, 2011. Product stable per post production support exit criteria by September 15, 2011.
	FOBO Phase II Design Goal (8% weighting)	75%:	BOD discretion.
		100%:	Deliver a complete and comprehensive business design document by year-end 2011.
		150%:	100% achievement, plus deliver a document that identifies all Phase II core Calypso system configuration requirements.
		200%:	150% achievement, plus develop functional design specifications for all Phase II development work (e.g., interfaces).
	Derivatives Clearing Goal (10% weighting)	75%:	BOD discretion.
		100%:	Bank is prepared to: 1) clear eligible OTC derivatives with one Central Clearinghouse (CCP), and 2) execute uncleared OTC derivatives with one Swap Dealer (SD) by the regulatory implementation effectiveness dates in 2011.
		150%:	100% achievement, plus: 1) the ability to clear eligible OTC derivatives through two Futures Commission Merchants (FCMs), and 2) execute uncleared OTC derivatives with four SDs.
		200%:	150% achievement, plus: 1) the ability to clear eligible OTC derivatives through three FCMs, and 2) execute uncleared OTC derivatives with six SDs.
Community Investment (20% Goal Weight)
Support and promote the Bank's Affordable Housing Program and Community Investment Programs.	CIP/ACE/HPA Advances, AHEAD (# of members) and Letters of Credit (35% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			24	26	31	36
	Dollar Amount (in millions) of CICA Advances & Letters of Credit Used (35% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			$375	$400	$450	$500
	Technical assistance (# instances of assistance) (30% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			163	175	200	225

2011 Senior Officer Goal Weights
	Executive Vice President		Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer		Senior Vice Presidents
	Corporate Goal Weights	Goal Weight (includes individual goals)	Corporate Goal Weights	Goal Weight (includes individual goals)	Corporate Goal Weights	Goal Weight (includes individual goals)
Individual	N/A	20.0%	N/A	30.0%	N/A	30.0%
Risk Management	40.0%	32.0%	70.0%	49.0%	40.0%	28.0%
Franchise Enhancement	40.0%	32.0%	20.0%	14.0%	40.0%	28.0%
Community Investment	20.0%	16.0%	10.0%	7.0%	20.0%	14.0%
Total	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%	100.0%

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

FHLBANK San Francisco

2011 Executive Performance Unit Plan

Summary Description

PLAN PURPOSE

To optimize the Bank’s performance in accomplishing Board-approved goals.

PLAN OBJECTIVES

To motivate key executives to position the Bank to exceed specified long-term Bank goals that directly support the business plan and long-term strategic plan. To attract and retain outstanding executives by providing a competitive total compensation program, including a cash-based long-term incentive reward opportunity tied to the performance of the Bank against specified performance measures.

PARTICIPANTS

Participants are key executives whose performance has a major impact on the Bank’s success. Participants are the incumbents in the Bank’s senior officer positions, including:

President

Executive Vice President

Senior Vice Presidents (excluding the Senior Vice President, Director of Internal Audit – participates in the Audit Performance Unit Plan)

PERFORMANCE PERIOD

The Executive Performance Unit Plan (EPUP) pays incentive awards related to the achievement of Bank performance over a three-year performance period. The 2011 EPUP is effective January 1, 2011, and is based on performance from January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013.

PERFORMANCE METRICS

Performance metrics balance financial, member, and risk management objectives, focusing on achievement of Adjusted Return on Capital Spread and Risk Management goals. Adjusted Return on Capital Spread will be weighted 30% and Risk Management will be weighted 70%. Target performance levels reflect long-term performance expectations. Unlike the President’s Incentive Plan (PIP) and Executive Incentive Plan (EIP), participants do not have an individual goal under the EPUP.

1. 3-Year Average Adjusted Return on Capital Spread: Adjusted Return on Capital Spread is the primary measure the Bank uses to determine total rate of return to shareholders. The target Adjusted Return on Capital Spread has been set at 1.74% and represents the projected average for the performance period (January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013). The target Adjusted Return on Capital Spread is consistent with the Bank’s Strategic Plan forecast and reflects the Bank’s continued mission-consistent focus on member’s mortgage finance business. Threshold (75% of plan) Adjusted Return on Capital Spread has been set at 1.49%, 150% of target has been set at 2.24% and 200% of target has been set at 2.74%.

2. 3-Year Average Risk Management: Risk Management is based on the 3-year average of the actual Risk Management goal achievement levels under the 2011, 2012, and 2013 annual incentive plans, and will be set at the end of the performance period.

Actual achievement of Bank goals is subject to adjustment for changes resulting from movements in interest rates, changes in financial strategies or policies, any significant change in Bank membership, as well as other factors determined by the Board. Variances to plan from OTTI and dividend benchmark excluded from performance measurement.

1

EPUP ACHIEVEMENT MEASURES

The Executive Performance Unit Plan rewards four levels of performance achievement, as follows:

Achievement Level	Measure Definition
Threshold (75%)	Minimum level of performance that must be achieved for awards to be paid.
Target (100%)	Performance that is expected under the Bank’s Plan.
150% of Target	An optimistic achievement level that exceeds levels forecasted from expected business.
200% of Target	The most optimistic achievement level that far exceeds levels forecasted from expected business.

AWARD DETERMINATION

An award is calculated and paid in whole or part at the end of the 2011 plan term (during the first quarter of 2014). Awards earned are based on the level at which the 3-year performance goals have been achieved. Final awards may be prorated for participants promoted or hired into an eligible position during the performance period, and for participants who take a leave of absence during the performance period. Target payouts for the January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, performance period are presented on the following page. Note that the percentages of award opportunity provided below are not the award percentages of base salary. See the formula on the next page for payout percentages.

Adjusted Return on Capital Spread Goal (3-Year Average)			Risk Management Goal (3-Year Average)1
		% of Award Opportunity			% of Award Opportunity
Threshold	1.49%	15%	Threshold	Average of 3-Year Achievement	35%
Target	1.74%	30%	Target		70%
150% of Target	2.24%	45%	150% of Target		105%
200% of Target	2.74%	60%	200% of Target		140%
1Measured by 3-year achievement levels of Risk Management Goal under the respective STIPs.

Performance below the threshold achievement level for either measure normally will not result in an incentive award.

The Board of Directors has full discretion to modify any and all incentive payments. Modifications may be made, but are not limited to the following circumstances, if errors or omissions result in material revisions to the Bank’s financial results, if information submitted to a regulatory or a reporting agency is untimely, or if the Bank does not make appropriate progress in the timely remediation of examination, monitoring, or other supervisory findings and matters requiring attention.

2

AWARD OPPORTUNITY

Individual EPUP targets for each plan year are established annually for each participant at the beginning of each calendar year. Target award levels are stated below as a percentage of the February 1^st base salary at the beginning of the performance period.

Award Range Scale (some % rounded)

2011 Plan Year – EPUP Payout as % of 2011 Base Salary (as of February 1st)

Position Level	Threshold1	Target2	150% of Target3	200% of Target4
President	25%	50%	75.0%	100%
Executive Vice President	20%	40%	60.0%	80%
Senior Vice Presidents	18%	35%	52.5%	70%

Notes:

1 – 50% of target payout; based on achieving 1.49% Adjusted Return on Capital Spread and the 3-year average of the actual risk management achievement levels during the period.

2 – 100% of target payout; based on achieving 1.74% Adjusted Return on Capital Spread and the 3-year average of the actual risk management achievement levels during the period.

3 – 150% of target payout; based on achieving 2.24% Adjusted Return on Capital Spread and the 3-year average of the actual risk management achievement levels during the period.

4 – 200% of target payout; based on achieving 2.74% Adjusted Return on Capital Spread and the 3-year average of the actual risk management achievement levels during the period.

Awards will be considered by the Board of Directors at the end of the 3-year performance period (during the first quarter of 2014) and are to be paid to participants in cash.

Example of how award would be calculated for a Senior Vice President for 2011 EPUP

(70% weight) 3-yr. Average Risk Management Level Achieved: (200% of Target)		Percent of Target Payout: 170%	2011 Base Salary	Target EPUP Payout (% of Base Salary)	Payout % Based on Performance	EPUP Payment paid Q1 2014
(30% weight) 3-yr. Average Adjusted Return on Capital Spread Achieved: (Maximum or 100%)			$330,000 X	35% X	170% =	$196,350

Payments under this plan are subject to approval by the Board of Directors. To be eligible for the Executive Performance Unit Plan payment, participants must be employed with the Bank through the end of the 3-year performance period, except in the case of a voluntary normal retirement, a qualified long-term disability, or death. EPUP awards will be prorated for participants in position less than a full plan term, including participants who have a leave of absence greater than one month during the plan term. Any awards will be distributed as soon as administratively possible following the effective date of Board approval. All compensation and incentive plans are subject to review and revision at the Bank’s discretion. Such plans are reviewed regularly to ensure they are competitive and equitable. Executive Officer compensation and benefit programs are subject to Federal Housing Finance Agency review and oversight, and payments made under such programs may be subject to the Agency's approval under applicable laws and regulations in effect from time to time.

3

EX-10.11

EXHIBIT 10.11

FHLBank San Francisco

2011 PRESIDENT’S INCENTIVE PLAN

PLAN PURPOSE

To optimize individual and Bank performance in accomplishing Board-approved goals and objectives.

PLAN OBJECTIVES

To motivate the Bank President to exceed individual and Bank goals that support the business plan and long-term strategic plan. To attract and retain an outstanding executive by providing a competitive total compensation program, including an annual incentive award opportunity.

ELIGIBILITY

The 2011 participant is the Bank President.

The Bank President must be employed by the Bank through December 31, 2011 to be eligible for an incentive award under the 2011 plan. A Bank President hired, promoted, or who takes a leave of absence during the plan year is eligible to participate on a pro-rata basis.

INCENTIVE GOALS AND MEASURES

Incentive Goals

For the Bank President there are individual and Bank goals, which are weighted. The individual goal(s) support the Bank-wide goals and objectives.

The three Bank goals for 2011 are:

1. 2011 Risk Management Goal: Enhance the financial and credit risk management, internal controls, and financial reporting frameworks, as appropriate, to ensure continued alignment with housing and mortgage market distress that may lead to continued member credit weaknesses and failures and credit stress in the Bank’s MBS portfolio, and to meet the operating strategy and standards of the Bank established by the Board of Directors and management.

2. 2011 Franchise Enhancement Goal: Position the Bank and the FHLBank System to remain an integral component of the changing housing and finance services markets. Continue to meet the Bank's mission objectives within these markets as they are currently structured, but also influence and adapt to structural changes in those markets.

3. 2011 Community Investment Goal: Support and promote the Bank’s Affordable Housing Program and Community Investment Programs.

An outline of the Bank and individual goal weights and measures is attached as Exhibit A.

Actual achievement of Bank goals is subject to adjustment for changes resulting from movements in interest rates, changes in financial strategies or policies, any significant change in Bank membership, as well as other factors determined by the Board. Variances to plan from OTTI and dividend benchmark excluded from performance measurement.

1

Incentive Goal Achievement Measures

The plan rewards levels of goal achievement, as follows:

Achievement Level*	Measure Definition
200% of target	The most optimistic achievement level that far exceeds levels forecasted from expected business.
150% of target	An optimistic achievement level that exceeds levels forecasted from expected business.
Target (100%)	Performance that is expected under the Bank’s Plan.
Threshold (75% of target)	Minimum level of performance that must be achieved for awards to be paid.
*The percentages above represent aggregated achievement levels, not percentages of base pay.

INCENTIVE AWARD POOL

The Board approves an incentive award pool for the Bank’s executive officers at the beginning of the plan period. A portion of the award pool may be allocated to the Bank President at the end of the plan period based upon overall goal achievement levels.

AWARD DETERMINATION

Any award will be based on success in achieving the individual and Bank goals, and on the overall performance of the President, and is at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. At yearend, accomplishments will be assessed and a percentage of achievement will be determined for each goal.

Percentage of Achievement Scale	Achievement Levels
0% - 200%	200%     = Far Exceeds Target
	150%     = Exceeds Target
	100%     = Target
	75-99%    = Threshold

For each goal, the percentage of achievement will be multiplied by the applicable weights. Each weighted achievement will then be added to determine the total weighted achievement. The basis for any award opportunity for the participant is total weighted achievement. Performance from 75-99% (threshold level) is below the target achievement level and, therefore, may result in an award less than one granted for achieving the target level. Performance below the threshold achievement level normally will not result in an incentive award. The Board of Directors has full discretion to modify any and all incentive payments. Modifications may be made, but are not limited to the following circumstances, if errors or omissions result in material revisions to the Bank’s financial results, if information submitted to a regulatory or a reporting agency is untimely, or if the Bank does not make appropriate progress in the timely remediation of examination, monitoring, or other supervisory findings and matters requiring attention.

APPROVAL OF INCENTIVE AWARDS

The incentive award is approved by the Board of Directors prior to payment. The Board of Directors has full discretion to approve any award, including an award for achievement below 75% total weighted achievement. Awards will be considered by the Board of Directors at the January 2012 Board meeting or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable.

PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

The Board of Directors oversees the administration and interpretation of the Plan.

Payments under this plan are subject to approval by the Board of Directors. Any awards will be distributed as soon as administratively possible following the effective date of Board approval. All compensation and incentive plans are subject to review and revision at the Bank’s discretion. Such plans are reviewed regularly to ensure they are competitive and equitable. Executive Officer compensation and benefit programs are subject to Federal Housing Finance Agency review and oversight, and payments made under such programs may be subject to the Agency's approval under applicable laws and regulations in effect from time to time.

2

Exhibit A

2011 President's Incentive Plan
Goal		Achievement Level/ Goal Measure		Metric
Risk Management (40% Goal Weight)
Enhance the financial and credit risk management, internal controls, and financial reporting frameworks, as appropriate, to ensure continued alignment with housing and mortgage market distress that may lead to continued member credit weaknesses and failures and credit stress in the Bank's MBS portfolio, and to meet the operating strategy and standards of the Bank that are established by the Board of Directors and management.	Develop an ERM Governance project plan. The project plan includes specific milestones with deliverables, a cross-reference to the Promontory Report recommendations and the FHFA risk management examination findings, and includes a timeline and budget. Obtain approval by the Risk Committee and BOD. (20% weighting)	75%:	Deliver to the Risk Committee by May 15, 2011 with approval by the Board in July 2011.
		100%:	Deliver to the Risk Committee by May 15, 2011 with approval by the Board in May 2011.
		150%:	100% achievement, plus proportional to aggregate performance per item 2 below.
		200%:	150% achievement, plus proportional to aggregate performance per item 2 below.
	Implement the ERM Governance project plan. (80% weighting)	75%:	Slippage in a significant number of project milestones greater than three months (subject to BOD discretion).
		100%:	Project milestones achieved per plan and within budget (subject to BOD discretion) and risk management exam findings resolved as committed.
		150%:	Project milestones achieved ahead of plan on a regular basis and within budget (subject to BOD discretion).
		200%:	Majority of project milestones achieved ahead of schedule and within budget, and no significant new ERM Governance examination issues in 2011 (subject to BOD discretion).

Franchise Enhancement (40% Goal Weight)
Position the Bank and the FHLBank System to remain an integral component of the changing housing and finance services markets. Continue to meet the Bank's mission objectives within these markets as they are currently structured, but also influence and adapt to structural changes in those markets.	Adjusted Return on Capital Spread (ARCS) (35% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			1.95%	2.20%	2.70%	3.20%*
			* Impact of OTTI credit charges excluded from performance measurement, and variances to plan from dividend benchmark excluded from performance measurement.
	Operating Cost-Efficiency* (35% weighting) *Measurement of run rate expense reduction excludes expense impact of building out the enterprise risk management framework.	75%:	Implement actions that reduce annual run rate operating expenses.				$4 million
		100%:	Implement actions that reduce annual run rate operating expenses.				$6 million
		101-200%:	100% achievement, plus make significant progress to identify and implement plans that make further substantial improvements in Bank operating efficiency.				Greater than $6 million and BOD qualitative assessment
	FOBO Phase I Deployment Goal (12% weighting)	75%:	BOD discretion.
		100%:	Satisfy deployment exit criteria and cutover into live production by November 30, 2011. Product stable per post production support exit criteria by December 31, 2011.
		150%:	Satisfy deployment exit criteria and cutover into live production by September 30, 2011. Product stable per post production support exit criteria by October 31, 2011.
		200%:	Satisfy deployment exit criteria and cutover into live production by August 15, 2011. Product stable per post production support exit criteria by September 15, 2011.
	FOBO Phase II Design Goal (8% weighting)	75%:	BOD discretion.
		100%:	Deliver a complete and comprehensive business design document by year-end 2011.
		150%:	100% achievement, plus deliver a document that identifies all Phase II core Calypso system configuration requirements.
		200%:	150% achievement, plus develop functional specifications for all Phase II development work (e.g., interfaces).
	Derivatives Clearing Goal (10% weighting)	75%:	BOD discretion.
		100%:	Bank is prepared to: 1) clear eligible OTC derivatives with one Central Clearinghouse (CCP), and 2) execute uncleared OTC derivatives with one Swap Dealer (SD) by the regulatory implementation effectiveness dates in 2011.
		150%:	100% achievement, plus: 1) the ability to clear eligible OTC derivatives through two Futures Commission Merchants (FCMs), and 2) execute uncleared OTC derivatives with four SDs.
		200%:	150% achievement, plus: 1) the ability to clear eligible OTC derivatives through three FCMs, and 2) execute uncleared OTC derivatives with six SDs.
Community Investment (20% Goal Weight)
Support and promote the Bank's Affordable Housing Program and Community Investment Programs.	CIP/ACE/HPA Advances, AHEAD (# of members) and Letters of Credit (35% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			24	26	31	36
	Dollar Amount (in millions) of CICA Advances & Letters of Credit Used (35% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			$375	$400	$450	$500
	Technical assistance (# instances of assistance) (30% weighting)		75%	100%	150%	200%
			163	175	200	225

President and CEO Goal Weights
	Corporate Goal Weights	Goal Weight (includes individual goals)
Individual	N/A	10.0%
Risk Management	40.0%	36.0%
Franchise Enhancement	40.0%	36.0%
Community Investment	20.0%	18.0%
Total	100.0%	100.0%

EX-12.1

EXHIBIT 12.1

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in millions)	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Earnings:
Income before assessments	$	258	$	545	$	701	$	629	$	888
Fixed charges	754		1,053		2,680		9,587		12,841
Total earnings	$	1,012	$	1,598	$	3,381	$	10,216	$	13,729
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	753	$	1,052	$	2,679	$	9,586	$	12,840
Estimated rental expense based on an interest factor	1		1		1		1		1
Total fixed charges	$	754	$	1,053	$	2,680	$	9,587	$	12,841
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	1.34		1.52		1.26		1.07		1.07

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

for the President and Chief Executive Officer

I, Dean Schultz, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012	/S/ DEAN SCHULTZ
	Dean Schultz President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

for the Chief Operating Officer

I, Lisa B. MacMillen, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012	/S/ LISA B. MACMILLEN
	Lisa B. MacMillen Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

EX-31.3

EXHIBIT 31.3

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

for the Chief Financial Officer

I, Kenneth C. Miller, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012	/S/ KENNETH C. MILLER
	Kenneth C. Miller Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Dean Schultz, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“Registrant”), certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

1. The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, (“Report”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Date: March 14, 2012	/S/ DEAN SCHULTZ
	Dean Schultz President and Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and will be retained by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

Certification by the Chief Operating Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Lisa B. MacMillen, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“Registrant”), certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

1. The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, (“Report”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Date: March 14, 2012	/S/ LISA B. MACMILLEN
	Lisa B. MacMillen Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and will be retained by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.3

EXHIBIT 32.3

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Kenneth C. Miller, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“Registrant”), certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

1. The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, (“Report”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Date: March 14, 2012	/S/ KENNETH C. MILLER
	Kenneth C. Miller Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and will be retained by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-99.1

EXHIBIT 99.1

Audit Committee Report

The Audit Committee (Committee) of the Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco for 2012 is currently composed of five directors. The Committee is governed by a written charter approved by the Board of Directors.

The Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management. The Committee has discussed with the independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) No. 61, as amended (AICPA, Professional Standards, Vol. 1, AU Section 380) as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T. The Committee has also received the written disclosures and the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant's communications with the audit committee concerning independence, and has discussed the auditor's independence with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommends to the Board of Directors that the 2011 financial statements be included in the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

W. Douglas Hile, Chair

Craig G. Blunden, Vice Chair

Melinda Guzman

Douglas H. (Tad) Lowrey

J. Benson Porter

March 14, 2012

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

Note 17 — Segment Information

The Bank uses an analysis of financial performance based on the balances and adjusted net interest income of two operating segments, the advances-related business and the mortgage-related business, as well as other financial information, to review and assess financial performance and to determine the allocation of resources to these two business segments. For purposes of segment reporting, adjusted net interest income includes interest income and expense associated with economic hedges that are recorded in “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” in other income and excludes interest expense that is recorded in “Mandatorily redeemable capital stock.” Other key financial information, such as any credit-related OTTI charge on the Bank's PLRMBS, other expenses, and assessments, are not included in the segment reporting analysis, but are incorporated into the Bank's overall assessment of financial performance.

The advances-related business consists of advances and other credit products, related financing and hedging instruments, liquidity and other non-MBS investments associated with the Bank's role as a liquidity provider, and capital stock. Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on all assets associated with the business activities in this segment and the cost of funding those activities, including cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements.

The mortgage-related business consists of MBS investments, mortgage loans acquired through the MPF Program, the consolidated obligations specifically identified as funding those assets, and related hedging instruments. Adjusted net interest income for this segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on the MBS and mortgage loans and the cost of the consolidated obligations funding those assets, including the cash flows from associated interest rate exchange agreements, less the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans.

The following table presents the Bank's adjusted net interest income by operating segment and reconciles total adjusted net interest income to income before assessments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	Advances- Related Business		Mortgage- Related Business(1)		Adjusted Net Interest Income		Amortization of Basis Adjustments(2)			Net Interest Expense on Economic Hedges(3)			Interest Expense on Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock(4)		Net Interest Income		Other Income/ (Loss)			Other Expense		Income Before Assessments
2011	$	335	$	555	$	890	$	(118	)	$	(33	)	$	12	$	1,029	$	(645	)	$	126	$	258
2010	494		564		1,058		(91		)	(161		)	16		1,294		(604		)	145		545
2009	700		543		1,243		(93		)	(452		)	7		1,781		(948		)	132		701

(1) Does not include credit-related OTTI charges of $413, $331, and $608 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

(2) Represents amortization of amounts deferred for adjusted net interest income purposes only in accordance with the Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy.

(3) The Bank includes interest income and interest expense associated with economic hedges in adjusted net interest income in its analysis of financial performance for its two operating segments. For financial reporting purposes, the Bank does not include these amounts in net interest income in the Statements of Income, but instead records them in other income in “Net (loss)/gain on derivatives and hedging activities.”

(4) The Bank excludes interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock from adjusted net interest income in its analysis of financial performance for its two operating segments.

The following table presents total assets by operating segment at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	Advances- Related Business		Mortgage- Related Business		Total Assets
2011	$	88,302	$	25,250	$	113,552
2010	128,424		23,999		152,423
2009	161,406		31,456		192,862

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates, and assumptions that affect the amounts of reported assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if applicable, and the reported amounts of income, expenses, gains, and losses during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates include the determination of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) of securities and fair value of derivatives, certain advances, certain investment securities, and certain consolidated obligations that are reported at fair value in the Statements of Condition. Changes in judgments, estimates, and assumptions could potentially affect the Bank's financial position and results of operations significantly. Although the Bank believes these judgments, estimates, and assumptions to be reasonable, actual results may differ.

Federal Funds Sold. These investments provide short-term liquidity and are carried at cost. The Bank invests in Federal funds with highly rated counterparties, and such investments are only evaluated for purposes of an allowance for credit losses if the investment is not paid when due. All investments in Federal funds sold as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were repaid according to the contractual terms.

Investment Securities. The Bank classifies investments as trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity at the date of acquisition. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade date basis.

The Bank classifies certain investments as trading. These securities are held for liquidity purposes and carried at fair value with changes in the fair value of these investments recorded in other income. The Bank does not participate in speculative trading practices and holds these investments indefinitely as the Bank periodically evaluates its liquidity needs.

The Bank classifies certain securities as available-for-sale (AFS) and carries these securities at their fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on these securities are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).

Held-to-maturity (HTM) securities are carried at cost, adjusted for periodic principal repayments; amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, if applicable, using the level-yield method; and previous OTTI recognized in net income and AOCI. The Bank classifies these investments as held-to-maturity securities because the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities until maturity.

Certain changes in circumstances may cause the Bank to change its intent to hold a certain security to maturity without calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. Thus, the sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity security because of certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuer's creditworthiness or changes in regulatory requirements, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. Other events that are isolated, nonrecurring, and unusual for the Bank that could not have been reasonably anticipated may cause the Bank to sell or transfer a held-to-maturity security without necessarily calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity. In addition, sales of debt securities that meet either of the following two conditions may be considered as maturities for purposes of the classification of securities: (i) the sale occurs near enough to its maturity date (or call date if exercise of the call is probable) that interest rate risk is substantially eliminated as a pricing factor and changes in market interest rates would not have a significant effect on the security's fair value, or (ii) the sale occurs after the Bank has already collected a substantial portion (at least 85%) of the principal outstanding at acquisition because of prepayments on the debt security or scheduled payments on a debt security payable in equal installments (both principal and interest) over its term.

The Bank calculates the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments using the level-yield method on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the securities. This method requires a retrospective adjustment of the effective yield each time the Bank changes the estimated life as if the new estimate had been known since the original acquisition date of the securities. The Bank uses nationally recognized, market-based, third-party prepayment models to project estimated lives.

On a quarterly basis, the Bank evaluates its individual AFS and HTM investment securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. A security is considered impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost basis. For impaired debt securities, an entity is required to assess whether: (i) it has the intent to sell the debt security; (ii) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis of the security; or (iii) it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the impaired debt security. If any of these conditions is met, an OTTI on the security must be recognized.

With respect to any debt security, a credit loss is defined as the amount by which the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. If a credit loss exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (that is, the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the carrying value of the debt security is adjusted to its fair value. However, instead of recognizing the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value in earnings, only the amount of the impairment representing the credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount of non-credit-related impairment is recognized in AOCI. The total OTTI is presented in the Statements of Income with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in AOCI. This presentation provides additional information about the amounts that the entity does not expect to collect related to a debt security. The credit loss on a debt security is limited to the amount of that security's unrealized losses.

For subsequent accounting of other-than-temporarily impaired securities, if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, the Bank records an additional OTTI. The amount of total OTTI for a security that was previously impaired is calculated as the difference between its amortized cost less the amount of OTTI recognized in AOCI prior to the determination of OTTI and its fair value. For an other-than-temporarily-impaired security that was previously impaired and has subsequently incurred an additional OTTI related to credit loss (limited to that security's unrealized losses), this additional credit-related OTTI, up to the amount in AOCI, would be reclassified out of non-credit-related OTTI in AOCI and charged to earnings.

Subsequent related increases and decreases (if not an OTTI) in the fair value of AFS securities will be netted against the non-credit component of OTTI previously recognized in AOCI.

For securities classified as HTM, the OTTI recognized in AOCI is accreted to the carrying value of each security on a prospective basis, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows (with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in cash flows expected to be collected). For securities classified as AFS, the Bank does not accrete the OTTI recognized in AOCI to the carrying value because the subsequent measurement basis for these securities is fair value.

For securities previously identified as other-than-temporarily impaired, the Bank updates its estimate of future estimated cash flows on a regular basis. If there is no additional impairment on the security, the yield of the security is adjusted on a prospective basis when there is a significant increase in the expected cash flows. This accretion is included in net interest income in the Statements of Income.

Prior to the adoption of the current accounting guidance for OTTI on investment securities in 2009, if an impairment was determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss was recognized in earnings in an amount equal to the entire difference between the security's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the Statements of Condition date of the reporting period for which the assessment was made. The Bank would conclude that a loss was other-than-temporary if it was probable that the Bank would not receive all of the investment security's contractual cash flows. As part of this analysis, the Bank had to assess its intent and ability to hold a security until recovery of any unrealized losses. The Bank adopted the current accounting guidance for OTTI as of January 1, 2009, and recognized the effects of adoption as a change in accounting principle. The Bank recognized the $570 cumulative effect of initial application of the guidance as an adjustment to its retained earnings at January 1, 2009, with an offsetting adjustment to AOCI.

Variable Interest Entities. The Bank's investments in variable interest entities (VIEs) are limited to private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS). On an ongoing basis, the Bank performs a quarterly evaluation to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary in any VIE.The Bank evaluated its investments in VIEs as of December 31, 2011, to determine whether it is a primary beneficiary of any of these investments. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate a VIE. The Bank determined that consolidation accounting is not required because the Bank is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs as of December 31, 2011, since it does not have the power to significantly affect the economic performance of any of these investments because it does not act as a key decision maker nor does it have the unilateral ability to replace a key decision maker. In addition, the Bank does not design, sponsor, transfer, service, or provide credit or liquidity support in any of its investments in VIEs. The Bank's maximum loss exposure for these investments is limited to the carrying value.

Advances. The Bank reports advances (loans to members, former members or their successors, or housing associates) either at amortized cost or fair value when the fair value option is elected. Advances carried at amortized cost are reported net of premiums, discounts (including discounts related to the Affordable Housing Program), and hedging adjustments. The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts and recognizes hedging adjustments resulting from the discontinuation of a hedging relationship to interest income using a level-yield methodology. Interest on advances is credited to income as earned. For advances carried at fair value, the Bank recognizes contractual interest in interest income.

Advance Modifications. In cases in which the Bank funds an advance concurrent with or within a short period of time before or after the prepayment of a previous advance to the same member, the Bank evaluates whether the subsequent advance meets the accounting criteria to qualify as a modification of an existing advance or whether it constitutes a new advance. The Bank compares the present value of the cash flows on the subsequent advance to the present value of the cash flows remaining on the previous advance. If there is at least a 10 percent difference in the cash flows or if the Bank concludes that the difference between the advances is more than minor based on a qualitative assessment of the modifications made to the previous advance's contractual terms, then the subsequent advance is accounted for as a new advance. In all other instances, the subsequent advance is accounted for as a modification.

Prepayment Fees. When a borrower prepays certain advances prior to the original maturity, the Bank may charge the borrower a prepayment fee. For certain advances with partial prepayment symmetry, the Bank may charge the borrower a prepayment fee or pay the borrower a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, when the advance is prepaid.

For prepaid advances that are hedged and meet the hedge accounting requirements, the Bank terminates the hedging relationship upon prepayment and records the associated fair value gains and losses, adjusted for the prepayment fees, in interest income. If the new advance represents a modification of the original hedged advance, the fair value gains or losses on the advance and the prepayment fees are included in the carrying amount of the modified advance, and gains or losses and prepayment fees are amortized in interest income over the life of the modified advance using the level-yield method. If the modified advance is also hedged and the hedge meets the hedge accounting requirements, the modified advance is marked to fair value after the modification, and subsequent fair value changes are recorded in other income. If the prepayment represents an extinguishment of the original hedged advance, the prepayment fee and any fair value gain or loss are immediately recognized in interest income.

For prepaid advances that are not hedged or that are hedged but do not meet the hedge accounting requirements, the Bank records prepayment fees in interest income unless the Bank determines that the new advance represents a modification of the original advance. If the new advance represents a modification of the original advance, the prepayment fee on the original advance is deferred, recorded in the basis of the modified advance, and amortized over the life of the modified advance using the level-yield method. This amortization is recorded in interest income.

Mortgage Loans Held in Portfolio. Under the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (MPF®) Program, the Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans from its participating members. (“Mortgage Partnership Finance” and “MPF” are registered trademarks of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.) Participating members originated or purchased the mortgage loans, credit-enhanced them and sold them to the Bank, and generally retained the servicing of the loans. The Bank manages the interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk of each loan in its portfolio. The Bank and the participating institution (either the original participating member that sold the loans to the Bank or a successor to that member) share in the credit risk of the loans, with the Bank assuming the first loss obligation limited by the First Loss Account (FLA), and the participating institution assuming credit losses in excess of the FLA, up to the amount of the credit enhancement obligation specified in the master agreement. The amount of the credit enhancement was originally calculated so that any Bank credit losses (excluding special hazard losses) in excess of the FLA were limited to those that would be expected from an equivalent investment with a long-term credit rating of AA.     

For taking on the credit enhancement obligation, the Bank pays the participating institution a credit enhancement fee, which is calculated on the remaining unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. Depending on the specific MPF product, all or a portion of the credit enhancement fee is paid monthly beginning with the month after each delivery of loans. The MPF Plus product also provides for a performance-based credit enhancement fee, which accrues monthly, beginning with the month after each delivery of loans, and is paid to the participating institution beginning 12 months later. The performance-based credit enhancement fee will be reduced by an amount equivalent to loan losses up to the amount of the FLA established for each Master Commitment. The participating institutions obtained supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI) to cover their credit enhancement obligations under this product. If the SMI provider's claims-paying ability rating falls below a specified level, the participating institution has six months to either replace the SMI policy or assume the credit enhancement obligation and fully collateralize the obligation; otherwise the Bank may choose not to pay the participating institution its performance-based credit enhancement fee.

The Bank classifies mortgage loans as held for investment and, accordingly, reports them at their principal amount outstanding net of unamortized premiums, discounts, and unrealized gains and losses from loans initially classified as mortgage loan commitments. The Bank defers and amortizes these amounts as interest income using the level-yield method on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the related mortgage loan. Actual prepayment experience and estimates of future principal prepayments are used in calculating the estimated life of the mortgage loans. The Bank aggregates the mortgage loans by similar characteristics (type, maturity, note rate, and acquisition date) in determining prepayment estimates. A retrospective adjustment is required each time the Bank changes the estimated amounts as if the new estimate had been known since the original acquisition date of the assets. The Bank uses nationally recognized, market-based, third-party prepayment models to project estimated lives.

The Bank records credit enhancement fees as a reduction to interest income.

Allowance for Credit Losses. An allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance separately established for each identified portfolio segment, if necessary, to provide for probable losses inherent in the Bank's portfolio as of the Statements of Condition date. To the extent necessary, an allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures is recorded as a liability.

Portfolio Segments.A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses. The Bank has developed and documented a systematic methodology for determining an allowance for credit losses, where applicable, for:

• advances, letters of credit, and other extensions of credit to members, collectively referred to as “credit products,”

• MPF loans held for portfolio,

• term securities purchased under agreements to resell, and

• term Federal funds sold.

Classes of Financing Receivables.Classes of financing receivables generally are a disaggregation of a portfolio segment to the extent needed to understand the exposure to credit risk arising from these financing receivables. The Bank determined that no further disaggregation of the portfolio segments identified above is needed because the credit risk arising from these financing receivables is assessed and measured by the Bank at the portfolio segment level.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Products. Following the requirements of the FHLBank Act, the Bank obtains sufficient collateral for credit products to protect the Bank from credit losses. Under the FHLBank Act, collateral eligible to secure credit products includes certain investment securities, residential mortgage loans, cash or deposits with the Bank, and other eligible real estate-related assets. As more fully discussed in Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses, the Bank may also accept secured small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans, and securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans, as collateral from members that are community financial institutions. The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Housing Act) defines community financial institutions as Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)-insured depository institutions with average total assets over the preceding three-year period of $1,000 or less. The Finance Agency adjusts the average total asset cap for inflation annually. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on any of its credit products. The Bank evaluates the creditworthiness of its members and nonmember borrowers on an ongoing basis.

The Bank classifies as impaired any advance with respect to which the Bank believes it is probable that all principal and interest due will not be collected according to its contractual terms. Impaired advances are valued using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the advance's effective interest rate, the advance's observable market price or, if collateral-dependent, the fair value of the advance's underlying collateral. When an advance is classified as impaired, the accrual of interest is discontinued and unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Advances do not return to accrual status until they are brought current with respect to both principal and interest and until the Bank believes future principal payments are no longer in doubt. No advances were classified as impaired during the periods presented.

Based on the collateral pledged as security, the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition, and the Bank's credit extension and collateral policies as of December 31, 2011, the Bank expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms. Therefore, no allowance for losses on credit products was deemed necessary by the Bank. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on its credit products.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans. The Bank bases the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans on its estimate of probable credit losses in the Bank's mortgage loan portfolio as of the date of the Statements of Condition. The Bank performs periodic reviews of its portfolio to identify the probable losses in the portfolio and to determine the likelihood of collection of the portfolio. The overall allowance is determined by an analysis that includes delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, collectability of credit enhancements from members or from mortgage insurers, and prevailing economic conditions.

Impairment Methodology on Mortgage Loans. A mortgage loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Loans that are on non-accrual status and that are considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs. Loans are considered collateral-dependent if repayment is expected to be provided solely by the sale of the underlying property, that is, there is no other available and reliable source of repayment. Collateral-dependent loans are impaired if the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs is insufficient to recover the unpaid principal balance on the loan. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized in the same manner as interest income on non-accrual loans noted below.

The Bank places a mortgage loan on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest from the participating institution is reported 90 days or more past due. When a mortgage loan is placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. The Bank records cash payments received on nonaccrual loans first as interest income and then as a reduction of principal as specified in the contractual agreement, unless the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful. If the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful then cash payments received would be applied first solely to principal until the remaining principal amount due is expected to be collected and then as a recovery of any charge-off, if applicable, followed by recording interest income. A loan on non-accrual status may be restored to accrual when (1) none of its contractual principal and interest is due and unpaid, and the Bank expects repayment of the remaining contractual interest and principal, or (2) it otherwise becomes well secured and in the process of collection.

Real Estate Owned. Real estate owned (REO) includes assets that have been received in satisfaction of debt through foreclosures. REO is initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs and is subsequently carried at the lower of that amount or current fair value less estimated selling costs. The Bank recognizes a charge-off to the allowance for credit losses if the fair value of the REO less estimated selling costs is less than the recorded investment in the loan at the date of transfer from loans to REO. Any subsequent realized gains, realized or unrealized losses, and carrying costs are included in other non-interest expense in the Statements of Income. REO is recorded in “Other assets” in the Statements of Condition. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s other assets included $2 of REO resulting from foreclosure of 25 mortgage loans held by the Bank. At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s other assets included $3 of REO resulting from foreclosure of 30 mortgage loans held by the Bank.

Other Fees. Letter of credit fees are recorded as other income over the term of the letter of credit.

Derivatives. All derivatives are recognized on the Statements of Condition at their fair value. The Bank has elected to report derivative assets and derivative liabilities net of cash collateral and accrued interest from counterparties.

Each derivative is designated as one of the following:

(1) a qualifying hedge of the change in fair value of (i) a recognized asset or liability or (ii) an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge);

(2) a qualifying hedge of (i) a forecasted transaction or (ii) the variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge);

(3) a non-qualifying hedge of an asset or liability for asset-liability management purposes or of certain advances and consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank elected the fair value option (an economic hedge); or

(4) a non-qualifying hedge of another derivative that is offered as a product to members or used to offset other derivatives with nonmember counterparties (an intermediation hedge).

If hedging relationships meet certain criteria, including but not limited to formal documentation of the hedging relationship and an expectation to be hedge effective, they are eligible for hedge accounting, and the offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk may be recorded in earnings. The application of hedge accounting generally requires the Bank to evaluate the effectiveness of the hedging relationships at inception and on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in fair value of the derivatives and the related hedged items independently. This is known as the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting. Transactions that meet certain criteria qualify for the “short-cut” method of hedge accounting, in which an assumption can be made that the change in the fair value of a hedged item, because of changes in the benchmark rate, exactly offsets the change in the value of the related derivative. Under the shortcut method, the entire change in fair value of the interest rate swap is considered to be effective at achieving offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged asset or liability.

Derivatives are typically executed at the same time as the hedged item, and the Bank designates the hedged item in a qualifying hedge relationship as of the trade date. In many hedging relationships, the Bank may designate the hedging relationship upon its commitment to disburse an advance or trade a consolidated obligation in which settlement occurs within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market settlement conventions. The Bank records the changes in the fair value of the derivatives and the hedged item beginning on the trade date.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a fair value hedge and is designated as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability (hedged item) that are attributable to the hedged risk (including changes that reflect losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in other income as “Net gain/ (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a cash flow hedge and is designated as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in AOCI, a component of capital, until earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the hedged transaction (until the periodic recognition of interest on a variable rate asset or liability is recorded in earnings).

For both fair value and cash flow hedges, any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in the fair value of the hedged item or the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction) is recorded in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”

Changes in the fair value of a derivative designated as an economic hedge or an intermediation hedge are recorded in current period earnings with no fair value adjustment to an asset or liability. An economic hedge is defined as a derivative hedging certain advances and consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank elected the fair value option, or hedging specific or non-specific underlying assets, liabilities, or firm commitments, that does not qualify or was not designated for fair value or cash flow hedge accounting, but is an acceptable hedging strategy under the Bank's risk management program. These economic hedging strategies also comply with Finance Agency regulatory requirements prohibiting speculative hedge transactions. An economic hedge by definition introduces the potential for earnings variability caused by the changes in fair value of the derivatives that are recorded in the Bank's income but are not offset by corresponding changes in the value of the economically hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. The derivatives used in intermediary activities do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are separately marked to market through earnings. The net result of the accounting for these derivatives does not significantly affect the operating results of the Bank. Changes in the fair value of these non-qualifying hedges are recorded in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.” In addition, the interest income and interest expense associated with these non-qualifying hedges are recorded in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.” Cash flows associated with these stand-alone derivatives are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Statements of Cash Flows unless the derivative meets the criteria to be designated as a financing derivative.

The differences between accruals of interest receivables and payables on derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges are recognized as adjustments to the interest income or interest expense of the designated underlying hedged item. The differences between accruals of interest receivables and payables on intermediated derivatives for members and other economic hedges are recognized in other income as “Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”

The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; (v) it determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate; or (vi) it decides to use the derivative to offset changes in the fair value of other derivatives or instruments carried at fair value.

When hedge accounting is discontinued, the Bank either terminates the derivative or continues to carry the derivative on the Statements of Condition at its fair value, ceases to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value, and amortizes the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item using a level-yield methodology.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because the Bank determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective cashflow hedge of an existing hedged item, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the Statements of Condition at its fair value and reclassifies the AOCI adjustment into earnings when earnings are affected by the existing hedged item (the original forecasted transaction).

Under limited circumstances, when the Bank discontinues cashflow hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period, or within the following two months, but it is probable the transaction will still occur in the future, the gain or loss on the derivative remains in AOCI and is recognized as earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. However, if it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within the following two months, the gains and losses that were recorded in AOCI are recognized immediately in earnings.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the Statements of Condition at its fair value, removing from the Statements of Condition any asset or liability that was recorded to recognize the firm commitment and recording it as a gain or loss in current period earnings.

The Bank may be the primary obligor on consolidated obligations and may make advances in which derivative instruments are embedded. Upon execution of these transactions, the Bank assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the advance or debt (the host contract) and whether a separate, non-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When it is determined that: (i) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (ii) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as a stand-alone derivative instrument equivalent to an economic hedge. However, if the entire contract (the host contract and the embedded derivative) is to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current period earnings (such as an investment security classified as trading, as well as hybrid financial instruments that are eligible for the fair value option), or if the Bank cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of separating the derivative from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the Statements of Condition at fair value and no portion of the contract is designated as a hedging instrument.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. The Bank reclassifies the stock subject to redemption from capital to a liability after a member provides the Bank with a written notice of redemption; gives notice of intention to withdraw from membership; or attains nonmember status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, or other involuntary termination from membership; or after a receiver or other liquidating agent for a member transfers the member's Bank capital stock to a nonmember entity, resulting in the member's shares then meeting the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument. Shares meeting this definition are reclassified to a liability at fair value. Dividends declared on shares classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reflected as interest expense in the Statements of Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments (by repurchase or redemption of the shares) is reflected as a financing cash outflow in the Statements of Cash Flows once settled. See Note 15 – Capital for more information.

If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal or if the Bank allows the transfer of mandatorily redeemable capital stock to a member, the Bank reclassifies mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to capital. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.

Premises, Software, and Equipment. The Bank records premises, software, and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Bank's accumulated depreciation and amortization related to premises, software, and equipment totaled $49 and $42 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Improvements and major renewals are capitalized; ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of assets ranging from 3 to 10 years, and leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization expense was $7 for 2011, $8 for 2010, and $8 for 2009. The Bank includes gains and losses on disposal of premises, software, and equipment in other income. The net realized gain on disposal of premises, software and equipment, primarily related to the 1999 sale of the Bank's building, was $1, $1, and $1 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized over future periods. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had $23 and $17 in unamortized computer software costs respectively. Amortization of computer software costs charged to expense was $5, $6, and $7 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Consolidated Obligations. Consolidated obligations are recorded at amortized cost unless the Bank has elected the fair value option, in which case the consolidated obligations are carried at fair value.

Concessions on Consolidated Obligations. Concessions are paid to dealers in connection with the issuance of consolidated obligations for which the Bank is the primary obligor. The amount of the concession is allocated to the Bank by the Office of Finance based on the percentage of the debt issued for which the Bank is the primary obligor. Concessions paid on consolidated obligations designated under the fair value option are expensed as incurred. Concessions paid on consolidated obligations not designated under the fair value option are deferred and amortized to expense using the level-yield method over the remaining contractual life or on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the consolidated obligations. Unamortized concessions were $19 and $22 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in “Other assets.” Amortization of concessions is included in consolidated obligation interest expense and totaled $25, $33, and $47, in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Discounts and Premiums on Consolidated Obligations. The discounts on consolidated obligation discount notes for which the Bank is the primary obligor are amortized to expense using the level-yield method over the term to maturity. The discounts and premiums on consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank is the primary obligor are amortized to expense using the level-yield method over the remaining contractual life or on a retrospective basis over the estimated life of the consolidated obligation bonds.

Finance Agency Expenses. The FHLBanks fund a portion of the costs of operating the Finance Agency, and each FHLBank is assessed a proportionate share of those costs. The Finance Agency allocates its expenses and working capital fund among the FHLBanks based on the ratio between each FHLBank's minimum required regulatory capital and the aggregate minimum required regulatory capital of all the FHLBanks.

Office of Finance Expenses. Each FHLBank is assessed a proportionate share of the cost of operating the Office of Finance, which facilitates the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations. The Office of Finance allocates its operating and capital expenditures among the FHLBanks as follows: (1) two-thirds of the assessment is based on each FHLBank's share of total consolidated obligations outstanding, and (2) one-third of the assessment is based on an equal pro rata allocation. Prior to January 1, 2011, the FHLBanks were assessed for Office of Finance operating and capital expenditures based equally on each FHLBank's percentage of capital stock, percentage of consolidated obligations issued, and percentage of consolidated obligations outstanding. The new formula did not materially change the amount the Bank was assessed in 2011 relative to prior years.

Affordable Housing Program. As more fully discussed in Note 13 – Affordable Housing Program, the FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an Affordable Housing Program (AHP). The Bank charges the required funding for the AHP to earnings and establishes a liability. The AHP funds provide subsidies in the form of direct grants to members to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households.

Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments. Although the FHLBanks are exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes, they were required to make quarterly payments to the Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP) toward the interest on bonds issued by REFCORP through the second quarter of 2011. REFCORP was established by Congress in 1989 under 12 U.S.C. Section 1441b as a means of funding the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC), a federal instrumentality established to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. Officers, employees, and agents of the Office of Finance are authorized to act for and on the behalf of REFCORP to carry out the functions of REFCORP. See Note 14 – Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments for more information.

Estimated Fair Values. Many of the Bank's financial instruments lack an available liquid trading market as characterized by frequent exchange transactions between a willing buyer and willing seller. Therefore, the Bank uses financial models employing significant assumptions and present value calculations for the purpose of determining estimated fair values. Thus, the fair values may not represent the actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of yearend or that will be realized in the future.

Fair values for certain financial instruments are based on quoted prices, market rates, or replacement rates for similar financial instruments as of the last business day of the year. The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments and related assumptions are detailed in Note 19 – Fair Values.

XML

Transactions with Certain Members, Certain Nonmembers, and Other FHLBanks

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Transactions with Certain Members, Certain Nonmembers, and Other FHLBanks

Note 21 — Transactions with Certain Members, Certain Nonmembers, and Other FHLBanks

Transactions with Members. The Bank has a cooperative ownership structure under which current member institutions, certain former members and certain other nonmembers own the capital stock of the Bank. Former members and other nonmembers are required to maintain their investment in the Bank's capital stock until their outstanding transactions mature or are paid off or until their capital stock is redeemed following the relevant five-year redemption period for capital stock, in accordance with the Bank's capital requirements (see Note 15 – Capital for further information).

All advances are made to members, and all mortgage loans held for portfolio were purchased from members. The Bank also maintains deposit accounts for members primarily to facilitate settlement activities that are directly related to advances and mortgage loan purchases. All transactions with members and their affiliates are entered into in the normal course of business. In instances where the member has an officer or director who is a director of the Bank, transactions with the member are subject to the same eligibility and credit criteria, as well as the same conditions, as transactions with all other members, in accordance with regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks.

The Bank has investments in Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits, and commercial paper, and executes MBS and derivatives transactions with members or their affiliates. The Bank purchases MBS through securities brokers or dealers and executes all MBS investments without preference to the status of the counterparty or the issuer of the investment as a nonmember, member, or affiliate of a member. When the Bank executes non-MBS investments with members, the Bank may give consideration to their secured credit and the Bank's advance price levels. As an additional service to its members, the Bank has in the past entered into offsetting interest rate exchange agreements, acting as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. These transactions were executed at market rates.

Transactions with Certain Members and Certain Nonmembers. The following tables set forth information at the dates and for the periods indicated with respect to transactions with: (i) members and nonmembers holding more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Bank's capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, at each respective period end, (ii) members that had an officer or director serving on the Bank's Board of Directors at any time during the periods indicated, and (iii) affiliates of the foregoing members and nonmembers. All transactions with members, the nonmembers described in the preceding sentence, and their respective affiliates are entered into in the normal course of business. The table includes securities transactions where certain members, nonmembers and their affiliates (as described above) are the issuers or obligors of the securities, but does not include securities purchased, sold or issued through, or otherwise underwritten by, affiliates of certain members and nonmembers. The tables also do not include any AHP awards. Securities purchased, sold or issued through, or otherwise underwritten by, and AHP awards provided to the affiliates of certain members and nonmembers are in the ordinary course of the Bank's business.

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	1	$	—
Investments(1)	1,367		2,568
Advances	36,689		57,567
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	1,454		1,888
Accrued interest receivable	33		80
Derivative assets, net	522		762
Total	$	40,066	$	62,865
Liabilities:
Deposits	$	527	$	760
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	4,960		3,001
Derivative liabilities, net	3		4
Total	$	5,490	$	3,765
Notional amount of derivatives	$	31,033	$	49,695
Standby letters of credit	2,736		3,764

(1) Investments consist of Federal funds sold and held-to-maturity securities issued by and/or purchased from the members or nonmembers described in this section or their affiliates.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Interest Income:
Investments(1)	$	53		$	88		$	144
Advances(2)	185			485			1,891
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	82			108			130
Total	$	320		$	681		$	2,165
Interest Expense:
Deposits	$	—		$	1		$	—
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	10			14			6
Consolidated obligations(2)	(414		)	(636		)	(670		)
Total	$	(404	)	$	(621	)	$	(664	)
Other Income/(Loss):
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	$	(217	)	$	(167	)	$	(436	)
Other income	3			4			4
Total	$	(214	)	$	(163	)	$	(432	)

(1) Investments consist of Federal funds sold and held-to-maturity securities issued by and/or purchased from the members or nonmembers described in this section or their affiliates.

(2) Reflects the effect of associated derivatives with the members or nonmembers described in this section or their affiliates.

The FHLBank Act requires the Bank to establish an AHP. The Bank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market interest rate advances to members, which use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households. Only Bank members, along with their nonmember AHP project sponsors, may submit AHP applications. All AHP subsidies are made in the normal course of business. In instances where an AHP subsidy involves a member (or its affiliate) that owns more than 5% of the Bank's capital stock, a member with an officer or director who is a director of the Bank, or an entity with an officer, director or general partner who serves as a director of the Bank (and that has a direct or indirect interest in the AHP subsidy), the AHP subsidy is subject to the same eligibility and other program criteria and requirements as AHP subsidies provided to all other members and the regulations governing the operations of the AHP.

Transactions with Other FHLBanks. Transactions with other FHLBanks are identified on the face of the Bank's financial statements.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Note 20 — Commitments and Contingencies

As provided by the FHLBank Act or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations, which are backed only by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks. The joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. The Bank has never been asked or required to repay the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, and as of December 31, 2011, and through the filing date of this report, does not believe that is probable that it will be asked to do so.

The Bank determined it was not necessary to recognize a liability for the fair value of the Bank's joint and several liability for all consolidated obligations. The joint and several obligations are mandated by regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks and are not the result of arms-length transactions among the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks have no control over the amount of the guarantee or the determination of how each FHLBank would perform under the joint and several obligations. Because the FHLBanks are subject to the authority of the Finance Agency as it relates to decisions involving the allocation of the joint and several liability for the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations, the FHLBanks' joint and several obligations are excluded from the initial recognition and measurement provisions. Accordingly, the Bank has not recognized a liability for its joint and several obligation related to other FHLBanks' participations in the consolidated obligations. The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks was $691,868 at December 31, 2011, and $796,374 at December 31, 2010. The par value of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligations was $101,204 at December 31, 2011, and $139,133 at December 31, 2010.

The joint and several liability regulation provides a general framework for addressing the possibility that an FHLBank may be unable to repay its participation in the consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. In accordance with this regulation, the president of each FHLBank is required to provide a quarterly certification that, among other things, the FHLBank will remain capable of making full and timely payment of all its current obligations, including direct obligations.

In addition, the regulation requires that an FHLBank must provide written notice to the Finance Agency if at any time the FHLBank is unable to provide the quarterly certification; projects that it will be unable to fully meet all of its current obligations, including direct obligations, on a timely basis during the quarter; or negotiates or enters into an agreement with another FHLBank for financial assistance to meet its obligations. If an FHLBank gives any one of these notices (other than in a case of a temporary interruption in the FHLBank's debt servicing operations resulting from an external event such as a natural disaster or a power failure), it must promptly file a consolidated obligations payment plan for Finance Agency approval specifying the measures the FHLBank will undertake to make full and timely payments of all its current obligations.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in the regulation, the regulation provides that the Finance Agency in its discretion may at any time order any FHLBank to make any principal or interest payment due on any consolidated obligation. To the extent an FHLBank makes any payment on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the FHLBank that is the primary obligor, which will have a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FHLBank for the payment and associated costs, including interest.

The regulation also provides that the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liability of an FHLBank for consolidated obligations among the other FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank's participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding. The Finance Agency reserves the right to allocate the outstanding liabilities for the consolidated obligations among the FHLBanks in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner.

Off-balance sheet commitments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

	2011						2010
	Expire Within One Year		Expire After One Year		Total		Expire Within One Year		Expire After One Year		Total
Standby letters of credit outstanding	$	4,227	$	1,087	$	5,314	$	1,554	$	4,481	$	6,035
Commitments to fund additional advances(1)	100		2		102		304		—		304
Unsettled consolidated obligation bonds, par(2)	200		—		200		205		—		205
Interest rate exchange agreements, traded but not yet settled	705		—		705		95		—		95

(1) At December 31, 2011, $100 was hedged with associated interest rate swaps.

(2) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $200 and $95 were hedged with associated interest rate swaps, respectively.

Standby letters of credit are generally issued for a fee on behalf of members to support their obligations to third parties. If the Bank is required to make payment for a beneficiary's drawing under a letter of credit, the amount is immediately due and payable by the member to the Bank and is charged to the member's demand deposit account with the Bank. The original terms of these standby letters of credit range from 88 days to 10 years, including a final expiration in 2021.

The value of the Bank's obligations related to standby letters of credit is recorded in other liabilities and amounted to $6 at December 31, 2011, and $26 at December 31, 2010. Letters of credit are fully collateralized at the time of issuance. Based on the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition and collateral requirements, no allowance for losses was deemed necessary by the Bank on the letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Commitments to fund additional advances totaled $102 and $304 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Advances funded under advance commitments are fully collateralized at the time of funding (see Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses). Based on the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition and collateral requirements, no allowance for losses was deemed necessary by the Bank on the advance commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of advance commitments was de minimis to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Commitments to participate in the issuance of consolidated obligations totaled $200 and $205 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of the consolidated obligation commitments was de minimis to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Bank executes interest rate exchange agreements with major banks and derivatives entities affiliated with broker-dealers that have, or are supported by guarantees from related entities that have, long-term unsecured, unsubordinated debt or deposit ratings from Standard & Poor's and Moody's, where the lowest rating is A-/A3 or better. The Bank also executes interest rate exchange agreements with its members. The Bank enters into master agreements with netting provisions with all counterparties and into bilateral security agreements with all active derivatives dealer counterparties. All member counterparty master agreements, excluding those with derivatives dealers, are subject to the terms of the Bank's Advances and Security Agreement with members, and all member counterparties (except for those that are derivatives dealers) must fully collateralize the Bank's net credit exposure. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had pledged total collateral of $82, including securities with a carrying value of $33, all of which could be sold or repledged, and cash of $49 to counterparties that had market risk exposure to the Bank related to derivatives. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank had pledged as collateral securities with a carrying value of $84, all of which could be sold or repledged, to counterparties that had market risk exposure to the Bank related to derivatives.

The Bank charged operating expenses for net rental costs of approximately $5, $5, and $4 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Future minimum rentals at December 31, 2011, were as follows:

Year	Future Minimum Rentals
2012	$	4
2013	4
2014	3
2015	3
2016	3
Thereafter	12
Total	$	29

Lease agreements for Bank premises generally provide for increases in the basic rentals resulting from increases in property taxes and maintenance expenses. Such increases are not expected to have a material effect on the Bank's financial condition or results of operations.

The Bank may be subject to various pending legal proceedings that may arise in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, the Bank does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

Other commitments and contingencies are discussed in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 8 – Advances, Note 9 – Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio, Note 12 – Consolidated Obligations, Note 13 – Affordable Housing Program, Note 14 – Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments, Note 15 – Capital, Note 16 – Employee Retirement Plans and Incentive Compensation Plans, and Note 18 –Derivatives and Hedging Activities.

XML

Other

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other [Abstract]

Other Income and Other Expense Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 22 — Other

The table below discloses the categories included in other operating expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	2011		2010		2009
Professional and contract services	$	27	$	32	$	32
Travel	2		2		2
Occupancy	5		5		5
Equipment	8		9		8
Other	4		4		4
Total	$	46	$	52	$	51

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Note 23 — Subsequent Events

The Bank evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2011, until the time of the Form 10-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and no material subsequent events were identified.

XML

Background Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Notes to Financial Statements [Abstract]

Nature of Operations [Text Block]

(Dollars in millions except per share amounts)

Background Information

The Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (Bank), a federally chartered corporation exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes, is one of 12 District Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks). The FHLBanks serve the public by enhancing the availability of credit for residential mortgages and targeted community development by providing a readily available, competitively priced source of funds to their member institutions. Each FHLBank is operated as a separate entity with its own management, employees, and board of directors. The Bank does not have any special purpose entities or any other type of off-balance sheet conduits. The Bank has a cooperative ownership structure. To access the Bank's products and services, a financial institution must be approved for membership and purchase capital stock in the Bank. The member's stock requirement is generally based on its use of Bank products, subject to a minimum asset-based membership requirement that is intended to reflect the value to the member of having ready access to the Bank as a reliable source of competitively priced funds. Bank stock is issued, transferred, redeemed, and repurchased at its par value of $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. It is not publicly traded. All shareholders may receive dividends on their capital stock, to the extent declared by the Bank's Board of Directors. Regulated financial depositories and insurance companies engaged in residential housing finance, with principal places of business located in Arizona, California and Nevada, are eligible to apply for membership. In addition, as of February 4, 2010, authorized community development financial institutions are eligible to be members of the Bank. All members are required to purchase stock in the Bank. State and local housing authorities that meet certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank; while eligible to borrow, these housing authorities are not members of the Bank, and, as such, are not required to hold capital stock.

The Bank conducts business with members in the normal course of business. See “Note 21 – Transactions with Certain Members, Certain Nonmembers, and Other FHLBanks” for more information.

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency), an independent federal agency in the executive branch of the United States government, supervises and regulates the FHLBanks and the FHLBanks' Office of Finance.

The Office of Finance is a joint office of the FHLBanks that facilitates the issuance and servicing of the debt instruments (consolidated obligations) of the FHLBanks and prepares the combined quarterly and annual financial reports of all 12 FHLBanks.

The primary source of funds for the FHLBanks is the proceeds from the sale to the public of the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance using authorized securities dealers. As provided by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (FHLBank Act), or regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all the FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations. Other funds are provided by deposits, other borrowings, and the issuance of capital stock to members. The Bank primarily uses these funds to provide advances to members.

XML

Statements of Condition (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$ 3,494		$ 755
Federal funds sold	5,366		16,312
Trading securities(a)	2,808	[1]	2,519	[1]
Available-for-sale securities(a)	9,613	[1]	1,927	[1]
Held-to-maturity securities (fair values were $21,414 and $32,214, respectively)(b)	21,581	[2]	31,824	[2]
Advances (includes $8,684 and $10,490 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	68,164		95,599
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses of $6 and $3, respectively	1,829		2,381
Accrued interest receivable	180		228
Premises, software, and equipment, net	30		25
Derivative assets, net	400		718
Other assets	87		135
Total Assets	113,552		152,423
Liabilities
Deposits	156		134
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds (includes $15,712 and $20,872 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	83,350		121,120
Discount notes	19,152		19,527
Total consolidated obligations	102,502		140,647
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	5,578		3,749
Accrued interest payable	241		467
Affordable Housing Program payable	150		174
Payable to Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP)	0		37
Derivative liabilities, net	73		163
Other liabilities	147		104
Total Liabilities	108,847		145,475
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 20)
Capital:
Capital stock-Class B-Putable ($100 par value) issued and outstanding: 48 shares and 83 shares, respectively	4,795		8,282
Restricted retained earnings	1,803		1,609
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss):
Net non-credit-related other-than temporary impairment (OTTI) loss on available-for-sale securities	(1,836)		0
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on held-to-maturity securities	(46)		(2,934)
Other	(11)		(9)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	(1,893)		(2,943)
Total Capital	4,705		6,948
Total Liabilities and Capital	$ 113,552		$ 152,423

[1] (a)At December 31, 2011, and at December 31, 2010, none of these securities were pledged as collateral that may be repledged.

[2] (b)Includes $33 at December 31, 2011, and $84 at December 31, 2010, pledged as collateral that may be repledged.

XML

Statements of Capital Accounts (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Total		Common Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]		Retained Earnings, Restricted [Member]	Retained Earnings, Unrestricted [Member]		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 9,785		$ 9,616	$ 176		$ 176	$ 0		$ (7)
Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2008	96
Adjustments to opening balance	0	[1]		570	[1]		570	[1]	(570)
Issuance of capital stock, shares	1
Issuance of capital stock, value	71		71
Capital stock reclassfied (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net, shares	(11)
Capital stock reclassified (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net, value	(1,112)		(1,112)
Comprehensive income/(loss):
Net income/(loss)	515			515		1,063	(548)
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Additional minimum liability on benefit plans	(1)								(1)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities	(1)								(1)
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on held-to-maturity securities:
Non-credit-related OTTI loss	(4,034)								(4,034)
Reclassification of non-credit related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)	521								521
Accretion of non-credit-related OTTI loss	508								508
Total comprehensive income/(loss)	(2,492)
Cash dividends paid on capital stock	(22)		0	(22)		0	(22)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	6,230		8,575	1,239		1,239	0		(3,584)
Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2009	86
Issuance of capital stock, shares	1
Issuance of capital stock, value	60		60
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock, shares	(9)
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock, value	(941)		(941)
Capital stock reclassfied (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net, shares	5
Capital stock reclassified (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net, value	588		588
Comprehensive income/(loss):
Net income/(loss)	399			399		370	29
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on held-to-maturity securities:
Non-credit-related OTTI loss	(537)								(537)
Reclassification of non-credit related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)	328								328
Accretion of non-credit-related OTTI loss	850								850
Total comprehensive income/(loss)	1,040
Cash dividends paid on capital stock	(29)		0	(29)		0	(29)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	6,948		8,282	1,609		1,609	0		(2,943)
Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2010	83
Issuance of capital stock, shares	2
Issuance of capital stock, value	244		244
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock, shares	(10)
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock, value	(1,043)		(1,043)
Capital stock reclassfied (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net, shares	(27)
Capital stock reclassified (to)/from mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net, value	(2,688)		(2,688)
Comprehensive income/(loss):
Net income/(loss)	216			216		194	22
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Additional minimum liability on benefit plans	(4)								(4)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities	2								2
Net non-credit related OTTI loss on available-for-sale securities:
Non-credit related OTTI loss transferred from held-to-maturity securities	(2,672)								(2,672)
Net change in fair value of other-than-temporarily impaired securities	810								810
Reclassification of non-credit related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)	26								26
Net non-credit-related OTTI loss on held-to-maturity securities:
Non-credit-related OTTI loss	(207)								(207)
Reclassification of non-credit related OTTI loss included in net income/(loss)	157								157
Accretion of non-credit-related OTTI loss	266								266
Non-credit-related OTTI loss transferred to available-for-sale securities	2,672								2,672
Total comprehensive income/(loss)	1,266
Cash dividends paid on capital stock	(22)			(22)		0	(22)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 4,705		$ 4,795	$ 1,803		$ 1,803	$ 0		$ (1,893)
Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2011	48

[1] (a) Adjustments to the opening balance consist of the effects of adopting guidance related to the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments.

XML

Resolution Funding Corporation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments [Abstract]

Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP) [Text Block]

Note 14 — Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments

The FHLBanks were required to make payments to REFCORP from 1990 to 2011. REFCORP was established in 1989 under 12 U.S.C. Section 1441b as a means of funding the RTC, a federal instrumentality established to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. Each FHLBank was required to pay 20% of income calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP after the assessment for AHP, but before the assessment for REFCORP. The AHP and REFCORP assessments were calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence. Calculation of the AHP assessment is discussed in Note 13 – Affordable Housing Program.

On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation with their payment made on July 15, 2011. During 2011, the FHLBanks entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement (Agreement), as amended, that requires each FHLBank to allocate 20 percent of its net income to a separate restricted retained earnings account at that FHLBank until the balance of the account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. For additional information on the Agreement, see Note 15 – Capital.

Because the REFCORP obligation was fully satisfied by the FHLBanks' payment for the second quarter of 2011, the FHLBanks began allocating 20 percent of net income to their new restricted retained earnings accounts in the third quarter of 2011. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends. See Note 15 — Capital, for more information.

The Bank's total REFCORP assessments equaled $17 in 2011, $100 in 2010, and $128 in 2009.

Changes in the Bank's REFCORP (asset)/liability were as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	37		$	25		$	(51	)
REFCORP assessments	17			100			128
REFCORP payments	(54		)	(88		)	(52		)
Balance, end of the year	$	—		$	37		$	25

XML

Employee Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Retirement Plans [Abstract]

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 16 — Employee Retirement Plans and Incentive Compensation Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

Cash Balance Plan. The Bank provides retirement benefits through a Bank-sponsored Cash Balance Plan, a qualified defined benefit plan. The Cash Balance Plan covers all employees who have completed six months of Bank service. Under the plan, each eligible Bank employee accrues benefits annually equal to 6% of the employee's annual compensation, plus 6% interest on the benefits accrued to the employee through the prior yearend. The Cash Balance Plan is funded through a qualified trust established by the Bank.

Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans. The Bank sponsors several non-qualified defined benefit retirement plans. These non-qualified plans include the following:

• Benefit Equalization Plan, a non-qualified retirement plan restoring benefits offered under the Cash Balance Plan that have been limited by laws governing the plan;

• Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP),a non-qualified unfunded retirement benefit plan available to the Bank's executive management, which generally provides a service-linked supplemental cash balance annual contribution credit to SERP participants and an annual interest credit of 6% that is in addition to the contributions made to the qualified Cash Balance Plan; and

• Defined benefit portion of the Deferred Compensation Plan, a non-qualified retirement plan available to eligible Bank officers, which provides make-up pension benefits that would have been earned under the Cash Balance Plan had the compensation not been deferred. See below for further discussion on the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Postretirement Health Benefit Plan. The Bank provides a postretirement health benefit plan to employees hired before January 1, 2003. The Bank's costs are capped at 1998 health care and premium amounts. As a result, changes in health care cost trend rates will have no effect on the Bank's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation or service and interest costs.

The following tables summarize the changes in the benefit obligations, plan assets, and funded status of the defined benefit Cash Balance Plan, non-qualified defined benefit plans, and postretirement health benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011									2010
	Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of the year	$	26		$	13		$	2		$	22		$	12		$	2
Service cost	2			1			—			2			1			—
Interest cost	1			1			—			1			—			—
Employee contributions	—			—			1			—			—			—
Actuarial gain/(loss)	3			1			(1		)	2			—			—
Benefits paid	(1		)	—			—			(1		)	—			—
Benefit obligation, end of the year	$	31		$	16		$	2		$	26		$	13		$	2
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year	$	23		$	—		$	—		$	18		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets	—			—			—			2			—			—
Employer contributions	2			—			—			4			—			—
Benefits paid	(1		)	—			—			(1		)	—			—
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year	$	24		$	—		$	—		$	23		$	—		$	—
Funded status at the end of the year	$	(7	)	$	(16	)	$	(2	)	$	(3	)	$	(13	)	$	(2	)

Amounts recognized in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of:

	2011									2010
	Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans			Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Other liabilities	$	(7	)	$	(16	)	$	(2	)	$	(3	)	$	(13	)	$	(2	)

Amounts recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of:

	2011							2010
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Net loss/(gain)	$	11	$	3	$	(2	)	$	7	$	1	$	(1	)
Transition obligation	—		—		1			—		—		1
AOCI	$	11	$	3	$	(1	)	$	7	$	1	$	—

The following table presents information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011						2010
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Projected benefit obligation	$	31	$	16	$	2	$	26	$	13	$	2
Accumulated benefit obligation	29		15		2		24		12		2
Fair value of plan assets	24		—		—		23		—		—

Components of the net periodic benefit costs and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, were as follows:

	2011								2010							2009
	Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan			Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan			Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Net periodic benefit cost/(income)
Service cost	$	2		$	1	$	—		$	2		$	1	$	—	$	2		$	1	$	—
Interest cost	1			1		—			1			—		—		1			1		—
Expected return on plan assets	(2		)	—		—			(1		)	—		—		(1		)	—		—
Net periodic benefit cost	1			2		—			2			1		—		2			2		—
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income
Net loss/(gain)	4			2		(1		)	1			—		—		—			1		—
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	4			2		(1		)	1			—		—		—			1		—
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	5		$	4	$	(1	)	$	3		$	1	$	—	$	2		$	3	$	—

The amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2012 are as follows:

	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Estimated net gain/(loss)	$	1	$	—	$	—

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations at December 31, 2011 and 2010, for the Cash Balance Plan, non-qualified defined benefit plans, and postretirement health benefit plan were as follows:

	2011						2010
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Discount rate	4.00	%	4.00	%	4.25	%	5.00	%	5.00	%	5.50	%
Rate of salary increase	4.00		4.00		—		4.00		4.00		—

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, for the Cash Balance Plan, non-qualified defined benefit plans, and postretirement health benefit plan were as follows:

	2011						2010						2009
	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan		Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
Discount rate	5.00	%	5.00	%	5.50	%	5.75	%	5.75	%	5.85	%	6.50	%	6.50	%	6.20	%
Rate of salary increase	4.00		4.00		—		5.00		5.00		—		5.00		5.00		—
Expected return on plan assets	8.00		—		—		8.00		—		—		8.00		—		—

The Bank uses a discount rate to determine the present value of its future benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the rates available at the measurement date on long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments and was determined based on the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. The Bank has determined that the timing and amount of projected cash outflows in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve are consistent with the timing and amount of expected benefit payments by comparing the duration of projected plan liabilities to the duration of the bonds in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. This comparison showed that the duration of the projected plan liabilities is approximately the same as, or slightly longer than, the duration of the bonds in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. The discount rate is reset annually on the measurement date.

The expected return on plan assets was determined based on: (i) the historical returns for each asset class, (ii) the expected future long-term returns for these asset classes, and (iii) the plan's target asset allocation.

The table below presents the fair values of the Cash Balance Plan's assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category. See Note 19 – Fair Values for further information regarding the three levels of fair value measurement.

	2011								2010
	Fair Value Measurement Using:								Fair Value Measurement Using:
Asset Category	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	1
Equity mutual funds	14		—		—		14		14		—		—		14
Fixed income mutual funds	9		—		—		9		7		—		—		7
Real estate mutual funds	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other mutual funds	1		—		—		1		1		—		—		1
Total	$	24	$	—	$	—	$	24	$	23	$	—	$	—	$	23

The Cash Balance Plan is administered by the Bank's Retirement Committee, which establishes the plan's Statement of Investment Policy and Objectives. The Retirement Committee has adopted a strategic asset allocation that envisions a reasonably stable distribution of assets among major asset classes. These asset classes include domestic large-, mid-, and small-capitalization equity investments; international equity investments; and fixed income investments. The Retirement Committee has set the Cash Balance Plan's target allocation percentages for a mix range of 50-70% equity and 30-50% fixed income. The Retirement Committee reviews the performance of the Cash Balance Plan on a quarterly basis.

The Cash Balance Plan's weighted average asset allocation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category was as follows:

Asset Category	2011		2010
Cash and cash equivalents	2	%	4	%
Equity mutual funds	56		59
Fixed income mutual funds	38		33
Real estate mutual funds	2		2
Other mutual funds	2		2
Total	100	%	100	%

The Bank contributed $2 in 2011 and expects to contribute $3 in 2012 to the Cash Balance Plan. Immaterial contribution amounts were made to the non-qualified defined benefit plans and postretirement health plan in 2011. The Bank expects to contribute $5 to the non-qualified defined benefit plans and postretirement health plan in 2012.

The following are the estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate:

Year	Cash Balance Plan		Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans		Post-retirement Health Benefit Plan
2012	$	3	$	5	$	—
2013	3		—		—
2014	2		—		—
2015	3		1		—
2016	2		1		—
2017 – 2021	14		6		1

Defined Contribution Plans

Retirement Savings Plan. The Bank sponsors a qualified defined contribution retirement savings plan, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco Savings 401(k) Plan. Contributions to the Savings Plan consist of elective participant contributions of up to 20% of each participant's base compensation and a Bank matching contribution of up to 6% of each participant's base compensation. The Bank contributed approximately $2, $2, and $2 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Benefit Equalization Plan. The Bank sponsors a non-qualified retirement plan restoring benefits offered under the Savings Plan that have been limited by laws governing the plan. Contributions made during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, were de minimis.

Deferred Compensation Plan. The Bank maintains a deferred compensation plan that is available to all eligible Bank officers and directors. The defined contribution portion of the plan is comprised of two components: (i) officer or director deferral of current compensation, and (ii) make-up matching contributions for officers that would have been made by the Bank under the Savings Plan had the compensation not been deferred. The make-up benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan vest according to the corresponding provisions of the Savings Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plan liability consists of the accumulated compensation deferrals and accrued earnings on the deferrals. The Bank's obligation for this plan at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was $22, $22, and $21, respectively.

Incentive Compensation Plans

The Bank provides incentive compensation plans for many of its employees, including executive officers. Other liabilities include $11 and $11 for incentive compensation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income/(loss)	$ 216	$ 399	$ 515
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	76	12	321
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans	4	2	1
Change in net fair value adjustment on trading securities	7	1	(1)
Change in net fair value adjustment on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	(25)	113	471
Change in net derivatives and hedging activities	269	74	(599)
Net OTTI loss recognized in income, credit-related	(413)	(331)	(608)
Other adjustments	(3)	(1)	0
Net change in:
Accrued interest receivable	59	178	583
Other assets	26	(2)	10
Accrued interest payable	(231)	(294)	(699)
Other liabilities	(77)	9	70
Total adjustments	366	399	123
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities	582	798	638
Net change in:
Federal funds sold	10,946	(8,148)	1,267
Premises, software and equipment	(12)	(11)	(9)
Trading securities:
Proceeds from maturities of long-term	864	6	6
Purchases of long-term	(1,160)	(2,495)	0
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from maturities of long-term	836	0	0
Purchases of long-term	0	0	(1,931)
Held-to-maturity securities:
Net (increase)/decrease in short-term	3,999	(1,719)	3,744
Proceeds from maturities of long-term	4,580	8,557	7,659
Purchases of long-term	(6,145)	(1,479)	(717)
Advances:
Principal collected	255,620	189,812	963,054
Made to members	(228,146)	(152,415)	(862,499)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:
Principal collected	555	656	666
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities	41,937	32,764	111,240
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Deposits	(312)	(734)	(980)
Net (payments)/proceeds on derivative contracts with financing elements	60	65	109
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations:
Bonds	(56,156)	(89,170)	(87,201)
Discount notes	(56,361)	(90,552)	(143,823)
Bonds transferred from another Federal Home Loan Bank	15	0	0
Payments for matured or retired consolidated obligations:
Bonds	(93,645)	(129,485)	(136,330)
Discount notes	(56,735)	(89,239)	(217,086)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock	244	60	71
Payments for repurchase/redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(859)	(506)	(16)
Payments for repurchase/redemption of capital stock	(1,043)	(941)	0
Cash dividends paid	(22)	(29)	(22)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	(39,780)	(41,087)	(123,230)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks	2,739	(7,525)	(11,352)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of the year	755	8,280	19,632
Cash and due from banks at end of the year	3,494	755	8,280
Supplemental Disclosures:
Interest paid	935	1,248	4,048
Affordable Housing Program payments	49	58	52
REFCORP payments	54	88	52
Transfers of mortgage loans to real estate owned	5	5	4
Transfers of OTTI held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale securities	$ 7,940	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Statement of Capital	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Annualized Dividend Rate On Capital Stock	0.29%	0.34%	0.21%

XML

Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate [Abstract]

Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio

Note 9 — Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio

Under the Mortgage Partnership Finance^® (MPF^®) Program, the Bank purchased conventional conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans directly from its participating members from May 2002 through October 2006. (“Mortgage Partnership Finance” and “MPF” are registered trademarks of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.) The mortgage loans are held-for-portfolio loans. Participating members originated or purchased the mortgage loans, credit-enhanced them and sold them to the Bank, and generally retained the servicing of the loans.

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, on mortgage loans, all of which are secured by one- to four-unit residential properties and single-unit second homes.

	2011			2010
Fixed rate medium-term mortgage loans	$	519		$	706
Fixed rate long-term mortgage loans	1,322			1,694
Subtotal	1,841			2,400
Unamortized premiums	15			33
Unamortized discounts	(21		)	(49		)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	1,835			2,384
Less: Allowance for credit losses	(6		)	(3		)
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net	$	1,829		$	2,381

Medium-term loans have original contractual terms of 15 years or less, and long-term loans have contractual terms of more than 15 years.

The participating member and the Bank share the risk of credit losses on conventional MPF loan products by structuring potential losses on conventional MPF loans into layers with respect to each master commitment. After any primary mortgage insurance, the Bank is obligated to incur the first layer or portion of credit losses not absorbed by the borrower's equity. Under the MPF Program, the participating member's credit enhancement protection consists of the credit enhancement amount, which may be a direct obligation of the participating member or may be a supplemental mortgage insurance policy paid for by the participating member, and may include a contingent performance-based credit enhancement fee payable to the participating member. The participating member is required to pledge collateral to secure any portion of its credit enhancement amount that is a direct obligation.

For taking on the credit enhancement obligation, the Bank pays the participating member or any successor a credit enhancement fee, which is calculated on the remaining unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. The Bank records credit enhancement fees as a reduction to interest income. The Bank reduced net interest income for credit enhancement fees totaling $1 in 2011, $1 in 2010, and $3 in 2009.

Concentration Risk. The Bank had the following concentration in MPF loans with institutions whose outstanding total of mortgage loans sold to the Bank represented 10% or more of the Bank's total outstanding mortgage loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

December 31, 2011
Name of Institution	Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Percentage of  Total Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding	Percentage of Total Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association	$	1,454	79	%	12,729	72	%
OneWest Bank, FSB	238		13		3,625	20
Subtotal	1,692		92		16,354	92
Others	149		8		1,431	8
Total	$	1,841	100	%	17,785	100	%
December 31, 2010
Name of Institution	Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Percentage of  Total Mortgage Loan Balances Outstanding		Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding	Percentage of Total Number of Mortgage Loans Outstanding
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association	$	1,887	79	%	15,560	72	%
OneWest Bank, FSB	317		13		4,229	20
Subtotal	2,204		92		19,789	92
Others	196		8		1,739	8
Total	$	2,400	100	%	21,528	100	%

For information related to the Bank's credit risk on mortgage loans and allowance methodology for credit losses, see Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses.

XML

Statement of Condition (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Held-to-maturity Securities, Fair Value	$ 21,414	$ 32,214
Advances, Fair Value	8,684	10,490
Provision for Credit Losses	6	3
Consolidated Obligation Bonds, Fair Value	15,712	20,872
Capital Stock - Par Value Per Share	$ 100	$ 100
Capital Stock, Shares, Outstanding	48	83
Available-for-sale Securities Pledged as Collateral	0	0
Trading Securities Pledged as Collateral	0	0
Held-to-maturity Securities Pledged as Collateral	$ 33	$ 84

XML

Allowance for Credit Losses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loans and Leases Receivable, Allowance [Abstract]

Allowance for Credit Losses

Note 10 — Allowance for Credit Losses

The Bank has established an allowance methodology for each of its portfolio segments: credit products, mortgage loans held for portfolio, term securities purchased under agreements to resell, and term Federal funds sold.

Credit Products. The Bank lends to member financial institutions that have a principal place of business in Arizona, California, or Nevada. The Bank is required by the FHLBank Act to obtain sufficient collateral for credit products and to accept as collateral for credit products only certain U.S. government or government agency securities, residential mortgage loans or MBS, other eligible real estate-related assets, and cash or deposits in the Bank. The capital stock of the Bank owned by each borrowing member is pledged as additional collateral for the member's indebtedness to the Bank. The Bank may also accept small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans that are fully secured by collateral (such as real estate, equipment and vehicles, accounts receivable, and inventory) or securities representing a whole interest in such loans as eligible collateral from members that qualify as community financial institutions. The Housing Act added secured loans for community development activities as collateral that the Bank may accept from community financial institutions. In addition, the Bank has advances outstanding to former members and member successors, which are also subject to these security terms.

The Bank requires each borrowing member to execute a written Advances and Security Agreement, which describes the lending relationship between the Bank and the borrower. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had a perfected security interest in collateral pledged by each borrowing member, or by the member's affiliate on behalf of the member, with an estimated value in excess of outstanding credit products for that member. Based on the financial condition of the borrowing member, the Bank may either (i) allow the member or its affiliate to retain physical possession of loan collateral pledged to the Bank, provided that the member and its affiliate agree to hold the collateral for the benefit of the Bank, or (ii) require the member or its affiliate to deliver physical possession of loan collateral to the Bank or its custodial agent. All securities collateral is required to be delivered to the Bank's custodial agent. All loan collateral pledged to the Bank is subject to a UCC-1 financing statement.

Section 10(e) of the FHLBank Act affords any security interest granted to the Bank by a member or any affiliate of the member priority over claims or rights of any other party, except claims or rights that (i) would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and (ii) are held by bona fide purchasers for value or secured parties with perfected security interests.

The Bank manages its credit exposure relating to credit products through an integrated approach that generally provides for a credit limit to be established for each borrower, includes an ongoing review of each borrower's financial condition, and is coupled with conservative collateral and lending policies to limit risk of loss while taking into account borrowers' needs for a reliable source of funding. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, none of the Bank's credit products were past due, on non-accrual status, or considered impaired. In addition, there were no troubled debt restructurings related to credit products during 2011 and 2010.

Based on the collateral pledged as security, the Bank's credit analyses of members' financial condition, and the Bank's credit extension and collateral policies as of December 31, 2011, the Bank expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms. Therefore, no allowance for losses on credit products was deemed necessary by the Bank. The Bank has never experienced any credit losses on its credit products.

During 2011, eight member institutions were placed into receivership or liquidation. Seven of these institutions had advances outstanding at the time they were placed into receivership or liquidation and one institution did not. The advances outstanding to the seven institutions were either repaid prior to December 31, 2011, or assumed by member institutions, and no losses were incurred by the Bank. Bank capital stock held by two of the eight institutions totaling $4 was classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). The capital stock of the other six institutions was transferred to other members.

From January 1, 2012, to February 29, 2012, no member institutions were placed into receivership or liquidation.

Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio. A mortgage loan is considered to be impaired when it is reported 90 days or more past due (nonaccrual) or when it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement.

The following table presents information on delinquent mortgage loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011			2010
	Recorded Investment (1)			Recorded Investment (1)
30 – 59 days delinquent	$	24		$	27
60 – 89 days delinquent	9			8
90 days or more delinquent	34			29
Total past due	$	67		$	64
Total current loans	1,777			2,330
Total mortgage loans	$	1,844		$	2,394
In process of foreclosure, included above(2)	$	21		$	18
Nonaccrual loans	$	34		$	29
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest	$	—		$	—
Serious delinquencies(3) as a percentage of total mortgage loans outstanding	1.83		%	1.23		%

(1) The recorded investment in a loan is the unpaid principal balance of the loan, adjusted for accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, unamortized premiums or discounts, and direct write-downs. The recorded investment is not net of any valuation allowance.

(2) Includes loans for which the servicer has reported a decision to foreclose or to pursue a similar alternative, such as deed-in-lieu. Loans in process of foreclosure are included in past due or current loans depending on their delinquency status.

(3) Represents loans that are 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure.

The Bank's average recorded investment in impaired loans totaled $32 in 2011, $28 in 2010, and $15 in 2009.

Mortgage Loans Evaluated at the Individual Master Commitment Level. The credit risk analysis of all conventional MPF loans is performed at the individual master commitment level to determine the credit enhancements available to recover losses on MPF loans under each individual master commitment.

Individually Evaluated Mortgage Loans. Certain conventional mortgage loans, primarily impaired mortgage loans that are considered collateral-dependent, may be specifically identified for purposes of calculating the allowance for credit losses. A mortgage loan is considered collateral-dependent if repayment is only expected to be provided by the sale of the underlying property, that is, if it is considered likely that the borrower will default and there is no credit enhancement from a participating financial institution to offset losses under the master commitment. The estimated credit losses on impaired collateral-dependent loans may be separately determined because sufficient information exists to make a reasonable estimate of the inherent loss on those loans on an individual loan basis. The Bank estimates the fair value of collateral using real estate broker price opinions based on recent market sales and current listings. The resulting incurred loss, if any, is equal to the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs.

Collectively Evaluated Mortgage Loans. The credit risk analysis of conventional loans evaluated collectively for impairment considers loan pool-specific attribute data, applies estimated loss severities, and incorporates the credit enhancements of the mortgage loan programs to determine the Bank's best estimate of probable incurred losses. Migration analysis is a methodology for determining, through the Bank's experience over a historical period, the default rate on pools of similar loans.

The allowance for credit losses on the mortgage loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	3.3		$	2.0		$	1.0
Chargeoffs – transferred to REO	(1.6		)	(1.1		)	(0.3		)
Provision for credit losses	4.2			2.4			1.3
Balance, end of the year	$	5.9		$	3.3		$	2.0
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year	(0.07		)%	(0.05		)%	(0.01		)%
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment	$	4.0		$	2.2
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment	1.9			1.1
Recorded investment, end of year	1,843.3			2,395.3
Individually evaluated for impairment	39.7			34.5
Collectively evaluated for impairment	1,803.6			2,360.8

The Bank and any participating institution share in the credit risk of the loans sold by that institution as specified in a master agreement. Loans purchased under the MPF Program generally had a credit risk exposure at the time of purchase equivalent to AA-rated assets taking into consideration the credit risk sharing structure mandated by the Finance Agency's acquired member assets (AMA) regulation. The Bank holds additional risk-based capital when it determines that purchased loans do not have a credit risk exposure equivalent to AA-rated assets. The MPF Program structures potential credit losses on conventional MPF loans into layers with respect to each pool of loans purchased by the Bank under a single Master Commitment for the member selling the loans:

1. The first layer of protection against loss is the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan.

2. The next layer of protection comes from the primary mortgage insurance that is required for loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80%.

3. Losses that exceed the liquidation value of the real property and any primary mortgage insurance, up to an agreed-upon amount called the First Loss Account for each Master Commitment, are incurred by the Bank.

4. Losses in excess of the First Loss Account for each Master Commitment, up to an agreed-upon amount called the “credit enhancement amount,” are covered by the participating institution's credit enhancement obligation.

5. Losses in excess of the First Loss Account and the participating institution's remaining credit enhancement for the Master Commitment, if any, are incurred by the Bank.

The Bank calculates its estimated allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans acquired under its two MPF products, Original MPF and MPF Plus, as described below.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Original MPF Loans – The Bank evaluates the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF mortgage loans based on two components. The first component applies to each individual loan that is specifically identified as impaired. The Bank evaluates the exposure on these loans in excess of the first three layers of loss protection (the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan, any primary mortgage insurance, and available credit enhancements) and records a provision for credit losses on the Original MPF loans. The Bank had established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF loans totaling $0.3 as of December 31, 2011, and $0.3 as of December 31, 2010.

The second component applies to loans that are not specifically identified as impaired and is based on the Bank's estimate of probable credit losses on those loans as of the financial statement date. The Bank evaluates the credit loss exposure on a loan pool basis considering various observable data, such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, and prevailing economic conditions. The availability and collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers under the terms of each Master Commitment are also considered. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on Original MPF loans totaling $0.3 as of December 31, 2011, and $0.1 as of December 31, 2010.

Allowance for Credit Losses on MPF Plus Loans – The Bank evaluates the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans based on two components. The first component applies to each individual loan that is specifically identified as impaired. The Bank evaluates the exposure on these loans in excess of the first and second layers of loss protection (the liquidation value of the real property securing the loan and any primary mortgage insurance) to determine whether the Bank's potential credit loss exposure is in excess of the accrued performance-based credit enhancement fee and any supplemental mortgage insurance. If it is, the Bank records an allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans totaling $4.0 as of December 31, 2011, and $2.2 as of December 31, 2010.

The second component in the evaluation of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus mortgage loans applies to loans that are not specifically identified as impaired, and is based on the Bank's estimate of probable credit losses on those loans as of the financial statement date. The Bank evaluates the credit loss exposure on a loan pool basis and considers various observable data, such as delinquency statistics, past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral valuations, industry data, and prevailing economic conditions. The availability and collectability of credit enhancements from institutions or from mortgage insurers under the terms of each Master Commitment are also considered. The Bank established an allowance for credit losses for this component of the allowance for credit losses on MPF Plus loans totaling $1.3 as of December 31, 2011, and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2010.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. Troubled debt restructuring is considered to have occurred when a concession is granted to the debtor for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor's financial difficulties and that concession would not have been considered otherwise. An MPF loan considered a troubled debt restructuring is individually evaluated for impairment when determining its related allowance for credit losses. Credit loss is measured by factoring in expected cash shortfalls incurred as of the reporting date as well as the economic loss attributable to delaying the original contractual principal and interest due dates, if applicable.

The Bank's MPF loan troubled debt restructurings primarily involve modifying the borrower's monthly payment for a period of up to 36 months to reflect a housing expense ratio that is no more than 31% of the borrower's monthly income. The outstanding principal balance is re-amortized to reflect a principal and interest payment for a term not to exceed 40 years from the original note date and a housing expense ratio not to exceed 31%. This would result in a balloon payment at the original maturity date of the loan as the maturity date and number of remaining monthly payments is unchanged. If the 31% ratio is still not met, the interest rate is reduced for up to 36 months in 0.125% increments below the original note rate, to a floor rate of 3.00%, resulting in reduced principal and interest payments, until the target 31% housing expense ratio is met. 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, a de minimis amount of the Bank's MPF loans was classified as troubled debt restructurings. There were no troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Term Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell. The Bank did not have any securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Term Federal Funds Sold. The Bank invests in Federal funds sold with highly rated counterparties, and these investments are only evaluated for purposes of an allowance for credit losses if the investment is not paid when due. All investments in Federal funds sold as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were repaid according to the contractual terms.

XML

Statements of Income (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Interest Income:
Advances	$ 692	$ 1,070	$ 2,766
Prepayment fees on advances, net	17	53	34
Federal funds sold	22	29	23
Trading securities	25	6	1
Available-for-sale securities	238	6	0
Held-to-maturity securities	679	1,046	1,480
Mortgage loans held for portfolio	113	138	157
Total Interest Income	1,786	2,348	4,461
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds	707	995	2,199
Discount notes	34	40	472
Deposits	0	1	1
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	12	16	7
Total Interest Expense	753	1,052	2,679
Net Interest Income	1,033	1,296	1,782
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans	4	2	1
Net Interest Income After Mortgage Loan Loss Provision	1,029	1,294	1,781
Other Income/(Loss):
Services to members	1	1	1
Net gain/(loss) on trading securities	(7)	(1)	1
Total OTTI loss	(437)	(540)	(4,121)
Net amount of OTTI loss reclassified to/(from) accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	24	209	3,513
Net OTTI loss, credit-related	(413)	(331)	(608)
Net gain/(loss) on advances and consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	25	(113)	(471)
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	(256)	(168)	122
Other	5	8	7
Total Other Income/(Loss)	(645)	(604)	(948)
Other Expense:
Compensation and benefits	61	63	60
Other operating expense	46	52	51
Federal Housing Finance Agency	10	12	11
Office of Finance	6	6	6
Other	3	12	4
Total Other Expense	126	145	132
Income/(Loss) Before Assessments	258	545	701
REFCORP	17	100	128
Affordable Housing Program	25	46	58
Total Assessments	42	146	186
Net Income/(Loss)	$ 216	$ 399	$ 515

XML

Trading Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Trading Securities [Abstract]

Trading Securities And Certain Trading Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 4 — Trading Securities

The estimated fair value of trading securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, was as follows:

	2011		2010
Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) – Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB) bonds	$	1,867	$	2,366
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) securities(1)	923		128
Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	17		20
GSEs – Fannie Mae	1		5
Total	$	2,808	$	2,519

(1) TLGP securities represent corporate debentures of the issuing party that are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Redemption Terms. The estimated fair value of non-mortgage-backed securities (non-MBS) by contractual maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) as of December 31, 2011, and 2010, is shown below. Expected maturities of MBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to prepay the underlying obligations without prepayment fees.

Year of Contractual Maturity	2011		2010
Trading securities other than MBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	2,556	$	—
Due after 1 year through 5 years	234		2,494
Subtotal	2,790		2,494
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	17		20
GSEs – Fannie Mae	1		5
Total MBS	18		25
Total	$	2,808	$	2,519

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for trading securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table:

	2011		2010
Estimated fair value of trading securities other than MBS:
Fixed rate	$	796	$	128
Adjustable rate	1,994		2,366
Subtotal	2,790		2,494
Estimated fair value of trading MBS:
Passthrough securities:
Adjustable rate	17		20
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Fixed rate	1		5
Subtotal	18		25
Total	$	2,808	$	2,519

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all of the fixed rate trading securities were swapped to an adjustable rate. At December 31, 2011, 81% of the adjustable rate trading securities were swapped to a different adjustable rate index, such as the 1-month or 3-month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR). At December 31, 2010, 89% of the adjustable rate trading securities were swapped to a different adjustable rate index, such as 1-month or 3-month LIBOR.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on trading securities was $(7) , $(1), and $1 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. These amounts represent the changes in the fair value of the securities during the reported periods.

XML

Cash and Due from Banks

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Cash and Due from Banks [Abstract]

Cash and Cash Equivalents Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 3 — Cash and Due from Banks

Compensating Balances. The Bank maintains average collected cash balances with commercial banks in consideration for certain services. There are no legal restrictions under these agreements on the withdrawal of these funds. The average collected cash balances were approximately $2 for 2011 and $2 for 2010.

In addition, the Bank maintained average required balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco of approximately $1 for 2011 and $1 for 2010. These represent average balances required to be maintained over each 14-day reporting cycle; however, the Bank may use earnings credits on these balances to pay for services received from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.

XML

Capital

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Capital [Abstract]

Capital

Note 15 — Capital

Capital Requirements. The Bank issues only one class of stock, Class B stock, with a par value of one hundred dollars per share, which may be redeemed (subject to certain conditions) upon five years' notice by the member to the Bank. However, at its discretion, under certain conditions, the Bank may repurchase excess stock at any time before the five years have expired. (See “Excess Capital Stock” below for more information.) The stock may be issued, redeemed, and repurchased only at its stated par value, subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank may only redeem or repurchase capital stock from a member if, following the redemption or repurchase, the member will continue to meet its minimum stock requirement and the Bank will continue to meet its regulatory requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital.

Under the Housing Act, the Director of the Finance Agency is responsible for setting the risk-based capital standards for the FHLBanks. The FHLBank Act and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks require that the Bank's minimum stock requirement for members must be sufficient to enable the Bank to meet its regulatory requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital. The Bank must maintain: (i) total regulatory capital in an amount equal to at least 4% of its total assets, (ii) leverage capital in an amount equal to at least 5% of its total assets, and (iii) permanent capital in an amount at least equal to its regulatory risk-based capital requirement. Regulatory capital and permanent capital are defined as retained earnings and Class B stock, which includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock, which is classified as a liability for financial reporting purposes. Regulatory capital and permanent capital do not include AOCI. Leverage capital is defined as the sum of permanent capital, weighted by a 1.5 multiplier, plus non-permanent capital. Non-permanent capital consists of Class A capital stock, which is redeemable upon six months' notice. The Bank's capital plan does not provide for the issuance of Class A capital stock.

The risk-based capital requirements must be met with permanent capital, which must be at least equal to the sum of the Bank's credit risk, market risk, and operations risk capital requirements, all of which are calculated in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Finance Agency. The Finance Agency may require an FHLBank to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required by the risk-based capital requirements as defined.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank was in compliance with these capital rules and requirements, as shown in the following table.

	2011						2010
	Required			Actual			Required			Actual
Risk-based capital	$	4,915		$	12,176		$	4,209		$	13,640
Total regulatory capital	$	4,542		$	12,176		$	6,097		$	13,640
Total regulatory capital ratio	4.00		%	10.72		%	4.00		%	8.95		%
Leverage capital	$	5,678		$	18,264		$	7,621		$	20,460
Leverage ratio	5.00		%	16.08		%	5.00		%	13.42		%

In general, the Bank's capital plan requires each member to own stock in an amount equal to the greater of its membership stock requirement or its activity-based stock requirement. The Bank may adjust these requirements from time to time within limits established in the capital plan. Any changes to the capital plan must be approved by the Bank's Board of Directors and the Finance Agency.

A member's membership stock requirement is 1.0% of its membership asset value. The membership stock requirement for a member is capped at $25. The Bank may adjust the membership stock requirement for all members within a range of 0.5% to 1.5% of a member's membership asset value and may adjust the cap for all members within an authorized range of $10 to $50. A member's membership asset value is determined by multiplying the amount of the member's membership assets by the applicable membership asset factors. Membership assets are those assets (other than Bank capital stock) of a type that could qualify as collateral to secure a member's indebtedness to the Bank under applicable law, whether or not the assets are pledged to the Bank or accepted by the Bank as eligible collateral. The membership asset factors were initially based on the typical borrowing capacity percentages generally assigned by the Bank to the same types of assets when pledged to the Bank (although the factors may differ from the actual borrowing capacities, if any, assigned to particular assets pledged by a specific member at any point in time).

A member's activity-based stock requirement is the sum of 4.7% of the member's outstanding advances plus 5.0% of any portion of any mortgage loan sold by the member and owned by the Bank. The Bank may adjust the activity-based stock requirement for all members within a range of 4.4% to 5.0% of the member's outstanding advances and a range of 5.0% to 5.7% of any portion of any mortgage loan sold by the member and owned by the Bank.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLB Act) established voluntary membership for all members. Any member may withdraw from membership and, subject to certain statutory and regulatory restrictions, have its capital stock redeemed after giving the required notice. Members that withdraw from membership may not reapply for membership for five years, in accordance with Finance Agency rules.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. The Bank reclassifies the stock subject to redemption from capital to a liability after a member provides the Bank with a written notice of redemption; gives notice of intention to withdraw from membership; or attains nonmember status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, or other involuntary termination from membership; or after a receiver or other liquidating agent for a member transfers the member's Bank capital stock to a nonmember entity, resulting in the member's shares then meeting the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument. Shares meeting this definition are reclassified to a liability at fair value. Dividends declared on shares classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reflected as interest expense in the Statements of Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments (by repurchase or redemption of the shares) is reflected as a financing cash outflow in the Statements of Cash Flows once settled.

The Bank has a cooperative ownership structure under which members, former members, and certain other nonmembers own the Bank's capital stock. Former members and certain other nonmembers are required to maintain their investment in the Bank's capital stock until their outstanding transactions are paid off or until their capital stock is redeemed following the relevant five-year redemption period for capital stock, in accordance with the Bank's capital requirements. Capital stock cannot be purchased or sold except between the Bank and its members (or their successors) at the stock's par value of one hundred dollars per share. If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal or if the Bank allows the transfer of mandatorily redeemable capital stock to a member, the Bank reclassifies mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to capital. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.

The Bank will not redeem or repurchase stock that is required to meet the minimum stock requirement until five years after the member's membership is terminated or after the Bank receives notice of the member's withdrawal. The Bank is not required to redeem activity-based stock until the later of the expiration of the notice of redemption or until the activity no longer remains outstanding, and then only if certain statutory and regulatory conditions are met. In accordance with the Bank's current practice, if activity-based stock becomes excess stock because an activity no longer remains outstanding, the Bank may repurchase the excess activity-based stock on a scheduled quarterly basis subject to certain conditions, at its discretion.

The Bank had mandatorily redeemable capital stock totaling $5,578 outstanding to 53 institutions at December 31, 2011, $3,749 outstanding to 50 institutions at December 31, 2010, and $4,843 outstanding to 42 institutions at December 31, 2009. The change in mandatorily redeemable capital stock for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance at the beginning of the year	$	3,749		$	4,843		$	3,747
Reclassified from/(to) capital during the year:
Merger with or acquisition by nonmember institution(1)	19			4			1,568
Termination of membership(1)(4)	3,169			308			162
Acquired by/transferred to members(1)(2)(3)	(500		)	(900		)	(618		)
Redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(57		)	(3		)	(16		)
Repurchase of excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock	(802		)	(503		)	—
Balance at the end of the year	$	5,578		$	3,749		$	4,843

(1) On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo & Company, a nonmember, acquired Wachovia Corporation, the parent company of Wachovia Mortgage, FSB. Wachovia Mortgage, FSB, operated as a separate entity and continued to be a member of the Bank until its merger into Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, on November 1, 2009. Effective November 1, 2009, Wells Fargo Financial National Bank, an affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company, became a member of the Bank, and the Bank allowed the transfer of excess capital stock totaling $5 from Wachovia Mortgage, FSB, to Wells Fargo Financial National Bank to enable Wells Fargo Financial National Bank to satisfy its initial membership stock requirement. As a result of the merger, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., assumed all outstanding Bank advances and the remaining Bank capital stock of Wachovia Mortgage, FSB. The Bank reclassified the capital stock transferred to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., totaling $1,567, to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(2) During 2008, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, a nonmember, assumed Washington Mutual Bank's outstanding Bank advances and acquired the associated Bank capital stock. The Bank reclassified the capital stock transferred to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, totaling $3,208, to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, became a member of the Bank. During the first quarter of 2009, the third quarter of 2010, and the first quarter of 2011, the Bank allowed the transfer of excess capital stock totaling $300, $875 and $500, respectively, from JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, to JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, to enable JPMorgan Bank and Trust Company, National Association, to satisfy its activity-based capital stock requirement. The capital stock transferred is no longer classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). However, the capital stock remaining with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, remains classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(3) On March 19, 2009, OneWest Bank, FSB, became a member of the Bank, assumed the outstanding advances of IndyMac Federal Bank, FSB, a nonmember, and acquired the associated Bank capital stock totaling $318. Bank capital stock acquired by OneWest Bank, FSB, is no longer classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability). However, the capital stock remaining with IndyMac Federal Bank, FSB, remains classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability).

(4) On June 28, 2011, the Bank reclassified $3,165 of capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability), as a result of the membership termination of Citibank, N.A., which became ineligible for membership in the Bank when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with its merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district.

Cash dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the amount of $12, $16, and $7 were recorded as interest expense in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The following table presents mandatorily redeemable capital stock amounts by contractual redemption period at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Contractual Redemption Period	2011		2010
Within 1 year	$	49	$	58
After 1 year through 2 years	1,086		58
After 2 years through 3 years	1,288		1,797
After 3 years through 4 years	250		1,538
After 4 years through 5 years	2,905		298
Total	$	5,578	$	3,749

A member may cancel its notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal from membership by providing written notice to the Bank prior to the end of the relevant five-year redemption period or the membership termination date. If the Bank receives the notice of cancellation within 30 months following the notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, the member is charged a fee equal to fifty cents multiplied by the number of shares of capital stock affected. If the Bank receives the notice of cancellation more than 30 months following the notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal (or if the Bank does not redeem the member's capital stock because following the redemption the member would fail to meet its minimum stock requirement), the member is charged a fee equal to one dollar multiplied by the number of shares of capital stock affected. In certain cases the Board of Directors may waive a cancellation fee for bona fide business purposes.

The Bank's stock is considered putable by the shareholder. There are significant statutory and regulatory restrictions on the Bank's obligation or ability to redeem outstanding stock, which include the following:

• In no case may the Bank redeem any capital stock if, following such redemption, the Bank would fail to meet its minimum capital requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital. All holdings of the Bank's capital stock immediately become nonredeemable if the Bank fails to meet its minimum capital requirements.

• The Bank may not be able to redeem any capital stock if either its Board of Directors or the Finance Agency determines that it has incurred or is likely to incur losses resulting in or expected to result in a charge against capital.

• In addition to being able to prohibit capital stock redemptions, the Bank's Board of Directors has a right and an obligationto call for additional capital stock purchases by its members, as a condition of continuing membership, as needed for the Bank to satisfy its statutory and regulatory capital requirements.

• If, during the period between receipt of a capital stock redemption notice and the actual redemption (a period that could last indefinitely), the Bank becomes insolvent and is either liquidated or merged with another FHLBank, the redemption value of the capital stock will be established either through the liquidation or the merger process. If the Bank is liquidated, after payment in full to the Bank's creditors and to the extent funds are then available, each shareholder will be entitled to receive the par value of its capital stock as well as any retained earnings in an amount proportional to the shareholder's share of the total shares of capital stock. In the event of a merger or consolidation, the Board of Directors will determine the rights and preferences of the Bank's shareholders, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Agency.

• The Bank may not redeem any capital stock if the principal or interest due on any consolidated obligations issued by the Office of Finance has not been paid in full.

• The Bank may not redeem any capital stock if the Bank fails to provide the Finance Agency with the quarterly certification required by section 1270.10(b)(1) of the Finance Agency rules prior to declaring or paying dividends for a quarter.

• The Bank may not redeem any capital stock if the Bank is unable to provide the required certification, projects that it will fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or will be unable to fully meet all of its obligations on a timely basis, actually fails to satisfy these requirements or obligations, or negotiates to enter or enters into an agreement with another FHLBank to obtain financial assistance to meet its current obligations.

Mandatorily redeemable capital stock is considered capital for determining the Bank's compliance with its regulatory capital requirements. Based on Finance Agency interpretation, the classification of certain shares of the Bank's capital stock as mandatorily redeemable does not affect the definition of total capital for purposes of: determining the Bank's compliance with its regulatory capital requirements, calculating its mortgage-backed securities investment authority (300% of total capital), calculating its unsecured credit exposure to other government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) (limited to 100% of total capital), or calculating its unsecured credit limits to other counterparties (various percentages of total capital depending on the rating of the counterparty).

Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy. By Finance Agency regulation, dividends may be paid only out of current net earnings or previously retained earnings. As required by the Finance Agency, the Bank has a formal retained earnings policy that is reviewed at least annually by the Bank's Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may amend the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy from time to time. The Bank's Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy establishes amounts to be retained in restricted retained earnings, which are not made available for dividends in the current dividend period. The Bank may be restricted from paying dividends if the Bank is not in compliance with any of its minimum capital requirements or if payment would cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its minimum capital requirements. In addition, the Bank may not pay dividends if any principal or interest due on any consolidated obligations has not been paid in full or is not expected to be paid in full by any FHLBank, or, under certain circumstances, if the Bank fails to satisfy certain liquidity requirements under applicable Finance Agency regulations.

Retained Earnings Related to Valuation Adjustments – In accordance with the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy, the Bank retains in restricted retained earnings any cumulative net gains in earnings (net of applicable assessments) resulting from gains or losses on derivatives and associated hedged items and financial instruments carried at fair value (valuation adjustments).

In general, the Bank's derivatives and hedged instruments, as well as certain assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value, are held to the maturity, call, or put date. For these financial instruments, net valuation gains or losses are primarily a matter of timing and will generally reverse through changes in future valuations and settlements of contractual interest cash flows over the remaining contractual terms to maturity, or by the exercised call or put dates. However, the Bank may have instances in which hedging relationships are terminated prior to maturity or prior to the call or put dates. Terminating the hedging relationship may result in a realized gain or loss. In addition, the Bank may have instances in which it may sell trading securities prior to maturity, which may also result in a realized gain or loss.

As the cumulative net valuation gains are reversed by periodic net losses and settlements of contractual interest cash flows, the amount of cumulative net gains decreases. The amount of retained earnings under this provision of the policy is therefore decreased, and that portion of the previously restricted retained earnings becomes unrestricted and may be made available for dividends. In this case, the potential dividend payout in a given period will be substantially the same as it would have been without the effects of valuation adjustments, provided that at the end of the period the cumulative net effect since inception remains a net gain. The purpose of the valuation adjustments category of restricted retained earnings is to provide sufficient retained earnings to offset future net losses that result from the reversal of cumulative net gains, so that potential dividend payouts in future periods are not necessarily affected by the reversals of these gains. Although restricting retained earnings in accordance with this provision of the policy may preserve the Bank's ability to pay dividends, the reversal of the cumulative net gains in any given period may result in a net loss if the reversal exceeds net earnings before the impact of valuation adjustments for that period. Also, if the net effect of valuation adjustments since inception results in a cumulative net loss, the Bank's other retained earnings at that time (if any) may not be sufficient to offset the net loss. As a result, the future effects of valuation adjustments may cause the Bank to reduce or temporarily suspend dividend payments.

Other Retained Earnings – Targeted Buildup– In addition to any cumulative net gains resulting from valuation adjustments, the Bank holds an additional amount in restricted retained earnings intended to protect paid-in capital from the effects of an extremely adverse credit event, an extremely adverse operations risk event, an extremely high level of quarterly losses related to the Bank's derivatives and associated hedged items and financial instruments carried at fair value, an extremely adverse change in the market value of the Bank's capital, and a significant amount of additional credit-related OTTI on PLRMBS, especially in periods of extremely low net income resulting from an adverse interest rate environment.

The Board of Directors has set the targeted amount of restricted retained earnings at $1,800. The Bank's retained earnings target may be changed at any time. The Board of Directors will periodically review the methodology and analysis to determine whether any adjustments are appropriate.

On January 29, 2010, the Board of Directors adopted technical revisions to the Retained Earnings and Dividend Policy that did not have any impact on the Bank's methodology for calculating restricted retained earnings or the dividend. On December 1, 2010, the Board of Directors updated and refined certain components of the methodology for calculating the targeted buildup; these revisions did not change the targeted amount of $1,800.

Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement - In 2011, the 12 FHLBanks entered into a Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement, as amended, which is intended to enhance the capital position of each FHLBank by allocating that portion of each FHLBank's earnings historically paid to satisfy its REFCORP obligation to a separate retained earnings account at that FHLBank.

The Agreement provides that, upon full satisfaction of the REFCORP obligation, each FHLBank will contribute 20% of its net income each quarter to a restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

The FHLBanks subsequently amended their capital plans or capital plan submissions, as applicable, to implement the provisions of the Agreement, and the Finance Agency approved the capital plan amendments on August 5, 2011. The Bank's amended capital plan became effective on September 5, 2011.

On August 5, 2011, the Finance Agency certified that the FHLBanks had fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation. In accordance with the Agreement, starting in the third quarter of 2011, each FHLBank is required to allocate 20% of its net income each quarter to a separate restricted retained earnings account until the balance of the account equals at least 1% of that FHLBank's average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. Under the Agreement, these restricted retained earnings will not be available to pay dividends.

The following table summarizes the activity related to restricted retained earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011									2010
	Retained Earnings Related to:									Retained Earnings Related to:
	Valuation Adjustments			Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement		Targeted Buildup		Total		Valuation Adjustments			Targeted Buildup		Total
Balance at beginning of the period	$	148		$	—	$	1,461	$	1,609	$	181		$	1,058	$	1,239
Transfers to/(from) restricted retained earnings	(69		)	29		234		194		(33		)	403		370
Balance at end of the period	$	79		$	29	$	1,695	$	1,803	$	148		$	1,461	$	1,609

Dividend Payments – Finance Agency rules state that FHLBanks may declare and pay dividends only from previously retained earnings or current net earnings, and may not declare or pay dividends based on projected or anticipated earnings. There is no requirement that the Board of Directors declare and pay any dividend. A decision by the Board of Directors to declare a dividend is a discretionary matter and is subject to the requirements and restrictions of the FHLBank Act and applicable requirements under the regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks.

The Bank paid dividends (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock) totaling $34 at an annualized rate of 0.29% in 2011 and $45 at an annualized rate of 0.34% in 2010.

On February 22, 2012, the Bank's Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on the capital stock outstanding during the fourth quarter of 2011 at an annualized dividend rate of 0.48%. The Bank recorded the dividend on February 22, 2012, the day it was declared by the Board of Directors. The Bank expects to pay the dividend (including dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock), which will total $13, on or about March 15, 2012.

The Bank will pay the dividend in cash rather than stock form to comply with Finance Agency rules, which do not permit the Bank to pay dividends in the form of capital stock if the Bank's excess stock (defined as any stock holdings in excess of a shareholder's minimum capital stock requirement, as established by the Bank's capital plan) exceeds 1% of its total assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's excess capital stock totaled $6,214, or 5.47% of total assets.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of its PLRMBS portfolio, the ratio of the estimated market value of the Bank's capital to the par value of the Bank's capital stock, its overall financial performance and retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of dividends in future quarters.

Excess Capital Stock. The Bank may repurchase some or all of a shareholder's excess capital stock and any excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock at the Bank's discretion and subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank must give the shareholder 15 days' written notice; however, the shareholder may waive this notice period. The Bank may also repurchase some or all of a shareholder's excess capital stock at the shareholder's request at the Bank's discretion and subject to certain statutory and regulatory requirements. A shareholder's excess capital stock is defined as any stock holdings in excess of the shareholder's minimum capital stock requirement, as established by the Bank's capital plan.

A shareholder may obtain redemption of excess capital stock following a relevant five-year redemption period, subject to certain conditions, by providing a written redemption notice to the Bank. As noted above, at its discretion, under certain conditions the Bank may repurchase excess stock at any time before the relevant five-year redemption period has expired. The decision to repurchase excess stock prior to the expiration of the redemption period is at the Bank's discretion. Stock required to meet a withdrawing shareholder's membership stock requirement may only be redeemed at the end of the relevant five-year redemption period subject to statutory and regulatory limits and other conditions.

On a quarterly basis, the Bank determines whether it will repurchase excess capital stock. Because of a decision to preserve capital in view of the possibility of future OTTI charges on the Bank's PLRMBS portfolio, the Bank did not fully repurchase excess stock created primarily by declining advances balances in 2011 and 2010. The Bank opted to maintain its strong regulatory capital position, while repurchasing $1,845 and $1,444 in excess capital stock during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During 2011 and 2010, the relevant five-year redemption period for $57 and $3, respectively, in mandatorily redeemable capital stock expired, and the Bank redeemed the stock at its $100 par value on the relevant expiration dates.

On February 22, 2012, the Bank announced that it plans to repurchase up to $500 in excess capital stock on March 16, 2012. This repurchase, combined with the scheduled redemption of $5 in mandatorily redeemable capital stock during the first quarter of 2012, will reduce the Bank's excess capital stock by up to $505. The amount of excess capital stock to be repurchased from any shareholder will be based on the shareholder's pro rata ownership share of total capital stock outstanding as of the repurchase date, up to the amount of the shareholder's excess capital stock.

The Bank will continue to monitor the condition of its PLRMBS portfolio, its overall financial performance and retained earnings, developments in the mortgage and credit markets, and other relevant information as the basis for determining the status of capital stock repurchases in future quarters.

Excess capital stock totaled $6,214 as of December 31, 2011, and $6,682 as of December 31, 2010.

Concentration. The following table presents the concentration in capital stock held by institutions whose capital stock ownership represented 10% or more of the Bank's outstanding capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011				2010
Name of Institution	Capital Stock Outstanding		Percentage of Total Capital Stock Outstanding		Capital Stock Outstanding		Percentage of Total Capital Stock Outstanding
Citigroup Inc.:
Citibank, N.A.(1)(2)	$	2,884	28	%	$	3,445	29	%
Banamex, USA	2		—		—		—
Subtotal Citigroup Inc.	2,886		28		3,445		29
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	1,340		13		1,099		9
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(2)	893		9		1,566		13
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	2,233		22		2,665		22
Wells Fargo & Company:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.(2)	1,183		11		1,435		12
Wells Fargo Financial National Bank	4		—		5		—
Subtotal Wells Fargo & Company	1,187		11		1,440		12
Total capital stock ownership over 10%	6,306		61		7,550		63
Others	4,067		39		4,481		37
Total	$	10,373	100	%	$	12,031	100	%

(1) The Bank reclassified $3,165 of capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock (a liability) on June 28, 2011, as a result of the membership termination of Citibank, N.A., which became ineligible for membership in the Bank when it became a member of another Federal Home Loan Bank in connection with its merger with an affiliate outside of the Bank's district.

(2) The capital stock held by these institutions is classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits [Abstract]

Deposits

Note 11 — Deposits

The Bank maintains demand deposit accounts that are directly related to the extension of credit to members and offers short-term deposit programs to members and qualifying nonmembers. In addition, a member that services mortgage loans may deposit in the Bank funds collected in connection with the mortgage loans, pending disbursement of these funds to the owners of the mortgage loans. The Bank classifies these types of deposits as non-interest-bearing deposits.

Deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

	2011		2010
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand and overnight	$	151	$	110
Term	1		16
Other	3		2
Total interest-bearing deposits	155		128
Non-interest-bearing deposits	1		6
Total	$	156	$	134

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Deposits classified as demand, overnight, and other, pay interest based on a daily interest rate. Term deposits pay interest based on a fixed rate determined at the issuance of the deposit. Interest rate payment terms for deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table:

	2011				2010
	Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate
Interest-bearing deposits:
Fixed rate	$	1	0.01	%	$	16	0.06	%
Adjustable rate	154		0.01		112		0.01
Total interest-bearing deposits	155		0.01		128		0.02
Non-interest-bearing deposits	1		—		6		—
Total	$	156	0.01	%	$	134	0.02	%

The aggregate amount of time deposits with a denomination of $0.1 or more was $1 at December 31, 2011, and $16 at December 31, 2010. These time deposits were scheduled to mature within three months.

XML

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other than Temporary Impairment Losses, Investments [Abstract]

Other-than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

Note 7 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

On a quarterly basis, the Bank evaluates its individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. As part of this evaluation, the Bank considers whether it intends to sell each debt security and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis. If either of these conditions is met, the Bank recognizes OTTI charges to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities in an unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions, the Bank considers whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security by comparing its best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security. If the Bank's best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, the difference is considered the credit loss.

PLRMBS. To assess whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of its PLRMBS, the Bank performed a cash flow analysis for all of its PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011, using two third-party models. The first model projects prepayments, default rates, and loss severities based on borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank's securities, in conjunction with assumptions related primarily to future changes in home prices and interest rates. Certain assumptions in the first model were updated in 2011, resulting in a change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults that better reflects longer foreclosure and property liquidation timelines. As a result, Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses are projected to occur over a longer time period compared to prior projections. The change in the timing of projected Alt-A borrower defaults and collateral losses also had an impact on the amount and timing of security-level projected losses that is unique to the waterfall structure of each security. In general, these timing changes caused credit-related charges to be somewhat lower than they would have been without a change in the timing of collateral losses.Another significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core-based statistical areas (CBSAs), which are based on an assessment of the individual housing markets. CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget. As currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people. The Bank's housing price forecast as of December 31, 2011, assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0% (for those housing markets that are believed to have reached their trough) to 8% over the 3- to 9-month periods beginning October 1, 2011. Thereafter, home prices were projected to recover using one of five different recovery paths that vary by housing market. The table below presents the ranges of projected home price recovery by year at December 31, 2011.

	December 31, 2011
Year 1	0.0% to 2.8%
Year 2	0.0% to 3.0%
Year 3	1.5% to 4.0%
Year 4	2.0% to 5.0%
Years 5 and 6	2.0% to 6.0%
Thereafter	2.3% to 5.6%

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, default rates, and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in each securitization structure in accordance with the structure's prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a securitization is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero. The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best-estimate scenario and includes a base case current-to-trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path.

At each quarter end, the Bank compares the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on its PLRMBS to the amortized cost basis of the securities to determine whether a credit loss exists. For the Bank's variable rate and hybrid PLRMBS, the Bank uses the effective interest rate derived from a variable rate index (for example, one-month LIBOR) plus the contractual spread, plus or minus a fixed spread adjustment when there is an existing discount or premium on the security. As the implied forward curve of the index changes over time, the effective interest rates derived from that index will also change over time. For all securities, including securities previously identified as other-than-temporarily impaired, the Bank updates its estimate of future estimated cash flows on a quarterly basis.

For all the PLRMBS in its available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios, the Bank does not intend to sell any security and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell any security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

For securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired during the year ended December 31, 2011 (that is, securities for which the Bank determined that it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis), the following table presents a summary of the significant inputs used in measuring the amount of credit loss recognized in earnings during the period as well as the related current credit enhancement for the Bank. Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches, excess spread and over-collateralization, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before the Bank will experience a loss on the security. The calculated averages represent the dollar-weighted averages of all the PLRMBS in each category shown. The classification (Prime; Alt-A, option ARM; and Alt-A, other) is based on the model used to run the estimated cash flows for the CUSIP, which may not necessarily be the same as the classification at the time of origination.

December 31, 2011
	Significant Inputs						Current
	Prepayment Rates		Default Rates		Loss Severities		Credit Enhancement
Year of Securitization	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %	Weighted Average %	Range %
Prime
2008	7.8	7.5-8.2	54.0	48.9-60.2	47.8	43.8-53.4	28.7	27.7-29.7
2006	8.3	6.9-8.5	18.4	11.5-31.2	48.5	44.4-53.1	16.5	3.6-20.3
2005	7.7	7.7	45.9	45.9	39.1	39.1	15.4	15.4
2004 and earlier	10.7	8.0-12.9	19.4	10.5-27.8	39.1	35.7-43.2	8.8	5.3-12.6
Total Prime	8.5	6.9-12.9	41.3	10.5-60.2	46.0	35.7-53.4	22.5	3.6-29.7
Alt-A, option ARM
2007	5.7	1.9-7.7	80.9	73.8-90.0	56.4	48.2-66.1	39.3	33.2-46.9
2006	6.0	4.8-7.4	82.1	74.6-88.5	59.5	49.5-68.0	36.0	32.0-39.5
2005	3.9	2.6-6.3	68.0	55.3-78.0	46.2	41.0-52.9	20.6	11.3-26.5
Total Alt-A, option ARM	5.5	1.9-7.7	79.3	55.3-90.0	55.4	41.0-68.0	36.3	11.3-46.9
Alt-A, other
2007	7.9	4.9-15.1	57.4	31.6-84.5	50.8	44.2-59.5	16.6	5.4-44.2
2006	6.8	2.8-12.0	53.2	33.8-79.3	52.4	45.6-63.4	18.3	3.3-34.6
2005	8.5	5.3-14.9	36.9	16.2-73.9	47.6	31.8-65.3	13.0	3.4-22.4
2004 and earlier	11.0	4.9-15.1	30.9	11.0-52.7	43.3	32.5-51.5	15.0	8.3-27.5
Total Alt-A, other	8.1	2.8-15.1	45.4	11.0-84.5	49.3	31.8-65.3	15.1	3.3-44.2
Total	7.7	1.9-15.1	50.9	10.5-90.0	50.1	31.8-68.0	19.2	3.3-46.9

The following table presents the Bank's credit- and non-credit-related OTTI related on its other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS during the years ended December 31, 2011 , 2010, and 2009:

	2011							2010							2009
	Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total  OTTI		Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI			Total OTTI		Credit- Related OTTI		Non-Credit- Related OTTI		Total OTTI
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	46	$	(8	)	$	38	$	46	$	18		$	64	$	56	$	396	$	452
Alt-A, option ARM	105		(81		)	24		116		(18		)	98		208		967		1,175
Alt-A, other	262		113			375		169		209			378		344		2,150		2,494
Total	$	413	$	24		$	437	$	331	$	209		$	540	$	608	$	3,513	$	4,121

For each security classified as held-to-maturity, the estimated non-credit-related OTTI is accreted prospectively, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows, over the remaining life of the security as an increase in the carrying value of the security (with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in the cash flows expected to be collected). The Bank accreted $266 and $850 from AOCI to increase the carrying value of the respective PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

The following table presents the credit-related OTTI, which is recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	2011			2010			2009
	OTTI Related to Credit Loss			OTTI Related to Credit Loss			OTTI Related to Credit Loss
Balance, beginning of the year	$	952		$	628		$	20
Charges on securities for which OTTI was not previously recognized	16			14			400
Additional charges on securities for which OTTI was previously recognized(1)	397			317			208
Increases in cash flows expected to be collected, recognized over the remaining life of the securities	(3		)	(7		)	—
Balance, end of the year	$	1,362		$	952		$	628

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2011, “securities for which OTTI was previously recognized” represents all securities that were also other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, “securities for which OTTI was previously recognized” represents all securities that were also previously other-than-temporarily impaired prior to January 1, 2010.

Changes in circumstances may cause the Bank to change its intent to hold a certain security to maturity without calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. The sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity security because of certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuers' creditworthiness, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. In addition, other events that are isolated, nonrecurring, and unusual for the Bank that could not have been reasonably anticipated may cause the Bank to sell or transfer a held-to-maturity security without necessarily calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity.

During 2011, the Bank elected to transfer all its PLRMBS that incurred credit-related OTTI charges from the Bank's held-to-maturity portfolio to its available-for-sale portfolio. The Bank recognized an OTTI credit loss on these held-to-maturity PLRMBS, which the Bank believes is evidence of a significant decline in the issuers' creditworthiness. The decline in the issuers' creditworthiness is the basis for the transfers to its available-for-sale portfolio. These transfers allow the Bank the option to sell these securities prior to maturity in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or other factors, while recognizing the Bank's intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time. The Bank does not intend to sell its other-than-temporarily impaired securities and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell any security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

The following tables summarize the PLRMBS transferred from the Bank's held-to-maturity portfolio to its available-for-sale portfolio during 2011. The amounts shown represent the values when the securities were transferred from the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale portfolio.

	2011
	Amortized Cost		OTTI Recognized in AOCI			Gross Unrecognized Holding Gains		Estimated Fair Value
PLRMBS:
Prime	$	1,129	$	(300	)	$	142	$	971
Alt-A, option ARM	1,574		(520		)	79		1,133
Alt-A, other	7,909		(1,852		)	667		6,724
Total	$	10,612	$	(2,672	)	$	888	$	8,828

The following table presents the Bank's other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS that incurred OTTI charges during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, by loan collateral type:

December 31, 2011
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	1,125	$	977	$	832	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Alt-A, option ARM	1,834		1,414		969		—		—		—		—
Alt-A, other	7,977		7,133		5,886		—		—		—		—
Total	$	10,936	$	9,524	$	7,687	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
December 31, 2010
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,263	$	1,159	$	829	$	978
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		2,047		1,723		1,070		1,154
Alt-A, other	—		—		—		7,594		7,033		5,153		5,799
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	10,904	$	9,915	$	7,052	$	7,931

The following tables present the Bank's other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS that incurred OTTI charges anytime during the life of the securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by loan collateral type:

December 31, 2011
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	1,125	$	977	$	832	$	27	$	27	$	26	$	27
Alt-A, option ARM	1,834		1,414		969		—		—		—		—
Alt-A, other	7,977		7,133		5,886		209		207		162		165
Total	$	10,936	$	9,524	$	7,687	$	236	$	234	$	188	$	192
December 31, 2010
	Available-for-Sale Securities						Held-to-Maturity Securities
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Unpaid Principal Balance		Amortized Cost		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Other-than-temporarily impaired PLRMBS backed by loans classified at origination as:
Prime	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,263	$	1,159	$	829	$	978
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		—		2,047		1,723		1,070		1,154
Alt-A, other	—		—		—		7,900		7,338		5,388		6,079
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	11,210	$	10,220	$	7,287	$	8,211

For the Bank's PLRMBS that were not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2011, the Bank has experienced net unrealized losses and a decrease in fair value primarily because of illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities, it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis, and the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. As a result, the Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, the gross unrealized losses on these remaining PLRMBS are temporary. Forty-six percent of the PLRMBS, based on amortized cost, that were not other-than-temporarily impaired were rated investment grade (2% were rated AAA), and the remaining 54% were rated below investment grade. These securities were included in the securities that the Bank reviewed and analyzed for OTTI as discussed above, and the analyses performed indicated that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired. The credit ratings used by the Bank are based on the lowest of Moody's Investors Service (Moody's), Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (Standard & Poor's), or comparable Fitch ratings.

All Other Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Investments. The Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, the de minimis gross unrealized losses on its interest-bearing deposits and commercial paper were temporary because the gross unrealized losses were caused by movements in interest rates and not by the deterioration of the issuers' creditworthiness. The interest-bearing deposits and commercial paper were all with issuers that had credit ratings of at least A at December 31, 2011. As a result, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments in housing finance agency bonds, which were issued by the California Housing Finance Agency (CalHFA), had gross unrealized losses totaling $136. These gross unrealized losses were due to an illiquid market, credit concerns regarding the underlying mortgage collateral, and credit concerns regarding the monoline insurance providers, causing these investments to be valued at a discount to their acquisition cost. In addition, the Bank independently modeled cash flows for the underlying collateral, using assumptions for default rates and loss severity that the Bank deemed reasonable, and concluded that the available credit support within the CalHFA structure more than offset the projected losses on the underlying collateral. The Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on these bonds are temporary because the underlying collateral and credit enhancements were sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

The Bank also invests in corporate debentures issued under the TLGP, which are guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because it determined that the strength of the guarantees and the direct support from the U.S. government are sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank determined that as of December 31, 2011, all the gross unrealized losses on its TLGP securities are temporary.

For its agency MBS, the Bank expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because the Bank determined that the strength of the issuers' guarantees through direct obligations or support from the U.S. government is sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. As a result, the Bank determined that, as of December 31, 2011, all of the gross unrealized losses on its agency MBS are temporary.

XML

Available-for-Sale Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Available-for-sale Securities [Abstract]

Available For Sale Securities Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 5 — Available-for-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities by major security type as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:  

December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost(1)		OTTI Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)(AOCI)			Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value
TLGP securities	$	1,924	$	—		$	2	$	—		$	1,926
PLRMBS:
Prime	977		(132		)	—		(13		)	832
Alt-A, option ARM	1,413		(410		)	2		(36		)	969
Alt-A, other	7,133		(1,117		)	—		(130		)	5,886
Total PLRMBS	9,523		(1,659		)	2		(179		)	7,687
Total	$	11,447	$	(1,659	)	$	4	$	(179	)	$	9,613
December 31, 2010
TLGP	$	1,928	$	—		$	—	$	(1	)	$	1,927

(1) Amortized cost includes unpaid principal balance and unamortized premiums and discounts, and previous other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings.

Securities Transferred. PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity that experienced credit-related OTTI during 2011 were reclassified to the Bank's available-for-sale portfolio at their fair values. These transfers allow the Bank the option to divest these securities prior to maturity in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or other factors, while acknowledging its intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time. For additional information on the transferred securities, see Note 7 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

The following table summarizes the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. The total unrealized losses in the following table will not agree to the total gross unrealized losses in the table above. The total unrealized losses below include non-credit-related OTTI recognized in AOCI net of subsequent unrealized gains, up to the amount of non-credit-related OTTI in AOCI, related to the other-than-temporarily impaired securities. For OTTI analysis of available-for-sale securities, see Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

December 31, 2011
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses(1)
TLGP securities	$	274	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	274	$	—
PLRMBS:
Prime	96		2		736		143		832		145
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		950		446		950		446
Alt-A, other	240		10		5,634		1,237		5,874		1,247
Total PLRMBS	336		12		7,320		1,826		7,656		1,838
Total	$	610	$	12	$	7,320	$	1,826	$	7,930	$	1,838
December 31, 2010
TLGP	$	1,348	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	1,348	$	1

(1) Total unrealized losses in this table will not agree to total gross unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities by major security type table.Total unrealized losses in this table include non-credit-related OTTI losses recorded in AOCI.

As indicated in the tables above, as of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments classified as available-for-sale had gross unrealized losses totaling $1,838, primarily relating to PLRMBS. The gross unrealized losses associated with the PLRMBS were primarily due to illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost.

Redemption Terms. The amortized cost and estimated fair value of non-MBS securities by contractual maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and of PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown below. Expected maturities of PLRMBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to prepay the underlying obligations without prepayment fees.

	2011				2010
Year of Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities other than PLRMBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	1,924	$	1,926	$	—	$	—
Due after 1 year through 5 years	—		—		1,928		1,927
Subtotal	1,924		1,926		1,928		1,927
PLRMBS:
Prime	977		832		—		—
Alt-A, option ARM	1,413		969		—		—
Alt-A, other	7,133		5,886		—		—
Total PLRMBS	9,523		7,687		—		—
Total	$	11,447	$	9,613	$	1,928	$	1,927

The amortized cost of the TLGP securities, which are classified as available-for-sale, included net premiums of $1 at December 31, 2011, and net premiums of $5 at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of the Bank's PLRMBS classified as available-for-sale included net premiums of $7 and credit-related OTTI of $1,419 (including interest accretion adjustments of $50).

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are shown in the following table:

	2011		2010
Amortized cost of available-for-sale securities other than PLRMBS:
Adjustable rate	$	1,924	$	1,928
Subtotal	1,924		1,928
Amortized cost of available-for-sale PLRMBS:
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Fixed rate	4,542		—
Adjustable rate	4,981		—
Subtotal	9,523		—
Total	$	11,447	$	1,928

Certain MBS classified as fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations have an initial fixed interest rate that subsequently converts to an adjustable interest rate on a specified date, as follows:

	2011		2010
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Converts in 1 year or less	$	920	$	—
Converts after 1 year through 5 years	748		—
Converts after 5 years through 10 years	175		—
Total	$	1,843	$	—

The Bank does not own PLRMBS that are backed by mortgage loans purchased by another Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBank) from either (i) members of the Bank or (ii) members of other FHLBanks.

XML

Held-to-Maturity Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Held-to-maturity Securities, Unclassified [Abstract]

Held-to-maturity Securities

Note 6 — Held-to-Maturity Securities

The Bank classifies the following securities as held-to-maturity because the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity:

December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost(1)		OTTI Recognized in AOCI(1)			Carrying Value(1)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Gains(2)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Losses(2)			Estimated Fair Value
Interest-bearing deposits	$	3,539	$	—		$	3,539	$	—	$	—		$	3,539
Commercial paper	1,800		—			1,800		—		—			1,800
Housing finance agency bonds	646		—			646		—		(136		)	510
Subtotal	5,985		—			5,985		—		(136		)	5,849
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	217		—			217		9		—			226
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	3,374		—			3,374		133		—			3,507
Fannie Mae	8,314		—			8,314		316		(12		)	8,618
Subtotal GSEs	11,688		—			11,688		449		(12		)	12,125
PLRMBS:
Prime	2,201		—			2,201		1		(249		)	1,953
Alt-A, option ARM	46		—			46		—		(17		)	29
Alt-A, other	1,489		(45		)	1,444		14		(226		)	1,232
Subtotal PLRMBS	3,736		(45		)	3,691		15		(492		)	3,214
Total MBS	15,641		(45		)	15,596		473		(504		)	15,565
Total	$	21,626	$	(45	)	$	21,581	$	473	$	(640	)	$	21,414

December 31, 2010
	Amortized Cost(1)		OTTI Recognized in AOCI(1)			Carrying Value(1)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Gains(2)		Gross Unrecognized Holding Losses(2)			Estimated Fair Value
Interest-bearing deposits	$	6,834	$	—		$	6,834	$	—	$	—		$	6,834
Commercial paper	2,500		—			2,500		—		—			2,500
Housing finance agency bonds	743		—			743		—		(119		)	624
TLGP securities	301		—			301		—		—			301
Subtotal	10,378		—			10,378		—		(119		)	10,259
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	33		—			33		—		—			33
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	2,326		—			2,326		92		(15		)	2,403
Fannie Mae	5,922		—			5,922		220		(12		)	6,130
Subtotal GSEs	8,248		—			8,248		312		(27		)	8,533
PLRMBS:
Prime	4,285		(330		)	3,955		153		(238		)	3,870
Alt-A, option ARM	1,751		(653		)	1,098		83		(10		)	1,171
Alt-A, other	10,063		(1,951		)	8,112		694		(458		)	8,348
Subtotal PLRMBS	16,099		(2,934		)	13,165		930		(706		)	13,389
Total MBS	24,380		(2,934		)	21,446		1,242		(733		)	21,955
Total	$	34,758	$	(2,934	)	$	31,824	$	1,242	$	(852	)	$	32,214

(1) Amortized cost includes unpaid principal balance, unamortized premiums and discounts, and previous other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings. The carrying value of held-to-maturity securities represents amortized cost after adjustment for non-credit-related OTTI recognized in AOCI.

(2) Gross unrecognized holding gains/(losses) represent the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value.

Securities Transferred. PLRMBS classified as held-to-maturity that experienced credit-related OTTI during 2011 were reclassified to the Bank's available-for-sale portfolio at their fair values. These transfers allow the Bank the option to divest these securities prior to maturity in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, or other factors, while acknowledging its intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time. For additional information on the transferred securities, see Note 5 – Available-for-Sale Securities and Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

The following tables summarize the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. For OTTI analysis of held-to-maturity securities, see Note 7 – Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis.

December 31, 2011
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Interest-bearing deposits	$	3,539	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,539	$	—
Commercial paper	300		—		—		—		300		—
Housing finance agency bonds	—		—		510		136		510		136
Subtotal	3,839		—		510		136		4,349		136
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—		—		4		—		4		—
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	1		—		24		—		25		—
Fannie Mae	223		3		201		9		424		12
Subtotal GSEs	224		3		225		9		449		12
PLRMBS(1):
Prime	180		5		1,676		244		1,856		249
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		29		17		29		17
Alt-A, other	—		—		1,206		271		1,206		271
Subtotal PLRMBS	180		5		2,911		532		3,091		537
Total MBS	404		8		3,140		541		3,544		549
Total	$	4,243	$	8	$	3,650	$	677	$	7,893	$	685

December 31, 2010
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Interest-bearing deposits	$	4,438	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	4,438	$	—
Commercial paper	1,500		—		—		—		1,500		—
Housing finance agency bonds	—		—		624		119		624		119
Subtotal	5,938		—		624		119		6,562		119
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	20		—		5		—		25		—
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	497		15		27		—		524		15
Fannie Mae	623		8		91		4		714		12
Subtotal GSEs	1,120		23		118		4		1,238		27
PLRMBS(1):
Prime	4		—		3,339		568		3,343		568
Alt-A, option ARM	—		—		1,150		663		1,150		663
Alt-A, other	—		—		8,307		2,409		8,307		2,409
Subtotal PLRMBS	4		—		12,796		3,640		12,800		3,640
Total MBS	1,144		23		12,919		3,644		14,063		3,667
Total	$	7,082	$	23	$	13,543	$	3,763	$	20,625	$	3,786

(1) Includes securities with gross unrecognized holding losses of $492 and $706 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and securities with non-credit-related OTTI charges of $45 and $2,934 that have been recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

As indicated in the tables above, as of December 31, 2011, the Bank's investments classified as held-to-maturity had gross unrealized losses totaling $685, primarily relating to PLRMBS. The gross unrealized losses associated with the PLRMBS were primarily due to illiquidity in the MBS market, uncertainty about the future condition of the housing and mortgage markets and the economy, and market expectations of the credit performance of the loan collateral underlying these securities, which caused these assets to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost.

Redemption Terms. The amortized cost, carrying value, and estimated fair value of non-MBS securities by contractual maturity (based on contractual final principal payment) and of MBS as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, are shown below. Expected maturities of MBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to prepay the underlying obligations without prepayment fees.

December 31, 2011
Year of Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost(1)		Carrying Value(1)		Estimated Fair Value
Held-to-maturity securities other than MBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	5,342	$	5,342	$	5,342
Due after 5 years through 10 years	23		23		21
Due after 10 years	620		620		486
Subtotal	5,985		5,985		5,849
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	217		217		226
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	3,374		3,374		3,507
Fannie Mae	8,314		8,314		8,618
Subtotal GSEs	11,688		11,688		12,125
PLRMBS:
Prime	2,201		2,201		1,953
Alt-A, option ARM	46		46		29
Alt-A, other	1,489		1,444		1,232
Subtotal PLRMBS	3,736		3,691		3,214
Total MBS	15,641		15,596		15,565
Total	$	21,626	$	21,581	$	21,414

December 31, 2010
Year of Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost(1)		Carrying Value(1)		Estimated Fair Value
Held-to-maturity securities other than MBS:
Due in 1 year or less	$	9,635	$	9,635	$	9,635
Due after 1 year through 5 years	7		7		7
Due after 5 years through 10 years	26		26		23
Due after 10 years	710		710		594
Subtotal	10,378		10,378		10,259
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	33		33		33
GSEs:
Freddie Mac	2,326		2,326		2,403
Fannie Mae	5,922		5,922		6,130
Subtotal GSEs	8,248		8,248		8,533
PLRMBS:
Prime	4,285		3,955		3,870
Alt-A, option ARM	1,751		1,098		1,171
Alt-A, other	10,063		8,112		8,348
Subtotal PLRMBS	16,099		13,165		13,389
Total MBS	24,380		21,446		21,955
Total	$	34,758	$	31,824	$	32,214

(1) Amortized cost includes unpaid principal balance, unamortized premiums and discounts, and previous OTTI recognized in earnings. The carrying value of held-to-maturity securities represents amortized cost after adjustment for non-credit-related OTTI recognized in AOCI.

At December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of the Bank's MBS classified as held-to-maturity included net premiums of $41 and credit-related OTTI of $5 (including interest accretion adjustments of $4). At December 31, 2010, the amortized cost of the Bank's MBS classified as held-to-maturity included net premiums of $8 and credit-related OTTI of $995 (including interest accretion adjustments of $36).

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table:

	2011		2010
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities other than MBS:
Fixed rate	$	5,339	$	9,635
Adjustable rate	646		743
Subtotal	5,985		10,378
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity MBS:
Passthrough securities:
Fixed rate	1,778		2,461
Adjustable rate	158		169
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Fixed rate	8,955		11,097
Adjustable rate	4,750		10,653
Subtotal	15,641		24,380
Total	$	21,626	$	34,758

Certain MBS classified as fixed rate passthrough securities and fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations have an initial fixed interest rate that subsequently converts to an adjustable interest rate on a specified date as follows:

	2011		2010
Passthrough securities:
Converts in 1 year or less	$	504	$	36
Converts after 1 year through 5 years	712		1,484
Converts after 5 years through 10 years	543		917
Total	1,759		2,437
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Converts in 1 year or less	519		864
Converts after 1 year through 5 years	804		3,615
Converts after 5 years through 10 years	30		561
Total	$	1,353	$	5,040

The Bank does not own MBS that are backed by mortgage loans purchased by another FHLBank from either (i) members of the Bank or (ii) members of other FHLBanks.

XML

Advances

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Advances [Abstract]

Advances [Text Block]

Note 8 — Advances

The Bank offers a wide range of fixed and adjustable rate advance products with different maturities, interest rates, payment characteristics, and optionality. Fixed rate advances generally have maturities ranging from one day to 30 years. Adjustable rate advances generally have maturities ranging from less than 30 days to 10 years, where the interest rates reset periodically at a fixed spread to LIBOR or to another specified index.

Redemption Terms. The Bank had advances outstanding, excluding overdrawn demand deposit accounts, at interest rates ranging from 0.05% to 8.57% at December 31, 2011, and 0.03 % to 8.57 % at December 31, 2010, as summarized below.

	2011				2010
Contractual Maturity	Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding		Weighted Average Interest Rate
Within 1 year	$	26,432	0.88	%	$	52,051	0.97	%
After 1 year through 2 years	20,608		1.03		11,687		1.92
After 2 years through 3 years	5,840		1.73		17,038		1.17
After 3 years through 4 years	5,686		2.02		2,310		2.81
After 4 years through 5 years	5,634		1.46		5,115		2.14
After 5 years	3,236		2.78		6,708		1.92
Total par amount	67,436		1.24	%	94,909		1.30	%
Valuation adjustments for hedging activities	302				363
Valuation adjustments under fair value option	426				327
Total	$	68,164			$	95,599

Many of the Bank's advances are prepayable at the member's option. However, when advances are prepaid, the member is generally charged a prepayment fee intended to make the Bank financially indifferent to the prepayment. In addition, for certain advances with partial prepayment symmetry, the Bank may charge the member a prepayment fee or pay the member a prepayment credit, depending on certain circumstances, such as movements in interest rates, when the advance is prepaid. The Bank had advances with partial prepayment symmetry outstanding totaling $6,875 at December 31, 2011, and $7,335 at December 31, 2010. Some advances may be repaid on pertinent call dates without prepayment fees (callable advances). The Bank had callable advances outstanding totaling $328 at December 31, 2011, and $283 at December 31, 2010.

The Bank's advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, included $1,461 and $2,437, respectively, of putable advances. At the Bank's discretion, the Bank may terminate these advances on predetermined exercise dates, and offer, subject to certain conditions, replacement funding at prevailing market rates. The Bank would typically exercise such termination rights when interest rates increase.

The following table summarizes advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next call date for callable advances and by the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next put date for putable advances.

	Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date				Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Put Date
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Within 1 year	$	26,755	$	52,328	$	27,566	$	54,145
After 1 year through 2 years	20,602		11,692		20,513		11,053
After 2 years through 3 years	5,805		17,035		5,748		16,828
After 3 years through 4 years	5,665		2,300		5,416		2,160
After 4 years through 5 years	5,583		5,084		5,559		4,812
After 5 years	3,026		6,470		2,634		5,911
Total par amount	$	67,436	$	94,909	$	67,436	$	94,909

Credit and Concentration Risk. The following tables present the concentration in advances and the interest income from these advances before the impact of interest rate exchange agreements associated with these advances to the top five borrowers and their affiliates at December 31, 2011, and at December 31, 2010.

December 31, 2011
Name of Borrower	Advances Outstanding(1)		Percentage of Total Advances Outstanding		Interest Income from Advances(2)		Percentage of Total Interest Income from Advances
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	$	16,100	24	%	$	121	12	%
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(3)	1,562		2		18		2
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	17,662		26		139		14
Citibank, N.A.(3)	15,808		23		56		6
Bank of America California, N.A.	5,850		9		66		7
Bank of the West	4,611		7		111		11
OneWest Bank, FSB	4,190		6		111		11
Subtotal top five borrowers and their affiliates	48,121		71		483		49
Others	19,315		29		498		51
Total	$	67,436	100	%	$	981	100	%

December 31, 2010
Name of Borrower	Advances Outstanding(1)		Percentage of Total Advances Outstanding		Interest Income from Advances(2)		Percentage of Total Interest Income from Advances
Citibank, N.A.	$	28,488	30	%	$	94	6	%
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
JPMorgan Bank & Trust Company, National Association	20,950		22		53		3
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association(3)	4,075		4		301		18
Subtotal JPMorgan Chase & Co.	25,025		26		354		21
Bank of America California, N.A.	9,954		11		123		7
OneWest Bank, FSB	5,900		6		207		13
Bank of the West	4,641		5		181		11
Subtotal top five borrowers and their affiliates	74,008		78		959		58
Others	20,901		22		705		42
Total	$	94,909	100	%	$	1,664	100	%

(1) Borrower advance amounts and total advance amounts are at par value, and total advance amounts will not agree to carrying value amounts shown in the Statements of Condition. The differences between the par and carrying value amounts primarily relate to unrealized gains or losses associated with hedged advances resulting from valuation adjustments related to hedging activities and under the fair value option.

(2) Interest income amounts exclude the interest effect of interest rate exchange agreements with derivatives counterparties; as a result, the total interest income amounts will not agree to the Statements of Income. The amount of interest income from advances can vary depending on the amount outstanding, terms to maturity, interest rates, and repricing characteristics.

(3) Nonmember institutions.

The Bank held a security interest in collateral from each of the top five advances borrowers and their affiliates sufficient to support their respective advances outstanding, and the Bank does not expect to incur any credit losses on these advances. As of December 31, 2011, two of the advances borrowers and their affiliates (Citibank, N.A.; and JPMorgan Chase & Co.) each owned more than 10% of the Bank's outstanding capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock.

For information related to the Bank's credit risk on advances and allowance methodology for credit losses, see Note 10 – Allowance for Credit Losses.

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed below:

	2011		2010
Par amount of advances:
Fixed rate:
Due within 1 year	$	11,606	$	19,800
Due after 1 year	20,577		24,191
Total fixed rate	32,183		43,991
Adjustable rate:
Due within 1 year	14,826		32,251
Due after 1 year	20,427		18,667
Total adjustable rate	35,253		50,918
Total par amount	$	67,436	$	94,909

The Bank may use derivatives to adjust the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances to more closely match the characteristics of the Bank's funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed rate advance or a variable rate advance with embedded options, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, in the advance. The combination of the advance and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates a variable rate asset. This type of hedge is treated as a fair value hedge. In addition, for certain advances for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the advance. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment. For more information, see Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities and Note 19 – Fair Values.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank used derivatives to effectively convert 75% and 71% of the fixed rate advances to an adjustable rate, such as LIBOR, and 0% and 3% of the adjustable rate advances to a different adjustable rate index, such as 1-month or 3-month LIBOR.

The Bank did not have any advances with embedded features that met the requirements to separate the embedded feature from the host contract and designate the embedded feature as a stand-alone derivative at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Prepayment Fees, Net. The Bank charges borrowers prepayment fees or pays borrowers prepayment credits when the principal on certain advances is paid prior to original maturity. The Bank records prepayment fees net of any associated fair value adjustments related to prepaid advances that were hedged. The net amount of prepayment fees is reflected as interest income in the Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Prepayment fees received	$	103		$	189		$	133
Fair value adjustments	(86		)	(115		)	(99		)
Other basis adjustments	—			(21		)	—
Net	$	17		$	53		$	34
Advance principal prepaid	$	5,217		$	17,108		$	17,633

XML

Affordable Housing Program

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Affordable Housing Program [Abstract]

Affordable Housing Program [Text Block]

Note 13 — Affordable Housing Program

The FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish an Affordable Housing Program (AHP). Each FHLBank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market interest rate advances to members, which use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households. Annually, the FHLBanks must set aside for their AHPs, in the aggregate, the greater of $100 or 10% of the current year's net earnings (income before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP, until the REFCORP obligation was fully satisfied). The exclusion of interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock is based on an advisory bulletin issued by the Finance Agency. REFCORP was designated as the calculation agent for REFCORP and AHP assessments, which were calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence. The Bank accrues this expense monthly based on its net earnings. The FHLBanks fully satisfied their REFCORP obligation with their payment made on July 15, 2011. For more information, see Note 14 – Resolution Funding Corporation Assessments.

If the Bank experienced a net loss during a quarter but still had net earnings for the year, the Bank's obligation to the AHP would be calculated based on the Bank's year-to-date net earnings. If the Bank had net earnings in subsequent quarters, it would be required to contribute additional amounts to meet its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank experienced a net loss for a full year, the amount of the AHP liability would be equal to zero, since each FHLBank's required annual AHP contribution is limited to its annual net earnings. However, if the result of the aggregate 10% calculation is less than $100 for all 12 FHLBanks, then the FHLBank Act requires that each FHLBank contribute such prorated sums as may be required to ensure that the aggregate contribution of the FHLBanks equals $100. The pro ration would be made on the basis of an FHLBank's income in relation to the income of all the FHLBanks for the previous year. There was no AHP shortfall, as described above, in 2011, 2010, or 2009. If an FHLBank finds that its required AHP assessments are contributing to the financial instability of that FHLBank, it may apply to the Finance Agency for a temporary suspension of its contributions. The Bank did not make such an application in 2011, 2010, or 2009.

The Bank's total AHP assessments equaled $25, $46, and $58 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. These amounts were charged to earnings each year and recognized as a liability. As subsidies are disbursed, the AHP liability is reduced. The AHP liability was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of the year	$	174		$	186		$	180
AHP assessments	25			46			58
AHP grant payments	(49		)	(58		)	(52		)
Balance, end of the year	$	150		$	174		$	186

All subsidies were distributed in the form of direct grants in 2011, 2010, and 2009. The Bank had $5 and $5 in outstanding AHP advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Note 18 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities

General. The Bank may enter into interest rate swaps (including callable, putable, and basis swaps); swaptions; and cap, floor, corridor, and collar agreements (collectively, interest rate exchange agreements or derivatives). Most of the Bank's interest rate exchange agreements are executed in conjunction with the origination of advances and the issuance of consolidated obligation bonds to create variable rate structures. The interest rate exchange agreements are generally executed at the same time the advances and bonds are transacted and generally have the same maturity dates as the related advances and bonds.

Additional active uses of interest rate exchange agreements include: (i) offsetting embedded options in assets and liabilities, (ii) hedging the anticipated issuance of debt, (iii) matching against consolidated obligation discount notes or bonds to create the equivalent of callable fixed rate debt, (iv) reducing the interest rate sensitivity and modifying the repricing gaps of assets and liabilities, (v) matching against certain advances and consolidated obligations for which the Bank elected the fair value option, and (vi) offsetting other derivatives executed with members (with the Bank serving as an intermediary). The Bank's use of interest rate exchange agreements results in one of the following classifications: (i) a fair value hedge of an underlying financial instrument, (ii) a cash flow hedge of an underlying financial instrument, (iii) an economic hedge of a specific asset or liability, or (iv) an intermediary transaction for members.

Interest Rate Swaps – An interest rate swap is an agreement between two entities to exchange cash flows in the future. The agreement sets the dates on which the cash flows will be paid and the manner in which the cash flows will be calculated. One of the simplest forms of an interest rate swap involves the promise by one party to pay cash flows equivalent to the interest on a notional principal amount at a predetermined fixed rate for a given period of time. In return for this promise, the party receives cash flows equivalent to the interest on the same notional principal amount at a variable rate for the same period of time. The variable rate received or paid by the Bank in most interest rate exchange agreements is indexed to LIBOR.

Swaptions – A swaption is an option on a swap that gives the buyer the right to enter into a specified interest rate swap at a certain time in the future. When used as a hedge, a swaption can protect the Bank against future interest rate changes when it is planning to lend or borrow funds in the future. The Bank purchases receiver swaptions. A receiver swaption is the option to receive fixed interest rate payments at a later date.

Interest Rate Caps and Floors – In a cap agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or interest rate of an underlying variable rises above a certain threshold (or cap) price. In a floor agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or interest rate of an underlying variable falls below a certain threshold (or floor) price. Caps may be used in conjunction with liabilities and floors may be used in conjunction with assets. Caps and floors are designed as protection against the interest rate on a variable rate asset or liability rising above or falling below a certain level.

Hedging Activities. The Bank documents all relationships between derivative hedging instruments and hedged items, its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions, and its method of assessing effectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to: (i) assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, (ii) firm commitments, or (iii) forecasted transactions. The Bank also formally assesses (both at the hedge's inception and at least quarterly on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items attributable to the hedged risk and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods. The Bank typically uses regression analyses or other statistical analyses to assess the effectiveness of its hedges. When it is determined that a derivative has not been or is not expected to be effective as a hedge, the Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; (v) it determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate; or (vi) it decides to use the derivative to offset changes in the fair value of other derivatives or instruments carried at fair value.

Intermediation– As an additional service to its members, the Bank has in the past entered into offsetting interest rate exchange agreements, acting as an intermediary between offsetting derivatives transactions with members and other counterparties. This intermediation allows members indirect access to the derivatives market. Derivatives in which the Bank is an intermediary may also arise when the Bank enters into derivatives to offset the economic effect of other derivatives that are no longer designated to advances, investments, or consolidated obligations. The offsetting derivatives used in intermediary activities do not receive hedge accounting treatment and are separately marked to market through earnings. The net result of the accounting for these derivatives does not significantly affect the operating results of the Bank.

The notional principal of the interest rate exchange agreements associated with derivatives with members and offsetting derivatives with other counterparties was $810 at December 31, 2011, and $960 at December 31, 2010. The Bank did not have any interest rate exchange agreements outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, that were used to offset the economic effect of other derivatives that were no longer designated to advances, investments, or consolidated obligations.

Investments–The Bank may invest in U.S. Treasury and agency obligations, agency MBS, and the taxable portion of highly rated state or local housing finance agency obligations. In the past, the Bank has also invested in PLRMBS rated AAA at the time of acquisition. The interest rate and prepayment risk associated with these investment securities is managed through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank may manage prepayment risk and interest rate risk by funding investment securities with consolidated obligations that have call features or by hedging the prepayment risk with a combination of consolidated obligations and callable swaps or swaptions. The Bank executes callable swaps and purchases swaptions in conjunction with the issuance of certain liabilities to create funding that is economically equivalent to fixed rate callable debt. Although these derivatives are economic hedges against prepayment risk and are designated to individual liabilities, they do not receive either fair value or cash flow hedge accounting treatment. Investment securities may be classified as trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity.

The Bank may also manage the risk arising from changing market prices or cash flows of investment securities classified as trading by entering into interest rate exchange agreements (economic hedges) that offset the changes in fair value or cash flows of the securities. The market value changes of both the trading securities and the associated interest rate exchange agreements are included in other income in the Statements of Income.

Advances– The Bank offers a wide array of advances structures to meet members' funding needs. These advances may have maturities up to 30 years with fixed or adjustable rates and may include early termination features or options. The Bank may use derivatives to adjust the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances to more closely match the characteristics of the Bank's funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed rate advance or a variable rate advance with embedded options, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, in the advance. The combination of the advance and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates a variable rate asset. This type of hedge is treated as a fair value hedge.

In addition, for certain advances for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the advance. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment.

Mortgage Loans–The Bank's investment portfolio includes fixed rate mortgage loans. The prepayment options embedded in mortgage loans can result in extensions or contractions in the expected repayment of these investments, depending on changes in estimated prepayment speeds. The Bank manages the interest rate risk and prepayment risk associated with fixed rate mortgage loans through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank uses both callable and non-callable debt to achieve cash flow patterns and market value sensitivities for liabilities similar to those expected on the mortgage loans. Net income could be reduced if the Bank replaces prepaid mortgages with lower-yielding assets and the Bank's higher funding costs are not reduced accordingly.

The Bank executes callable swaps and purchases swaptions in conjunction with the issuance of certain consolidated obligations to create funding that is economically equivalent to fixed rate callable bonds. Although these derivatives are economic hedges against the prepayment risk of specific loan pools and are referenced to individual liabilities, they do not receive either fair value or cash flow hedge accounting treatment.

Consolidated Obligations – Although the joint and several liability regulation authorizes the Finance Agency to require any FHLBank to repay all or a portion of the principal or interest on consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor, FHLBanks individually are counterparties to interest rate exchange agreements associated with specific debt issues. The Office of Finance acts as agent of the FHLBanks in the debt issuance process. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the terms and the amount of debt it requests to have issued on its behalf. The Office of Finance tracks the amount of debt issued on behalf of each FHLBank. In addition, the Bank separately tracks and records as a liability its specific portion of consolidated obligations and is the primary obligor for its specific portion of consolidated obligations issued. Because the Bank knows the amount of consolidated obligations issued on its behalf, it has the ability to structure hedging instruments to match its specific debt. The hedge transactions may be executed upon or after the issuance of consolidated obligations and are accounted for based on the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Consolidated obligation bonds are structured to meet the Bank's and/or investors' needs. Common structures include fixed rate bonds with or without call options and adjustable rate bonds with or without embedded options. In general, when bonds with these structures are issued, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, of the consolidated obligation bond. This combination of the consolidated obligation bond and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates an adjustable rate bond. The cost of this funding combination is generally lower than the cost that would be available through the issuance of an adjustable rate bond alone. These transactions generally receive fair value hedge accounting treatment.

In addition, for certain consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the consolidated obligation bond. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment.

The Bank did not have any consolidated obligations denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars outstanding during 2011, 2010, or 2009.

Firm Commitments– A firm commitment for a forward starting advance hedged through the use of an offsetting forward starting interest rate swap is considered a derivative. In this case, the interest rate swap functions as the hedging instrument for both the firm commitment and the subsequent advance. When the commitment is terminated and the advance is made, the current market value associated with the firm commitment is included with the basis of the advance. The basis adjustment is then amortized into interest income over the life of the advance.

Anticipated Debt Issuance–The Bank may enter into interest rate swaps for the anticipated issuances of fixed rate bonds to hedge the cost of funding. These hedges are designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The interest rate swap is terminated upon issuance of the fixed rate bond, with the effective portion of the realized gain or loss on the interest rate swap recorded in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses reported in AOCI are recognized as earnings in the periods in which earnings are affected by the cash flows of the fixed rate bonds.

Credit Risk – The Bank is subject to credit risk as a result of the risk of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivative agreements. All of the Bank's derivative agreements contain master netting provisions to help mitigate the credit risk exposure to each counterparty. The Bank manages counterparty credit risk through credit analyses and collateral requirements and by following the requirements of the Bank's risk management policies and credit guidelines. Based on the master netting provisions in each agreement, credit analyses, and the collateral requirements in place with each counterparty, the Bank does not expect to incur any credit losses on derivatives agreements.

The notional amount of an interest rate exchange agreement serves as a basis for calculating periodic interest payments or cash flows and is not a measure of the amount of credit risk from that transaction. The Bank had notional amounts outstanding of $129,576 and $190,410 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The notional amount does not represent the exposure to credit loss. The amount potentially subject to credit loss is the estimated cost of replacing an interest rate exchange agreement that has a net favorable position if the counterparty defaults; this amount is substantially less than the notional amount.

The following table presents credit risk exposure on derivative instruments, excluding a counterparty's pledged collateral that exceeds the Bank's net position with the counterparty.

	2011		2010
Total net exposure at fair value(1)	$	914	$	1,525
Cash collateral held	514		807
Net exposure after cash collateral	400		718
Securities collateral held	381		698
Net exposure after collateral	$	19	$	20

(1) Includes net accrued interest receivable of $86 and $253 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Certain of the Bank's derivatives agreements contain provisions that link the Bank's credit rating from Moody's and Standard & Poor's to various rights and obligations. If the Bank's debt rating falls below A-/A3 (and in one agreement, below A/A2), the Bank's counterparty would have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate all of its outstanding derivatives transactions with the Bank. In addition, the amount of collateral that the Bank is required to deliver to a counterparty depends on the Bank's credit rating. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net derivative liability position (before cash collateral and related accrued interest) at December 31, 2011, was $110, for which the Bank had posted collateral of $33 in the normal course of business. If the credit rating of the Bank's debt had been Aa/AA (the next lower rating that might require an increase in collateral to be delivered by the Bank) instead of Aaa/AA+ (the Bank's current rating), then the Bank would have been required to deliver up to an additional $24 of collateral (at fair value) to its derivatives counterparties at December 31, 2011.

 On April 20, 2011, Standard & Poor's revised its outlook on the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations and on the long-term credit ratings of ten FHLBanks, including the Bank, to reflect its revision of the outlook on the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States to negative from stable. In the application of Standard & Poor's government-related entities criteria, the ratings of the FHLBank System and the FHLBanks are constrained by the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States. On July 15, 2011, Standard & Poor's placed the long-term credit ratings of the ten FHLBanks on CreditWatch with negative implications after placing the long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States on CreditWatch negative on July 14, 2011. On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating of the United States from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook and affirmed the A-1+ short-term rating. As a result, on August 8, 2011, Standard & Poor's lowered the long-term issuer credit ratings and related issue ratings on select government-related entities. Specifically, Standard & Poor's lowered its long-term issuer credit ratings and related issuer ratings on 10 of the 12 FHLBanks and on the senior unsecured debt issued by the FHLBank System from AAA to AA+ with a negative outlook (the FHLBank of Chicago and the FHLBank of Seattle were already rated AA+) and removed the FHLBanks and relevant debt issues from CreditWatch.

On July 13, 2011, Moody's placed the Aaa bond rating of the U. S. government, and consequently the ratings of the GSEs, including the FHLBanks, on review for possible downgrade because of the risk that the statutory debt limit would not be raised in time to prevent a default on U.S. Treasury debt obligations. On August 2, 2011, Moody's confirmed the Aaa bond rating of the U.S. government following the raising of the statutory debt limit and changed the rating outlook to negative. Also on August 2, 2011, Moody's confirmed the long-term Aaa rating on the senior unsecured debt issues of the FHLBank System, the 12 FHLBanks, and other ratings Moody's considers directly linked to the U.S. government. In conjunction with the revision of the U.S. government outlook to negative, Moody's also revised the rating outlook for the FHLBank System and the 12 FHLBanks to negative.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments without the effect of netting arrangements or collateral as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. For purposes of this disclosure, the derivatives values include the fair value of derivatives and related accrued interest.

	2011								2010
	Notional Amount of Derivatives		Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities			Notional Amount of Derivatives		Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps	$	56,355	$	1,241		$	309		$	84,131	$	1,816		$	429
Total	56,355		1,241			309			84,131		1,816			429
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps	72,245		366			492			104,193		518			535
Interest rate caps, floors, corridors, and/or collars	976		4			11			2,086		17			24
Total	73,221		370			503			106,279		535			559
Total derivatives before netting and collateral adjustments	$	129,576	1,611			812			$	190,410	2,351			988
Netting adjustments by counterparty			(697		)	(697		)			(826		)	(826		)
Cash collateral and related accrued interest			(514		)	(42		)			(807		)	1
Total collateral and netting adjustments(1)			(1,211		)	(739		)			(1,633		)	(825		)
Derivative assets and derivative liabilities as reported on the Statements of Condition			$	400		$	73				$	718		$	163

(1) Amounts include the netting of derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty, including cash collateral, where the Bank has the legal right to do so under its master netting agreement with each counterparty.

The following table presents the components of net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities as presented in the Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

	2011			2010			2009
	Gain/(Loss)			Gain/(Loss)			Gain/(Loss)
Derivatives and hedged items in fair value hedging relationships – hedge ineffectiveness by derivative type:
Interest rate swaps	$	(31	)	$	1		$	24
Total net gain/(loss) related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness	(31		)	1			24
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Economic hedges:
Interest rate swaps	(192		)	(8		)	538
Interest rate caps, floors, corridors, and/or collars	—			—			12
Net interest settlements	(33		)	(161		)	(452		)
Total net gain/(loss) related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	(225		)	(169		)	98
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives and hedging activities	$	(256	)	$	(168	)	$	122

The following table presents, by type of hedged item, the gains and losses on derivatives and the related hedged items in fair value hedging relationships and the impact of those derivatives on the Bank's net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Hedged Item Type	Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives			Gain/(Loss) on Hedged Item			Net Fair Value Hedge Ineffectiveness			Effect of Derivatives on Net Interest Income(1)
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Advances	$	21		$	(19	)	$	2		$	(260	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(372		)	339			(33		)	1,092
Total	$	(351	)	$	320		$	(31	)	$	832
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Advances	$	159		$	(160	)	$	(1	)	$	(547	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(480		)	482			2			1,733
Total	$	(321	)	$	322		$	1		$	1,186
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Advances	$	641		$	(677	)	$	(36	)	$	(966	)
Consolidated obligation bonds	(1,649		)	1,709			60			2,099
Total	$	(1,008	)	$	1,032		$	24		$	1,133

(1) The net interest on derivatives in fair value hedge relationships is presented in the interest income/expense line item of the respective hedged item.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no reclassifications from other comprehensive income/(loss) into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because the original forecasted transactions occurred by the end of the originally specified time period or within a two-month period thereafter.

As of December 31, 2011, the amount of unrecognized net losses on derivative instruments accumulated in other comprehensive income/(loss) expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months was de minimis. The maximum length of time over which the Bank is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions, excluding those forecasted transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments, is less than three months.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 29, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SAN FRANCISCO
Entity Central Index Key	0001316944
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		103,911,401
Entity Public Float			$ 11,190

XML

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles [Abstract]

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

Note 2 — Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.On December 16, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued common disclosure requirements intended to help investors and other financial statement users better assess the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on a company's financial position, whether a company's financial statements are prepared on the basis of GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). This guidance will require the Bank to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, including derivative instruments, which are either offset on its Statement of Condition or are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This guidance will be effective for the Bank for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2013, and will be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased financial statement disclosures, but will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income. On June 16, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance requires an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income to present comprehensive income in either a single financial statement or in two consecutive financial statements. In a single continuous statement, an entity is required to present the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income and a total for other comprehensive income, as well as a total for comprehensive income. In a two-statement approach, an entity is required to present the components of net income and total net income in its statement of net income. The statement of other comprehensive income should follow immediately and include the components of other comprehensive income as well as totals for both other comprehensive income and comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The Bank elected the two-statement approach for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and will apply this guidance retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this guidance is limited to the presentation of the Bank's financial statements and will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to defer the effective date of the new requirement to present reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income in the income statement. This guidance is effective for the Bank for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012. The Bank will still be required to adopt the remaining new accounting guidance for the presentation of comprehensive income.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.On January 21, 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. The update requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. Furthermore, this update requires a reporting entity to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs; clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value; and amends guidance on employers' disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require that those disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. The amended guidance became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 (January 1, 2010, for the Bank), except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity for Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011, for the Bank), and for interim periods within those fiscal years. In the period of initial adoption, entities are not required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank adopted this amended guidance as of January 1, 2010, with the exception of the required changes noted above related to the roll forward of activity for Level 3 fair value measurements, which were adopted as of January 1, 2011. The adoption did not result in increased financial statement disclosures and did not have any effect on the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

On May 12, 2011, the FASB and the IASB issued substantially converged guidance on fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. This guidance clarifies how fair value accounting should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within GAAP or IFRS; these amendments do not require additional fair value measurements. This guidance generally represents clarifications to the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements, as well as some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This guidance became effective for the Bank for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2012, and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased financial statement disclosures, but will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. On April 29, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to improve the accounting for repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. The new guidance removes from the assessment of effective control: (i) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity on substantially the agreed-upon terms, even in the event of the transferee's default, and (ii) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The new guidance became effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (January 1, 2012, for the Bank). The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance will not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. On January 19, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to temporarily defer the effective date of disclosures about troubled debt restructuring required by the amended guidance on disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. The effective date for these new disclosures was to be coordinated with the effective date of the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring.

On April 5, 2011, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. It is intended to help creditors determine whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring, both for purposes of recording an impairment loss and for presenting previously deferred disclosures related to troubled debt restructurings. The guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 (July 1, 2011, for the Bank). As required, the Bank applied the new guidance for troubled debt restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The adoption of this guidance resulted in increased financial statement disclosures, but did not have any effect on the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Disclosures About the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. On July 21, 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance to enhance disclosures about an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The amended guidance requires all public and nonpublic entities with financing receivables, including loans, lease receivables, and other long-term receivables, to provide disclosure of the following: (i) the nature of the credit risk inherent in the financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses, and (iii) the changes in the allowance for credit losses and reasons for those changes. Both new and existing disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses. Short-term accounts receivable, receivables measured at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value, and debt securities are exempt from this amended guidance. The required disclosures as of the end of a reporting period became effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 (December 31, 2010, for the Bank). The required disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011, for the Bank). The adoption of this amended guidance resulted in increased financial statement disclosures, but did not affect the Bank's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

XML

Fair Values

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Values

Note 19 — Fair Values

The following fair value amounts have been determined by the Bank using available market information and the Bank's best judgment of appropriate valuation methods. These estimates are based on pertinent information available to the Bank at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Although the Bank uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. For example, because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Bank's financial instruments, in certain cases fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may change as economic and market factors and evaluation of those factors change. Therefore, these fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in current market transactions, although they do reflect the Bank's judgment of how a market participant would estimate the fair values. The fair value summary table does not represent an estimate of the overall market value of the Bank as a going concern, which would take into account future business opportunities and the net profitability of total assets and liabilities on a combined basis.

The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of the Bank's financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011				2010
	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	3,494	$	3,494	$	755	$	755
Federal funds sold	5,366		5,366		16,312		16,312
Trading securities	2,808		2,808		2,519		2,519
Available-for-sale securities	9,613		9,613		1,927		1,927
Held-to-maturity securities	21,581		21,414		31,824		32,214
Advances (includes $8,684 and $10,490 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	68,164		68,584		95,599		95,830
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses	1,829		1,976		2,381		2,511
Accrued interest receivable	180		180		228		228
Derivative assets, net(1)	400		400		718		718
Liabilities
Deposits	156		156		134		134
Consolidated obligations:
Bonds (includes $15,712 and $20,872 at fair value under the fair value option, respectively)	83,350		83,878		121,120		121,338
Discount notes	19,152		19,155		19,527		19,528
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock	5,578		5,578		3,749		3,749
Accrued interest payable	241		241		467		467
Derivative liabilities, net(1)	73		73		163		163
Other
Standby letters of credit	6		6		26		26

(1) Amounts include the netting of derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty, including cash collateral, where the Bank has the legal right to do so under its master netting agreement with each counterparty.

Fair Value Methodologies and Techniques and Significant Inputs. The valuation methodologies and techniques and significant inputs used in estimating the fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are discussed below.

Cash and Due from Banks–The estimated fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.

Federal Funds Sold –The estimated fair value of overnight Federal funds sold approximates the recorded carrying value. The estimated fair value of term Federal funds sold has been determined by calculating the present value of expected cash flows for the instruments excluding accrued interest. The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement rates for comparable instruments with similar terms.

Investment Securities – Commercial Paper and Interest-Bearing Deposits – The estimated fair values of these investments are determined by calculating the present value of expected cash flows, excluding accrued interest, using market-observable inputs as of the last business day of the period or using industry standard analytical models and certain actual and estimated market information. The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement rates for comparable instruments with similar terms.

Investment Securities – MBS – To value its MBS, the Bank obtains prices from four designated third-party pricing vendors when available. The pricing vendors use various proprietary models to price these securities. The inputs to those models are derived from various sources including, but not limited to: benchmark yields, reported trades, dealer estimates, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and other market-related data. Since many securities do not trade on a daily basis, the pricing vendors use available information as applicable, such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing to determine the prices for individual securities. Each pricing vendor has an established challenge process in place for all security valuations, which facilitates resolution of price discrepancies identified by the Bank.

Recently, the Bank conducted reviews of the four pricing vendors to update and confirm its understanding of the vendors' pricing processes, methodologies, and control procedures.

Prior to December 31, 2011, the Bank established a fair value for each security using a formula that was based on the number of prices received. If four prices were received, the average of the middle two prices was used; if three prices were received, the middle price was used; if two prices were received, the average of the two prices was used; and if one price was received, it was used subject to additional validation. The resulting fair values were tested for reasonableness using specified tolerance thresholds based on security type. Fair values within these established thresholds were generally accepted unless strong evidence suggested that using the fair value would not be appropriate. Preliminary estimated fair values that were outside the tolerance thresholds, or that management believed might not be appropriate based on all available information (including those limited instances in which only one price was received), were subject to further analysis including, but not limited to, comparison to the prices for similar securities and/or to dealer estimates.

Effective December 31, 2011, the Bank refined its method for estimating the fair values of its MBS. The Bank's refined valuation technique first requires the establishment of a “median” price for each security using the same process described above. All vendor prices that are within a specified tolerance threshold of the median price are included in the cluster of vendor prices that are averaged to establish a default fair value. All vendor prices that are outside the threshold (outliers) are subject to further analysis including, but not limited to, comparison to prices provided by an additional third-party valuation service, prices for similar securities, and/or dealer estimates, or use of internal model prices, which are deemed to be reflective of all relevant facts and circumstances that a market participant would consider. Such analysis is also applied in those limited instances where no third-party vendor price or only one third-party vendor price is available in order to arrive at an estimated fair value. If an outlier (or some other price identified in the analysis) is determined to be a better estimate of fair value, then the outlier (or the other price, as appropriate) is used as the fair value rather than the default fair value. If, instead, the analysis confirms that an outlier is (or outliers are) not representative of fair value and the default fair value is the best estimate, then the default fair value is used as the fair value.

If all vendor prices received for a security are outside the tolerance threshold level of the median price, then there is no default fair value, and the fair value is determined by an evaluation of all outlier prices (or the other prices, as appropriate) as described above.

As an additional step, the Bank reviewed the fair value estimates of its PLRMBS as of December 31, 2011, for reasonableness using an implied yield test. The Bank calculated an implied yield for each of its PLRMBS using the estimated fair value derived from the process described above and the security's projected cash flows from the Bank's OTTI process and compared the implied yield to the yields for comparable securities according to dealers and other third-party sources to the extent comparable market yield data was available. Any significant variances were evaluated in conjunction with all of the other available pricing information to determine whether an adjustment to the fair value estimate was appropriate.

As of December 31, 2011, four vendor prices were received for substantially all of the Bank's MBS and the fair value estimates for substantially all of those securities were determined by averaging the four vendor prices. The refinement to the valuation technique did not have a significant impact on the estimated fair values of the Bank's MBS as of December 31, 2011. Based on the Bank's reviews of the pricing methods employed by the third-party pricing vendors and the relative lack of dispersion among the vendor prices (or, in those instances in which there were outliers or significant yield variances, the Bank's additional analyses), the Bank believes its fair value estimates are reasonable and that the fair value measurements are classified appropriately in the fair value hierarchy.

Investment Securities – FFCB bonds, TLGP securities, and Housing Finance Agency Bonds – The Bank estimates the fair values of these securities using the same methodology as described above for MBS.

Advances – Because quoted prices are not available for advances, the fair values are measured using model-based valuation techniques (such as the present value of future cash flows excluding the amount of the accrued interest receivable), creditworthiness of members, advance collateral types, prepayment assumptions, and other factors, such as credit loss assumptions, as necessary.

Because no principal market exists for the sale of advances, the Bank has defined the most advantageous market as a hypothetical market in which an advance sale could occur with a hypothetical financial institution. The Bank's primary inputs for measuring the fair value of advances are market-based consolidated obligation yield curve (CO Curve) inputs obtained from the Office of Finance and provided to the Bank. The Bank prices advances using the CO Curve because it represents the Bank's cost of funds. The CO Curve is then adjusted to reflect the rates on replacement advances with similar terms and collateral. These spread adjustments are not market-observable and are evaluated for significance in the overall fair value measurement and the fair value hierarchy level of the advance. As of December 31, 2011, the spread adjustment to the CO Curve ranged from 12 to 18 basis points for advances carried at fair value. The Bank obtains market-observable inputs from derivatives dealers for complex advances. These inputs may include volatility assumptions, which are market-based expectations of future interest rate volatility implied from current market prices for similar options (swaptions volatilities). The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement advance rates for advances with similar terms. Pursuant to the Finance Agency's advances regulation, advances with an original term to maturity or repricing period greater than six months generally require a prepayment fee sufficient to make the Bank financially indifferent to the borrower's decision to prepay the advances. The Bank determined that no adjustment is required to the fair value measurement of advances for prepayment fees.

Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio – The estimated fair value for mortgage loans represents modeled prices based on observable market prices for agency commitment rates adjusted for differences in coupon and seasoning. Market prices are highly dependent on the underlying prepayment assumptions. Changes in the prepayment speeds often have a material effect on the fair value estimates. These underlying prepayment assumptions are susceptible to material changes in the near term because they are made at a specific point in time.

Loans to Other FHLBanks–Because these are overnight transactions, the estimated fair value approximates the recorded carrying value.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable – The estimated fair value approximates the recorded carrying value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities –In general, derivative instruments held by the Bank for risk management activities are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. These derivatives are interest-rate related. For these derivatives, the Bank measures fair value using internally developed discounted cash flow models that use primarily market-observable inputs, such as the LIBOR swap yield curve, option volatilities adjusted for counterparty credit risk, as necessary, and prepayment assumptions.

The Bank is subject to credit risk in derivatives transactions because of potential nonperformance by the derivatives counterparties. To mitigate this risk, the Bank only executes transactions with highly rated derivatives dealers and major banks (derivatives dealer counterparties) that meet the Bank's eligibility criteria. In addition, the Bank has entered into master netting agreements and bilateral security agreements with all active derivatives dealer counterparties that provide for delivery of collateral at specified levels tied to counterparty credit ratings to limit the Bank's net unsecured credit exposure to these counterparties. Under these policies and agreements, the amount of unsecured credit exposure to an individual derivatives dealer counterparty is limited to an absolute dollar credit exposure limit according to the counterparty's credit rating, as determined by rating agency long-term credit ratings of the counterparty's debt securities or deposits. All credit exposure from derivatives transactions entered into by the Bank with member counterparties that are not derivatives dealers must be fully secured by eligible collateral. The Bank evaluated the potential for the fair value of the instruments to be affected by counterparty credit risk and determined that no adjustments to the overall fair value measurements were required.

Deposits and Other Borrowings –For deposits and other borrowings, the estimated fair value has been determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and other borrowings excluding accrued interest. The discount rates used in these calculations are the cost of deposits and borrowings with similar terms.

Consolidated Obligations – Because quoted prices in active markets are not generally available for identical liabilities, the Bank measures fair values using internally developed models that use primarily market-observable inputs. The Bank's primary inputs for measuring the fair value of consolidated obligation bonds are market-based CO Curve inputs obtained from the Office of Finance and provided to the Bank. The Office of Finance constructs a market-observable curve, referred to as the CO Curve, using the Treasury yield curve as a base curve, which may be adjusted by indicative spreads obtained from market-observable sources. These market indications are generally derived from pricing indications from dealers, historical pricing relationships, and market activity for similar liabilities such as recent GSE trades or secondary market activity. For consolidated obligation bonds with embedded options, the Bank also obtains market-observable quotes and inputs from derivatives dealers. The Bank uses these swaption volatilities as significant inputs for measuring the fair value of consolidated obligations.

Adjustments may be necessary to reflect the Bank's credit quality or the credit quality of the FHLBank System when valuing consolidated obligation bonds measured at fair value. The Bank monitors its own creditworthiness, the creditworthiness of the other 11 FHLBanks, and the FHLBank System to determine whether any adjustments are necessary for creditworthiness in its fair value measurement of consolidated obligation bonds. The credit ratings of the FHLBank System and any changes to the credit ratings are the basis for the Bank to determine whether the fair values of consolidated obligations have been significantly affected during the reporting period by changes in the instrument-specific credit risk.

Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock –The estimated fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is generally at par value as indicated by member contemporaneous purchases and sales at par value. Fair value includes estimated dividends earned at the time of reclassification from capital to liabilities, until such amount is paid, and any subsequently declared stock dividend. The Bank's stock can only be acquired by members at par value and redeemed or repurchased at par value, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank's stock is not traded, and no market mechanism exists for the exchange of Bank stock outside the cooperative ownership structure.

Commitments – The estimated fair value of the Bank's commitments to extend credit was de minimis at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit is based on the present value of fees currently charged for similar agreements. The value of the Bank's standby letters of credit is recorded in other liabilities.

Subjectivity of Estimates Related to Fair Values of Financial Instruments. Estimates of the fair value of advances with embedded options, mortgage instruments, derivatives with embedded options, and consolidated obligation bonds with embedded options using the methods described above and other methods are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows, prepayment speed assumptions, expected interest rate volatility, methods to determine possible distributions of future interest rates used to value options, and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material effect on the fair value estimates. Since these estimates are made as of a specific date, they are susceptible to material near term changes.

Fair Value Hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the fair value methodologies and valuation techniques as well as the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value for assets and liabilities carried at fair value on the Statements of Condition. The inputs are evaluated and an overall level for the fair value measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of market observability of the fair value measurement for the asset or liability. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

• Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity or by the Bank's own assumptions.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following assets and liabilities, including those for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, are carried at fair value on the Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011:

• Trading securities

• Available-for-sale securities

• Certain advances

• Derivative assets and liabilities

• Certain consolidated obligation bonds

For instruments carried at fair value, the Bank reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in or out at fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the changes occur. For the periods presented, the Bank did not have any reclassifications for transfers in or out of the fair value hierarchy levels.

Fair Value on a Recurring Basis. These assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are summarized in the following table by fair value hierarchy (as described above).

December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Measurement Using:						Netting
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Adjustments(1)			Total
Assets:
Trading securities:
GSEs – FFCB bonds	$	—	$	1,867	$	—	$	—		$	1,867
TLGP securities	—		923		—		—			923
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—		17		—		—			17
GSEs – Fannie Mae	—		1		—		—			1
Total trading securities	—		2,808		—		—			2,808
Available-for-sale securities:
TLGP securities	—		1,926		—		—			1,926
PLRMBS	—		—		7,687		—			7,687
Total available-for-sale securities	—		1,926		7,687		—			9,613
Advances(2)	—		8,728		—		—			8,728
Derivative assets: interest-rate related	—		1,611		—		(1,211		)	400
Total assets	$	—	$	15,073	$	7,687	$	(1,211	)	$	21,549
Liabilities:
Consolidated obligation bonds(3)	$	—	$	15,712	$	—	$	—		$	15,712
Derivative liabilities: interest-rate related	—		812		—		(739		)	73
Total liabilities	$	—	$	16,524	$	—	$	(739	)	$	15,785

December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurement Using:						Netting
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Adjustments(1)			Total
Assets:
Trading securities:
GSEs – FFCB bonds	$	—	$	2,366	$	—	$	—		$	2,366
TLGP securities	—		128		—		—			128
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations – Ginnie Mae	—		20		—		—			20
GSEs – Fannie Mae	—		5		—					5
Total trading securities	—		2,519		—		—			2,519
Available-for-sale securities (TLGP)	—		1,927		—		—			1,927
Advances(2)	—		11,297		—		—			11,297
Derivative assets: interest-rate related	—		2,351		—		(1,633		)	718
Total assets	$	—	$	18,094	$	—	$	(1,633	)	$	16,461
Liabilities:
Consolidated obligation bonds(3)	$	—	$	21,384	$	—	$	—		$	21,384
Derivative liabilities: interest-rate related	—		988		—		(825		)	163
Total liabilities	$	—	$	22,372	$	—	$	(825	)	$	21,547

(1) Amounts represent the netting of derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty, including cash collateral, where the Bank has the legal right to do so under its master netting agreement with each counterparty.

(2) Includes $8,684 and $10,490 of advances recorded under the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $44 and $807 of advances recorded at fair value at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, where the exposure to overall changes in fair value was hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

(3) Includes $15,712 and $20,872 of consolidated obligation bonds recorded under the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $512 of consolidated obligation bonds recorded at fair value at December 31, 2010, where the exposure to overall changes in fair value was hedged in accordance with the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the Bank's available-for-sale PLRMBS that are measured at fair value on the Statements of Condition using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for 2011. The Bank had no available-for-sale PLRMBS measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for 2010.

	2011
Balance, beginning of period	$	—
Transfers of held-to-maturity to available-for-sale securities	7,940
Total gain/(loss) realized and unrealized:
OTTI credit loss recognized in earnings	(252		)
Unrealized gain/(loss) in AOCI	835
Settlements	(836		)
Balance, end of period	$	7,687

Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis. Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis—that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but are subject to fair value adjustment in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank measured certain of its held-to-maturity investment securities and REO at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The following tables present these assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value was recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by level within the fair value hierarchy.

December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Measurement Using:
Assets:	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
REO	$	—	$	—	$	2

December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurement Using:
Assets:	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Held-to-maturity securities – PLRMBS	$	—	$	—	$	547
REO	—		—		2

Based on the current lack of significant market activity for PLRMBS and REO, the nonrecurring fair value measurements for these assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, fell within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value Option. The fair value option provides an entity with an irrevocable option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value. It requires an entity to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the entity has chosen to use fair value on the face of the statement of condition. Fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities, and commitments, with the changes in fair value recognized in net income. Interest income and interest expense carried on advances and consolidated bonds at fair value are recognized solely on the contractual amount of interest due or unpaid. Any transaction fees or costs are immediately recognized in other non-interest income or other non-interest expense.

The Bank elected the fair value option for certain financial instruments as follows:

• Adjustable rate credit advances with embedded options

• Callable fixed rate credit advances

• Putable fixed rate credit advances

• Putable fixed rate credit advances with embedded options

• Fixed rate credit advances with partial prepayment symmetry

• Callable or non-callable capped floater consolidated obligation bonds

• Convertible consolidated obligation bonds

• Adjustable or fixed rate range accrual consolidated obligation bonds

• Ratchet consolidated obligation bonds

• Adjustable rate credit advances indexed to the following: Prime Rate, U.S. Treasury Bill, Federal funds, CMT, Constant Maturity Swap (CMS), and 12-month moving average of the one-year CMT (12 MTA)

• Adjustable rate consolidated obligation bonds indexed to the following: Prime Rate, U.S. Treasury Bill, Federal funds, CMT, CMS, and 12 MTA step-up callable bonds, which pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-up dates

• Step-down callable bonds, which pay interest at decreasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-down dates

The Bank has elected these items for the fair value option to assist in mitigating potential income statement volatility that can arise from economic hedging relationships. The risk associated with using fair value only for the derivative is the Bank's primary reason for electing the fair value option for financial assets and liabilities that do not qualify for hedge accounting or that have not previously met or may be at risk for not meeting the hedge effectiveness requirements.

The following table summarizes the activity related to financial assets and liabilities for which the Bank elected the fair value option for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011						2010						2009
	Advances			Consolidated Obligation Bonds			Advances			Consolidated Obligation Bonds			Advances			Consolidated Obligation Bonds
Balance, beginning of the year	$	10,490		$	20,872		$	21,616		$	37,022		$	38,573		$	30,286
New transactions elected for fair value option	2,045			16,668			3,594			24,894			511			33,575
Maturities and terminations	(4,023		)	(21,982		)	(14,505		)	(40,987		)	(16,823		)	(26,736		)
Net gain/(loss) on advances and net (gain)/loss on consolidated obligation bonds held under fair value option	184			159			(164		)	(51		)	(572		)	(101		)
Change in accrued interest	(12		)	(5		)	(51		)	(6		)	(73		)	(2		)
Balance, end of the year	$	8,684		$	15,712		$	10,490		$	20,872		$	21,616		$	37,022

For advances and consolidated obligations recorded under the fair value option, the estimated impact of changes in credit risk for 2011, 2010, and 2009 was de minimis.

The following table presents the changes in fair value included in the Statements of Income for each item for which the Bank elected the fair value option for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	Interest Income on Advances		Interest Expense on Consolidated Obligation Bonds			Net Gain/(Loss) on Advances and Consolidated Obligation Bonds Held Under Fair Value Option			Total Changes in Fair Value Included in Current Period Earnings
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Advances	$	255	$	—		$	184		$	439
Consolidated obligation bonds	—		(122		)	(159		)	(281		)
Total	$	255	$	(122	)	$	25		$	158
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Advances	$	468	$	—		$	(164	)	$	304
Consolidated obligation bonds	—		(165		)	51			(114		)
Total	$	468	$	(165	)	$	(113	)	$	190
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Advances	$	1,084	$	—		$	(572	)	$	512
Consolidated obligation bonds	—		(188		)	101			(87		)
Total	$	1,084	$	(188	)	$	(471	)	$	425

The following table presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding of advances and consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank elected the fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	At December 31, 2011						At December 31, 2010
	Principal Balance		Fair Value		Fair Value Over/(Under) Principal Balance		Principal Balance		Fair Value		Fair Value Over/(Under) Principal Balance
Advances(1)	$	8,258	$	8,684	$	426	$	10,163	$	10,490	$	327
Consolidated obligation bonds	15,669		15,712		43		20,982		20,872		(110		)

(1) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, none of these advances were 90 days or more past due or had been placed on nonaccrual status.

XML

Consolidated Obligations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Debt and Capital Lease Obligations [Abstract]

Consolidated Obligations

Note 12 — Consolidated Obligations

Consolidated obligations, consisting of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes, are jointly issued by the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance, which serves as the FHLBanks' agent. As provided by the FHLBank Act or by regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks, all FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations. For a discussion of the joint and several liability regulation, see Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the type, term, and amount of debt it requests to have issued on its behalf. The Office of Finance tracks the amount of debt issued on behalf of each FHLBank. In addition, the Bank separately tracks and records as a liability its specific portion of the consolidated obligations issued and is the primary obligor for that portion of the consolidated obligations issued. The Finance Agency and the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury have oversight over the issuance of FHLBank debt through the Office of Finance.

Consolidated obligation bonds are issued primarily to raise intermediate- and long-term funds for the FHLBanks. Usually the maturity of consolidated obligation bonds ranges from 1 to 15 years, but the maturity is not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits. Consolidated obligation discount notes are primarily used to raise short-term funds. These notes are issued at less than their face amount and redeemed at par when they mature.

The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks, including consolidated obligations issued by other FHLBanks, was approximately $691,868 at December 31, 2011, and $796,374 at December 31, 2010. Regulations require the FHLBanks to maintain, for the benefit of investors in consolidated obligations, in the aggregate, unpledged qualifying assets in an amount equal to the consolidated obligations outstanding. Qualifying assets are defined as cash; secured advances; assets with an assessment or credit rating at least equivalent to the current assessment or credit rating of the consolidated obligations; obligations, participations, mortgages, or other securities of or issued by the United States or an agency of the United States; and such securities as fiduciary and trust funds may invest in under the laws of the state in which the FHLBank is located. Any assets subject to a lien or pledge for the benefit of holders of any issue of consolidated obligations are treated as if they were free from lien or pledge for the purposes of compliance with these regulations. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had qualifying assets totaling $113,003 to support the Bank's participation in consolidated obligations outstanding of $102,502.

General Terms. Consolidated obligations are generally issued with either fixed rate payment terms or adjustable rate payment terms, which use a variety of indices for interest rate resets, including LIBOR, Federal funds, U.S. Treasury Bill, Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT), Prime Rate, and others. In addition, to meet the specific needs of certain investors, fixed rate and adjustable rate consolidated obligation bonds may contain certain embedded features, which may result in call options and complex coupon payment terms. In general, when such consolidated obligation bonds are issued for which the Bank is the primary obligor, the Bank simultaneously enters into interest rate exchange agreements containing offsetting features to, in effect, convert the terms of the bond to the terms of a simple adjustable rate bond (tied to an index, such as those listed above).

Consolidated obligations, in addition to having fixed rate or simple adjustable rate coupon payment terms, may also include:

• Callable bonds, which the Bank may redeem in whole or in part at its discretion on predetermined call dates according to the terms of the bond offerings; and

• Index amortizing notes, which repay principal according to predetermined amortization schedules or prepay principal based on a calculation linked to the level of a certain index. Index amortizing notes have a stated maturity. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank's index amortizing notes had fixed rate coupon payment terms.Usually, as market interest rates change, the portion of the monthly payment allocated to repayment of principal also changes, resulting in a balloon payment on the maturity date if rates rise or causing the note to mature before the stated maturity date if rates fall.

With respect to interest payments, consolidated obligation bonds may also include:

• Step-up callable bonds, which pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-up dates;

• Step-down callable bonds, which pay interest at decreasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond and can generally be called at the Bank's option on the step-down dates;

• Conversion bonds, which have coupon rates that convert from fixed to adjustable or from adjustable to fixed on predetermined dates according to the terms of the bond offerings; and

• Range bonds, which pay interest based on the number of days a specified index is within or outside of a specified range. The computation of the variable interest rate differs for each bond issue, but the bond generally pays zero interest or a minimal rate if the specified index is outside the specified range.

Redemption Terms. The following is a summary of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds at December 31, 2011, and 2010.

	2011					2010
Contractual Maturity	Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate
Within 1 year	$	40,924		0.54	%	$	68,636		1.53	%
After 1 year through 2 years	19,124			2.38		18,154			0.99
After 2 years through 3 years	3,731			1.92		15,557			3.06
After 3 years through 4 years	2,955			1.96		2,228			2.69
After 4 years through 5 years	8,006			3.15		5,913			1.92
After 5 years	7,301			3.37		9,100			3.96
Index amortizing notes	4			4.61		5			4.61
Total par amount	82,045			1.59	%	119,593			1.87	%
Unamortized premiums	89					64
Unamortized discounts	(35		)			(54		)
Valuation adjustments for hedging activities	1,208					1,627
Fair value option valuation adjustments	43					(110		)
Total	$	83,350				$	121,120

The Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds outstanding includes callable bonds of $17,091 at December 31, 2011, and $17,617 at December 31, 2010. Contemporaneous with the issuance of a callable bond for which the Bank is the primary obligor, the Bank routinely enters into an interest rate swap (in which the Bank pays a variable rate and receives a fixed rate) with a call feature that mirrors the call option embedded in the bond (a sold callable swap). The Bank had notional amounts of interest rate exchange agreements hedging callable bonds of $11,541 at December 31, 2011, and $13,853 at December 31, 2010. The combined sold callable swap and callable bond enable the Bank to meet its funding needs at costs not otherwise directly attainable solely through the issuance of non-callable debt, while effectively converting the Bank's net payment to an adjustable rate.

The Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds was as follows:

	2011		2010
Par amount of consolidated obligation bonds:
Non-callable	$	64,954	$	101,976
Callable	17,091		17,617
Total par amount	$	82,045	$	119,593

The following is a summary of the Bank's participation in consolidated obligation bonds outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next call date.

Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date	2011		2010
Within 1 year	$	51,735	$	81,318
After 1 year through 2 years	18,954		18,299
After 2 years through 3 years	2,661		12,897
After 3 years through 4 years	1,985		1,208
After 4 years through 5 years	5,761		1,610
After 5 years	945		4,256
Index amortizing notes	4		5
Total par amount	$	82,045	$	119,593

Consolidated obligation discount notes are consolidated obligations issued to raise short-term funds. These notes are issued at less than their face amount and redeemed at par value when they mature. The Bank's participation in consolidated obligation discount notes, all of which are due within one year, was as follows:

	2011					2010
	Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding			Weighted Average Interest Rate
Par amount	$	19,159		0.11	%	$	19,540		0.21	%
Unamortized discounts	(7		)			(13		)
Total	$	19,152				$	19,527

Interest Rate Payment Terms. Interest rate payment terms for consolidated obligations at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are detailed in the following table.

	2011		2010
Par amount of consolidated obligations:
Bonds:
Fixed rate	$	59,607	$	80,766
Adjustable rate	19,688		33,300
Step-up	2,221		4,843
Step-down	115		215
Fixed rate that converts to adjustable rate	290		419
Adjustable rate that converts to fixed rate	35		35
Adjustable rate that converts to step-up	75		—
Range bonds	10		10
Index amortizing notes	4		5
Total bonds, par	82,045		119,593
Discount notes, par	19,159		19,540
Total consolidated obligations, par	$	101,204	$	139,133

In general, when bonds with these structures are issued, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, of the consolidated obligation bond. This combination of the consolidated obligation bond and the interest rate exchange agreement effectively creates an adjustable rate bond. The cost of this funding combination is generally lower than the cost that would be available through the issuance of an adjustable rate bond alone. These transactions generally receive fair value hedge accounting treatment. In addition, for certain consolidated obligation bonds for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, the Bank will simultaneously execute an interest rate exchange agreement with terms that economically offset the terms of the consolidated obligation bond. However, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge because these combinations generally do not meet the requirements for fair value hedge accounting treatment. For more information, see Note 18 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities and Note 19 – Fair Values.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank used interest rate exchange agreements to effectively convert 80% and 86% of the fixed rate bonds to an adjustable rate, such as LIBOR, and 96% and 96% of the adjustable rate bonds to a different adjustable rate index, such as 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank used interest rate exchange agreements to effectively convert 61% and 63% of the fixed rate discount notes to an adjustable rate, such as LIBOR.

The Bank did not have any bonds with embedded features that met the requirements to separate the embedded feature from the host contract and designate the embedded feature as a stand-alone derivative at December 31, 2011 and 2010.